PAINEWEBBER MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION IV
424B5, 1999-11-30
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: PAINEWEBBER MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION IV, 8-K, 1999-11-30
Next: COVA VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT ONE, 497, 1999-11-30




PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DATED NOVEMBER 24, 1999
(To Prospectus dated August 20, 1999)

                                 $235,000,000
                                (APPROXIMATE)
                      NEW SOUTH HOME EQUITY TRUST 1999-2
                                    [LOGO]
                PAINEWEBBER MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION IV
                                 (DEPOSITOR)
                        NEW SOUTH FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
                          (TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER)
             HOME EQUITY ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1999-2

The New South Home Equity Trust 1999-2 is issuing certificates in 10 classes.
Only the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and
Class B certificates are being offered by this prospectus supplement.

o     The trust's main source of funds for making distributions on the
      certificates will be collections on a pool of closed-end, fixed-rate loans
      secured primarily by first or second mortgages or deeds of trust on
      residential one- to four-family properties.

o     Credit enhancement will be provided by:

o     the availability, if any, of excess interest;

o     overcollateralization in certain circumstances, as described in this
      prospectus supplement; and

o     a certificate insurance policy issued by MBIA Insurance Corporation. The
      policy will protect holders of the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class
      A-4, Class A-5 and Class A-6 certificates against certain shortfalls in
      amounts due to be distributed at the times and to the extent described in
      this prospectus supplement.

     PRICE TO PUBLIC             UNDERWRITING DISCOUNT     PROCEEDS TO DEPOSITOR
     ---------------             ---------------------     ---------------------
     $234,878,070                     $555,775                 $234,322,295
     99.94812%                        0.2365%

   The price to public and underwriting discount shown are for the Class A-1,
Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates
in the aggregate. The price to public and proceeds to depositor include accrued
interest for the Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class
B certificates. This information is shown for the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class
A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates individually on
page S-88. See "Underwriting" in this prospectus supplement.

   The proceeds to depositor are less expenses, estimated at $375,000. See
"Underwriting" in this prospectus supplement.

                                 [MBIA LOGO]

   YOU SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE S-15 OF THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PAGE 16 IN THE PROSPECTUS.

   The certificates will not represent obligations of PaineWebber Mortgage
Acceptance Corporation IV or any other person or entity. No governmental agency
or any other person will insure the certificates or the loans backing the
certificates, except that MBIA Insurance Corporation will insure the Class A
certificates to the extent described in this prospectus supplement. The
certificates are not obligations of a bank and are not insured or guaranteed by
the FDIC.

   You should consult with your own advisors to determine if the offered
certificates are appropriate investments for you and to determine the applicable
legal, tax, regulatory and accounting treatment of the offered certificates.

   NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED THE CERTIFICATES OR DETERMINED THAT THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT OR THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

   We will not list the offered certificates on any securities exchange or on
any automated quotation system.

   The underwriters, PaineWebber Incorporated and First Union Securities, Inc.,
will purchase the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5, Class
A-6 and Class B certificates from PaineWebber Mortgage Acceptance Corporation IV
and offer them to the public.

   The underwriters expect to deliver the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class
A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates to purchasers on or about
December 2, 1999 in book-entry form through the facilities of The Depository
Trust Company, Cedelbank and The Euroclear System.

PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED                            FIRST UNION SECURITIES, INC.

                                      S-2
<PAGE>

                  IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED
                IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS

      Information about the offered certificates is provided in two separate
documents that progressively include more detail:

o     the accompanying prospectus dated August 20, 1999, which provides general
      information, some of which may not apply to the offered certificates; and

o     this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of the
      offered certificates.

      Sales of the offered certificates may not be completed unless you have
received both this prospectus supplement and the prospectus. Please read this
prospectus supplement and the prospectus in full.

      IF THE TERMS OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES VARY BETWEEN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS, THEN YOU SHOULD RELY ON THE
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

      Cross-references in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying
prospectus to captions in these materials are included to assist in locating
further related discussions. The following table of contents and the table of
contents in the accompanying prospectus provide the pages on which these
captions are located.

      All statistical data with respect to the loans are approximate, and are
based on the actual principal balances of the loans as of November 1, 1999,
except where otherwise noted. The data with respect to the loans in this
prospectus supplement does not include information with respect to the loans
that may be acquired by the trust after the closing date and prior to March 2,
2000.




                                      S-3
<PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE


Summary......................................................................S-6
Risk Factors................................................................S-16
     Actual Yield to Maturity May Be Less Than Anticipated..................S-16
     Unpredictability of Prepayments Could Adversely Affect Yield...........S-17
     Basis Risk May Adversely Affect Yield..................................S-17
     Inability to Acquire Subsequent Loans May Cause Significant
       Principal Payments on the Certificates...............................S-18
     Limited Liquidity May Adversely Affect Market Value of Certificates....S-18
     Credit Enhancement May Not Be Adequate.................................S-18
     Certificateholders' Rights Are Limited by Certificate Insurer..........S-19
     Risks Relating to Non-Conforming Underwriting Guidelines...............S-20
     Failure of Servicer to Perform May Adversely Affect
        Distributions on the Certificates...................................S-20
     Inadequacy of Value of Properties Could Affect Severity of Losses......S-20
     Bankruptcy of Borrowers May Adversely Affect Distributions
        on Certificates.....................................................S-21
     Geographic Concentration Could Increase Losses on the Loans............S-21
     Recently Originated Loans May Have Higher Default Rates................S-21
     Borrower May Be Unable to Make Balloon Payments........................S-21
     Subordinate Mortgages May Provide Insufficient Security
        for the Loans.......................................................S-22
     Insolvency of Transferor May Adversely Affect
        Distributions on Certificates.......................................S-22
     Bankruptcy of Other Parties May Adversely Affect Distributions
        on Certificates.....................................................S-23
     Violations of Federal and State Laws May Adversely Affect Ability
        to Collect on Loans.................................................S-23
     Year 2000 Non-Compliance May Adversely Affect Distributions
        on Certificates.....................................................S-23
     Year 2000 Legislation May Affect Timely Exercise to Remedies...........S-24
     Failure of Servicer to Perform May Adversely Affect Distributions
        on Certificates.....................................................S-25
     Transferor May Not Be Able to Repurchase or Replace Defective Loans....S-25
Forward-Looking Statements..................................................S-25
Defined Terms...............................................................S-26
Description of the Loans....................................................S-26
     General................................................................S-26
     Statistical Information................................................S-27
     Assignment of Initial Loans............................................S-33
     Conveyance of Subsequent Loans.........................................S-34
     Representations and Warranties of the Transferor.......................S-35
The Transferor and the Servicer.............................................S-37
     General................................................................S-37
     Credit and Underwriting Guidelines.....................................S-37
     Avondale's Credit and Underwriting Guidelines..........................S-40
     Delinquency and Loss Experience........................................S-42
Prepayment and Yield Considerations.........................................S-44
     General................................................................S-44
     Modeling Assumptions...................................................S-47
Description of the Offered Certificates.....................................S-55

                                      S-4
<PAGE>

     General................................................................S-55
     Definitive Certificates................................................S-56
     Certificate Principal Balances.........................................S-57
     Pass-Through Rates.....................................................S-57
     Distributions..........................................................S-58
     Certificate Insurer Reimbursement Amount...............................S-61
     Subordination..........................................................S-62
     Pre-Funding Account....................................................S-62
     Capitalized Interest Account...........................................S-62
     Calculation of LIBOR...................................................S-62
     Termination; Purchase of Loans.........................................S-63
     Report to Certificateholders...........................................S-64
Servicing of the Loans......................................................S-65
     The Servicer...........................................................S-65
     Collection and Other Servicing Procedures; Loan Modifications..........S-65
     Payments on the Loans..................................................S-66
     Realization on or Sale of Defaulted Loans..............................S-68
     Servicing Fees and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses..........S-70
     Enforcement of Due-on-Sale Clauses.....................................S-71
     Maintenance of Insurance Policies and Errors and
        Omissions and Fidelity Coverage.....................................S-71
     Servicer Reports.......................................................S-72
     Removal and Resignation of Servicer....................................S-73
     Amendment..............................................................S-74
The Trustee.................................................................S-75
The Certificate Insurance Policy............................................S-77
The Certificate Insurer.....................................................S-79
     Financial Information About the Certificate Insurer....................S-79
     Where You Can Obtain Additional Information About
       the Certificate Insurer..............................................S-80
     Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure.........................................S-81
     Financial Strength Ratings of the Certificate Insurer..................S-81
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences.....................................S-82
     General................................................................S-82
     Characterization of Investments in Offered
        Certificates........................................................S-83
     Taxation of Basis Risk Arrangements....................................S-83
ERISA Considerations........................................................S-85
Legal Investment............................................................S-88
Use of Proceeds.............................................................S-88
Underwriting................................................................S-88
Experts.....................................................................S-90
Ratings.....................................................................S-90
Legal Matters...............................................................S-91
Glossary of Terms...........................................................S-92




                                      S-5
<PAGE>

                                   SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information from this document and does not
contain all of the information that you need to consider in making an investment
decision. To understand all of the terms of the offering of the offered
certificates, you should read carefully this entire document and the
accompanying prospectus.

RELEVANT PARTIES

   Trust....................  New South Home Equity Trust 1999-2, a New York
                              common law trust. The trust will be established
                              under a pooling and servicing agreement among the
                              depositor, the trustee and New South Federal
                              Savings Bank.

   Depositor................  PaineWebber Mortgage Acceptance Corporation IV,
                              a Delaware corporation.  The depositor's
                              address is 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New
                              York, New York 10019, telephone number (212)
                              713-2000.  See "The Depositor" in the
                              accompanying prospectus.

   Transferor and Servicer..  New South Federal Savings Bank, a federally
                              chartered savings bank with its principal place of
                              business in Birmingham, Alabama. New South Federal
                              Savings Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of New
                              South Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
                              New South Federal Savings Bank's address is 1900
                              Crestwood Boulevard, Birmingham, Alabama 35210,
                              telephone number (205) 951-1001. See "The
                              Transferor and the Servicer" in this prospectus
                              supplement.

   Trustee..................  The Bank of New York, a New York banking
                              corporation.  The trustee's address is 101
                              Barclay Street-12E, New York, New York 10286,
                              telephone number (212) 815-8727.  See "The
                              Trustee" in this prospectus supplement.

   The Certificate Insurer..  MBIA Insurance Corporation, a  New York-domiciled
                              stock insurance company. The certificate insurer's
                              address is 113 King Street, Armonk, New York
                              10504, telephone number (914) 273-4545. See "The
                              Certificate Insurer" in this prospectus
                              supplement.

RELEVANT DATES

   Cut-Off Date.............  November 1, 1999 with respect to the initial
                              loans transferred to the trust on the closing
                              date. With respect to any loans subsequently
                              transferred to the trust, the date


                                      S-6
<PAGE>

                              specified as the cut-off date in the applicable
                              transfer agreement.

   Closing Date.............  On or about December 2, 1999.

   Distribution Date........  The 25th day of each month or, if that day is
                              not a business day, the next business day,
                              commencing in December 1999 with respect to the
                              Class A-1 certificates and January 2000 with
                              respect to the other offered certificates.

   Determination Date.......  The 18th calendar day of each month or, if that
                              day is not a business day, then the immediately
                              preceding business day.

   Due Period...............  The calendar month preceding the relevant
                              distribution date or determination date, as the
                              case may be.

   Accrual Period...........  For the offered certificates, other than the
                              Class A-1 certificates, the calendar month
                              immediately prior to the month in which the
                              relevant distribution date occurs.  The first
                              distribution date for the offered certificates,
                              other than the Class A-1 certificates, will be
                              in January 2000.  For the Class A-1
                              certificates, the period beginning on the prior
                              distribution date, or on the closing date in
                              the case of the first distribution date in
                              December 1999, and ending on the day prior to
                              the relevant distribution date.

OFFERED CERTIFICATES......... We are offering the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class
                              A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class B
                              certificates. Each class will be issued with the
                              following approximate original principal balance,
                              subject to a permitted variance of plus or minus
                              5%:

                              o Class A-1 $87,000,000

                              o Class A-2 $22,000,000

                              o Class A-3 $47,000,000

                              o Class A-4 $29,000,000

                              o Class A-5 $20,155,000

                              o Class A-6 $23,500,000

                              o Class B   $ 6,345,000

                              The certificates will consist of a total of 10
                              classes. The Class R-I, Class R-II and Class R-III
                              certificates are not

                                      S-7
<PAGE>

                              being offered through this prospectus supplement
                              and the accompanying prospectus.

   Interest Distributions...  On each distribution date, interest accrued
                              during the preceding accrual period will be due
                              on the offered certificates.  The offered
                              certificates will accrue interest for each
                              accrual period on their unpaid principal
                              balance.

                              The offered certificates will bear interest at the
                              following rates per annum:

                                     CLASS    PASS-THROUGH RATE

                                      A-1     one-month LIBOR + 0.240%, or
                                              commencing on the first day of the
                                              accrual period in which the
                                              optional termination date occurs,
                                              one-month LIBOR + 0.480%

                                      A-2               7.130%
                                      A-3               7.310%
                                      A-4               7.590%
                                      A-5               7.780%
                                      A-6               7.530%
                                       B                9.230%

                              Commencing on the first day of the accrual period
                              in which the optional termination date occurs, the
                              interest rate on the offered certificates, other
                              than the Class A-1 certificates, will increase by
                              0.50% per annum.

                              The interest rates on the Class A-1, Class A-2,
                              Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and
                              Class B certificates will be subject to an
                              available funds cap. The available funds cap is
                              described in "Description of the Offered
                              Certificates--Pass-Through Rates" in this
                              prospectus supplement. Any shortfall resulting
                              from the imposition of the available funds cap
                              together with interest on the shortfall will be
                              carried forward and will be distributed on the
                              current or next distribution date to the extent
                              there are funds available. The certificate
                              insurance policy will not cover any of these
                              shortfalls.

                              The ratings assigned to the offered certificates
                              do not address the likelihood of your receipt of
                              interest carried forward to later distribution
                              dates resulting from the available funds cap.

                                      S-8
<PAGE>

                              Interest on the Class A-1 certificates will be
                              calculated on the basis of the actual number of
                              days elapsed in the accrual period and a 360-day
                              year. Interest on the Class A-2, Class A-3, Class
                              A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates
                              will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year
                              consisting of twelve 30-day months.

                              See "Description of the Offered Certificates" in
                              this prospectus supplement.

   Principal Distributions..  On each distribution date, one or more classes of
                              the offered certificates will be due distributions
                              of principal. See "Description of the Offered
                              Certificates--Distributions" in this prospectus
                              supplement for a detailed discussion of the amount
                              and timing of principal distributions.

ASSETS OF THE POOL........... The loans will consist primarily of fixed rate,
                              closed-end loans secured by first or second
                              priority liens secured by mortgages or deeds of
                              trust on properties and having original terms
                              to maturity of not greater than 30 years.

                              The loans to be transferred to the trust on the
                              closing date are expected to have an approximate
                              aggregate unpaid principal balance of
                              $179,960,611, subject to a variance of plus
                              or minus 5%.

                              On or prior to March 2, 2000, the trust may
                              purchase additional loans having an approximate
                              aggregate unpaid principal balance of $55,039,389,
                              subject to a variance of plus or minus 5%.

                              Unless the context indicates otherwise, any
                              numerical or statistical information with respect
                              to the loans presented in this prospectus
                              supplement is based upon the characteristics, as
                              of November 1, 1999, of the total loans that are
                              expected to be transferred to the trust on the
                              closing date.

                              See "Description of the Loans" in the prospectus
                              supplement.

   Loan Interest Rate.......  The loan interest rate of each loan is the per
                              annum interest rate which the borrower is
                              required to pay under the terms of the related
                              loan.  The loan interest rate borne by each
                              loan is fixed as of the date of origination of
                              the loan.  As of November 1, 1999, the weighted
                              average loan interest rate


                                      S-9
<PAGE>

                              for the loans expected to be transferred to the
                              trust on the closing date was approximately 9.91%.

SERVICING OF THE LOANS....... The servicer has agreed to service the loans on a
                              "scheduled/actual" basis. This means the servicer
                              is responsible for advancing scheduled payments of
                              interest in accordance with the pooling and
                              servicing agreement. The servicer will not advance
                              scheduled payments of principal. The servicer
                              will:


                              o provide customary servicing functions with
                                respect to the loans pursuant to the pooling and
                                servicing agreement;

                              o provide certain reports to the trustee; and

                              o make certain advances.

                              All references in this prospectus supplement to
                              the "Servicer" shall mean "Master Servicer" for
                              purposes of the accompanying prospectus. See
                              "Servicing of the Loans" in this prospectus
                              supplement.

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT.......... On the closing date, approximately $55,039,389
                              will be deposited in a pre-funding account in the
                              name of the trustee, subject to a variance of plus
                              or minus 5%. Deposits in the pre-funding account
                              may be used by the trust to purchase loans
                              subsequent to the closing date. These subsequently
                              acquired loans will back the certificates. These
                              subsequently acquired loans may only be acquired
                              during the period commencing on the closing date
                              and ending generally on the earlier to occur of:

                              (1)  the date on which the amount on deposit in
                                   the pre-funding account, net of any
                                   investment earnings on that amount, is less
                                   than $50,000; and

                              (2)  March 2, 2000.

                              See "Description of the Offered
                              Certificates--Pre-Funding Account" in this
                              prospectus supplement.

CAPITALIZED INTEREST
ACCOUNT...................... On the closing date, a portion of the sale
                              proceeds of the offered certificates will be
                              deposited in a capitalized interest account.
                              Funds in this account will be applied by the
                              trustee on the distribution dates occurring in
                              December 1999, January



                                      S-10
<PAGE>

                              2000, February 2000 and March 2000 to cover
                              shortfalls in distributions on the certificates
                              that may arise from the utilization of the
                              pre-funding account as described in this
                              prospectus supplement. Any amounts in the
                              capitalized interest account that are not required
                              to cover these interest shortfalls will be paid to
                              the transferor.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION......... The servicer may, at its option, repurchase all
                              but not less than all of the loans in the trust on
                              the first date on which the current aggregate
                              principal balance of the loans, as of that date of
                              determination, is less than 10% of an amount equal
                              to the sum of:


                              o the aggregate principal balance, as of the
                                cut-off date, of the loans transferred to the
                                trust on the closing date, and

                              o the aggregate amount deposited into the
                                pre-funding account on the closing date.

                              If this option is not exercised by the servicer,
                              the certificate insurer may exercise the option.
                              See "Description of the Offered
                              Certificates--Termination; Purchase of Loans" in
                              this prospectus supplement.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT........... The credit enhancement provided for the benefit
                              of the offered certificates consists of:

                              o excess interest;

                              o the overcollateralization amounts;

                              o with respect to the Class A certificates, the
                                subordination of the right of the Class B
                                certificates to receive interest and principal
                                distributions, respectively, and the
                                subordination of the right of the Class R
                                certificates to receive distributions of any
                                remaining amounts from the loans;

                              o with respect to the Class B certificates, the
                                subordination of the right of the Class R
                                certificates to receive distributions of any
                                remaining amounts from the loans; and

                              o with respect to the Class A certificates, the
                                certificate insurance policy.

                                      S-11
<PAGE>

   Excess Interest..........  Excess interest will be generated because the
                              amount of interest collected on the loans for
                              each due period, net of servicing fees, trustee
                              fees and the certificate insurance policy
                              premiums, is expected to be higher than the
                              interest distributable on the offered
                              certificates for the related distribution
                              date.  This excess interest will be applied
                              first to cover realized losses and second to
                              create and maintain the required level of
                              overcollateralization.

   Overcollateralization....  As a result of the application of a portion of
                              the excess interest in reduction of the
                              principal balance of the offered certificates,
                              the applicable overcollateralization amount is
                              expected to increase over time until it reaches
                              the applicable required level of
                              overcollateralization.  However, subject to the
                              satisfaction of certain loss and delinquency
                              tests, the required percentage level of
                              overcollateralization may increase or decrease
                              over time.  The overcollateralization amount is
                              the first amount to absorb realized losses on
                              the loans and designated unreimbursed expenses
                              of the trust fund.

   Certificate Insurance
      Policy................  The certificate insurer will issue a certificate
                              insurance policy. Under the policy, the
                              certificate insurer will irrevocably and
                              unconditionally guaranty on each distribution date
                              timely payment of interest, subject to any
                              applicable available funds caps, and ultimate
                              payment of principal due on the Class A
                              certificates. The certificate insurance policy
                              does not cover interest carry forward amounts,
                              prepayment interest shortfalls or shortfalls
                              caused by the Soldiers' and Sailors' Relief Act of
                              1940, as amended. A payment by the certificate
                              insurer under the certificate insurance policy is
                              referred to in this prospectus supplement as an
                              insured payment. See "The Certificate Insurance
                              Policy" in this prospectus supplement.

REGISTRATION AND DENOMINATIONS
OF THE CERTIFICATES.......... The offered certificates initially will be issued
                              in book-entry form, in minimum denominations of
                              $25,000 and integral multiples of $1 in excess of
                              that amount. However, one certificate of each
                              class may be issued in any denomination as may be
                              necessary to represent the remainder of the
                              aggregate principal amount of certificates of that
                              class. The offered certificates are expected to be
                              issued as book-entry certificates. No person
                              acquiring an interest in the book-entry
                              certificates will be entitled to receive a
                              definitive certificate representing that person's
                              interest in the trust fund, except under limited

                                      S-12
<PAGE>

                              circumstances as described in this prospectus
                              supplement. Beneficial owners may elect to hold
                              their interests through DTC, in the United States,
                              or Cedelbank or the Euroclear System, in Europe.
                              Transfers within DTC, Cedelbank or Euroclear, as
                              the case may be, will be in accordance with the
                              usual rules and operating procedures of the
                              relevant system. See "Description of the Offered
                              Certificates--General" in this prospectus
                              supplement.

LAST SCHEDULED
DISTRIBUTION DATE............ April 25, 2030.  This date represents the
                              distribution date occurring in the month after
                              the maturity date of the latest maturing loan
                              expected to be in the trust at the end of the
                              pre-funding period. It is possible that the
                              principal of the certificates may not be fully
                              paid by this date.

TAX STATUS................... The trustee will make elections to treat
                              designated portions of the trust fund as
                              separate REMICs for federal income tax
                              purposes.  In the opinion of counsel, those
                              designated portions of the trust fund will
                              qualify for this treatment.  A portion of the
                              trust fund will be treated as a grantor trust.
                              This portion includes certain interest
                              distributable to holders of the offered
                              certificates at their respective LIBOR-based or
                              fixed rates in excess of the weighted average
                              of the net loan interest rates.

                              Pertinent federal income tax consequences of an
                              investment in the offered certificates include:

                              o Each class of offered certificates will
                                represent "regular interests" in a REMIC and
                                interests in a grantor trust.

                              o The regular interests will be treated as newly
                                originated debt instruments and the interests in
                                the grantor trust will represent notional
                                principal contracts for federal income tax
                                purposes.

                              o You will be required to report income on the
                                offered certificates in accordance with the
                                accrual method of accounting.

                              o One or more classes of offered certificates may
                                be issued with original issue discount for
                                federal income tax purposes. This generally
                                requires you to report income in advance of the
                                related cash distributions.

                                      S-13
<PAGE>

                              o If a portion of your purchase price is allocable
                                to the right to receive excess interest through
                                the grantor trust, you will be able to amortize
                                this portion under the rules for notional
                                principal contracts, subject to limitations if
                                you are an individual.

                              See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" in
                              this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying
                              prospectus.

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS......... A fiduciary of any employee benefit plan or other
                              retirement arrangement subject to ERISA, or the
                              Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended should
                              carefully review with its legal advisors whether
                              the purchase or holding of Class A certificates
                              could give rise to a transaction prohibited or not
                              otherwise permissible under ERISA or the Internal
                              Revenue Code. The U.S. Department of Labor has
                              issued to PaineWebber Incorporated individual
                              Prohibited Transaction Exemption 90-36. This
                              exemption generally exempts from the application
                              of certain of the prohibited transaction
                              provisions of ERISA, and the excise taxes imposed
                              on prohibited transactions by Section 4975(a) and
                              (b) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section
                              502(i) of ERISA, transactions relating to the
                              purchase, sale and holding of pass-through
                              certificates such as the Class A certificates and
                              the servicing and operation of asset pools such as
                              the trust, provided that specified conditions are
                              satisfied. The Class B certificates may not be
                              purchased by plans. See "ERISA Considerations" in
                              this prospectus supplement.

LEGAL INVESTMENT............. The offered certificates will not constitute
                              "mortgage related securities" for purposes of the
                              Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984,
                              as amended. See "Legal Investment" in this
                              prospectus supplement.

                                      S-14
<PAGE>

CERTIFICATE RATINGS.......... On the closing date, the offered certificates
                              must have the following ratings by each of
                              Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division
                              of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and Moody's
                              Investors Service, Inc.:


                                    CLASS             S&P           MOODY'S

                                     A-1              AAA             Aaa
                                     A-2              AAA             Aaa
                                     A-3              AAA             Aaa
                                     A-4              AAA             Aaa
                                     A-5              AAA             Aaa
                                     A-6              AAA             Aaa
                                      B               BBB-             NR

                              The ratings on the Class A certificates are based
                              on the presence of the certificate insurance
                              policy. A security rating is not a recommendation
                              to buy, sell or hold securities and the assigning
                              rating organization may revise or withdraw a
                              rating at any time. The ratings do not address the
                              possibility that holders of the offered
                              certificates may suffer a lower than anticipated
                              yield.

                              See "Ratings" in this prospectus supplement for
                              discussion of the primary factors on which the
                              ratings are based.

IMPORTANT COVENANTS
OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS........ By accepting a Class A certificate, you agree to
                              allow the certificate insurer to exercise all of
                              your voting rights with respect to the Class A
                              certificates.




                                      S-15
<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

      Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the
following risks which we believe describe the principal factors that make an
investment in the certificates speculative or risky. In particular, payments on
your certificates will depend on payments received on and other recoveries with
respect to the loans. Therefore, you should carefully consider the risk factors
relating to the loans.

ACTUAL YIELD TO MATURITY MAY BE LESS THAN ANTICIPATED

      The degree to which the actual yield of your certificates may vary from
the anticipated yield will depend on:

      o the price of your certificates, including the amount of any premium or
        discount;

      o the degree to which the timing of payments on your certificates is
        sensitive to the prepayment experience of loans and the application of a
        portion of the excess interest on the loans as principal on the
        certificates;

      o the timing of delinquencies, defaults and losses on the loans to the
        extent not covered by the credit enhancement, including the certificate
        insurance policy; and

      o a change in the required level of overcollateralization or a change in
        the delinquency or loss levels with respect to the loans or excess
        interest requirements used to determine an increase or decrease in the
        required level of overcollateralization.

      The allocation of a portion of the excess interest on the loans as an
additional payment of principal on the certificates as described in this
prospectus supplement will accelerate the principal amortization of the
certificates relative to the speed at which principal is paid on the loans.
However, any reduction in the required level of overcollateralization will slow
the principal amortization of the certificates. See "Prepayment and Yield
Considerations" in this prospectus supplement.

      The yield to maturity of the Class B certificates will be sensitive, in
varying degrees, to delinquencies and losses on the loans. This is so because
any realized losses on the loans will be borne by the Class R certificates in
the first instance and then by the Class B certificates. As a result, holders of
the Class B certificates may incur a loss on their investment. In addition, the
yield to maturity of the Class B certificates will also be sensitive to
fluctuations in the level of one-month LIBOR. As one-month LIBOR increases, the
pass-through rate of the Class A-1 certificates will increase and excess
payments of interest from the loans available to distribute to the Class B
certificates as principal will be reduced. As a result, the amortization of
principal of the Class B certificates will be slowed in that event and the yield
of the Class B certificates would be adversely affected.



                                      S-16
<PAGE>

UNPREDICTABILITY OF PREPAYMENTS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT YIELD

      Approximately 61.26% of the loans by principal balance as of November 1,
1999 provide that the borrowers may, without penalty, prepay their loans in
whole or in part at any time. We cannot predict the rate at which borrowers will
repay their loans. A prepayment of a loan would result in a prepayment on the
related certificates.

      o If you purchase your certificates at a discount and principal is repaid
        slower than you anticipate, then your yield may be lower than you
        anticipate.

      o If you purchase your certificates at a premium and principal is repaid
        faster than you anticipate, then your yield may be lower than you
        anticipate.

      o The rate of prepayments on the loans will be sensitive to prevailing
        interest rates. Generally, if prevailing interest rates decline
        significantly below the interest rates on the loans, those loans are
        more likely to prepay than if prevailing rates remain above the interest
        rates on those loans. Conversely, if prevailing interest rates rise
        significantly, the prepayments on the loans are likely to decrease.

      o So long as credit enhancement is available, liquidations of defaulted
        loans generally will have the same effect on the related certificates as
        a prepayment of a loan.

      o If the rate of default and the amount of losses on the loans related to
        your certificate is higher than you expect, then your yield may be lower
        than you expect.

      See "Prepayment and Yield Considerations" in this prospectus supplement.

BASIS RISK MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT YIELD

      The yield on the Class A-1 certificates will be sensitive to fluctuations
in the level of one-month LIBOR. The yield on all classes of offered
certificates may also be adversely affected by the application of the available
funds cap. The prepayment of the loans with higher loan interest rates may
result in a lower available funds cap. If on any distribution date the
application of the available funds cap results in an interest payment lower than
the pass-through rate on the certificates during the related accrual period, the
value of your certificates may decline.

      Although you will be entitled to receive on subsequent distribution dates
the amount of any interest shortfall resulting from the application of the
available funds cap on your certificates, in light of the distribution
priorities on the relevant distribution dates, there is no assurance that funds
will be available. The certificate insurance policy does not cover, and the
ratings of the offered certificates do not address, the likelihood of the
distribution of those amounts carried forward.

      See "Prepayment and Yield Considerations" in this prospectus supplement.

                                      S-17
<PAGE>

INABILITY TO ACQUIRE SUBSEQUENT LOANS MAY CAUSE SIGNIFICANT PRINCIPAL
PAYMENTS ON THE CERTIFICATES

      The ability of the transferor to acquire or originate loans subsequent to
the closing date and on or prior to March 2, 2000 that meet the requirements for
transfer to the trust is affected by a variety of factors. These factors include
interest rates, employment levels, the rate of inflation and the general
consumer perception of economic conditions. We expect that substantially all of
the funds in the pre-funding account will be used to transfer additional loans
to the trust prior to March 2, 2000, so that you will not receive material
unanticipated principal distributions. However, we cannot assure you that this
will occur. If significant amounts remain in the pre-funding account after March
2, 2000, you will receive a significant unanticipated distribution of principal
in April 2000.

LIMITED LIQUIDITY MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT MARKET VALUE OF CERTIFICATES

      A secondary market for the offered certificates may not develop or, if it
does develop, it may not provide you with liquidity of investment or continue
while your certificates are outstanding. Lack of liquidity could result in a
substantial decrease in the market value of your certificates. See "Risk
Factors--Limited Liquidity" in the accompanying prospectus.

      Because the Class B certificates are subordinated to the Class A
certificates, the requirements of certain prohibited transaction exemptions will
not be satisfied. As a result, the purchase or holding of any of the Class B
certificates by a plan investor may constitute a non-exempt prohibited
transaction or result in the imposition of excise taxes or civil penalties.
Accordingly, the Class B certificates are not offered to or transferable to plan
investors unless the plan investor meets certain requirements. See "ERISA
Considerations" in this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying
prospectus.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT MAY NOT BE ADEQUATE

      Ratings of Certificate Insurer. Any reduction in a rating assigned to the
claims-paying ability of the certificate insurer may result in a reduction in
the rating of the Class A certificates. Future events may reduce the rating of
the certificate insurer or impair the ability of the certificate insurer to pay
claims for insured payments under the certificate insurance policy. In that
event, the certificate insurer might not have the ability to cover delays or
shortfalls in payments of interest or ultimate principal due on the
certificates. See "The Certificate Insurance Policy" and "The Certificate
Insurer" in this prospectus supplement.

      Loan Delinquencies, Defaults and Losses. Delinquencies, if not advanced by
the servicer, defaults and losses on the loans will reduce the credit
enhancement available from the overcollateralization feature. If amounts
available from this credit enhancement are not adequate to protect against the
delinquencies, defaults and losses experienced on the loans, then delays or
shortfalls in payments of interest or principal due on the certificates will
occur, unless the delays or shortfalls are covered under the certificate
insurance policy.

      Availability of Excess Interest for Overcollateralization. Each loan is
expected to generate more interest than is needed to pay interest on the offered
certificates since the net weighted average interest rate on the loans is
expected to be higher than the weighted average


                                      S-18
<PAGE>

pass-through rate on the offered certificates. If the loans generate more
interest than is needed to pay interest on the offered certificates and certain
fees and expenses of the trust, the remaining interest will be used to
compensate for losses and delinquencies experienced by the loans. After these
financial obligations of the trust have been satisfied, a certain portion of the
available excess interest will be used to create and maintain
overcollateralization. We cannot assure you, however, that enough excess
interest will be generated to:

      o compensate for interest losses or shortfalls in payments on the loans or

      o maintain the required level of overcollateralization.

      The excess interest available on any distribution date will be affected by
the actual amount of interest received, collected or recovered in respect of the
loans during the preceding month and by the weighted average of the pass-through
rates on the offered certificates for the related distribution date. This amount
will be influenced by changes in the weighted average of the loan interest rates
and of the pass-through rates on the classes of certificates resulting from
prepayments and liquidations of the related loans and payments made in reduction
of the principal balances of the classes of certificates.

      The trustee is required to make a claim for an insured payment under the
certificate insurance policy as to which the trustee has determined that an
insured payment will be necessary. Investors in the Class A certificates should
realize that, under extreme loss or delinquency scenarios, they may temporarily
receive no distributions of principal.

      If the protection afforded by overcollateralization is insufficient, in
the case of the Class A certificates, and if the certificate insurer is unable
to meet its obligations under the certificate insurance policy, then you could
experience a loss on your investment.

      Subordination is Limited in Scope. The Class B certificates are
subordinated to the Class A certificates. Realized losses in excess of the
subordination provided by the Class R certificates will be borne by the Class B
certificates. Thereafter, realized losses in excess of the subordination
provided by the Class R and Class B certificates will be borne by the Class A
certificates to the extent that the certificate insurer defaults under the
certificate insurance policy.

      The holders of the Class R and Class B certificates are generally never
obligated to refund amounts previously distributed to them to holders of more
senior classes of certificates, including payments of excess interest. This is
the case even if on a subsequent distribution date insufficient funds are
available to distribute interest or principal due on your certificates. See
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Subordination" in this prospectus
supplement.

CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' RIGHTS ARE LIMITED BY CERTIFICATE INSURER

      Generally, the certificate insurer may exercise all of the voting rights
of the Class A certificateholders without the consent of those
certificateholders. The exercise, or a refusal to consent to the exercise, by
the certificate insurer of some certificateholder rights could be adverse to the
interests of the Class A certificateholders. For example, this type of event
could cause an unanticipated prepayment of principal on the Class A
certificates.



                                      S-19
<PAGE>

RISKS RELATING TO NON-CONFORMING UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES

      The underwriting standards of the transferor and Avondale Funding.com.inc.
are intended to assess the creditworthiness of the borrower and the value of the
property and to evaluate the adequacy of the property as collateral for the
loan. In comparison to first lien mortgage loans that conform to the
underwriting guidelines of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, the loans have generally
been underwritten or reunderwritten with more lenient underwriting criteria. For
example, the loans may have been made to borrowers with:

      o imperfect credit histories, ranging from minor delinquencies to
        bankruptcies, or

      o higher ratios of monthly mortgage payments to income or higher ratios of
        total monthly credit payments to income.

      Accordingly, the loans will likely experience higher, and possibly
substantially higher, rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses than the rates
experienced by loans underwritten according to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac
guidelines. As a result, the risk that you will suffer losses could increase.
Furthermore, changes in the values of the properties may have a greater effect
on the delinquency, foreclosure, bankruptcy and loss experience of the loans
than on mortgage loans originated according to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac
guidelines. We cannot assure you that the values of the properties have remained
or will remain at the levels in effect on the dates of origination of the
related loans. See "--Credit Enhancement May Not Be Adequate" above, and "The
Transferor and Servicer--Credit and Underwriting Guidelines" in this prospectus
supplement.

FAILURE OF SERVICER TO PERFORM MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE
CERTIFICATES

      The amount and timing of distributions on the certificates generally will
be dependent upon the servicer performing its servicing obligations in an
adequate and timely manner. See "Servicing of the Loans--Collection and Other
Servicing Procedures; Loan Modifications" in this prospectus supplement. The
servicer or other successor appointed by the trustee and approved by the
certificate insurer will assume the loan servicing functions if the servicer is
terminated. This termination, with its transfer of daily collection activities,
will likely increase the rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses on the
loans. See "Servicing of the Loans--Removal and Resignation of the Servicer" in
this prospectus supplement.

INADEQUACY OF VALUE OF PROPERTIES COULD AFFECT SEVERITY OF LOSSES

      Assuming that the properties provide adequate security for the loans,
substantial delays in recoveries may occur from the foreclosure or liquidation
of defaulted loans. We cannot assure you that the values of the properties have
remained or will remain at the levels in effect on the dates of origination of
the related loans. Further, liquidation expenses, including legal fees, real
estate taxes, and maintenance and preservation expenses will reduce the proceeds
payable on the loans and thereby reduce the security for the loans. As a result,
the risk that you will suffer losses could increase. If any of the properties
fail to provide adequate security for the related loan, you may experience a
loss if the certificate insurer were unable to perform its obligations under the
certificate insurance policy. See "Servicing of the Loans--Realization Upon or
Sale of


                                      S-20
<PAGE>

Defaulted Loans" in this prospectus supplement, and "Certain Legal Aspects of
Residential Loans--Foreclosure on Mortgages" in the prospectus.

BANKRUPTCY OF BORROWERS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT DISTRIBUTIONS ON CERTIFICATES

      The application of federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and debtor
relief laws, may interfere with or adversely affect the ability to realize on
the properties, enforce deficiency judgments or pursue collection litigation
with respect to defaulted loans. As a consequence, borrowers who have defaulted
on their loans and sought, or are considering seeking, relief under bankruptcy
or debtor relief laws will have substantially less incentive to repay their
loans. As a result, these loans will likely experience more severe losses, which
may be total losses and could therefore increase the risk that you will suffer
losses. See "--Credit Enhancement May Not Be Adequate" above and "--Violations
of Federal and State Laws May Adversely Affect Ability to Collect on Loans"
below.

GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION COULD INCREASE LOSSES ON THE LOANS

      When measured by aggregate principal balance as of November 1, 1999,
mortgaged properties located in Alabama, Louisiana and Florida secure
approximately 22.00%, 14.84% and 11.91%, respectively, of the initial loans
transferred to the trust on the closing date. This geographic concentration
might magnify the effect on the pool of loans of adverse economic conditions or
of special hazards in these areas, such as hurricanes, and might increase the
rate of delinquencies, defaults and losses on the loans. Consequently, the
geographic concentration could result in shortfalls in distributions due on your
certificates more than would be the case if the mortgaged properties were more
geographically diversified. See "Description of the Loans" in this prospectus
supplement.

RECENTLY ORIGINATED LOANS MAY HAVE HIGHER DEFAULT RATES

      Defaults on loans tend to occur at higher rates during the early years of
the loans. Substantially all of the loans were originated within twelve months
prior to sale to the trust. As a result, the trust may experience higher rates
of default than if the loans had been outstanding for a longer period of time.
This could result in shortfalls in distributions due on your certificates.

BORROWER MAY BE UNABLE TO MAKE BALLOON PAYMENTS

      Approximately 14.80% of the initial loans transferred to the trust on the
closing date by principal balance as of November 1, 1999 have monthly payments
based on an amortization which would require the payment of a substantial
portion of the principal balance of those loans at maturity. The ability of a
borrower to make that payment may depend on the borrower's ability to obtain
refinancing of the balance due on the loan at maturity. An increase in interest
rates over the interest rate on the loan may have an adverse effect on the
borrower's ability to obtain refinancing and to pay the required payment due at
maturity. A borrower's inability to pay the required payment due at maturity
could result in shortfalls in distributions due on your certificates.



                                      S-21
<PAGE>

SUBORDINATE MORTGAGES MAY PROVIDE INSUFFICIENT SECURITY FOR THE LOANS

      Approximately 10.53% of the initial loans transferred to the trust on the
closing date by principal balance as of November 1, 1999 evidence a lien that is
subordinate to the rights of the mortgagee under a senior mortgage. The proceeds
from any liquidation, insurance or condemnation proceedings will be available to
satisfy the outstanding principal balance of these junior loans only to the
extent that the claims of the related senior mortgages have been satisfied in
full, including any foreclosure costs. In circumstances where the servicer
determines that it would be uneconomical to foreclose on the related property,
the servicer may write off the entire outstanding principal balance of the
related loan as bad debt. The foregoing considerations will be particularly
applicable to junior loans that have high combined loan-to-value ratios because
in those cases, the servicer is more likely to determine that foreclosure would
be uneconomical. You should consider the risk that to the extent losses on loans
are not covered by available credit enhancement, you will bear the losses.

INSOLVENCY OF TRANSFEROR MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT DISTRIBUTIONS ON CERTIFICATES

      If the FDIC is appointed receiver or conservator of the transferor, the
FDIC's administrative expenses may have priority over the interest of the trust
and/or the trustee in the loans. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act,
as amended by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of
1989, gives the FDIC powers in its capacity as a receiver or conservator of the
transferor that if exercised could result in delays or reductions in
distributions of principal and interest on the certificates, unless those
distributions are covered under the certificate insurance policy.

      The FDIC has the power as receiver or conservator to disaffirm or
repudiate any of the transferor's contracts or leases if the performance would
be burdensome and the disaffirmance or repudiation would promote the orderly
administration of the transferor's affairs. It is unclear whether the FDIC can
utilize this power to repudiate the transfer of the loans to the depositor and
administer the loans as part of any receivership or conservatorship of the
transferor. Any attempt by the FDIC to repudiate the transfer of the loans to
the depositor in a receivership or conservatorship of the transferor, even if
unsuccessful, could result in delays or reductions in distributions of principal
and interest on the certificates, unless those distributions are covered under
the certificate insurance policy.

      On September 9, 1999, the FDIC gave formal notice of a proposed
rulemaking. Under the proposed rule, the FDIC will not seek to repudiate
transfers made as part of a securitization. These transfers would include the
transfer of the loans to the depositor. Although the rule is not yet final, much
of it merely confirms the FDIC's existing practice and substantive changes are
not expected. The transfer of the loans to the depositor has been structured
with the specific intent to satisfy the requirements of the proposed rule.

      See "Description of the Loans--Assignment of Loans" in this prospectus
supplement.



                                      S-22
<PAGE>

BANKRUPTCY OF OTHER PARTIES MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT DISTRIBUTIONS ON CERTIFICATES

      If a bankruptcy or insolvency of the servicer occurs, the bankruptcy
trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the certificate insurer, the
trustee or the depositor from appointing a successor servicer.

      In addition, federal and state statutory provisions, including the federal
bankruptcy laws and state laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with
or affect the ability of the secured lender to realize on its security. See
"Certain Legal Aspects of Residential Loans" in the prospectus.

VIOLATIONS OF FEDERAL AND STATE LAWS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT ABILITY TO COLLECT
ON LOANS

     Federal and state laws regulate the underwriting, origination, servicing
and collection of the loans. These laws will likely change over time and may
become more restrictive or stringent with respect to specific activities of the
servicer and transferor. Violations of these Federal and state laws may:

      o limit the ability of the servicer to collect principal or interest on
        the loans,

      o entitle the borrowers to a refund of amounts previously paid, and

      o subject the servicer or the transferor to damages and administrative
        sanctions.

      The inability to collect principal or interest on the loans because of
violations of Federal or state laws will likely cause the loans to experience
higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses. As a result, these
violations could result in shortfalls in the distributions due on your
certificates. An assessment of damages or sanctions against the servicer or the
transferor may adversely affect the ability of the servicer to service the loans
or the transferor to repurchase or replace defective loans. See "Risk
Factors--Violations of Federal Laws May Adversely Affect Ability to Collection
on Loans" in the accompanying prospectus. The transferor will be required to
repurchase or replace any loan that did not comply with applicable Federal and
state laws.

      Because the nature of the transferor's business involves the collection of
numerous accounts, the validity of liens and compliance with state and federal
lending laws, the transferor is subject to claims and legal actions in the
ordinary course of its business. Several class-action lawsuits have been filed
against a number of consumer finance companies alleging that the compensation of
mortgage brokers through the payment of yield spread premiums violates various
federal and state consumer protection laws. While the transferor is not a party
to any suit of this nature, lawsuits could be filed against the transferor in
the future, and the results of any lawsuits are uncertain.

YEAR 2000 NON-COMPLIANCE MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT DISTRIBUTIONS ON CERTIFICATES

      We are aware of the issues associated with the programming code in
existing computer systems as the year 2000 approaches. The "year 2000 problem"
is pervasive and complex; the rollover of the two-digit year value to 00 will
affect virtually every computer operation in some way. The issue is whether the
computer systems will properly recognize date-sensitive



                                      S-23
<PAGE>

information when the year changes to 2000. Systems that do not properly
recognize this information could generate erroneous data or cause a system to
fail.

      The servicer will certify that it has either:

      (1) implemented modifications to its existing systems to the extent
required to cause them to be year 2000 ready; or

      (2) acquired computer systems that are year 2000 ready in each case prior
to January 1, 2000.

However, we have not made any independent investigation of the computer systems
of the servicer. If computer problems result from the failure to complete these
efforts on time, or if the computer systems of servicer are not fully year 2000
ready, then the resulting disruptions in the collection or distribution of
receipts on the loans could materially and adversely affect your investment.

      DTC has informed members of the financial community that it has developed
and is implementing a program for the year 2000 problem. The purpose of this
program is to make its systems, as they relate to the timely payment of
distributions, including principal and interest payments, to security holders,
book-entry deliveries, and settlement of trades within DTC, continue to function
appropriately on and after January 1, 2000. This program includes a technical
assessment and a remediation plan, each of which is complete. Additionally,
DTC's plan includes a testing phase, which is expected to be completed within
appropriate time frames.

      However, DTC's ability to perform properly its services is also dependent
on other parties, including but not limited to, its participating organizations,
through which you will hold your certificates, as well as the computer systems
of third party service providers. DTC has informed the financial community that
it is contacting and will continue to contact third party vendors from whom DTC
acquires services to:

      (1) impress on them the importance of these services being year 2000
compliant; and

      (2) determine the extent of their efforts for year 2000 remediation, and,
as appropriate, testing, of their services.

      In addition, DTC has stated that it is in the process of developing
contingency plans as it deems appropriate.

      If problems associated with the year 2000 problem were to occur with
respect to DTC and the services described above, you could experience delays or
shortfalls in the distributions due on your certificates.

YEAR 2000 LEGISLATION MAY AFFECT TIMELY EXERCISE TO REMEDIES

      In July 1999, Congress approved, and the President signed into law,
legislation that limits legal liability for losses due to year 2000 computer
related errors. This legislation, among other things, also protects borrowers
from foreclosure if their residential mortgage loans become


                                      S-24
<PAGE>

delinquent because an actual year 2000 failure results in the inability to
accurately or timely process their mortgage payments.

      This legislation is not intended to extinguish or otherwise affect a
borrower's payment obligations but instead delays the enforcement of obligations
on an otherwise defaulted mortgage loan. Borrowers seeking foreclosure
protection under this legislation must provide timely written notice and
documentation to the servicer of the failure of their mortgage payments to be
accurately or timely applied. Absent an extension from the servicer, borrowers
will then have four weeks to make up late payments on their loans. This
legislation does not apply to mortgage loans for which a default occurs before
December 15, 1999, or for which an imminent default is foreseeable before that
date. Moreover, this legislation does not protect borrowers who deliver notice
of a year 2000 failure after March 15, 2000. Mortgage loans that remain in
default after the applicable grace period will be subject to foreclosure or
other enforcement.

      This legislation could delay the servicer's ability to foreclose on some
loans during the first quarter of the year 2000. These delays could consequently
affect the timing of payments on your certificates.

FAILURE OF SERVICER TO PERFORM MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT DISTRIBUTIONS ON
CERTIFICATES

      The amount and timing of distributions on the certificates generally will
be dependent on the servicer to perform its servicing obligations in an adequate
and timely manner. See "Servicing of the Loans" in this prospectus supplement.
If the servicer fails to perform its servicing obligations, this failure may
result in the termination of the servicer. That termination with its transfer of
daily collection activities will likely increase the rates of delinquencies,
defaults and losses on the loans. As a result, shortfalls in the distributions
due on your certificates could occur.

TRANSFEROR MAY NOT BE ABLE TO REPURCHASE OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE LOANS.

      If the transferor fails to cure a material breach of its loan
representations and warranties with respect to any loan in a timely manner, then
the transferor is required to repurchase or replace this defective loan. See
"Description of the Loans--Representations and Warranties of the Transferor" in
this prospectus supplement. The transferor may not be capable of repurchasing or
replacing any defective loans, for financial or other reasons. The transferor's
inability to repurchase or replace defective loans would likely cause the loans
to experience higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses. As a result,
shortfalls in the distributions due on your certificates could occur. See
"--Credit Enhancement May Not Be Adequate" above.

                          FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      In this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, we use
certain forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are found
in the material, including each of the tables, set forth under "Risk Factors"
and "Prepayment and Yield Considerations" in this prospectus supplement.
Forward-looking statements are also found elsewhere in this prospectus
supplement and prospectus and include words like "expects," "intends,"
"anticipates," "estimates" and other similar words. These statements are
intended to convey our projections or


                                      S-25
<PAGE>

expectations as of the date of this prospectus supplement. These statements are
inherently subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties. Actual results could
differ materially from those we anticipate due to changes in, among other
things:

      (1)   economic conditions and industry competition,

      (2)   political and/or social conditions, and

      (3)   the law and government regulatory initiatives.

      We will not update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect
changes in our expectations or changes in the conditions or circumstances on
which these statements were originally based.

                                DEFINED TERMS

      We define and use capitalized terms in this prospectus supplement and the
prospectus to assist you in understanding the terms of the offered certificates
and this offering. We define the capitalized terms we use in this prospectus
supplement under the caption "Glossary of Terms" beginning on page S-91 in this
prospectus supplement. We define capitalized terms we use in the accompanying
prospectus under the caption "Glossary of Terms" beginning on page 168 in the
prospectus.

                           DESCRIPTION OF THE LOANS

GENERAL

      On or about December 2, 1999, PaineWebber Mortgage Acceptance Corporation
IV will acquire from New South Federal Savings Bank a pool of loans, having an
aggregate unpaid principal balance as of November 1, 1999 of approximately
$179,960,611. The depositor will then transfer the loans, exclusive of the right
to receive prepayment penalties which will be retained by the transferor, to the
trust pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The trust will be
entitled to all payments of principal and interest in respect of the loans
received on or after the cut-off date, except for approximately $1,025,995 of
interest collected on the loans in the month of November 1999, which will be
retained by New South Federal Savings Bank.

      Unless otherwise stated, the statistical information presented in this
prospectus supplement relates to the Initial Loans that are expected to be
transferred to the trust on the closing date. This information is presented as
of November 1, 1999. On or prior to March 2, 2000, Subsequent Loans may be
transferred to the trust having an unpaid principal balance of up to
$55,039,389, subject to a variance of plus or minus 5%.

      The Initial Loans are evidenced by Mortgage Notes, secured by mortgages or
deeds of trust on the mortgaged properties of which approximately 10.53%, by
Cut-Off Date principal balance, are second lien mortgages.

      The Initial Loans have original terms to stated maturity of up to 30
years. The Initial Loans were selected by the transferor from the loans in the
transferor's portfolio using a


                                      S-26
<PAGE>

selection process believed by the transferor not to be adverse to the
certificateholders or to the certificate insurer. As of the Cut-Off Date, the
average unpaid principal balance of the Initial Loans was approximately $64,479.
As of the Cut-Off Date, the weighted average loan interest rate of the Initial
Loans was approximately 9.91% per annum. As of the Cut-Off Date, the weighted
average CLTV of the Initial Loans was approximately 79.15%. As of the Cut-Off
Date, the weighted average remaining term to maturity was approximately 268
months and the latest scheduled maturity of any Initial Loan is October 1, 2029.
However the actual date on which any loan is paid in full may be earlier than
the stated maturity date due to unscheduled payments of principal.

      As of the Cut-Off Date, all of the Initial Loans were secured by first or
second liens on mortgaged properties. Based on information supplied by the
borrowers in connection with their loan applications at origination, properties
securing approximately 98.20% of the Initial Loans by Cut-Off Date principal
balance will be owner occupied primary residences. Properties securing
approximately 1.80% of the Initial Loans by Cut-Off Date principal balance will
be non-owner occupied or second homes.

      Approximately 38.74% of the Initial Loans by Cut-Off Date principal
balance provide for penalties if full prepayment occurs during the first two,
three, four or five years after origination thereof. Each of the Initial Loans
is subject to a due-on-sale clause. See "Certain Legal Aspects of Residential
Loans" in the prospectus.

      Except for approximately 14.80% of the Initial Loans by Cut-Off Date
principal balance, the scheduled monthly payment on each Initial Loan includes
interest plus an amount that will amortize the outstanding principal balance of
the Initial Loan over its remaining term.

STATISTICAL INFORMATION

      Set forth below is statistical information regarding characteristics, as
of November 1, 1999, of the Initial Loans expected to be transferred to the
trust on the closing date.

      Before the closing date, the transferor may remove any of the Initial
Loans identified as of the date of this prospectus supplement or may substitute
comparable loans for any of the Initial Loans identified as of the date of this
prospectus supplement. However, the aggregate principal balance of the
substituted Initial Loans will not exceed 5% of the principal balance of the
Initial Loans as of the Cut-Off Date. As a result, the statistical information
presented below regarding the characteristics of the Initial Loans identified
for inclusion in the trust may vary in some respects from comparable information
based on the actual composition of the Initial Loans included in the trust on
the closing date. In addition, after the Cut-Off Date, the characteristics of
the actual Initial Loans may materially vary from the information below due to a
number of factors. These factors include prepayments of the Initial Loans after
the Cut-Off Date, the substitution or repurchase of Initial Loans after the
closing date or the transfer to the trust of Subsequent Loans after the closing
date.

      If the trust acquires Subsequent Loans, a Current Report on Form 8-K
containing a description of the final pool of loans at the end of the
Pre-Funding Period will be filed with the SEC within 15 days after the end of
the Pre-Funding Period.




                                      S-27
<PAGE>

                       GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF LOANS


                                                                   % OF CUT-OFF
                                                      AGGREGATE      DATE POOL
                                           NUMBER     PRINCIPAL      PRINCIPAL
JURISDICTION                               OF LOANS    BALANCE        BALANCE
- ------------                               --------    -------        -------
Alabama.................................      712    $39,596,761       22.00%
Louisiana...............................      517     26,697,743       14.84
Florida.................................      290     21,436,393       11.91
Tennessee...............................      194     13,911,921        7.73
Georgia.................................      199     13,585,194        7.55
Illinois................................      124     11,261,119        6.26
Mississippi.............................      214     10,777,285        5.99
Arkansas................................       89      5,531,859        3.07
California..............................       45      4,196,803        2.33
Texas...................................       53      4,118,559        2.29
North Carolina..........................       46      3,636,655        2.02
Colorado................................       35      2,662,441        1.48
South Carolina..........................       36      2,156,940        1.20
Wisconsin...............................       19      1,954,807        1.09
New York................................       29      1,946,987        1.08
Arizona.................................       18      1,902,479        1.06
Nevada..................................       17      1,825,844        1.01
Washington..............................       20      1,718,179        0.95
Virginia................................       13      1,549,024        0.86
New Mexico..............................       18      1,511,249        0.84
Utah....................................       16      1,269,485        0.71
Maryland................................        9      1,235,978        0.69
Massachusetts...........................       13      1,211,183        0.67
Ohio....................................       17      1,021,962        0.57
Kentucky................................       20      1,011,359        0.56
Indiana.................................        3        446,298        0.25
Oregon..................................        7        376,345        0.21
Pennsylvania............................        2        361,429        0.20
Oklahoma................................        5        262,050        0.15
Minnesota...............................        3        208,927        0.12
Connecticut.............................        3        186,303        0.10
Michigan................................        1        173,793        0.10
Missouri................................        3        146,084        0.08
West Virginia...........................        1         71,175        0.04
                                           -------- ------------    --------

  Total.................................    2,791   $179,960,611     100.00%
                                           ======   ============     =======

      No more than approximately 0.93% of the Initial Loans, by Cut-Off Date
principal balance, will be secured by properties located in any one zip code.



                                      S-28
<PAGE>




                              PRINCIPAL BALANCES


                                                                    % OF CUT-OFF
                                                                      DATE POOL
                                      NUMBER         AGGREGATE        PRINCIPAL
RANGE OF PRINCIPAL BALANCES           OF LOANS   PRINCIPAL BALANCE     BALANCE
- ---------------------------           --------   -----------------     -------

$       0.01 - $  10,000.00..........       25      $     236,358          0.13%
$  10,000.01 - $  15,000.00..........       97          1,260,238          0.70
$  15,000.01 - $  20,000.00..........      139          2,467,465          1.37
$  20,000.01 - $  30,000.00..........      360          9,208,302          5.12
$  30,000.01 - $  40,000.00..........      395         13,946,619          7.75
$  40,000.01 - $  50,000.00..........      352         15,859,975          8.81
$  50,000.01 - $ 100,000.00..........      992         69,196,324         38.45
$ 100,000.01 - $ 250,000.00..........      390         54,286,459         30.17
$ 250,000.01 - $ 500,000.00..........       41         13,498,871          7.50
                                        ------     --------------       -------
                                         2,791       $179,960,611        100.00%
   Total.............................   ======     ==============       =======



      As of the Cut-Off Date, the average unpaid principal balance of the
Initial Loans, by Cut-Off Date principal balance, was approximately $64,479.



                                LIEN PRIORITY

                                                                        % OF
                                                                      CUT-OFF
                                                       AGGREGATE     DATE POOL
                                           NUMBER      PRINCIPAL     PRINCIPAL
LIEN PRIORITY                              OF LOANS     BALANCE       BALANCE
- -------------                              --------     -------       -------

First Lien..............................     2,169    $161,009,233      89.47%
Second Lien.............................       622      18,951,378      10.53
                                            ------  --------------    -------
  Total.................................     2,791    $179,960,611     100.00%
                                             =====    ============     =======


                                      S-29
<PAGE>

                             LOAN INTEREST RATES

                                                                        % OF
                                                                       CUT-OFF
                                                       AGGREGATE     DATE POOL
                                           NUMBER      PRINCIPAL     PRINCIPAL
RANGE OF LOAN INTEREST RATES               OF LOANS     BALANCE       BALANCE
- ----------------------------               --------     -------       -------

  7.001% - 8.000%.......................        40    $ 4,106,311        2.28%
  8.001% - 9.000%.......................       486     43,791,235       24.33
  9.001% -10.000%.......................       905     66,858,070       37.15
 10.001% -11.000%.......................       711     40,526,597       22.52
 11.001% -12.000%.......................       315     13,910,869        7.73
 12.001% -13.000%.......................       143      4,571,796        2.54
 13.001% -14.000%.......................       121      3,993,533        2.22
 14.001% -15.000%.......................        45      1,364,132        0.76
 15.001% -16.000%.......................        20        710,928        0.40
 16.001% -17.000%.......................         5        127,140        0.07
                                           -------- ---------------- --------
  Total.................................     2,791   $179,960,611      100.00%
                                             =====   ============      ======

      As of the Cut-Off Date, the weighted average interest rate of the Initial
Loans, by Cut-Off Date principal balance, was approximately 9.91% per annum.

                                PROPERTY TYPES

                                                                       % OF
                                                                      CUT-OFF
                                                       AGGREGATE     DATE POOL
                                           NUMBER      PRINCIPAL     PRINCIPAL
PROPERTY TYPE                              OF LOANS     BALANCE       BALANCE
- -------------                              --------     -------       -------

Single Family...........................     2,691   $173,770,192       96.56%
Town House/Condominium..................        58      3,837,039        2.13
Two to Four Family......................        22      1,575,105        0.88
Manufactured Housing....................        20        778,275        0.43
                                           -------   ------------      ------
  Total.................................     2,791   $179,960,611      100.00%
                                             =====   ============      ======


                                      S-30
<PAGE>

                        COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS

                                                                        % OF
                                                                      CUT-OFF
                                                       AGGREGATE     DATE POOL
                                           NUMBER      PRINCIPAL     PRINCIPAL
RANGE OF COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIO      OF LOANS     BALANCE       BALANCE
- -------------------------------------      --------     -------       -------

 10.001% - 15.000%......................         1     $  115,081        0.06%
 15.001% - 20.000%......................         2         46,024        0.03
 20.001% - 25.000%......................         5         92,516        0.05
 25.001% - 30.000%......................        13        386,875        0.21
 30.001% - 35.000%......................        14        294,609        0.16
 35.001% - 40.000%......................        20        575,259        0.32
 40.001% - 45.000%......................        25        804,216        0.45
 45.001% - 50.000%......................        47      2,364,775        1.31
 50.001% - 55.000%......................        44      1,608,573        0.89
 55.001% - 60.000%......................        72      3,379,651        1.88
 60.001% - 65.000%......................       113      6,438,723        3.58
 65.001% - 70.000%......................       193     10,683,315        5.94
 70.001% - 75.000%......................       332     23,667,802       13.15
 75.001% - 80.000%......................       778     67,012,936       37.24
 80.001% - 85.000%......................       439     27,614,084       15.34
 85.001% - 90.000%......................       323     19,377,688       10.77
 90.001% - 95.000%......................       132      7,372,217        4.10
 95.001% -100.000%......................       238      8,126,267        4.52
                                            ------  -------------      ------
                                             2,791   $179,960,611      100.00%
  Total....................................  =====  =============      =======


      As of the Cut-Off Date, the weighted average CLTV of the Initial Loans, by
Cut-Off Date principal balance, was approximately 79.15%.


                               OCCUPANCY STATUS

                                                                        % OF
                                                                       CUT-OFF
                                                       AGGREGATE     DATE POOL
                                           NUMBER      PRINCIPAL     PRINCIPAL
OCCUPANCY                                  OF LOANS     BALANCE       BALANCE
- ---------                                  --------     -------       -------

Owner Occupied.........................      2,723   $176,728,792       98.20%
Non-Owner Occupied.....................         53      2,505,499        1.39
Second Home............................         15        726,320        0.40
                                           -------   ------------      ------
  Total.................................     2,791   $179,960,611      100.00%
                                             =====   ============      ======


                                      S-31
<PAGE>

                                     AGE

                                                                        % OF
                                                                      CUT-OFF
                                                       AGGREGATE     DATE POOL
                                           NUMBER      PRINCIPAL     PRINCIPAL
RANGE OF LOAN AGE (IN MONTHS)              OF LOANS     BALANCE       BALANCE
- -----------------------------              --------     -------       -------

  0 - 6................................      2,699   $173,812,987       96.58%
 6+ -12................................         67      4,425,646        2.46
12+ -18................................         20      1,401,299        0.78
18+ -24................................          5        320,679        0.18
                                           -------- ---------------- --------
  Total................................      2,791   $179,960,611      100.00%
                                             =====   ============      ======

      As of the Cut-Off Date, the weighted age of the Initial Loans, by Cut-Off
Date principal balance, was approximately 3 months.

                           REMAINING TERMS TO MATURITY

                                                                        % OF
                                                                      CUT-OFF
                                                       AGGREGATE     DATE POOL
RANGE OF REMAINING TERMS                   NUMBER      PRINCIPAL     PRINCIPAL
TO MATURITY (IN YEARS)                     OF LOANS     BALANCE       BALANCE
- ----------------------                     --------     -------       -------

 Up to 5................................         9    $   221,501        0.12%
 5+ -10.................................       149      5,302,426        2.95
10+ -15.................................     1,501     73,393,493       40.78
15+ -18.................................         2         51,796        0.03
18+ -20.................................       195     10,955,917        6.09
20+ -25.................................         4        230,200        0.13
25+ -30.................................       931     89,805,279       49.90
                                            ------  --------------    -------
  Total.................................     2,791   $179,960,611      100.00%
                                             =====   ============      ======

      As of the Cut-Off Date, the weighted average remaining term to maturity of
the Initial Loans, by Cut-Off Date principal balance, was approximately 268
months.



                                      S-32
<PAGE>


      The information set forth in the preceding section "Description of the
Loans" has been based on information provided by the transferor and tabulated by
the depositor. None of the depositor, the underwriters, the trustee or the
certificate insurer make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness
of that information.

ASSIGNMENT OF INITIAL LOANS

      Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the depositor will convey
without recourse to the trust for the benefit of the certificateholders and the
certificate insurer all right, title and interest in and to each Initial Loan.
Each transfer will convey all right, title and interest in and to each Initial
Loan including:

      (1) scheduled principal and interest payments received on or after the
Cut-Off Date, except for approximately $1,025,995 of interest collected on the
loans in the month of November 1999, which will be retained by the transferor,
and

      (2) principal prepayments in full and curtailments and other principal
collections received on or after the Cut-Off Date.

      In connection with the transfer and assignment, the transferor will
deliver the Trustee's Loan Files to the trustee on or prior to the closing date.
The servicer will not be obligated to record assignments of mortgages in those
jurisdictions as to which an opinion of counsel is rendered that such
recordation is not necessary to protect the interests of the assignee of the
loans secured by mortgaged properties in such jurisdictions. The servicer will
be required to record these assignments if specified events in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement occur.

      If the trustee or the certificate insurer during the process of reviewing
the Trustee's Loan Files finds any document constituting a part of a Trustee's
Loan File:

      (1)   which is not executed,

      (2)   which has not been received,

      (3)   which is unrelated to the loans, or

      (4)   that any loan does not conform to its requirements or to the
description thereof as set forth in the Loan Schedule,

the trustee is required to promptly so notify, and the certificate insurer may
notify, the servicer, the transferor and the certificate insurer. If notified,
the transferor is required to use reasonable efforts to remedy a material defect
in a document constituting part of a Trustee's Loan File. If, however, the
transferor has not remedied the defect within 180 days after the trustee's
notice to it and the defect materially and adversely affects the value of the
loan or the interest of the certificateholders or the certificate insurer in the
loan, the transferor will be required to either:

      (1) substitute in lieu of the loan a Qualified Substitute Loan. If the
then unpaid principal balance of the Qualified Substitute Loan is less than the
principal balance of the loan as



                                      S-33
<PAGE>

of the date of the substitution plus accrued and unpaid interest on the loan,
the transferor will be required to deliver to the servicer as part of the
related monthly remittance remitted by the servicer, the Substitution
Adjustment; or

      (2) purchase the loan at the Purchase Price.

      The Purchase Price shall be deposited in the Collection Account on the
next succeeding Determination Date after deducting any amounts received in
respect of a repurchased loan or loans and being held in the Collection Account
for future distribution to the extent the amounts have not yet been applied to
principal or interest on the loan or loans.

CONVEYANCE OF SUBSEQUENT LOANS

      The trust may acquire Subsequent Loans from the depositor after the
closing date and prior to March 2, 2000, having an unpaid principal balance of
up to $55,039,389, plus or minus a 5% variance. The depositor will purchase
these Subsequent Loans from the transferor. Accordingly, the statistical
characteristics of all the loans after giving effect to the acquisition of any
Subsequent Loans will likely differ from the information regarding the Initial
Loans in this prospectus supplement, because this information is based
exclusively on the Initial Loans. The acquisition of Subsequent Loans by the
trust during the Pre-Funding Period is subject to, among others, the following
requirements:

      (1) no Subsequent Loans may be 30 or more days delinquent as of the
applicable Cut-Off Date;

      (2) the Subsequent Loan must be secured by a first or second priority
lien;

      (3) no Subsequent Loan may have an outstanding principal balance of more
than $499,000 as of the applicable Cut-Off Date and the average principal
balance of all the Subsequent Loans will not be greater than $64,479;

      (4) the Subsequent Loan is a balloon loan or a fully amortizing loan with
level payments over the remaining term of no more than 30 years;

      (5) the Subsequent Loan must have a fixed interest rate equal to at least
8.25% per annum;

      (6) the Subsequent Loan must have a CLTV of no more than 100%;

      (7) the Subsequent Loan must be underwritten, re-underwritten or reviewed,
as applicable, in accordance with the underwriting guidelines similar to those
of the Initial Loans;

      (8) following the acquisition of the Subsequent Loans by the trust, all of
the loans included in the trust must satisfy the following:

               (a)  The minimum FICO credit score must be at least 620 for all
                    the loans originated by Avondale;

                                      S-34
<PAGE>

               (b)  The percentage of loans originated by Avondale may not be
                    more than 34.82% of all the loans by principal balance;

               (c)  The weighted average CLTV of all the loans may not be more
                    than 79.15% by principal balance;

               (d)  The percentage of loans with a CLTV of greater than 80% may
                    not be greater than 34.72% of all the loans by principal
                    balance;

               (e)  The percentage of loans with a CLTV of greater than 90% may
                    not be greater than 8.61% of all the loans by principal
                    balance;

               (f)  The percentage of loans that are second liens may not be
                    greater than 10.53% of all the loans by principal balance;

               (g)  Of the loans that are second liens, the percentage of loans
                    originated by New South that are second liens may not be
                    greater than 8.06% of the total loans originated by New
                    South by principal balance and the percentage of loans
                    originated by Avondale that are second liens may not be
                    greater than 15.16% of the total loans originated by
                    Avondale by principal balance;

               (h)  The percentage of loans that are non-owner occupied
                    properties may not be greater than 1.80% of all the loans by
                    principal balance;

               (i)  The percentage of loans which are balloon loans may not be
                    greater than 14.80% of all the loans by principal balance;

               (j)  The percentage of loans that are secured by mortgaged
                    properties considered single family residences may not be
                    less than 96.56% of all the loans by principal balance;

               (k)  The weighted average interest rate of all the loans must be
                    at least 9.91% per annum by principal balance;

               (l)  No more than 0.93% of all the loans by principal balance may
                    be concentrated in any single zip code;

               (m)  No more than 22.00% of all the loans by principal balance
                    may be secured by properties located in the State of
                    Alabama; and

               (n)  The other requirements set forth in the Pooling and
                    Servicing Agreement are satisfied.


REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRANSFEROR

      The transferor will represent, among other things, with respect to each
loan, the following:

                                      S-35
<PAGE>

      (1) The information set forth in the Loan Schedule with respect to each
loan is complete, true and correct as of the cut-off date;

      (2) Immediately prior to the sale of the loans to the depositor, the
transferor had good and marketable title to each loan subject to no prior lien
or interest of any nature;

      (3) The transferor has transferred all right, title and interest of the
transferor in and to the loans and in the proceeds thereto to the depositor; and

      (4) As of the Cut-Off Date, less than 1% of the loans are 30 or more days
delinquent and less than 0.51% of the loans are 60 or more days delinquent. No
loan is more than 89 days delinquent.

      Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the certificateholders,
the servicer, the transferor and the trustee are required to, and the
certificate insurer may, give prompt written notice to the others if they
discover that any of the representations and warranties of the transferor have
been breached in any material respect as of the closing date.

      Within 60 days of the earlier to occur of the transferor's discovery or
its receipt of written notice of any breach if the value of the loan or the
interests of the certificateholders in the related loan or the interests of the
certificate insurer were materially and adversely affected, the transferor will
be required to:

      (1)   promptly cure the breach in all material respects;

      (2) (a) remove each loan which has given rise to the requirement for
action by the transferor to substitute one or more Qualified Substitute Loans
and,

            (b) if the unpaid principal balance of the Qualified Substitute
Loans as of the date of substitution is less than the unpaid principal balance,
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon of the replaced loans as of the date of
substitution, deliver to the trust fund the Substitution Adjustment; or

      (3) purchase the loan at the Purchase Price and deposit the Purchase Price
into the Collection Account on the next succeeding Determination Date. This
deposit will be net of any amounts received in respect of the repurchased loan
or loans and amounts that are held in the Collection Account or the Certificate
Account for future distribution to the extent the amounts have not yet been
applied to principal or interest on the loan.

Any substitution of one or more Qualified Substitute Loans must be effected
within two years after the closing date unless the trustee and the certificate
insurer receive an opinion of counsel that the substitution would not constitute
a prohibited transaction for purposes of the REMIC provisions of the Code. The
obligation of the transferor to cure the breach or to substitute or purchase any
loan will constitute the sole remedy respecting a material breach of any
representation or warranty to the certificateholders, the trustee and the
certificate insurer.

                                      S-36
<PAGE>

                       THE TRANSFEROR AND THE SERVICER

GENERAL

      New South Federal Savings Bank is the transferor and servicer under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. New South is a federally chartered savings bank
with its principal place of business in Birmingham, Alabama, and is a wholly
owned subsidiary of New South Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation. As of
September 30, 1999, New South had total assets of approximately $1.163 billion,
net loans of approximately $944.3 million, deposits of approximately $760.0
million and capital of approximately $88.9 million. At September 30, 1999, New
South's regulatory capital measures, determined under the regulatory reporting
requirement of the Office of Thrift Supervision were as follows: core capital
7.81% and total risk based capital 11.24%.

      The transferor will sell and assign each loan to the depositor in
consideration for the net proceeds from the sale of the offered certificates,
and for the Class R certificates.

      The offered certificates will not represent an interest in or obligation
of, nor are the loans guaranteed by, the transferor or any of its affiliates.

      The servicer may utilize one or more subservicers acceptable to the
certificate insurer in the performance of the administrative and servicing
obligations of the servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. However,
no subservicing arrangement will discharge the servicer from its obligations
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      The trustee may remove the servicer with the prior written consent of the
certificate insurer, and the servicer may resign, only in accordance with the
terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. In addition, the servicer may also
be removed by the certificate insurer if certain delinquency and loan loss
triggers specified in the Certificate Insurance Agreement have been met. No
removal or resignation will become effective until the trustee or a successor
servicer acceptable to the certificate insurer shall have assumed the servicer's
responsibilities and obligations in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. Any collections received by the servicer after its removal or
resignation will be endorsed by it to the trustee and remitted directly to the
trustee.

CREDIT AND UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES

      The following is a brief description of New South's underwriting
guidelines as they are currently in effect and which apply to the Initial Loans
and Subsequent Loans. The underwriting guidelines are revised continuously based
on opportunities and prevailing conditions in the nonconforming credit
residential mortgage market, as well as in the expected market for securities
backed by these loans. New South has informed the depositor that it believes
that the underwriting guidelines are consistent with standards generally used by
lenders in the business of making loans based on nonconforming credits.

      Loans originated by correspondent and/or broker originators generally will
have been originated in accordance with New South's underwriting guidelines.

                                      S-37
<PAGE>

      In certain cases, compensating factors may support flexibility in the
underwriting guidelines, which New South believes appropriate.

      The underwriting process is intended to assess both the prospective
borrower's ability to repay and the adequacy of the real property as collateral
for the loan granted. New South's underwriting guidelines permit the origination
and purchase of loans with multi-tiered credit characteristics tailored to
individual credit profiles. In general, New South's underwriting guidelines
require an analysis of:

      o     the equity in the collateral,

      o     the payment history and debt-to-income ratio of the borrower,

      o     the property type, and

      o     the characteristics of the underlying first mortgage, if any.

A lower maximum CLTV is required for lower gradations of credit quality.

      New South's underwriting guidelines permit the origination or purchase of
fixed or adjustable rate loans that fully amortize over a period generally not
to exceed 30 years. In the case of a balloon loan, the amortization period is
generally based on a 30-year or less amortization schedule with a due date and a
"balloon" payment at the end of a term that can be no greater than 15 years.

      The homes pledged to secure loans are single-family residences that may be
either owner occupied, which includes second homes, or non-owner occupied
investor properties. These properties may be:

      o     detached,

      o     part of a two-or four-family dwelling,

      o     manufactured home, condominium units, or

      o     units in a planned unit development.

      Commercial properties or agricultural land are not generally accepted as
collateral; however, they may be added as additional security.

      New South's underwriting guidelines require that the CLTV of a loan
generally not exceed 95%. However, a second lien loan in an amount of $50,000 or
less may have a CLTV of up to 95%, and a second lien loan in an amount of
$25,000 or less may have a CLTV of up to 100%. New South's underwriting
guidelines do not permit the origination or purchase of loans where the senior
mortgagee may share in any appreciation in the value of the related mortgaged
property.

                                      S-38
<PAGE>

      In most cases, the value of each property proposed as security for a loan
is determined by a full appraisal. A limited appraisal, conducted on a drive-by
basis, is sometimes utilized for loans with CLTVs under 50%. Appraisals are
performed by professional appraisers who have been approved by New South or who
are employed by an appraisal service company approved by New South. New South
evaluates appraisers based on established criteria and appraisal requirements,
and maintains a current approved appraiser list.

      New South's underwriting guidelines provide for the origination of loans
under two programs:

      (1)   a full verification program for salaried or self-employed
borrowers; and

      (2)   a non-income verification program for self-employed borrowers only.

      Under the full verification program, each mortgage applicant is required
to provide, and New South or its designee generally verifies, certain personal
financial information. The applicant's total monthly obligations should not
exceed 45% of the applicant's gross monthly income, as certified by the borrower
on the application. Total monthly obligations include principal and interest on
each mortgage, other loans, charge accounts and all other scheduled
indebtedness, generally, in the absence of countervailing considerations, such
as relatively high income or a relatively low CLTV. Applicants who are salaried
employees must provide current employment information in addition to recent
employment history. New South or its designee generally verifies this
information for salaried borrowers based on written confirmation from employers
or a combination of two of the following:

      (1)   the most recent pay stub;

      (2)   the most recent W-2 tax form; or

      (3)   telephone confirmation from the employer.

      Self-employed applicants are required to provide copies of complete
federal income tax returns, including schedules, filed for the most recent two
years. Unverifiable income may be considered if an applicant's standard of
living indicates substantial financial resources and the applicant has a good
credit record. Under the non-income verification program, two years' history of
self employment plus proof of current self-employed status is required.

      A credit report by an independent, nationally recognized credit reporting
agency reflecting the applicant's complete credit history is required.
Verification is required to be obtained of:

      (1)   the senior loan balance, if any,

      (2)   the payment status of the senior loans, and

      (3)   whether local taxes, interest, insurance and assessments are
included in the applicant's monthly payment.



                                      S-39
<PAGE>

All taxes and assessments not included in the payment are required to be
verified as current.

      A poor credit history may not disqualify an applicant if, in New South's
judgment, there are offsetting factors. Offsetting factors include the
applicant's ability to pay and a relatively low CLTV.

      In connection with purchase-money loans, New South's underwriting
guidelines require:

      (1)   an acceptable source of downpayment funds; and

      (2)   verification of the source of the downpayment funds.

      New South's underwriting guidelines generally require title insurance
coverage issued by an approved American Land Title Association or California
Land Title Association title insurance company on each loan it originates or
purchases. The applicant is required to secure property insurance in an amount
equal to the lesser of:

      (1)   an amount sufficient to cover the new loan and any prior loan;
and

      (2)   the cost of rebuilding the subject property, which generally does
not include land value.

      Approximately 34.82% of the Initial Loans, by principal balance as of the
Cut-Off Date, were originated by Avondale Funding.com.inc. Avondale
Funding.com.inc., based in Woodridge, Illinois, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
New South, and was formed in February, 1999 concurrently with the purchase of
the assets associated with the national mortgage origination activities of
Avondale Federal Savings Bank. As of September 30, 1999, Avondale had total
assets of $ 124.8 million, including total loans of $ 121.5 million. Avondale
originates closed-end first and second mortgages through a distribution network
of over 340 correspondents and brokers in 40 states, where the application and
approval process occurs primarily over the Internet through the use of
customized loan underwriting software. Avondale also originates home equity
lines of credit (HELOCs) through the same network. Originations of closed-end
loans totaled $ 105.8 million and of HELOCs $ 46.5 million, in each case, from
the date of the Avondale acquisition by New South to September 30, 1999. Loans
are originated and held by Avondale, until sold or securitized, and subserviced
by New South under a formal servicing agreement. Only closed-end first and
second mortgages are included in this securitization. Using an automated
decision process that reviews the customer's credit score and other criteria
submitted by the broker or correspondent, Avondale is able to quickly return an
automated credit decision through the Internet, with subsequent review of
required closing documents and conditions by Avondale personnel prior to
funding.

AVONDALE'S CREDIT AND UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES

      The following is a brief description of Avondale's underwriting guidelines
as they are currently in effect. The underwriting guidelines are revised on an
ongoing basis as deemed appropriate based upon Avondale's evaluation and
analysis of historical portfolio performance, market opportunities and
conditions. Loans originated by both brokers and correspondents will have been
originated in accordance with Avondale's underwriting guidelines. Brokers and

                                      S-40
<PAGE>

correspondents must meet certain eligibility criteria and industry experience
requirements, must notify Avondale within 10 days in the event of any changes in
corporate authority or structure, and are subject to audits or inspections at
their place of business. Additionally, brokers or correspondents may be
suspended for reasons including breach of representation or warranty, failure to
perform any obligation under Avondale underwriting guidelines, or insolvency.

      In certain, limited cases, certain exceptions to the underwriting
guidelines may be granted where Avondale believes it is appropriate as a result
of other compensating factors.

      The underwriting process is intended to assess both the prospective
borrower's willingness and ability to repay, based upon historical credit
performance and stated income, and the adequacy of the real property as
collateral for the loan granted. Avondale's underwriting guidelines permit the
origination and purchase of loans according to tiered credit characteristics
tailored to individual credit profiles. Generally, Avondale's loans are
underwritten in accordance with underwriting guidelines which consider FICO
credit scores and, among other factors, bankruptcy score, duration of credit
history, minimum number of trades represented on the credit report, delinquency
history, and debt ratios, as well as the value of the collateral. Avondale
underwriting guidelines do not require verification of income, but do require
the borrower to certify income level and employment on a signed borrower's
affidavit. Avondale's underwriting guidelines require that verbal employment
verification calls will be accomplished prior to closing.

      Avondale's underwriting guidelines permit the origination or purchase of
fixed rate closed-end loans that fully amortize over 30 years or 15 years, in
the case of first and second mortgages, respectively. For the first and second
fixed rate, closed-end products, the Avondale underwriting guidelines do not
provide for the origination or purchase of balloon maturity loans.

      The homes pledged as collateral under the Avondale underwriting guidelines
may be either owner occupied primary or secondary residences (which may be
detached, part of a two-to-four unit building, condominium or townhouse units,
or manufactured homes eligible for real estate collateral). Investment,
commercial, mixed-use, or agricultural or land properties are not eligible
collateral.

      Avondale's underwriting guidelines require that the CLTV of a loan not
exceed 100%. In the case of first mortgages included as Initial Loans, the LTV
is limited to 80%, but simultaneous closings of second mortgages are permitted
which could bring the CLTV up to 100%.

      Avondale's underwriting guidelines require full original appraisals
performed by a state licensed or certified appraiser for all first mortgages;
and will allow the originating broker or correspondent for second mortgages to
either order a field asset valuation through Avondale's approved appraisal
provider or submit a drive-by appraisal or a full appraisal performed by a state
licensed or certified appraiser. For all appraisals provided, Avondale conducts
a desk review of the appraisal or obtains an independent, third party desk
review. In the case of second mortgages, more stringent appraisals are required
for borrowers who fall into a certain tier on the underwriting matrix,
properties in certain states, and properties with values greater than $500,000.
Any second mortgage loan is limited to $100,000. Additionally, in limited

                                      S-41
<PAGE>

circumstances, Avondale does allow statistical appraisals to be used for second
mortgages originated by certain California correspondents, where values are
determined by independent, third party appraisal service companies using
software which provides valuations based upon analyses of sales comparisons, zip
code appreciation trends, and repeat sales. Full and drive-by appraisals must be
performed by a state licensed or certified appraiser; and appraisers or
appraisal service companies approved by Avondale must be used for field asset
valuations or statistical appraisals where allowed.

      Avondale uses a proprietary, automated underwriting system which utilizes
a credit score-based decisioning system that produces a credit decision, priced
relative to the level of credit risk indicated by the borrower's placement in
the underwriting matrix. As indicated above, Avondale's underwriting guidelines
allow for originations based upon the borrower's stated income with
certification by the borrower in the signed borrower's affidavit. The minimum
FICO credit score required of borrowers for both first and second mortgages is
620. Self-employed borrowers with credit scores less than 680 are limited to 80%
CLTV. The weighted average credit score on the loans included in the trust is
708, with the maximum credit score of 816 and the minimum of 620. Avondale's
underwriting guidelines also require consideration of the applicant's
debt-to-income ratio, based on the loan's monthly payment plus the total monthly
obligations contained in the credit report used (including principal and
interest on each mortgage, other loans, charge accounts, and all other scheduled
indebtedness), which should generally not exceed 50% in the case of first
mortgages or 60% in the case of second mortgages.

      A credit report by an independent, nationally recognized credit reporting
agency reflecting the applicant's complete credit history is required.
Avondale's underwriting guidelines require the consideration of the duration of
credit history, minimum number of accounts, and payment, bankruptcy, and
foreclosure history, in the credit decision.

      Avondale's underwriting guidelines require title insurance coverage issued
by an approved American Land Title Association insurer on each first mortgage
loan and all second mortgages over $50,000. The borrower is required to provide
proof of hazard insurance for second mortgage loans and with respect to first
mortgage loans, secure hazard insurance in an amount equal to the lessor of (a)
an amount sufficient to cover the new loan and any prior lien and (b) the cost
of rebuilding the subject property (which generally does not include land
value).

      In addition, all results are monitored through Avondale's credit cycle
management function, to analyze credit performance results monthly, to monitor
loan performance versus predicted expectations (critical to the program's long
term success), and to isolate areas for product improvement from both a
marketing and underwriting perspective. Modifications and enhancements to the
underwriting guidelines and the underwriting matrices have evolved to address
borrower attributes and underwriting information in the system's decisioning
logic, appraisal improvements, an automated underwriting system.

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE

      The following table sets forth the delinquency and loss experience of the
servicer's servicing portfolio of loans generally similar in type to the loans,
as of the dates indicated below.


                                      S-42
<PAGE>

However, the aggregate delinquency experience on the loans will depend on the
results obtained over the life of the loans. The servicer's portfolio of loans
may differ significantly from the loans included in the trust fund in
characteristics such as interest rates, principal balances, geographic
distribution, CLTV ratios and other relevant characteristics. We cannot assure
you that the delinquency, loss and foreclosure experience on the loans will be
consistent with the historical information provided below. The rates of
delinquencies, losses and foreclosures on the loans may be higher than the
historical information presented below.

                     DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE ON SERVICER'S
                         SERVICING PORTFOLIO OF LOANS
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)



<TABLE>
                                        AT DECEMBER 31, 1997                        AT DECEMBER 31, 1998
                            ------------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
                                                   PERCENT     PERCENT                         PERCENT     PERCENT
                                NO.      DOLLAR     BY NO.    BY DOLLAR     NO.      DOLLAR     BY NO.    BY DOLLAR
                             OF LOANS    AMOUNT    OF LOANS    AMOUNT    OF LOANS    AMOUNT    OF LOANS    AMOUNT
                             --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------
<CAPTION>


<S>                            <C>     <C>           <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>           <C>        <C>
Total Portfolio .........      8,403   $375,177      N/A        N/A       10,384   $498,201      N/A        N/A
                            --------   --------   -------    -------    --------   --------   -------    -------
Period of Delinquency
   30-59 days ...........         73   $  3,262      0.87%      0.87%         62   $  3,133      0.60%      0.63%
   60-89 days ...........         26      1,508      0.31       0.40          23      1,360      0.22       0.27
   90 days or more ......         22        925      0.26       0.25          55      2,492      0.53       0.50
                            --------   --------   -------    -------    --------   --------   -------    -------
 Total delinquent loans .        121   $  5,695      1.44%      1.52%        140   $  6,985      1.35%      1.40%
Loans in foreclosure ....         49      2,710      0.58       0.72          65      2,784      0.63       0.56
                            --------   --------   -------    -------    --------   --------   -------    -------
   Total ................        170   $  8,405      2.02%      2.24%        205   $  9,769      1.98%      1.96%
                            ========   ========   =======    =======    ========   ========   =======    =======

</TABLE>


                                       AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                             ------------------------------------------
                                                   PERCENT     PERCENT
                                NO.      DOLLAR     BY NO.    BY DOLLAR
                             OF LOANS    AMOUNT    OF LOANS    AMOUNT
                             --------    ------    --------    ------

Total Portfolio .........     13,352    $691,073      N/A        N/A
                              ------    --------      ---        ---

Period of Delinquency
   30-59 days............        169    $  9,289      1.27%      1.34%
   60-89 days............         37       1,760      0.28       0.25
   90 days or more.......         82       3,955      0.61       0.57
                             --------   --------      ----       ----
 Total delinquent loans..        288    $ 15,004      2.16%      2.17%

Loans in foreclosure.....         63       3,390      0.47       0.49
                             --------   --------      ----       ----
   Total.................        351    $ 18,394      2.63%      2.66%
                             =======    ========      ====       ====


      The information presented as Total Portfolio above represents only the
servicer's one-to-four family residential mortgage loan portfolios that
consisted primarily of performing loans at the time the servicer began servicing
such loans.


                              REAL ESTATE OWNED
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


                           DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                               1997              1998              1999
                               ----              ----              ----
                          NO. OF  DOLLAR    NO. OF  DOLLAR    NO. OF  DOLLAR
                           LOANS  AMOUNT     LOANS  AMOUNT     LOANS  AMOUNT
                           -----  ------     -----  ------     -----  ------
Real Estate Owned......     18     $734       43    $2,313     83    $4,065


                                      S-43
<PAGE>

                    LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE ON THE SERVICER'S
                         SERVICING PORTFOLIO OF LOANS
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


                                       AT DECEMBER    AT DECEMBER   AT SEPTEMBER
                                         31, 1997       31, 1998       30, 1999
                                         --------       --------       --------

      Total Portfolio.................   $375,177      $498,201       $691,073
          Gross Losses................        $85          $352           $449
          Recoveries..................        $27           $50           $104
          Net Losses..................        $58          $302           $345

      Annualized Loan Losses..........       0.02%         0.06%         0.07%


      Total Portfolio presented above represents only the servicer's one-to-four
family residential mortgage loan portfolios that consisted primarily of
performing loans at the time the servicer began servicing such loans. The Total
Portfolio principal balance is of the loans outstanding on the last day of the
period. Gross Losses presented above are actual losses incurred on liquidated
properties for each respective period. Losses are calculated after repayment of
all principal and foreclosure costs. Recoveries presented above are from
liquidation proceeds and deficiency judgments. Net Losses presented above are
gross losses minus recoveries.

      The period of delinquency in the above table is based on the number of
days that a payment is contractually past due. The above delinquency, loss and
foreclosure experience statistics are calculated on the basis of the total home
equity loan portfolio serviced by the servicer as of the dates indicated. All of
the loans were originated or acquired by the transferor. These statistics are
not cumulative. The above statistics, other than the information presented at
September 30, 1999, do not include any of the loans which were recently acquired
by the transferor from Avondale. Because the total amount of loans serviced by
the servicer has increased over these periods as a result of new originations,
the delinquency and foreclosure percentages shown above are lower than they
would be if these loans had been outstanding for a longer period of time.
Because the trust consists of a fixed pool of loans, the actual delinquency and
foreclosure percentages with respect to the loans may be higher, and could be
significantly higher, than the delinquency and foreclosure percentages indicated
in the table above.

                     PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

      The yield on the Class A-1 certificates will be sensitive to fluctuations
in the level of One-Month LIBOR. The yield on the offered certificates will be
sensitive to the available funds cap. In addition, because the rate and timing
of principal distributions on offered certificates depends primarily on the rate
and timing of principal payments, i.e., the prepayment experience, of the loans
and the availability and amount of excess interest, the final distribution of
principal on your certificates could occur significantly earlier than you
anticipated. If significant principal distributions are made on your
certificates, you may not be able to reinvest those distributions in a
comparable alternative investment having a comparable yield. No prediction can
be made as to

                                      S-44
<PAGE>

the rate of prepayments on the loans in either stable or changing interest rate
environments. You will bear entirely any reinvestment risk resulting from the
rate of prepayments on the loans.

      The rate of principal distributions on each class of offered certificates,
the aggregate amount of each interest distribution on each class and the yield
to maturity on each class will be directly related to and affected by:

      (1)   the prepayment experience of the loans;

      (2) the application of amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account at
the end of the Pre-Funding Period that are not used to acquire Subsequent Loans
to reduce the principal balance of each class of offered certificates, and

      (3) under some circumstances, the rates of delinquencies, defaults or
losses experienced on the loans.

      The rate of principal prepayments on the loans will be influenced by a
variety of economic, tax, geographic, demographic, social, legal and other
factors, and has fluctuated considerably in recent years. In addition, the rate
of principal prepayments may differ among loans at any time because of specific
factors relating to the loans. These factors include:

      (1)   the age of the loans,

      (2) the geographic location of the related properties and the extent of
the related borrowers' equity in those properties, and

      (3) changes in the borrowers' housing needs, job transfers and employment.

      In general, if prevailing interest rates fall significantly below the
interest rates at the time of origination, loans may be subject to higher
prepayment rates than if prevailing interest rates remain at or above those at
the time those loans were originated. Conversely, if prevailing interest rates
rise appreciably above the interest rates at the time of origination, loans may
experience a lower prepayment rate than if prevailing interest rates remained at
or below those existing at the time those loans were originated. We cannot make
assurances as to the prepayment rate of the loans. In addition, we cannot make
assurances that the loans will conform to the prepayment experience of other
loans or to any past prepayment experience or any published prepayment forecast.

      In general, if an offered certificate is purchased at a premium over its
face amount and payments of principal of the offered certificate occur at a rate
faster than that assumed at the time of purchase, the investor's actual yield to
maturity will be lower than that anticipated at the time of purchase.
Conversely, if an offered certificate is purchased at a discount from its face
amount and payments of principal of the offered certificate occur at a rate that
is slower than that assumed at the time of purchase, the purchaser's actual
yield to maturity will be lower than originally anticipated.

      The rate and timing of defaults on the loans will also affect the rate and
timing of principal payments on the loans and thus the yield on the offered
certificates. We cannot make

                                      S-45
<PAGE>

assurances as to the rate of losses or delinquencies on any of the loans. To the
extent that any losses are incurred on any of the loans that are not covered by
excess interest or an Insured Payment, the offered certificateholders will bear
the risk of losses resulting from default by borrowers. See "Risk Factors" in
this prospectus supplement and in the prospectus.

      The yield to maturity on the offered certificates will be adversely
affected if their pass-through rates are limited by the available funds cap
described under "Description of the Offered Certificates--Pass-Through Rates" in
this prospectus supplement, and if sufficient funds are not available in later
periods to reimburse for the resulting shortfalls.

      The effective yield to holders of Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class
A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates will be lower than the yield otherwise
produced by their pass-through rates and purchase prices. This is because while
interest will accrue during each Accrual Period, the distribution of interest
may not be made until the distribution dates following the related Accrual
Period, and principal paid on any distribution date will not bear interest
during the period from the end of the related Accrual Period to the distribution
date that follows.

      The weighted average life of the offered certificates will be influenced
by, among other factors, the rate of principal payments on the loans.

      The last scheduled distribution date for the certificates is April 25,
2030. This date represents the distribution date occurring in the month after
the maturity date of the latest maturing loan expected to be in the trust at the
end of the pre-funding period. It is possible that the principal of the
certificates may not be fully paid by this date.

      The primary source of information available to investors concerning the
offered certificates will be the monthly statements discussed under "Description
of the Offered Certificates--Reports to Certificateholders" in this Prospectus
Supplement. These statements will include information as to the outstanding
certificate principal balance of the certificates. We cannot assure that any
additional information regarding the offered certificates will be available
through any other source. In addition, the depositor is not aware of any source
through which price information about the offered certificates will be generally
available on an ongoing basis. The limited nature of the information regarding
the offered certificates may adversely affect the liquidity of the offered
certificates, even if a secondary market for the offered certificates becomes
available.

      Prepayments on loans are commonly measured relative to a prepayment
standard or model. The model used in this prospectus supplement is the
Prepayment Assumption model. A 100% Prepayment Assumption assumes a CPR of 4.0%
per annum of the outstanding principal balance of the loans in the first month
of the life of the loans and an additional approximate 1.91% (precisely 21/11
multiplied by 1.00%) per annum in each month thereafter until the twelfth month.
Beginning in the twelfth month and in each month thereafter during the life of
the loans, a CPR of 25% per annum each month is assumed.

      As used in the tables below, a 0% Prepayment Assumption assumes a
prepayment rate equal to 0% of the Prepayment Assumption, -- i.e., no
prepayments. Correspondingly, a 75% Prepayment Assumption assumes a prepayment
rate equal to 75% of the Prepayment

                                      S-46
<PAGE>

Assumption, and so forth. The Prepayment Assumption does not purport to be an
historical description of prepayment experience or a prediction of the
anticipated rate of prepayment of any pool of loans, including the loans.
Neither the transferor, the depositor nor the underwriters make any
representations about the appropriateness of the Prepayment Assumption or the
CPR.

MODELING ASSUMPTIONS

      For purposes of preparing the tables below, the following modeling
assumptions have been made:

      (1) no delinquencies or losses occur on the loans and all scheduled
principal payments on the loans are timely received on the first day of a Due
Period. Each Due Period will begin on the first day of each month and end on the
thirtieth day of the month, with the first Due Period for the loans commencing
on November 1, 1999;

      (2) the scheduled payments on the loans have been calculated on the
outstanding principal balance, prior to giving effect to prepayments, the loan
interest rate, and the remaining term to stated maturity such that the loans
will fully amortize by their remaining term to stated maturity;

      (3) with respect to the first Due Period, the transferor will retain
approximately $1,025,995 of all interest collected on the loans in November
1999;

      (4)   (a)  all loans prepay monthly at the specified percentages of the
                 Prepayment Assumption,

            (b)  no optional or other early termination of the offered
                 certificates occurs, except with respect to the calculation of
                 the "Weighted Average Life-to-Call (Years)" figures in the
                 following tables, and

            (c)  no substitutions or repurchases of the loans occur;

      (5) all prepayments in respect of the loans include 30 days' accrued
interest;

      (6) the closing date for the offered certificates is December 2, 1999;

      (7) each year will consist of twelve 30-day months, except with respect to
the Class A-1 certificates, for which interest will be calculated on the basis
of a 360 day year and the actual number of days elapsed;

      (8) cash distributions are received by the holders of the offered
certificates on the 25th day of each month, commencing in December 1999 with
respect to the Class A-1 certificates and January 2000 with respect to the Class
A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates;

      (9) the pass-through rate for each class of offered certificates, other
than the Class A-1 certificates, is as described in this prospectus supplement;
the pass-through rate for the Class A-1 certificates remains constant at 5.829%
per annum;

                                      S-47
<PAGE>

      (10) all Servicing Fees and Trustee Fees assumed to be deducted from the
interest collections in respect of the loans equal 0.5065% of the principal
balances of the loans;

      (11) the premium payable to the certificate insurer, to be deducted from
the interest collections in respect of the loans, is as set forth in the
Certificate Insurance Agreement;


      (12) no reinvestment income from any account is earned and available for
distribution;

      (13) the Overcollateralization Target Amount prior to the Stepdown Date is
equal to 5.50% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the loans as of
the Cut-Off Date and on or after the Stepdown Date, is equal to 11.00% of the
then outstanding aggregate principal balance of the loans;

      (14) Sub-Pools 10 through 12 are transferred to the trust in December
1999. The principal payments on these loans are received by the servicer in
January 2000 and paid to the holders of certificates on the distribution date in
February 2000; and

      (15) the pool consists of loans having the following characteristics:


                         ASSUMED LOAN CHARACTERISTICS


             CUT-OFF DATE                     REMAINING                BALLOON
              PRINCIPAL                      AMORTIZATION   SEASONING  TERM
 SUB-POOL      BALANCE       LOAN RATE %    TERM (MONTHS)    (MONTHS)  (MONTHS)
 --------      -------       -----------    -------------    --------  --------

    1       $ 9,532,253.80      13.3647%         177            3
    2       $23,608,661.04       9.2731%         359            1
    3       $29,525,646.45       8.7474%         356            4
    4       $18,476,939.80      10.1253%         172            1
    5       $24,290,422.44      10.0543%         169            5
    6       $10,986,113.14       9.9603%         237            3
    7       $16,110,088.38      10.2427%         358            1
    8       $20,791,082.88      10.1044%         355            4
    9       $26,639,403.46       9.8951%         357            3         174
    10      $19,166,023.01       9.8754%         347            0
    11      $28,672,890.22      10.2152%         282            0
    12      $ 7,200,475.38       9.9162%         359            0         177

                                      S-48
<PAGE>

      The following tables indicate at the specified percentages of the
Prepayment Assumption the corresponding weighted average lives of each class of
certificates. All percentages in the following tables are rounded to the nearest
1%. As used in the following tables, the weighted average life of a class is
determined by:

      (1)   multiplying the amount of each distribution of principal thereof by
            the number of years from the date of issuance to the related
            distribution date,

      (2)   summing the results, and

      (3)   dividing the sum by the aggregate distributions of principal
            referred to in clause (1) and rounding to two decimal places.


             PERCENTAGE OF ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
            AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION


                                                  CLASS A-1 CERTIFICATES
                                                  ----------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE                        0%     50%    75%   100%   125%    150%
- -----------------                        --     ---    ---   ----   ----    ----

Initial Percent.........................100    100    100   100     100    100
November 2000........................... 91     68     57    45      34     22
November 2001........................... 85     33      9     0       0      0
November 2002........................... 81      3      0     0       0      0
November 2003........................... 76      0      0     0       0      0
November 2004........................... 71      0      0     0       0      0
November 2005........................... 66      0      0     0       0      0
November 2006........................... 60      0      0     0       0      0
November 2007........................... 56      0      0     0       0      0
November 2008........................... 50      0      0     0       0      0
November 2009........................... 44      0      0     0       0      0
November 2010........................... 37      0      0     0       0      0
November 2011........................... 29      0      0     0       0      0
November 2012........................... 19      0      0     0       0      0
November 2013............................ 8      0      0     0       0      0
November 2014............................ 0      0      0     0       0      0


Weighted Average Life-to-Maturity
  (Years) ..............................8.25  1.56    1.16  0.94   0.81    0.72

Weighted Average Life-to-Call
  (Years) ..............................8.25  1.56    1.16  0.94   0.81    0.72

                                      S-49
<PAGE>




             PERCENTAGE OF ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
            AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION

                                                 CLASS A-2 CERTIFICATES
                                                 ----------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE                        0%    50%    75%    100%   125%    150%
- -----------------                        --    ---    ---    ----   ----    ----

Initial Percent.........................100    100    100    100     100    100
November 2000...........................100    100    100    100     100    100
November 2001...........................100    100    100     44       0      0
November 2002...........................100    100      0      0       0      0
November 2003...........................100     20      0      0       0      0
November 2004...........................100      0      0      0       0      0
November 2005...........................100      0      0      0       0      0
November 2006...........................100      0      0      0       0      0
November 2007...........................100      0      0      0       0      0
November 2008...........................100      0      0      0       0      0
November 2009...........................100      0      0      0       0      0
November 2010...........................100      0      0      0       0      0
November 2011...........................100      0      0      0       0      0
November 2012...........................100      0      0      0       0      0
November 2013...........................100      0      0      0       0      0
November 2014........................... 0       0      0      0       0      0


Weighted Average Life-to-Maturity
  (Years) .............................14.60  3.70    2.57   1.99   1.64    1.41

Weighted Average Life-to-Call
  (Years) .............................14.60  3.70    2.57   1.99   1.64    1.41

                                      S-50
<PAGE>

             PERCENTAGE OF ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
            AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION


                                                 CLASS A-3 CERTIFICATES
                                                 ----------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE                        0%     50%    75%    100%   125%   150%
- -----------------                        --     ---    ---    ----   ----   ----

Initial Percent......................... 100   100    100    100     100    100
November 2000........................... 100   100    100    100     100    100
November 2001........................... 100   100    100    100      81     43
November 2002........................... 100   100     93     41       0      0
November 2003........................... 100   100     46      0       0      0
November 2004........................... 100    72     11      0       0      0
November 2005........................... 100    45      0      0       0      0
November 2006........................... 100    23      0      0       0      0
November 2007........................... 100    12      0      0       0      0
November 2008........................... 100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2009........................... 100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2010........................... 100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2011........................... 100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2012........................... 100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2013........................... 100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2014........................... 99      0      0      0       0      0
November 2015........................... 90      0      0      0       0      0
November 2016........................... 80      0      0      0       0      0
November 2017........................... 69      0      0      0       0      0
November 2018........................... 57      0      0      0       0      0
November 2019........................... 44      0      0      0       0      0
November 2020........................... 31      0      0      0       0      0
November 2021........................... 17      0      0      0       0      0
November 2022...........................  1      0      0      0       0      0
November 2023...........................  0      0      0      0       0      0


Weighted Average Life-to-Maturity
  (Years) .............................19.43   6.06   4.00    2.98   2.36   1.98

Weighted Average Life-to-Call
  (Years) .............................19.43   6.06   4.00    2.98   2.36   1.98

                                      S-51
<PAGE>

             PERCENTAGE OF ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
            AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION


                                                 CLASS A-4 CERTIFICATES
                                                 ----------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE                       0%    50%    75%    100%   125%    150%
- -----------------                       --    ---    ---    ----   ----    ----

Initial Percent.........................100   100    100    100     100    100
November 2000...........................100   100    100    100     100    100
November 2001...........................100   100    100    100     100    100
November 2002...........................100   100    100    100      93     30
November 2003...........................100   100    100     96      34      0
November 2004...........................100   100    100     43       0      0
November 2005...........................100   100     76     10       0      0
November 2006...........................100   100     46      0       0      0
November 2007...........................100   100     35      0       0      0
November 2008...........................100    97     19      0       0      0
November 2009...........................100    76      2      0       0      0
November 2010...........................100    55      0      0       0      0
November 2011...........................100    35      0      0       0      0
November 2012...........................100    17      0      0       0      0
November 2013...........................100     2      0      0       0      0
November 2014...........................100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2015...........................100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2016...........................100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2017...........................100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2018...........................100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2019...........................100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2020...........................100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2021...........................100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2022...........................100     0      0      0       0      0
November 2023........................... 77     0      0      0       0      0
November 2024........................... 57     0      0      0       0      0
November 2025........................... 34     0      0      0       0      0
November 2026...........................  9     0      0      0       0      0
November 2027...........................  0     0      0      0       0      0



Weighted Average Life-to-Maturity
  (Years) ............................25.27  11.34  7.33    4.97   3.79    2.95

Weighted Average Life-to-Call
  (Years) ........................... 25.27  11.34  7.33    4.97   3.79    2.95

                                      S-52
<PAGE>


             PERCENTAGE OF ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
            AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION

                                                 CLASS A-5 CERTIFICATES
                                                 ----------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE                        0%     50%    75%    100%   125%   150%
- -----------------                        --     ---    ---    ----   ----   ----

Initial Percent......................... 100    100    100    100     100   100
November 2000........................... 100    100    100    100     100   100
November 2001........................... 100    100    100    100     100   100
November 2002........................... 100    100    100    100     100   100
November 2003........................... 100    100    100    100     100    78
November 2004........................... 100    100    100    100      84    29
November 2005........................... 100    100    100    100      52    12*
November 2006........................... 100    100    100     83      34*    7*
November 2007........................... 100    100    100     78*     34*    7*
November 2008........................... 100    100    100     64*     26*    6*
November 2009........................... 100    100    100     46*     16*    1*
November 2010........................... 100    100     82*    32*      8*    0
November 2011........................... 100    100     64*    20*      2*    0
November 2012........................... 100    100     47*    12*      0     0
November 2013........................... 100    100     34*     6*      0     0
November 2014........................... 100     69*    18*     0       0     0
November 2015........................... 100     56*    12*     0       0     0
November 2016........................... 100     45*     7*     0       0     0
November 2017........................... 100     35*     3*     0       0     0
November 2018........................... 100     27*     0      0       0     0
November 2019........................... 100     20*     0      0       0     0
November 2020........................... 100     14*     0      0       0     0
November 2021........................... 100     9*      0      0       0     0
November 2022........................... 100     5*      0      0       0     0
November 2023........................... 100     1*      0      0       0     0
November 2024........................... 100     0       0      0       0     0
November 2025........................... 100     0       0      0       0     0
November 2026........................... 100     0       0      0       0     0
November 2027........................... 73*     0       0      0       0     0
November 2028........................... 24*     0       0      0       0     0
November 2029...........................  0      0       0      0       0     0



Weighted Average Life-to-Maturity
  (Years) .............................28.49  17.33  13.19   9.96   7.11    4.98

Weighted Average Life-to-Call
  (Years) .............................27.23  14.06  10.23   7.63   5.76    4.54

      The percentages in the above table that are designated with "*" indicate
that the cash flows are contingent on the optional termination provision not
being exercised.

                                      S-53
<PAGE>

             PERCENTAGE OF ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
            AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION

                                                 CLASS A-6 CERTIFICATES
                                                 ----------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE                        0%     50%    75%    100%   125%   150%
- -----------------                        --     ---    ---    ----   ----   ----

Initial Percent.........................100    100    100    100     100    100
November 2000...........................100    100    100    100     100    100
November 2001...........................100    100    100    100     100    100
November 2002...........................100    100    100    100     100    100
November 2003........................... 99     93     90     88      86     84
November 2004........................... 98     86     81     77      72     68
November 2005........................... 96     76     68     60      52     45*
November 2006........................... 93     65     53     44      35*    25*
November 2007........................... 85     39     26     17*     12*    10*
November 2008........................... 76     24     12      6*      2*     1*
November 2009........................... 66     14      6      2*      0      0
November 2010........................... 57      8      3*     1*      0      0
November 2011........................... 48      5      1*     0       0      0
November 2012........................... 39      2      0      0       0      0
November 2013........................... 30      1      0      0       0      0
November 2014........................... 10      0      0      0       0      0
November 2015...........................  9      0      0      0       0      0
November 2016...........................  8      0      0      0       0      0
November 2017...........................  6      0      0      0       0      0
November 2018...........................  5      0      0      0       0      0
November 2019...........................  4      0      0      0       0      0
November 2020...........................  3      0      0      0       0      0
November 2021...........................  2      0      0      0       0      0
November 2022...........................  1      0      0      0       0      0
November 2023...........................  1      0      0      0       0      0
November 2024...........................  1      0      0      0       0      0
November 2025...........................  0      0      0      0       0      0


Weighted Average Life-to-Maturity
  (Years) .............................11.90  7.62   6.89    6.41   6.09    5.85

Weighted Average Life-to-Call
  (Years) .............................11.90  7.61   6.83    6.22   5.47    4.80

      The percentages in the above table that are designated with "*" indicate
that the cash flows are contingent on the optional termination provision not
being exercised.

                                      S-54
<PAGE>

             PERCENTAGE OF ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
            AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION


                                                  CLASS B CERTIFICATES
                                                  --------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE                        0%     50%    75%    100%   125%   150%
- -----------------                        --     ---    ---    ----   ----   ----

Initial Percent.........................100    100    100    100     100    100
November 2000...........................100    100    100    100     100    100
November 2001........................... 29     50     61     71      80     87
November 2002...........................  0      0      7     26      42     56
November 2003...........................  0      0      0      0       0      0


Weighted Average Life-to-Maturity
  (Years) .............................1.79   2.03   2.23    2.43   2.59    2.75

Weighted Average Life-to-Call
  (Years) .............................1.79   2.03   2.23    2.43   2.59    2.75



      The above tables have been prepared based on the enumerated modeling
assumptions and should be read in conjunction with these modeling assumptions.
The modeling assumptions include the characteristics and performance of the
loans which may differ from their actual characteristics and performance.

                   DESCRIPTION OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

      The depositor will issue its Home Equity Asset Backed Certificates, Series
1999-2 on or about the closing date, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

      The offered certificates, together with the Class R certificates, will
represent in the aggregate the entire beneficial interest in a trust.
Collectively, the assets of the trust are referred to as the trust fund which
includes:

      (1) the loans and all payments under the loans and proceeds of the loans
received on or after the cut-off date, exclusive of approximately $1,025,995 of
interest collected on the loans in November 1999 and the right to receive
prepayment penalties, which, in each case, will be retained by the transferor;

      (2) any REO Properties; and

      (3) the funds or assets as from time to time are deposited in the
Collection Account, Certificate Account, Pre-Funding Account and Capitalized
Interest Account.

                                      S-55
<PAGE>

      The certificates will consist of 10 classes to be designated as the Class
A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6, Class B, Class R-I,
Class R-II and Class R-III certificates;

      Only the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6
and Class B certificates are offered by this prospectus supplement.

      The Class R certificates have not been registered under the Securities Act
and are not offered hereby. Accordingly, to the extent this prospectus
supplement contains information regarding the terms of the Class R certificates,
that information is provided because of its potential relevance to a prospective
purchaser of an offered certificate.

      The offered certificates will be issued only in book-entry form, in
denominations of $25,000 initial principal balance with integral multiples of $1
in excess of that amount, except that one certificate for each class may be
issued in any denomination as may be necessary to represent the remainder of the
aggregate principal amount of certificates of that class.

      Each class of offered certificates will initially be represented by a
single physical certificate in each case registered in the name of Cede, as
nominee of DTC. Cede will be the "Holder" or "Certificateholder" of the offered
certificates as those terms are used in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. No
beneficial owner of an offered certificate will be entitled to receive a
certificate representing the person's interest in the offered certificates,
except as set forth under "Definitive Certificates." Before any termination of
the book-entry provisions, distributions on the offered certificates will be
made to persons with beneficial ownership interests in the offered certificates
only through DTC and participants of DTC in the United States, or Cedelbank or
the Euroclear System, or indirectly through participants in these systems in
Europe. See "Description of the Securities--Book-Entry Registration of
Securities" in the prospectus.

DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES

      While each offered certificate will initially be book-entry certificate,
it may be converted to a Definitive Certificate and reissued to the beneficial
owners or their nominees, rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if:

      (1) the depositor advises the trustee in writing that DTC is no longer
willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as depository with
respect to the book-entry certificates and the depositor is unable to locate a
qualified successor; or

      (2) the depositor, at its option, elects to terminate the book-entry
system through DTC.

      If any event described in the immediately preceding paragraph occurs, DTC
will be required to notify all its participants of the availability through DTC
of Definitive Certificates. The trustee will reissue the book-entry certificates
as Definitive Certificates to the beneficial owners if the Definitive
Certificates have been delivered to it. Distributions of principal of, and
interest on, the book-entry certificates will thereafter be made by the trustee,
or a paying agent on

                                      S-56
<PAGE>

behalf of the trustee, directly to holders of Definitive Certificates in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      Definitive Certificates will be transferable and exchangeable at the
offices of the trustee or the certificate registrar. No service charge will be
imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange. However, the trustee may
require payment by the beneficial owner of the certificate of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection with
registration of this transfer or exchange.

CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCES

      On the closing date, the respective classes will have the initial
certificate principal balances set forth in the table below, in each case,
subject to a variance of plus or minus 5%:


                                              INITIAL CERTIFICATE
                         CLASS                 PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                         -----                 -----------------

                          A-1                     $87,000,000
                          A-2                     $22,000,000
                          A-3                     $47,000,000
                          A-4                     $29,000,000
                          A-5                     $20,155,000
                          A-6                     $23,500,000
                           B                      $ 6,345,000


      The certificate principal balance of any class of certificates outstanding
at any time will be the then aggregate stated principal amount of the
certificates. On each distribution date, the certificate principal balance of
each class of principal certificates that have a principal balance will be
reduced by any distributions of principal actually made on the class of
certificates on the distribution date. See "--Distributions" below.

      The Class R certificates will not have a certificate principal balance.

      A class of offered certificates will be considered to be outstanding until
its certificate principal balance is reduced to zero.

PASS-THROUGH RATES

      The pass-through rate applicable to the Class A-1 certificates for any
distribution date will be equal to the lesser of:

      (1)   the Class A-1 LIBOR Rate; and

      (2)   the Class A-1 Available Funds Capped Rate.

                                      S-57
<PAGE>

      The pass-through rates applicable to the Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4,
Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates for any distribution date will be
equal to the lesser of:

      (1)   the respective fixed rate set forth on page S-7; and

      (2)   the Fixed Rate Available Funds Capped Rate for the Class A-2, Class
            A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates.

      Commencing on the first day of the accrual period in which the optional
termination date occurs, the fixed interest rate on the Class A-2, Class A-3,
Class A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates will increase by 0.50%
per annum.

      Interest distributable on each distribution date will be interest accrued
during the Accrual Period. Interest will accrue throughout an Accrual Period
only on the certificate principal balance at the end of the related Accrual
Period, even though the certificate principal balance may be higher during a
portion of the Accrual Period. Any principal distributed during the Accrual
Period is deemed to have been distributed at the beginning of the Accrual
Period.

      Interest with respect to the Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5,
Class A-6 and Class B certificates on each distribution date will accrue on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Interest with
respect to the Class A-1 certificates on each distribution date will accrue on
the basis of the actual number of days during an Accrual Period over a 360-day
year.

      On each distribution date, an amount equal to the Fixed Rate Interest
Carryover will be distributed to the Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5,
Class A-6 or Class B certificates to the extent interest accrued on the loans at
the Net Loan Rate exceeds interest accrued on the certificates during the
related Accrual Period, and sufficient funds are available for a distribution of
Fixed Rate Interest Carryover, as described below under
"--Distributions--Priority of Distributions."

      On each distribution date, an amount equal to the Class A-1 LIBOR Interest
Carryover will be distributed to the Class A-1 certificates to the extent
interest accrued on the loans at the Net Loan Rate exceeds interest accrued on
the certificates during the related Accrual Period, and sufficient funds are
available for a distribution of Fixed Rate Interest Carryover, as described
below under "--Distributions--Priority of Distributions."

      Any Class A-1 LIBOR Interest Carryover or Fixed Rate Interest Carryover
distributable on each distribution date to any class of offered certificates
will be paid in the priority specified in "Distributions--Priority of
Distributions" below.

      The certificate insurer will not be required to make any Insured Payments
with respect to the Class A-1 LIBOR Interest Carryovers and the Fixed Rate
Interest Carryovers.

DISTRIBUTIONS

      General. Distributions on or with respect to the certificates will be made
by the trustee, to the extent of available funds, on each distribution date. The
distribution date is the 25th day of

                                      S-58
<PAGE>

each month or, if the 25th day is not a business day, then on the next
succeeding business day, commencing in December 1999 for the Class A-1
certificates and January 2000 for the Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class
A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates. All distributions will generally be
made to the persons in whose names the certificates are registered at the close
of business on the related Record Date. If the certificateholder provides the
trustee with written wiring instructions no less than five business days prior
to the related Record Date, distributions will be made by wire transfer in
immediately available funds to the account specified by the certificateholder at
a bank or other entity having appropriate facilities. The trustee is required to
make this wire transfer only if the certificateholder owns certificates having
an aggregate denomination of $5,000,000 and the certificateholder provides the
trustee with written wiring instructions no less than five business days prior
to the related Record Date. Alternatively, distributions will be made by check
mailed to the certificateholder. Until Definitive Certificates are issued in
respect thereof, Cede & Co. will be the registered holder of the offered
certificates. See "--General" above. The final distribution on any certificate
will be made in like manner, but only if presentation and surrender of the
certificate is made at the location that will be specified in a notice of the
pendency of the final distribution. All distributions made on or with respect to
a class of certificates will be allocated pro rata among those certificates
based on their respective percentage interests in a particular class.

      Available Distribution Amount. With respect to any distribution date,
distributions of interest on and principal of the certificates will be made from
the Available Distribution Amount for that distribution date.

      Priority of Distributions. On each distribution date, the trustee will
apply the Available Distribution Amount, any Insured Payment if required to be
paid to the Class A certificates, the termination price in connection with an
optional termination and the Pre-Funding Amount, if applicable, for that
distribution date for the following purposes and in the following order of
priority:

      (1) to the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5 and Class
A-6 certificates, the related Distributable Certificate Interest for such
certificates, pro rata, as among those classes, based on their respective
entitlements to Distributable Certificate Interest;

      (2) to the Class B certificates, the related Distributable Certificate
Interest for the Class B certificates;

      (3) to the Class A-6 certificates, until the certificate principal balance
of the Class A-6 certificates has been reduced to zero, in an amount equal to
the lesser of

            (a)   the Principal Distribution Amount and

            (b)   the Class A-6 Lockout Distribution Amount;

      (4) to the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5 and Class
A-6 certificates, in that order, in an aggregate amount up to the Principal
Distribution Amount until the certificate principal balance of each class has
been reduced to zero. No amount will be distributed on any class of Class A
certificates pursuant to this clause (4) while any Class A certificate having a
lower numerical designation remains outstanding;

                                      S-59
<PAGE>

      (5) to the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5 and Class
A-6 certificates, in that order, in an amount equal to the Overcollateralization
Deficit, if any, in reduction of the principal balance of those classes, in each
case until the principal balance of each class is reduced to zero;

      (6) to the certificate insurer, to reimburse for any unpaid Reimbursement
Amounts owing to the certificate insurer;

      (7) to the Class A-6 certificates, the Class A-6 Lockout Turbo Amount,
until the certificate principal balance of the Class A-6 certificates has been
reduced to zero;

      (8) to the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5 and Class
A-6 certificates, in that order, in an amount equal to the remaining
Overcollateralization Deficiency Amount after making the distributions required
by clauses (5) and (7) above, as a reduction of the principal balance of those
classes, in each case, until the principal balance of each class is reduced to
zero;

      (9) to the Class B certificates, any remaining Available Distribution
Amount, until the principal balance of the Class B certificates has been reduced
to zero;

      (10) to the Class A certificates, any Class A-1 LIBOR Interest Carryover
or Fixed Rate Interest Carryover for the related distribution date, pro rata as
among those classes in accordance with their respective entitlements to Class
A-1 LIBOR Interest Carryover or Fixed Rate Interest Carryover;

      (11) to the Class B certificates, any Fixed Rate Interest Carryover for
the Class B certificates for the related distribution date;

      (12) on the distribution date following the Due Period in which the
termination of the Pre-Funding Period occurs, the Pre-Funding Amount, if any,
that is on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be distributed to the Class A
and Class B certificates, in reduction of their principal balances, pro rata,
based on their principal balances;

      (13) to any successor servicer, the certificate insurer or the trustee, as
applicable, any Unreimbursed Servicing Transfer Costs;

      (14) to the Class B certificates, to reimburse in an amount up to the
aggregate realized losses allocated to the Class B certificates as a prior
reduction of their principal balance, together with interest at the pass-through
rate for the Class B certificates;

      (15) to the servicer in an amount needed to reimburse the servicer for any
non-recoverable Servicing Advances and Periodic Advances; and

      (16) to the holders of the Class R certificates, any remaining amounts.

      If the certificate insurer has defaulted under the certificate insurance
policy, then on any distribution date on which the Overcollateralization Amount
has been reduced to zero, any amounts payable to the holders of the Class A
certificates in respect of principal on the

                                      S-60
<PAGE>
distribution date will be distributed pro rata in proportion to the certificate
principal balances of those classes, and not sequentially as described in
clauses (3), (4), (5), (7) and (8) above.

      Allocation of Net Prepayment Interest Shortfalls. On each distribution
date, Net Prepayment Interest Shortfalls will be allocated to reduce the
Distributable Certificate Interest of each class of offered certificates. The
allocation will be made based on the Distributable Certificate Interest for the
applicable distribution date for the offered certificates, determined using
Uncapped Pass-Through Rates.

      Realized Losses. The principal balance of the Class B certificates will be
reduced without distribution on any distribution date as a write-off to the
extent of any realized losses that are allocated to that class. Realized losses
with respect to any distribution date means the amount, if any, by which

      (1)   the aggregate principal balance of the Class A certificates and the
            Class B certificates after giving effect to all distributions made
            on that distribution date exceeds

      (2)   the aggregate principal balance of the loans after giving effect to
            any payments of principal received or advanced with respect to the
            related Due Period plus the Pre-Funding Amount, if any.

      The aggregate amount of realized losses that may be allocated to the Class
B certificates may not exceed the initial principal balance of the Class B
certificates. Realized losses allocated to the Class B certificates will be
reimbursable to the Class B certificates, to the extent of available funds as
described under "--Priority of Distributions" above.

CERTIFICATE INSURER REIMBURSEMENT AMOUNT

      On each distribution date, the certificate insurer will be entitled to
be reimbursed for:

    o    any unreimbursed Insured Payments in respect of the Class A
         Certificates not previously reimbursed in the priority set forth in
         "--Distributions--Priority of Distributions" in this prospectus
         supplement and

    o    any other amounts owed to the certificate insurer under the Certificate
         Insurance Agreement, including legal fees and other expenses incurred
         by the certificate insurer.

This reimbursement will include interest on these unreimbursed amounts at the
rate specified in the Certificate Insurance Agreement and any accrued and unpaid
certificate insurance premiums. In connection with each Insured Payment, the
trustee, as attorney-in-fact for the applicable holder, will be required to
assign to the certificate insurer the rights of the holders of the Class A
Certificates with respect to the Class A Certificates. This assignment will only
be to the extent of the Insured Payments, including, without limitation, in
respect of any amounts due to the holders of the Class A Certificates as a
result of a securities law violation arising from the offer and sale of the
Class A Certificates.

                                      S-61
<PAGE>

SUBORDINATION

      Payments of interest and principal will be made to the class of Class A
certificates then entitled to receive interest and principal prior to the
respective amounts being paid to the Class B certificates. The rights of the
holders of the Class R certificates to receive any distributions on any
distribution date will be subordinated to the rights of the holders of each
class of offered certificates. The subordination of the Class B and Class R
certificates is intended to enhance the likelihood of the regular receipt of
interest and principal due to the holders of each class of Class A certificates
and to afford the Class A certificates protection against losses on the loans.
The subordination of the Class R certificates is intended to enhance the
likelihood of receipt of interest and principal due to the holders of the Class
B certificates and to afford the Class B certificates protection against losses
on the loans. See "Risk Factors--Credit Enhancement May Not Be Adequate" in this
prospectus supplement.

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT

      On the closing date, the Original Pre-Funding Amount, which is
approximately $55,039,389, subject to a variance of plus or minus 5% will be
deposited in the Pre-Funding Account. The Pre-Funding Account will be in the
name of the trustee and will be part of the assets of the trust. Funds in the
Pre-Funding Account will be used by the trust to acquire Subsequent Loans.
During the Pre-Funding Period, the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account,
net of investment earnings on those funds, will be reduced by the amount of
funds used to purchase Subsequent Loans. On the distribution date following the
Due Period in which the termination of the Pre-Funding Period occurs, the
remaining Pre-Funding Amount, if any, that is on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account will be paid to the holders of each class of offered certificates, pro
rata, based on the outstanding certificate principal balance of each class.

      Amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be invested in eligible
investments. Any interest and other investment earnings on amounts on deposit in
the Pre-Funding Account will be paid to the transferor.

CAPITALIZED INTEREST ACCOUNT

      On the closing date, a portion of the sales proceeds of the certificates
will be deposited into the Capitalized Interest Account. Funds in this account
will be applied by the trustee on the distribution dates in December 1999,
January 2000, February 2000 and March 2000 to cover shortfalls in interest on
the offered certificates that may arise due to the utilization of the
Pre-Funding Account as described under "--Pre-Funding Account" above. Any
amounts remaining in the Capitalized Interest Account at the end of the
Pre-Funding Period will be paid to the transferor.

CALCULATION OF LIBOR

      On each distribution date, LIBOR will be established by the trustee. As to
the Accrual Period relating to the Class A-1 certificates, LIBOR will equal the
rate for United States dollar deposits for one month that appears on the
Telerate Screen Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London, England time, on the second
LIBOR Business Day prior to the first day of that Accrual Period, or with
respect to the first Accrual Period, two business days prior to the closing
date. If LIBOR

                                      S-62
<PAGE>

does not appear on that page or another page as may replace that page on that
service or another service for displaying LIBOR or comparable rates as may be
reasonably selected by the trustee after consultation with the servicer, the
rate will be the Reference Bank Rate. If no quotations can be obtained and no
Reference Bank Rate is available, LIBOR will be LIBOR applicable to the
preceding distribution date.

      The establishment of LIBOR as to each Accrual Period by the trustee and
the trustee's calculation of the rate of interest applicable to the Class A-1
certificates for the related Accrual Period will, in the absence of manifest
error, be final and binding.

TERMINATION; PURCHASE OF LOANS

      The trust fund will terminate if the trustee receives notice of either:

      (1)   the later of:

            (a)  the distribution to certificateholders of the final payment
                 or collection with respect to the last loan, or

            (b)  the disposition of all funds with respect to the last loan and
                 the remittance of all funds due under the Pooling and Servicing
                 Agreement and the payment of all amounts due and payable to the
                 certificate insurer and the trustee or

      (2) mutual consent of the servicer, the certificate insurer and all
certificateholders in writing.

      The servicer may, at its option, terminate the trust on any date on which
the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the loans, as of the date of
determination, is less than 10% of the Maximum Collateral Amount. If the
servicer does not exercise this option, the certificate insurer may exercise the
option.

      If the servicer or the certificate insurer exercises its option to
terminate the trust, the servicer or certificate insurer must purchase, on the
next succeeding distribution date, all of the loans in the trust at a price
equal to the greater of:

      (1)   the sum of:

            (a)  100% of the unpaid principal balance of each outstanding loan
                 and each loan related to REO Property;

            (b)  the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the
                 unpaid principal balances of the loans through the related Due
                 Period and any unreimbursed Periodic Advances and Servicing
                 Advances; and

            (c)  any unreimbursed amounts due to the trustee and the certificate
                 insurer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the
                 Certificate Insurance Agreement; and

                                      S-63
<PAGE>

      (2)   the sum of:

            (a)  the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Class A
                 certificates, together with all accrued and unpaid interest on
                 the Class A certificates;

            (b)  any unreimbursed Periodic Advances and Servicing Advances;
                 and

            (c)  any unreimbursed amounts due to the trustee and the certificate
                 insurer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the
                 Certificate Insurance Agreement.

      Upon exercising this option, the servicer will be required to deliver to
the certificate insurer an opinion of counsel, in form and substance acceptable
to the certificate insurer that the termination is a "Qualified Liquidation"
under Section 860F of the Internal Revenue Code and will be required to
indemnify the certificate insurer for any payments under the certificate
insurance policy as a result of the exercise of the option.

REPORT TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

      Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, on each distribution date
the trustee will deliver to the certificate insurer, each certificateholder and
the depositor a written report, based solely on information provided by the
servicer, containing information including, without limitation:

      (1) the amount of the distribution on the distribution date made to each
class of certificates;

      (2) the amount of the distribution allocable to principal and allocable to
interest;

      (3) the aggregate outstanding certificate principal balance of each
offered certificate as of the distribution date;

      (4) the amount of any Insured Payment included in the distributions on
that distribution date;

      (5) the amount of any Liquidation Proceeds net of any expenses incurred in
connection with such liquidation included in such distributions;

      (6) the Overcollateralization Amount, the Overcollateralization Reduction
Amount and the Overcollateralization Target Amount;

      (7) the amount of any Principal Deficiency Amount on the distribution
date;

      (8) the total of any Substitution Adjustments and any Purchase Price
amounts included in the distribution;

                                      S-64
<PAGE>

      (9) the amounts, if any, of any related Liquidated Loan Losses for the
current Due Period and all prior Due Periods and the unpaid principal balance of
the related Liquidated Loans at the time of default;

      (10) the total number of loans and their aggregate outstanding principal
balances, together with the number, aggregate outstanding principal balances of
those loans and the percentage (based on the aggregate outstanding principal
balances of the loans) of the loans which are either one month delinquent, two
or more months delinquent or for which repossession or foreclosure proceedings
have been commenced;

      (11) the Net Loan Rate for the loans for the distribution date;

      (12) the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account and the Capitalized
Interest Account;

      (13) the number and aggregate principal balance of loans repurchased or
substituted for by the transferor during the related Due Period and the
cumulative number and aggregate principal balance of loans repurchased or
substituted for by the transferor since the closing date; and

      (14) the number and aggregate principal balance of loans that have been
previously converted to REO Properties or where the borrower is in bankruptcy.


                            SERVICING OF THE LOANS

THE SERVICER

      New South Federal Savings Bank will act as the servicer of the loans in
the trust fund. See "The Transferor and the Servicer" in this prospectus
supplement. All references in this prospectus supplement to the "servicer" shall
mean "Master Servicer" for purposes of the accompanying prospectus.

COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES; LOAN MODIFICATIONS

      The servicer will be obligated under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
to service and administer the loans, on behalf of the trust, for the benefit of
the certificateholders and the certificate insurer in accordance with the terms
of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Subject to the terms of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, the servicer will have full power and authority to do any
and all things in connection with the servicing and administration which it may
deem necessary or desirable. The servicer may perform any of its obligations
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement through one or more subservicers
acceptable to the certificate insurer.

      Even if the servicer has engaged a subservicer, the servicer will remain
liable for its servicing duties and obligations under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement as if the servicer alone were servicing the loans. The servicer will
be obligated under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to make reasonable
efforts to collect all payments called for under the terms and provisions of the
loans. The servicer will be obligated to follow loan collection procedures as it

                                      S-65
<PAGE>

would normally follow with respect to loans comparable to the loans. These
procedures are required to generally conform to the mortgage servicing practices
of prudent mortgage lending institutions which service mortgage loans of the
same type as the loans included in the trust fund for their own account in the
jurisdictions in which the related properties are located.

      Consistent with the above, the servicer will be permitted, in its
discretion, to:

      (1) waive any prepayment penalty, late payment charge or other charge in
connection with any loan, and

      (2) arrange a schedule, running for no more than 180 days after the due
date of any installment due under the related loan, for the liquidation of
delinquent items.

PAYMENTS ON THE LOANS

      The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the servicer, for the
benefit of the certificateholders and the certificate insurer, will establish
and maintain one or more Collection Accounts. Each Collection Account will
generally be an Eligible Account. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement permits
the servicer to direct any depository institution maintaining a Collection
Account to invest the funds in that Collection Account in Permitted Investments.
The Permitted Investments must mature prior to the business day preceding the
date on which the servicer is required to transfer any amounts included in the
funds from the Collection Account to the Certificate Account. Permitted
Investments may also be payable on demand.

      The servicer is obligated to deposit in the Collection Account on a daily
basis, amounts representing the following payments received and collections made
by it on or after the Cut-Off Date:

      (1) all payments on account of interest and principal, including
unscheduled principal prepayments, on the loans, exclusive of approximately
$1,025,995 of interest collected on the loans in the month of November 1999,
which will be retained by the transferor;

      (2) all Liquidation Proceeds and all Insurance Proceeds to the extent
those proceeds are not to be applied to the restoration of the related mortgaged
property or released to the related borrower in accordance with the express
requirements of law or in accordance with prudent and customary servicing
practices;

      (3) all net revenues with respect to a property held by the trust fund;

      (4) all other amounts required to be deposited in the Collection Account
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement;

      (5) any amounts payable in connection with the purchase of any loan and
the amount of the Substitution Adjustment as provided in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement; and

      (6) any amounts required to be deposited in connection with net losses
realized on investments of funds in the Collection Account.

                                      S-66
<PAGE>

      The servicer will not be required to deposit into the Collection Account
any prepayment penalties collected. The servicer is required to remit any
prepayment penalties collected to the transferor.

      The Pooling and Servicing Agreement further provides that all funds
deposited in any Collection Account that are to be included in the Servicer
Remittance Amount related to a particular distribution date be transferred to
the Certificate Account on or prior to the Servicer Remittance Date. The trustee
will be obligated to set up a Certificate Account.

      The servicer is required to deposit into the Collection Account no later
than the Servicer Remittance Date an amount, subject to its determination that
the Periodic Advance would not be nonrecoverable, equal to the sum of:

      (1) the interest portion of the scheduled monthly payments on each loan
due by the related due date but not received by the servicer as of the close of
business on the related Determination Date, net of the Servicing Fee and

      (2) with respect to each REO Property which was acquired during or prior
to the related Due Period and as to which an REO Property disposition did not
occur during the related Due Period, an amount equal to the excess, if any,

            (a)  of interest on the unpaid principal balance of the loan related
                 to the REO Property at the related loan interest rate, net of
                 the Servicing Fee, for the related Due Period for the related
                 loan over

            (b)  the net income from the REO Property to be transferred to the
                 Certificate Account for the distribution date pursuant to the
                 Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      Periodic Advances by the servicer are reimbursable to the servicer subject
to certain conditions and restrictions and are intended to provide both
sufficient funds for the payment of interest to the offered certificates and to
pay the premium due the certificate insurer. Even if the Periodic Advance
becomes nonrecoverable, the servicer will be entitled to reimbursement of the
Periodic Advance from the trust fund. The servicer will be entitled to
reimbursement even if it determined in good faith at the time the Periodic
Advance was made that the Periodic Advance would be recoverable.

      The servicer is required to make Servicing Advances, subject to its
determination that the advance would not be nonrecoverable and that a prudent
mortgage lender would make a like advance if it or an affiliate owned the
related loan. Servicing Advances by the servicer are reimbursable to the
servicer subject to certain conditions and restrictions. Even if the Servicing
Advance becomes nonrecoverable, the servicer will be entitled to reimbursement
of the Servicing Advance from the trust fund. The servicer will be entitled to
reimbursement even if it determined in good faith at the time the Servicing
Advance was made that the Servicing Advance would be recoverable.


                                      S-67

<PAGE>

      The servicer is required to remit to the Certificate Account, the
Compensating Interest, if any, prior to the close of business on the business
day immediately following each Servicer Remittance Date.

REALIZATION ON OR SALE OF DEFAULTED LOANS

      The servicer will generally be required to foreclose on or otherwise
comparably convert the ownership of properties securing those of the loans as
come into and continue in default and as to which no satisfactory arrangements
can be made for collection of delinquent payments. In connection with any
foreclosure or other conversion, the servicer will be required to follow
accepted servicing procedures. However, the servicer shall not be required to
expend its own funds in connection with any foreclosure or to restore any
damaged property unless it shall determine that:

      (1) the foreclosure and/or restoration will increase the proceeds of
liquidation of the loan to certificateholders after reimbursement to itself for
those expenses and

      (2) those expenses shall be recoverable to it through Liquidation
Proceeds. The servicer will reimburse itself for these expenses prior to the
deposit in the Collection Account of those proceeds.

      The servicer will be permitted to foreclose against the property securing
a defaulted loan either by foreclosure, by sale or by strict foreclosure. If a
deficiency judgment is available against the borrower or any other person, the
servicer may proceed for the deficiency.

      If title to any property is acquired in foreclosure or by deed in lieu of
foreclosure, the deed will be required to be issued to the trustee, or to the
servicer on behalf of the trustee, the certificate insurer and the
certificateholders. Even if title to the related property is acquired and the
loan is canceled, the loan is required to be considered to be a loan held in the
trust fund until the related property is sold and that loan becomes a Liquidated
Loan. For purposes of all calculations under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, so long as a loan is an outstanding loan:

      (1) It will be assumed that the related Mortgage Note and the related
amortization schedule in effect at the time of any acquisition of title will
remain in effect. This assumption will be made even if the indebtedness
evidenced by the related Mortgage Note has been discharged. However, the
amortization schedule will be adjusted to reflect the application of proceeds
received in any month pursuant to the succeeding clause. This assumption will be
made after giving effect to any previous partial prepayments and before any
adjustment thereto by reason of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding or any
moratorium or similar waiver or grace period.

      (2) Net proceeds after payment of servicer's expenses related to
disposition from the property received in any month will be deemed to be
received first in payment of the accrued interest that remained unpaid on the
date that title to the related property was acquired by the trust. The excess of
the net proceeds, if any, will be deemed to be received in respect of the
delinquent principal installments that remained unpaid on that date. Thereafter,
net proceeds from that property received in any month will be applied to the
payment of installments of

                                      S-68
<PAGE>

principal and accrued interest on that loan deemed to be due and payable in
accordance with the terms of the Mortgage Note and the amortization schedule. If
those net proceeds exceed the then unpaid REO Property amortization, the excess
shall be treated as a partial principal prepayment received in respect of that
loan.

      (3) Only that portion of the net proceeds on a loan allocable to interest
that bears the same relationship to the total amount of net proceeds allocable
to interest as the rate at which the Servicing Fee is determined bears to the
loan interest rate borne by that loan will be allocated to the Servicing Fee.

      If the trust fund acquires any property as aforesaid or otherwise in
connection with a default or imminent default on a loan, that property will be
required to be disposed of by or on behalf of the trust fund prior to the close
of the third calendar year after its acquisition by the trust fund unless:

      (1) the trustee and the certificate insurer received an opinion of counsel
to the effect that the holding by the trust fund of that property subsequent to
that period, and specifying the period for which the property may be held, will
not

            (a)  cause any of the trust REMICs to be subject to the tax on
                 prohibited transactions imposed by Code Section 860F(a)(1),

            (b)  otherwise subject the trust fund or any of the trust REMICs to
                 tax or

            (c)  cause any of the trust REMICs to fail to qualify as a REMIC at
                 any time that any certificates are outstanding, or

      (2) the trustee or the servicer applied for, prior to the expiration of
the period, an extension of the period in the manner contemplated by Code
Section 856(e)(3), in which case the original period shall be extended by the
applicable extension period. The servicer will also be required to ensure that
the property is administered so that

            (a)  it constitutes "foreclosure property" within the meaning of
                 Code Section 860G(a)(8) at all times,

            (b)  the sale of the property does not result in the receipt by the
                 trust fund of any income from non-permitted assets as described
                 in Code Section 860F(a)(2)(B), and

            (c)  the trust fund does not derive any "net income from foreclosure
                 property" within the meaning of Code Section 860G(c)(2), with
                 respect to the property.

      Instead of foreclosing on any defaulted loan, the servicer may, in its
discretion, permit the assumption of that loan if, in the servicer's judgment,
the default is unlikely to be cured and if the assuming borrower satisfies the
servicer's underwriting guidelines with respect to loans owned by the servicer.
In connection with any assumption, the loan interest rate of the related
Mortgage Note and the payment terms will not be permitted to be changed. Any fee
collected by

                                      S-69
<PAGE>

the servicer for entering into an assumption agreement will be retained by the
servicer as servicing compensation. Alternatively, the servicer may encourage
the refinancing of any defaulted loan by the borrower.

      Prior to instituting foreclosure proceedings or accepting a deed-in-lieu
of foreclosure with respect to any property, the servicer shall make,

      (1)   inspection of the property in accordance with accepted servicing
procedures, and

      (2) with respect to environmental hazards, inspection substantially
comparable to the procedures as are required by the provisions of the Fannie
Mae's Selling and Servicing Guide applicable to single-family homes and in
effect on the date of this prospectus supplement.

The servicer shall be entitled to rely on the results of any inspection made by
others. In cases where the inspection reveals that this property is potentially
contaminated with or affected by hazardous wastes or hazardous substances, the
servicer shall promptly give written notice of that fact to the certificate
insurer, the trustee and the certificateholders. The servicer shall not commence
foreclosure proceedings or accept a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure for any property
where that inspection reveals potential contamination by hazardous waste without
obtaining the consent of the certificate insurer.

SERVICING FEES AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

      As compensation for its activities as servicer under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, the servicer will be entitled with respect to each loan to
the Servicing Fee. The Servicing Fee will be payable monthly from amounts on
deposit in the Collection Account. In addition, the servicer will be entitled to
receive, as additional servicing compensation, any late payment charges,
assumption fees or similar items, to the extent permitted by applicable law and
the related Mortgage Notes. The servicer shall also be entitled to withdraw from
the Collection Account any interest or other income earned on deposits in the
Collection Account. The servicer will pay all expenses incurred by it in
connection with its servicing activities under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and will not be entitled to reimbursement of such expenses except as
specifically provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      The servicer may recover Periodic Advances and Servicing Advances from the
Collection Account to the extent permitted by the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and by the terms of the loans. If not recovered from the borrower on
whose behalf a Periodic Advance or Servicing Advance was made, the servicer may
recover Periodic Advances and Servicing Advances from late collections on the
related loan, including:

      (1)   Liquidation Proceeds,

      (2)   released mortgaged property proceeds,

      (3)   Insurance Proceeds,

      (4) other amounts as may be collected by the servicer from the borrower or
otherwise relating to the loan, or,


                                      S-70
<PAGE>

      (5) in the case of Periodic Advances, from late collections of interest on
the related loan.

      If a Periodic Advance or a Servicing Advance becomes a nonrecoverable
advance, the servicer may be reimbursed for the advance from the Certificate
Account.

      The servicer shall not be required to make any Periodic Advance or
Servicing Advance which it determines would be a nonrecoverable Periodic Advance
or nonrecoverable Servicing Advance. A Periodic Advance or Servicing Advance is
"nonrecoverable" if in the good faith judgment of the servicer, the Periodic
Advance or Servicing Advance is not ultimately recoverable.

ENFORCEMENT OF DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES

      The servicer will exercise its rights to accelerate the maturity of the
related loan under any "due-on-sale" clause contained in the related mortgage,
Mortgage Note if the servicer has knowledge of the borrower's conveyance or
prospective conveyance of the property. However, the servicer shall not exercise
any of these rights if the "due-on-sale" clause, in the reasonable belief of the
servicer, is not enforceable under applicable law. In that event, the servicer
may enter into an assumption and modification agreement with the person to whom
the property has been or is about to be conveyed, pursuant to which the person
becomes liable under the Mortgage Note. The borrower will remain liable on the
Mortgage Note, unless prohibited by applicable law or the mortgage or Mortgage
Note. However, the loan interest rate of the related Mortgage Note and the
payment terms will not be changed. The servicer is also authorized to enter into
a substitution of liability agreement with the person to whom the property is
conveyed to. Pursuant this agreement the original borrower is released from
liability and the person to whom the property is conveyed is substituted as
borrower and becomes liable under the Mortgage Note.

MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE POLICIES AND ERRORS AND OMISSIONS AND FIDELITY
COVERAGE

      Generally, the underwriting requirements of the transferor require
borrowers to obtain fire and casualty insurance as a condition to approving the
related loan. However, the existence and/or maintenance of fire and casualty
insurance is not in all cases monitored by the transferor. Title insurance is
not required on all loans. The servicer will follow those practices with respect
to the loans. Accordingly, if a property suffers any hazard or casualty losses,
or if the borrower is found not to have clear title to that property,
certificateholders may bear the risk of loss resulting from a default by the
related borrower to the extent those losses are not covered by foreclosure or
Liquidation Proceeds on the defaulted loan or by the applicable credit
enhancement. To the extent that the related mortgage documents require the
borrower to maintain a fire and hazard insurance policy with extended coverage
on the related property in an amount at least equal to the lesser of the full
insurable value of that property or the unpaid principal balance of that loan
and any senior liens, the servicer will:

      (1) monitor the status of insurance in varying degrees based on certain
characteristics of the related loans; and

      (2) cause that insurance to be maintained on a case-by-case basis.

                                      S-71
<PAGE>

      Further, with respect to each property acquired by the trust by
foreclosure, by deed in lieu of foreclosure or repossession, the servicer will
maintain fire and hazard insurance for the property with extended coverage in an
amount at least equal to the lesser of

      (1)   the full insurable value of the improvements that are a part of
the property and

      (2) the unpaid principal balance owing on the related loan at the time of
the foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure or repossession, plus accrued
interest thereon and related liquidation expenses.

      The insurance on a property acquired by foreclosure, deed in lieu of
foreclosure or repossession may not, however, be less than the minimum amount
required to fully compensate for any loss or damage on a replacement cost basis.

      Any cost incurred by the servicer in maintaining any insurance will not be
added to the unpaid principal balance of the related loan for purposes of
calculating distributions to the certificateholders. No earthquake or other
additional insurance other than flood insurance will be required to be
maintained by any borrower or the servicer, other than as required by terms of
the related mortgage documents and the applicable laws and regulations that at
any time are in force and require the additional insurance. The servicer will
also be required under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to maintain in force:

      (1) a policy or policies of insurance covering errors and omissions in the
performance of its obligations as servicer; and

      (2) a fidelity bond in respect of its officers, employees or agents.

      No pool insurance policy, title insurance policy, blanket hazard insurance
policy, special hazard insurance policy, bankruptcy bond or repurchase bond will
be required to be maintained with respect to the mortgage loans. No loan will be
insured by any government or government agency.

SERVICER REPORTS

      The servicer is required to deliver an officer's certificate to the
certificate insurer and the trustee prior to the last day of the third month
following the end of the servicer's fiscal year, stating that:

      (1) a review of the activities of the servicer during the preceding fiscal
year and of performance under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement has been made
under the officers' supervision, and

      (2) to the best of the officers' knowledge, based on the review, the
servicer has fulfilled all its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement for that year. If there has been a default in the fulfillment of any
obligation, the certificate will specify each default known to the officers and
the nature and status of the default including the steps being taken by the
servicer to remedy each default.

                                      S-72
<PAGE>

      The servicer will deliver a statement to the certificate insurer and the
trustee from a firm of independent certified public accountants on or before the
last day of the third month following the end of the servicer's fiscal year.
This statement will be to the effect that the accounting firm has examined
certain documents and records relating to the servicing of the loans during the
preceding calendar year. Based on the examination conducted substantially in
compliance with generally accepted auditing standards and the requirements of
the Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers or the Audit Program
for Mortgages serviced for Freddie Mac, the statement is required to provide
that the servicing has been conducted in compliance with the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. The statement will set forth those significant exceptions
or errors in records that, in the opinion of the firm of independent certified
public accountants, generally accepted auditing standards and the Uniform Single
Audit Program for Mortgage Bankers or the Attestation Program for Mortgages
serviced for Freddie Mac require it to report.

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF SERVICER

      The trustee, only at the direction of the certificate insurer, so long as
an event of default by the certificate insurer is not continuing, or the
majority certificateholders, with the consent of the certificate insurer so long
as an event of default by the certificate insurer is not continuing, in the case
of any direction of the majority certificateholders, may remove the servicer if
an event described below occurs and continues beyond the applicable cure period:

      (1) any failure by the servicer to remit to the trustee any payment
required to be made by the servicer under the terms of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement which continues unremedied beyond any grace period permitted by the
certificate insurer;

      (2) the failure by the servicer to make any required Servicing Advance or
Periodic Advance which continues unremedied beyond any grace period permitted by
the certificate insurer;

      (3) (a) any failure on the part of the servicer duly to observe or perform
in any material respect any of the other covenants or agreements on the part of
the servicer contained in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, which continues
unremedied beyond any permitted grace period, or

            (b) the breach of any representation and warranty set forth in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, which continues unremedied for a period of 30
days after the date on which written notice of the failure or breach, requiring
the same to be remedied, is given to the servicer by the depositor or the
trustee, or to the servicer and the trustee by any certificateholder or the
certificate insurer;

      (4) insolvency events of the servicer;

      (5) the delinquency or loss experience of the loan pool exceeds certain
levels specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; or

      (6) the servicer fails to comply with other specified requirements set
forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                      S-73
<PAGE>

      The servicer may not assign its obligations under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement nor resign from the obligations and duties imposed on it
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement except:

      (1) by mutual consent of the certificate insurer and the trustee, or

      (2) if determined that the servicer's duties under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement are no longer permissible under applicable law and this
incapacity cannot be cured by the servicer without the incurrence, in the
reasonable judgment of the certificate insurer, of unreasonable expense.

      No resignation shall become effective until a successor acceptable to the
certificate insurer has assumed the servicer's responsibilities and obligations
in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      If the servicer is removed or resigns, the trustee has agreed to be the
successor servicer. Immediately after the resignation or removal, the successor
servicer, will be obligated to make Periodic Advances and Servicing Advances and
certain other advances unless it determines reasonably and in good faith that
those advances would not be recoverable. If, however, the trustee is unwilling
or unable to act as successor servicer, or if the majority certificateholders
with the consent of the certificate insurer or the certificate insurer so
requests, the trustee shall appoint, or petition a court of competent
jurisdiction to appoint a successor servicer. This appointment must be made in
accordance with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and
subject to the approval of the certificate insurer so long as no event of
default by the certificate insurer is continuing. The successor servicer must be
an established loan servicing institution acceptable to the certificate insurer
having a net worth of at least $50,000,000.

      All costs and expenses associated with the transfer of the servicing from
the predecessor servicer to any successor servicer upon the resignation or
removal of the predecessor servicer shall be payable, on a first priority basis,
by the predecessor servicer out of its own funds and, on a second priority basis
to the extent the predecessor servicer fails to pay such costs and expenses,
from funds on deposit in the Certificate Account in the manner set forth under
the caption "Description of the Offered Certificates--Distributions--Priority of
Distributions."

      The trustee and any other successor servicer in that capacity is entitled
to the same reimbursement for advances and no more than the same servicing
compensation as the servicer. See "--Servicing Fees and Other Compensation and
Payment of Expenses" above.

AMENDMENT

      The Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended from time to time by
the depositor, the servicer and the trustee by written agreement, upon the prior
written consent of the certificate insurer so long as no event of default by the
certificate insurer is continuing. A party may amend the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement without notice to, or consent of, the certificateholders, to:

      (1) cure any ambiguity,

                                      S-74
<PAGE>


      (2) to correct or supplement any provisions in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement,

      (3) to comply with any changes in the Internal Revenue Code, or

      (4) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions
arising under the agreement which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions
of the agreement.

This type of amendment shall not adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of any certificateholder of any outstanding class of certificates,
unless 100% of the class of certificateholders so affected shall have consented.
Furthermore, no amendment shall:

      (1) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, payments
received on mortgage loans which are required to be distributed on any
certificate without the consent of the affected certificateholder, or

      (2) change the rights or obligations of any other party to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement without the consent of the party.

      The Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended from time to time by
the depositor, the servicer, the trustee, for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of
the certificateholders. This type of amendment requires the prior written
consent of the certificate insurer, if the Class A certificates are outstanding,
or, if no Class A certificate is outstanding and all amounts due and owing to
the certificate insurer under the Certificate Insurance Agreement have been paid
in full, the holders of the majority certificateholders. This type of amendment
shall not be made unless the trustee and the certificate insurer receives an
opinion of counsel, at the expense of the party requesting the change, that the
change will not adversely affect the status of any portion of the trust fund as
a REMIC or as a grantor trust or cause a tax to be imposed on the trust fund or
any of the REMICs. In addition, this type of amendment shall not:

      (1) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, payments
received on loans which are required to be distributed on any certificate
without the consent of the holder of the certificate; or

      (2) reduce the percentage for each class the holders of which are required
to consent to any amendment without the consent of the holders of 100% of each
class of certificates affected thereby.

                                 THE TRUSTEE

      The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, has been named
trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The trustee will serve
initially as the custodian of the Trustee's Loan Files. The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement provides that the trustee shall be entitled to a Trustee Fee
in respect of its services as trustee.

                                      S-75
<PAGE>

      The trustee shall at all times:

      (1) be a banking association organized and doing business under the laws
of the United States of America or any state of the United States of America and
be subject to suspension or examination by federal or state authority;

      (2) be authorized under those laws to exercise corporate trust powers;

      (3) have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, whose
long-term deposits, if any, are rated at least "BBB" by S&P and "Baa2" by
Moody's, or such lower rating as may be approved in writing by the certificate
insurer; and

      (4) acceptable to the certificate insurer as evidenced in writing.

If at any time the trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions described in this paragraph, it shall resign immediately in the
manner and with the effect specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      Any resignation or removal of the trustee and appointment of a successor
trustee will become effective if a successor trustee acceptable to the
certificate insurer has accepted the appointment.

      The trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may resign at
any time in the manner set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The
servicer will promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees if the servicer
receives notice of resignation. The successor trustee must meet the eligibility
requirements set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The servicer will
deliver a copy of the instrument used to appoint a successor trustee to the
certificateholders, the certificate insurer and the depositor. If the successor
trustee accepts appointment in the manner provided in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the servicer will give notice of the successor trustee's appointment
to the certificateholders. The resigning trustee may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee if no
successor trustee has been appointed and has accepted appointment within 30 days
after the giving of notice of resignation. The court may appoint a successor
trustee after delivery of the notice, if any, as it may deem proper and
prescribe.

      If the trustee fails to perform in accordance with the terms of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the certificate insurer or the servicer with
the consent of the certificate insurer, may remove the trustee and appoint a
successor trustee in the manner set forth in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

      For the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in
which any part of the trust fund or the trust or property securing the same may
at the time be located, the servicer and the trustee acting jointly shall have
the power and shall execute and deliver all instruments to:

      (1) appoint one or more persons approved by the trustee to act as
co-trustee or co-trustees, jointly with the trustee, or separate trustee or
separate trustees, of all or any part of the trust fund, including the trust;
and

                                      S-76
<PAGE>

      (2) to vest in the person or persons, title to the trust fund or the
trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the provisions of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, those powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the
servicer and the trustee may consider necessary or desirable.

                       THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICY

      The following information has been supplied by MBIA Insurance Corporation,
the certificate insurer, for inclusion in this prospectus supplement. The
certificate insurer does not accept any responsibility for the accuracy or
completeness of this prospectus supplement or any information or disclosure
contained in this prospectus supplement, or omitted from this prospectus
supplement, other than with respect to the accuracy of the information regarding
the certificate insurance policy and the certificate insurer set forth under the
headings "The Certificate Insurance Policy" and "The Certificate Insurer."
Additionally, the certificate insurer makes no representation regarding the
certificates or the advisability of investing in the certificates.

      The certificate insurer, in consideration of the payment of a premium and
subject to the terms of the certificate insurance policy, thereby
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to any holder of Class A certificates
that an amount equal to each full and complete Insured Payment will be received
from the certificate insurer by the trustee or its successors, as trustee for
the holders of Class A certificates, on behalf of the certificateholders, for
distribution by the trustee to each Class A certificateholder of that
certificateholder's proportionate share of the Insured Payment.

      The certificate insurer's obligations under the certificate insurance
policy, with respect to a particular Insured Payment, will be discharged to the
extent funds equal to the applicable Insured Payment are received by the
trustee, whether or not those funds are properly applied by the trustee. Insured
Payments will be made only at the time set forth in the certificate insurance
policy, and no accelerated Insured Payments will be made regardless of any
acceleration of the certificates, unless the acceleration is at the sole option
of the certificate insurer.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the certificate insurance policy
does not cover shortfalls, if any, attributable to the liability of the trust,
any REMIC or the trustee for withholding taxes, if any, including interest and
penalties in respect of any liability for withholding taxes.

      The certificate insurer will pay any Insured Payment that is a Preference
Amount on the later of (i) the distribution date on which the related Preference
Amount is due and (ii) the business day following receipt on a business day by
the certificate insurer's fiscal agent of the following:

   o  a certified copy of the order requiring the return of a preference
      payment;

   o  an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the certificate insurer that the
      order is final and not subject to appeal;

                                      S-77
<PAGE>

   o  an assignment in a form that is reasonably required by the certificate
      insurer, irrevocably assigning to the certificate insurer all rights and
      claims of the certificateholder relating to or arising under the
      certificates against the debtor which made the preference payment or
      otherwise with respect to the preference payment; and

   o  appropriate instruments to effect the appointment of the certificate
      insurer as agent for the certificateholder in any legal proceeding related
      to the preference payment, which instruments are in a form satisfactory to
      the certificate insurer;

provided that if these documents are received after 12:00 p.m., New York time,
on that business day, they will be deemed to be received on the following
business day. Payments by the certificate insurer will be disbursed to the
receiver or the trustee in bankruptcy named in the final order of the court
exercising jurisdiction on behalf of the certificateholder and not to any
certificateholder directly unless the certificateholder has returned principal
or interest paid on the certificates to the receiver or trustee in bankruptcy,
in which case that payment will be disbursed to the certificateholder.

      The certificate insurer will pay any other amount payable under the
certificate insurance policy no later than 12:00 p.m., New York time, on the
later of the distribution date on which the related Insured Payment is due or
the third business day following receipt in New York, New York on a business day
by State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., as fiscal agent for the
certificate insurer or any successor fiscal agent appointed by the certificate
insurer of a notice from the trustee specifying the Insured Payment which is due
and owing on the applicable distribution date, provided that if the notice is
received after 12:00 p.m., New York time, on that business day, it will be
deemed to be received on the following business day. If any notice received by
the certificate insurer's fiscal agent is not in proper form or is otherwise
insufficient for the purpose of making a claim under the certificate insurance
policy, it will be deemed not to have been received by the certificate insurer's
fiscal agent for the purposes of this paragraph, and the certificate insurer or
the fiscal agent, as the case may be, will promptly so advise the trustee and
the trustee may submit an amended notice.

      Insured Payments due under the certificate insurance policy, unless
otherwise stated in the certificate insurance policy, will be disbursed by the
certificate insurer's fiscal agent to the trustee, on behalf of the
certificateholders, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the
amount of the Insured Payment less, in respect of Insured Payments related to
Preference Amounts, any amount held by the trustee for the payment of the
Insured Payment and legally available therefor.

      The fiscal agent is the agent of the certificate insurer only and the
fiscal agent will in no event be liable to certificateholders for any acts of
the fiscal agent or any failure of the certificate insurer to deposit or cause
to be deposited sufficient funds to make payments due under the certificate
insurance policy.

      Capitalized terms used in the certificate insurance policy and not
otherwise defined in the certificate insurance policy shall have the meanings
set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as of the date of execution of
the certificate insurance policy, without giving effect to

                                      S-78
<PAGE>

any subsequent amendment or modification to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
unless such amendment or modification has been approved in writing by the
certificate insurer.

      The certificate insurance policy is not cancelable for any reason. The
premium on the certificate insurance policy is not refundable for any reason
including payment, or provision being made for payment, prior to the maturity of
the certificates.

      The certificate insurance policy is being issued under and pursuant to,
and will be construed under, the laws of the State of New York, without giving
effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

      THE INSURANCE PROVIDED BY THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICY IS NOT COVERED
BY THE PROPERTY/CASUALTY INSURANCE SECURITY FUND SPECIFIED IN
ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW.

                           THE CERTIFICATE INSURER

      The following information has been supplied by MBIA Insurance Corporation
for inclusion in this prospectus supplement. No representation is made by the
transferor, the depositor, the servicer, the trustee, the underwriters or any of
their respective affiliates as to the accuracy or completeness of the
information.

      MBIA Insurance Corporation, the certificate insurer, is the principal
operating subsidiary of MBIA Inc., a New York Stock Exchange listed company.
MBIA Inc. is not obligated to pay the debts of or claims against the certificate
insurer. The certificate insurer is domiciled in the State of New York and
licensed to do business in and is subject to regulation under the laws of all 50
states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands of the United
States and the Territory of Guam. The certificate insurer has two European
branches, one in the Republic of France and the other in the Kingdom of Spain.
New York has laws prescribing minimum capital requirements, limiting classes and
concentrations of investments and requiring the approval of policy rates and
forms. State laws also regulate the amount of both the aggregate and individual
risks that may be insured, the payment of dividends by the certificate insurer,
changes in control and transactions among affiliates. Additionally, the
certificate insurer is required to maintain contingency reserves on its
liabilities in specified amounts and for specified periods of time.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE CERTIFICATE INSURER

      The consolidated financial statements of the certificate insurer, a wholly
owned subsidiary of MBIA Inc., and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997 and for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1998, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MBIA Inc. for the year ended
December 31, 1998 and the consolidated financial statements of the certificate
insurer and its subsidiaries as of September 30, 1999 and for the nine month
periods ended September 30, 1999 and September 30, 1998 included in the
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of MBIA Inc. for the period ended September 30,
1999, are hereby incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and
shall be deemed to be a part hereof. Any statement contained in a document
incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement shall

                                      S-79
<PAGE>

be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus supplement to the
extent that a statement contained in this prospectus supplement or in any other
subsequently filed document which also is incorporated by reference in this
prospectus supplement modifies or supersedes that statement. Any statement so
modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded,
to constitute a part of this prospectus supplement.

      All financial statements of the certificate insurer and its subsidiaries
included in documents filed by MBIA Inc. pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, subsequent to the date
of this prospectus supplement and prior to the termination of the offering of
the certificates shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this
prospectus supplement and to be a part of this prospectus supplement from the
respective dates of filing those documents.

      The tables below present selected financial information of the certificate
insurer determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed
or permitted by insurance regulatory authorities and generally accepted
accounting principles:

                                           STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                        December 31, 1998  September 30, 1999
                                        -----------------  ------------------
                                            (Audited)          (Unaudited)
                                                    (In millions)

Admitted Assets.....................         $6,521              $6,930
Liabilities.........................          4,231               4,571
Capital and Surplus.................          2,290               2,359


                                            GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING
                                                     PRINCIPLES
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                        December 31, 1998  September 30, 1999
                                        -----------------  ------------------
                                            (Audited)          (Unaudited)
                                                    (In millions)

Assets..............................         $7,488              $7,422
Liabilities.........................          3,211               3,234
Shareholder's Equity................          4,277               4,188


WHERE YOU CAN OBTAIN ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE CERTIFICATE INSURER

      Copies of the financial statements of the certificate insurer incorporated
by reference in this prospectus supplement and copies of the certificate
insurer's 1998 year-end audited financial statements prepared in accordance with
statutory accounting practices are available, without charge, from the
certificate insurer. The address of the certificate insurer is 113 King Street,
Armonk, New York 10504. The telephone number of the certificate insurer is (914)
273-4545.

                                      S-80
<PAGE>


YEAR 2000 READINESS DISCLOSURE

      MBIA Inc. is actively managing a high-priority year 2000 or Y2K program
addressing the issue of whether its computer systems can correctly distinguish
between the years 1900 and 2000. MBIA Inc. has established an independent Y2K
testing lab in its Armonk headquarters, with a committee of business unit
managers overseeing the project. MBIA Inc. has a budget of $1.13 million for its
1998-2000 Y2K efforts. As of September 30, 1999, MBIA Inc. has spent $949,000 on
the project. A recent review of efforts at certain subsidiaries has indicated
the need to spend an additional $1.3 million this year on remediation. As of
September 30, 1999, MBIA Inc. has spent $568,000 of this additional amount.
However, this increase will not have a material effect on MBIA Inc.'s financial
results.

      MBIA Inc. has initiated a comprehensive Y2K plan which includes the
following phases: assessment -- completed in the second quarter of 1998;
remediation -- completed in the fourth quarter of 1998; testing -- completed in
the second quarter of 1999; and contingency planning -- completed in the third
quarter of 1999, subject to final approval by senior management and any need for
revision that might arise in the future. This plan covers "mission-critical"
internally developed systems, vendor software, hardware and some third party
entities through which MBIA Inc. conducts its business. Testing to date
indicates that functions critical to the financial guarantee business, both
domestic and international, were Y2K-ready as of December 31, 1998. Additional
testing will continue throughout 1999.

FINANCIAL STRENGTH RATINGS OF THE CERTIFICATE INSURER

      Moody's Investors Service, Inc. rates the financial strength of the
certificate insurer "Aaa."

      Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., rates the financial strength of the certificate insurer "AAA."

      Fitch IBCA, Inc., formerly known as Fitch Investors Service, L.P., rates
the financial strength of the certificate insurer "AAA."

      Each rating of the certificate insurer should be evaluated independently.
The ratings reflect each respective rating agency's current assessment of the
creditworthiness of the certificate insurer and its ability to pay claims on its
policies of insurance. Any further explanation as to the significance of the
above ratings may be obtained only from the applicable rating agency.

      The above ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold the
certificates, and the ratings may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any
time by the rating agencies. Any downward revision or withdrawal of any of the
above ratings may have an adverse effect on the market price of the
certificates. The certificate insurer does not guaranty the market price of the
certificates nor does it guaranty that the ratings on the certificates will not
be revised or withdrawn.

                                      S-81
<PAGE>

                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

      For federal income tax purposes, we will make elections to treat
designated portions of the trust fund as one or more REMICs. The portion of the
trust fund consisting of (i) the regular interests in one of such REMICs and
(ii) the rights of the offered certificates to receive interest to the extent
their respective Uncapped Pass-Through Rates currently exceed or previously
exceeded the interest rate paid on such regular interests, which is capped at
the Net Loan Rate, will be treated as a grantor trust. The basis risk
arrangement described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence is
payable from amounts otherwise distributable on or in respect of the Class R-II
certificates. The offered certificates will represent the "regular interests" in
such REMIC and in the right to receive such basis risk payments. The beneficial
owner of an offered certificate will be required to allocate its basis between
the regular interest and the right to receive the basis risk payments based on
their relative fair market values. The Class R-I, Class R-II and Class R-III
certificates will represent the "residual interest" in the respective trust
REMICs. Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft, special tax counsel to the depositor,
will deliver an opinion when the offered certificates are issued. This opinion
will generally be to the effect that, assuming compliance with all provisions of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, for federal income tax purposes, each
portion of the trust fund as to which a REMIC election is made will qualify as a
REMIC under the Internal Revenue Code. The portion of the trust fund not
designated as a REMIC will be treated as a grantor trust. See "Federal Income
Tax Consequences--REMICs" in the accompanying prospectus.

      The regular interests represented by the offered certificates generally
will be treated as newly originated debt instruments for federal income tax
purposes. Beneficial owners of the offered certificates will be required to
report income on such regular interests in accordance with the accrual method of
accounting.

      The REMIC regular interests represented by the offered certificates each
bear interest at the lesser of their Uncapped Pass-Through Rates and the Net
Loan Rate. The remainder of the interest on each offered certificate at its
pass-through rate is paid in the grantor trust portion of the trust from
payments of interest and principal on the loans that otherwise would have been
distributed to the Class R-II certificates. As a result, such regular interests
may be treated as issued with original issue discount based on the portion of
the investor's purchase price for the principal balance certificates allocable
to such regular interest. The portion of such purchase price allocable to the
basis risk arrangement related to an offered certificate is amortizable over the
life of the offered certificates (see "--Taxation of Basis Risk Arrangements"
below) in an amount generally corresponding to such additional original issue
discount. Any such amortization of the purchase price allocable to a basis risk
arrangement would be treated as a miscellaneous itemized deduction subject to
limitations on deductibility by individuals. Accordingly, the offered
certificates may not be suitable investments for individual investors.

      For purposes of accruing original issue discount, determining whether such
original issue discount is de minimis and amortizing any premium, the 100%
Prepayment Assumption will be

                                      S-82
<PAGE>

used. See "Prepayment and Yield Considerations--General" in this Prospectus
Supplement. No representation is made as to the rate, if any, at which the
mortgage loans will prepay.

CHARACTERIZATION OF INVESTMENTS IN OFFERED CERTIFICATES

      Generally, except to the extent noted below, the regular interests
represented by the offered certificates will be "real estate assets" within the
meaning of Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code in the same proportion that the
assets of the trust would be so treated. In addition, interest, including
original issue discount, on the offered certificates will be interest described
in Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code to the extent that the certificates are
treated as "real estate assets" within the meaning of Section 856(c)(4)(A) of
the Code. The regular interests represented by the offered certificates will
also generally be considered loans secured by an interest in real property which
is residential real property as described in Section 7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code.
If 95% or more of the mortgage loans are treated as assets described in Section
856(c)(4)(A) or Section 7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code, the regular interest
represented by the offered certificates will be treated as the assets in their
entirety.

      Furthermore, the offered certificates will not be treated as meeting the
foregoing real estate asset and income tests to the extent of an investor's
basis, if any, allocable to, or amounts received under, a basis risk
arrangement. As a result of the basis risk arrangements, the offered
certificates may not be treated as "qualified mortgages" for another REMIC under
Section 860G(a)(3)(C) of the Code. However, the offered certificates should be
treated as "permitted assets" for a financial asset securitization investment
trust under Section 860L(c) of the Code. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--REMICs--Characterization of Investments in REMIC Certificates" in
the accompanying prospectus.

      For further information regarding the federal income tax consequences of
investing in the offered certificates, see "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--REMICs" in the accompanying prospectus.

TAXATION OF BASIS RISK ARRANGEMENTS

      Except as set forth below, each holder of an offered certificate will be
treated for federal income tax purposes as having entered into a notional
principal contract pursuant to its right to receive payments with respect to
interest under the applicable basis risk arrangement on the date it purchases
its certificate. The Internal Revenue Service has issued final regulations under
Section 446 of the Code relating to notional principal contracts.

      In general, the holders of the offered certificates must allocate the
price they pay for the offered certificates between their regular interest and
the basis risk arrangement based on their relative fair market values. The
Trustee will maintain information as to the initial allocation of such amounts
as of the closing date. A beneficial owner of an offered certificate would be
required to amortize the Cap Premium under a level payment method as if the Cap
Premium represented the present value of a series of equal payments made over
the life of the applicable basis risk arrangement (adjusted to take into account
decreases in notional principal amount, if any), discounted at a rate equal to
the rate used to determine the amount of the Cap Premium (or some other
reasonable rate). The original yield to maturity of an offered certificate
should be a

                                      S-83
<PAGE>

reasonable rate for such purpose in the case of an original holder of a
certificate. Prospective purchasers of offered certificates should consult their
own tax advisors regarding the appropriate method of amortizing any Cap Premium.
The Swap Regulations treat a nonperiodic payment made under a cap contract as a
loan for federal income tax purposes if the payment is "significant." It is not
known whether any Cap Premium would be treated in whole or in part as a loan
under the Swap Regulations.

      Under the Swap Regulations, (i) all taxpayers must recognize periodic
payments with respect to a notional principal contract under the accrual method
of accounting, and (ii) any periodic payments received under the applicable
basis risk arrangement must be netted against payments, if any, deemed made as a
result of the Cap Premiums over the recipient's taxable year, rather than
accounted for on a gross basis. Net income or deduction with respect to net
payments under a notional principal contract for a taxable year should
constitute ordinary income or ordinary deduction. The IRS could contend the
amount is capital gain or loss, but such treatment is unlikely, at least in the
absence of further regulations. Any regulations requiring capital gain or loss
treatment presumably would apply only prospectively.

      Any amount of proceeds from the sale, redemption or retirement of an
offered certificate that is considered to be allocated to rights under the
applicable basis risk arrangement would be considered a "termination payment"
under the Swap Regulations. It is anticipated that the trustee will account for
any termination payments for reporting purposes in accordance with the Swap
Regulations, as described below.

      Termination Payments. Any amount of sales proceeds that is considered to
be allocated to the selling beneficial owner's rights under the applicable basis
risk arrangement in connection with the sale or exchange of an offered
certificate would be considered a "termination payment" under the Swap
Regulations allocable to the related offered certificate. A certificateholder
will have gain or loss from such a termination of the applicable basis risk
arrangement equal to (i) any termination payment it received or is deemed to
have received minus (ii) the unamortized portion of any Cap Premium paid (or
deemed paid) by the beneficial owner upon entering into or acquiring its
interest in the related basis risk arrangement.

      Gain or loss realized upon the termination of the applicable basis risk
arrangement will generally be treated as capital gain or loss. Moreover, in the
case of a bank or thrift institution, Code Section 582(c) would likely not apply
to treat such gain or loss as ordinary.

      Application of the Straddle Rules. An offered certificate representing
beneficial ownership of the corresponding regular interest and the related basis
risk arrangement may constitute positions in a straddle, in which case, the
straddle rules of Code Section 1092 would apply. A selling beneficial owner's
capital gain or loss with respect to such regular interest would be short-term
because the holding period would be tolled under the straddle rules. Similarly,
capital gain or loss realized in connection with the termination of the
applicable basis risk arrangement would be short-term. If the holder of an
offered certificates incurred or continued indebtedness to acquire to hold the
certificate, the holder would generally be required to capitalize a portion of
the interest paid on such indebtedness until termination of the applicable basis
risk arrangement.

                                      S-84
<PAGE>

      For further information regarding the federal income tax consequences of
investing in the offered certificates, see "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--REMICs" in the prospectus.

                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

      The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the
Code impose certain restrictions on:

      (1) employee benefit plans as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA,

      (2) plans described in section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, including
individual retirement accounts or Keogh plans,

      (3) any entities whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of
a plan's investment in the entities set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, and

      (4) persons who have certain specified relationships to the Plans, i.e.,
"Parties in Interest" under ERISA and "Disqualified Persons" under the Code.

      Moreover, based on the reasoning of the United States Supreme Court in
John Hancock Life Ins. Co. v. Harris Trust and Savings Bank, 114 S. Ct. 517
(1993), an insurance company's general account may be deemed to include assets
of the Plans investing in the general account, e.g., through the purchase of an
annuity contract. As a result, the insurance company might be treated as a
fiduciary or other Party in Interest with respect to a Plan by virtue of the
investment. ERISA imposes certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of Plans
subject to ERISA and prohibits certain transactions between a Plan and
Parties-in-Interest or Disqualified Persons with respect to Plans. There are
certain exemptions issued by the United States Department of Labor that may be
applicable to an investment by a Plan in the certificates, including Prohibited
Transaction Class Exemption 83-1. For further discussion of PTE 831, including
the necessary conditions to its applicability and other important factors to be
considered by a Plan contemplating investing in the offered certificates, see
"ERISA Considerations" in the prospectus.

      The U.S. Department of Labor has granted PaineWebber Incorporated
Prohibited Transaction Exemption 90-36, 55 Fed. Reg. 25903 (1990). This
Prohibited Transaction Exemption exempts from certain of the prohibited
transaction rules of ERISA transactions with respect to the initial purchase,
the holding and the subsequent resale by a Plan of certificates in pass-through
trusts that meet the conditions and requirements of the exemption. Among the
conditions that must be satisfied for the exemption to apply are the following:

      (1) The acquisition of the offered certificates by a Plan is on terms
including the price for the offered certificates that are at least as favorable
to the Plan as they would be in an arm's length transaction with an unrelated
party;

      (2) The rights and interests evidenced by the offered certificates
acquired by the Plan are not subordinated to the rights and interests evidenced
by other certificates of the trust;

                                      S-85
<PAGE>

      (3) The offered certificates acquired by the Plan have received a rating
at the time of the acquisition that is in one of the three highest generic
rating categories from either Standard & Poor's, Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.
or Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

      (4) The sum of all payments made to the underwriters in connection with
the distribution of the offered certificates represents not more than reasonable
compensation for underwriting the offered certificates. The sum of all payments
made to and retained by the servicer represents not more than reasonable
compensation for the servicer's services under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and reimbursement of the servicer's reasonable expenses in connection
with its services;

      (5) The trustee must not be an affiliate of any other member deemed to be
a "sponsor" of the trust; and

      (6) The Plan investing in the offered certificates is an "accredited
investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.

      The trust also must meet the following requirements:

      (1) The corpus of the trust must consist solely of assets of the type
which have been included in other investment pools,

      (2) certificates in the other investment pools must have been rated in one
of the three highest rating categories of Standard & Poor's, Moody's Investors
Services, Inc., Fitch IBCA, Inc. or Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. for at least
one year prior to the Plan's acquisition of certificates, and

      (3) certificates evidencing interests in the other investment pools must
have been purchased by investors other than plans for at least one year prior to
any Plan's acquisition of the offered certificates.

      In order for the exemption to apply to certain self-dealing/conflict of
interest prohibited transactions that may occur when a Plan fiduciary causes the
Plan to acquire offered certificates, the exemption requires, among other
matters, that:

      (1) in the case of an acquisition in connection with the initial issuance
of offered certificates, at least fifty percent of each class of offered
certificates in which Plans have invested is acquired by persons independent of
the "restricted group" and at least fifty percent of the aggregate interest in
the trust fund is acquired by persons independent of the "restricted group."
"Restricted group" means any underwriter of the offered certificates, the
trustee, the servicer, any obligor with respect to the loans included in the
trust, any entity deemed to be a "sponsor" of the trust as that term is defined
in the exemptions, or any affiliate of that party;

      (2) the fiduciary, or its affiliate, is an obligor with respect to 5
percent or less of the fair market value of the obligations contained in the
trust;

                                      S-86
<PAGE>

      (3) the Plan's investment in offered certificates does not exceed 25% of
all of the certificates outstanding at the time of the acquisition; and

      (4) immediately after the acquisition, no more than 25% of the assets of
the Plan are invested in certificates representing an interest in one or more
trusts containing assets sold or serviced by the same entity.

      Subject to the foregoing, the depositor believes that the exemption will
apply to the acquisition and holding of the Class A certificates, but not the
Class B Certificates, by Plans and that all conditions of that exemption other
than those within the control of the investors have been met.

      Before purchasing a Class A certificate, a fiduciary of a Plan should make
its own determination as to the availability of the exemptive relief provided in
the exemption or the availability of any other prohibited transaction
exemptions, including PTE 83-1, and whether the conditions of any exemption will
be applicable to the Class A certificates. Any fiduciary of a Plan considering
whether to purchase a Class A certificate should also carefully review with its
own legal advisors the applicability of the fiduciary duty and prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code to the investment. See "ERISA
Considerations" in the prospectus.

      A governmental plan as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA is not subject to
ERISA, or Code Section 4975. However, a governmental plan may be subject to a
federal, state or local law, which is, to a material extent, similar to the
provisions of ERISA or Code Section 4975. A fiduciary of a governmental plan
should make its own determination as to the need for and the availability of any
exemptive relief under a law similar to ERISA.

      Because the Class B certificates are subordinated to the Class A
certificates with respect to certain losses, the purchase and holding of the
Class B certificates by or on behalf of a Plan may result in "prohibited
transactions" within the meaning of ERISA and Code Section 4975. Any transferee
of the Class B certificates will be deemed to represent that (a) it is not a
Plan and is not acting on behalf of a Plan or using the assets of a Plan to
effect the purchase or (b) if it is an insurance company, that the source of
funds used to purchase the Class B certificates is an "insurance company general
account," as that term is defined in Section V(e) of Prohibited Transaction
Class Exemption 95-60, 60 Fed. Reg. 35925 (July 12, 1995), there is no Plan with
respect to which the amount of the general account's reserves and liabilities
for the contracts held by or on behalf of that Plan and all other Plans
maintained by the same employer or affiliate thereof or by the same employee
organization exceeds 10 percent of the total of all reserves and liabilities of
that general account at the date of acquisition and the purchase and holding of
the Class B certificates by the transferee are covered by Sections I and III of
PTE 95-60. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement will provide that any attempted
or purported transfer in violation of these transfer restrictions will be null
and void and will vest no rights in any purported transferee.

      The sale of certificates to a Plan is not a representation by the
depositor or the underwriters, that this investment meets all relevant legal
requirements with respect to investments by Plans generally or any particular
Plan, or that this investment is appropriate for Plans generally or any
particular Plan.

                                      S-87
<PAGE>

                               LEGAL INVESTMENT

      The offered certificates will not constitute "mortgage related securities"
for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984, as
amended.

      Institutions subject to the jurisdiction of the following agencies should
review applicable rules, supervisory policies and guidelines of these agencies
before purchasing any of the offered certificates:

      (1) the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency,

      (2) the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,

      (3) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,

      (4) the Office of Thrift Supervision,

      (5) the National Credit Union Administration, or

      (6) state banking or insurance authorities.

      The offered certificates may be deemed to be unsuitable investments under
one or more of these rules, policies and guidelines and certain restrictions may
apply to those investments. It should also be noted that certain states have
enacted legislation limiting to varying extents the ability of some entities, in
particular, insurance companies, to invest in mortgage related securities.
Investors should consult with their own legal advisors in determining whether
and to what extent the offered certificates constitute legal investments for
those investors. See "Legal Investment" in the prospectus.

                               USE OF PROCEEDS

      The depositor intends to use the net proceeds to be received from the sale
of the offered certificates to acquire the Initial Loans, to fund the
Pre-Funding Account and the Capitalized Interest Account and to pay other
expenses associated with the pooling of the loans and the issuance of the
certificates.

                                 UNDERWRITING

      Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting
Agreement among the depositor, PaineWebber Incorporated, an affiliate of the
depositor, and First Union Securities, Inc., the depositor has agreed to sell to
the underwriters, and the underwriters have agreed to purchase from the
depositor in the principal amount of the offered certificates set forth opposite
its name in the tables below.

                                      S-88
<PAGE>

                           CLASS A-1      CLASS A-2    CLASS A-3     CLASS A-4
                          CERTIFICATES  CERTIFICATES  CERTIFICATES  CERTIFICATES
                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
PaineWebber Incorporated.  $64,170,847   $16,227,111   $34,667,009  $21,390,282
First Union Securities,
Inc......................  $22,829,153   $ 5,772,889   $12,332,991  $ 7,609,718
                            -----------  ------------  -----------  ------------

  Total..................  $87,000,000   $22,000,000   $47,000,000  $29,000,000
                           ===========   ===========   ===========  ===========



                             CLASS A-5          CLASS A-6         CLASS B
                           CERTIFICATES       CERTIFICATES      CERTIFICATES
                           ------------       ------------      ------------
PaineWebber Incorporated.   $14,866,246        $17,333,505           --
First Union Securities,
Inc......................   $ 5,288,754        $ 6,166,495      $  6,345,000
                            ------------      ------------      ------------

  Total..................   $20,155,000        $23,500,000      $  6,345,000
                            ===========        ===========      ============

      The depositor has been advised by the underwriters that they propose
initially to offer the offered certificates to the public at the prices set
forth below, and to certain dealers at prices less the initial concession set
forth below for each class. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may
reallow, a concession not in excess of that set forth below for each class.
After the initial public offering of the offered certificates, the public
offering price and the concessions and reallowances may be changed.


                           CLASS A-1      CLASS A-2    CLASS A-3     CLASS A-4
                          CERTIFICATES  CERTIFICATES  CERTIFICATES  CERTIFICATES
                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------

Price to Public.......     100.00000%       99.98984%    99.98760%    99.98138%
Underwriting Discount.       0.225%          0.225%       0.225%       0.225%
Concessions...........       0.135%          0.135%       0.135%       0.135%
Reallowances..........       0.095%          0.095%       0.095%       0.095%




                             CLASS A-5          CLASS A-6         CLASS B
                           CERTIFICATES       CERTIFICATES      CERTIFICATES
                           ------------       ------------      -------------
Price to Public.......      99.99773%            99.97284%        98.39832%
Underwriting Discount.       0.225%               0.225%           0.650%
Concessions...........       0.135%               0.135%           0.390%
Reallowances..........       0.095%               0.095%           0.273%


      Until the distribution of the offered certificates is completed, rules of
the Securities and Exchange Commission may limit the ability of the underwriters
and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the offered
certificates. As an exception to these rules, the underwriter is permitted to
engage in certain transactions that stabilize the price of the offered

                                      S-89
<PAGE>

certificates. Those transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of
pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the offered certificates.

      If the underwriters create a short position in the offered certificates in
connection with the offering, the underwriter may reduce that short position by
purchasing offered certificates in the open market. A short position will result
if the underwriter sells more offered certificates than are set forth on page
S-87 of this prospectus supplement.

      In general, purchase of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of those purchases.

      Neither the depositor nor the underwriters make any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of the offered certificates. In addition,
neither the depositor nor the underwriters make any representation that the
underwriters will engage in the transactions or that those transactions, once
commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

      There is currently no secondary market for the offered certificates. We
cannot assure you that a secondary market for the offered certificates will
develop or, if it does develop, that it will continue.

      The depositor has agreed to indemnify the underwriter against, or make
contributions to the underwriter with respect to, certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

      In addition to the purchase of the offered certificates pursuant to the
Underwriting Agreement, PaineWebber Incorporated and certain of its affiliates
have certain financing relationships with the transferor.

                                   EXPERTS

      The consolidated balance sheets of MBIA Insurance Corporation and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and the related
consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholder's equity, and cash
flows each of the three years in the three year period ended December 31, 1998,
incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement, have been incorporated
in this prospectus supplement in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                   RATINGS

      It is a condition to the original issuance of the Class A certificates
that they will receive ratings of "AAA" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a
division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and "Aaa" by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. The ratings assigned to the Class A certificates will be based on
the financial strength rating of the certificate insurer. Explanations of the
significance of the ratings may be obtained from Standard & Poor's, a division
of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 25 Broadway, New York, New York 10004 and

                                      S-90
<PAGE>

Moody's Investor's Service Inc., 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007. It
is a condition to the original issuance of the Class B certificates that they
will receive ratings of "BBB-" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services. The
ratings will be the views only of the rating agencies. We cannot assure that any
ratings will continue for any period of time or that the ratings will not be
revised or withdrawn. Any revision or withdrawal of the ratings may have an
adverse effect on the market price of the offered certificates.

      A securities rating addresses the likelihood of the receipt by the
certificateholders of distributions on the offered certificates. The ratings on
the offered certificates do not constitute statements regarding the possibility
that the certificateholders might realize a lower than anticipated yield.
Additionally, the ratings of the certificates do not address the likelihood of
the distribution of any Class A-1 LIBOR Interest Carryover or Fixed Rate
Interest Carryover. A securities rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or
hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the
assigning rating organization. Each securities rating should be evaluated
independently of similar ratings on different securities.

                                LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the offered certificates and certain federal income tax
matters will be passed on for the depositor and the underwriters by Cadwalader,
Wickersham & Taft, New York, New York. Certain legal matters relating to the
certificate insurer and the certificate insurance policy will be passed upon for
the Certificate Insurer by Kutak Rock.

                                      S-91
<PAGE>


                              GLOSSARY OF TERMS

      "ACCRUAL PERIOD" for any distribution date is the period from:

      (1) in the case of the Class A-1 certificates, the preceding distribution
date, or the closing date, in the case of first distribution date in December
1999, to and including the day preceding the current distribution date and

      (2) in the case of all other certificates, the first day of the preceding
calendar month to and including the last day of the preceding calendar month;
the first distribution date for these certificates will be in January 2000.

      "AVAILABLE DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT" for any distribution date is, in
general, equal:

      (1) the Servicer Remittance Amount relating to the distribution date
actually on deposit in the Certificate Account, minus

      (2) the sum of the:

            (a)   Trustee Fee for the distribution date and

            (b)   the amount owed to the certificate insurer as a premium for
                  the certificate insurance policy for the distribution date.

      The Available Distribution Amount will also include, on or prior to the
distribution date in April 2000, the amount, if any, withdrawn from the
Capitalized Interest Account that relates to the pool as described under
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Capitalized Interest Account" in
this prospectus supplement.

      "CAP PREMIUM" is the portion of the purchase price of an offered
certificate allocable to the basis risk arrangement consisting of the right to
receive the excess of interest at the pass-through rate of such offered
certificate over the pass-through rate of the related REMIC regular interest.

      "CAPITALIZED INTEREST ACCOUNT" means a segregated trust account
established and maintained for the benefit of the certificateholders and the
certificate insurer. Funds in this account will be applied by the trustee if
there are shortfalls in interest distributions to the offered certificates
caused by the Pre-Funding Account.

      "CERTIFICATE ACCOUNT" is an Eligible Account set up by the trustee into
which the servicer will deposit the Servicer Remittance Amount on the Servicer
Remittance Date.

      "CERTIFICATE INSURANCE AGREEMENT" is the agreement among the certificate
insurer, the depositor, the trustee, the servicer and the transferor pursuant to
which the certificate insurance policy will be issued.

                                      S-92
<PAGE>

      "CLASS A CERTIFICATES" means any of the Class A-1 certificates, Class A-2
certificates, Class A-3 certificates, Class A-4 certificates, Class A-5
certificates and Class A-6 certificates.

      "CLASS A TURBO AMOUNT" means with respect to any distribution date will
equal the lesser of (a) the amount of the Available Distribution Amount
remaining after the distribution is made in priority (6) under "Description of
the Certificates-Distributions--Priority of Distributions" and (b) the
Overcollateralization Deficiency Amount.

      "CLASS A-1 AVAILABLE FUNDS CAP RATE" for any distribution date will be
equal to the rate determined by taking the amount of interest that would accrue
on the certificate principal balance of the Class A-1 certificates at the Fixed
Rate Available Funds Cap Rate (assuming that interest were to accrue on the
Class A-1 certificates on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve
30-day months) and converting that amount of interest into a per annum rate
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed
in the Accrued Period for the related distribution date (i.e., multiplying such
amount of interest by 360 and dividing that amount by such actual number of
days). The available funds capped rate will apply when the Class A-1
Certificates are determined to be one of the Classes whose interest will be
capped after determining the Fixed Rate Available Funds Cap Rate as described in
its definition.

      "CLASS A-1 LIBOR INTEREST CARRYOVER" for any distribution date if the
Class A-1 certificates are subject to a Class A-1 Available Funds Cap Rate will
equal the sum of:

      (i)   the difference between:

            (a)   the amount of interest the Class A-1 certificates would be
                  entitled to receive on the related distribution date without
                  regard to the Class A-1 Available Funds Cap Rate and

            (b)   the amount of interest actually distributed to the Class A-1
                  Certificates on the distribution date taking into account the
                  Class A-1 Available Funds Cap Rate,

      (ii)  the portion of any amount calculated pursuant to clause (i)
            remaining unpaid from prior Distribution Dates and

      (iii) interest accrued on the deferred interest at the then-applicable
            Class A-1 LIBOR Rate.

      "CLASS A-1 LIBOR RATE" for any distribution date will be equal to LIBOR as
of the related LIBOR Determination Date plus a margin of 0.240% (or, commencing
with the Accrual Period in which the Optional Termination Date occurs, 0.480%)
per annum.

      "CLASS A-6 LOCKOUT DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT" for any distribution date, is
the product of:

      (1)   the applicable Class A-6 Lockout Percentage for the distribution
date and

      (2) the Class A-6 Lockout Pro Rata Distribution Amount for the
distribution date.

                                      S-93
<PAGE>


      "CLASS A-6 LOCKOUT PERCENTAGE" for each distribution date is as follows:

                  DISTRIBUTION DATES                 LOCKOUT PERCENTAGE

            December 1999 - November 2002            0%

            December 2002 - November 2004            45%

            December 2004 - November 2005            80%

            December 2005 - November 2006            100%

            December 2006 and thereafter             300%


      "CLASS A-6 LOCKOUT PRO RATA DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT" for any distribution date
is an amount equal to the product of:

      (1) a fraction, the numerator of which is the certificate principal
balance of the Class A-6 certificates immediately prior to the distribution date
and the denominator of which is the aggregate certificate principal balance of
all the Class A certificates immediately prior to the distribution date and

      (2) the Principal Distribution Amount for the distribution date.

      "CLASS A-6 LOCKOUT PRO RATA TURBO AMOUNT" means with respect to any
distribution date, an amount equal to the product of:

      (a) a fraction, the numerator of which is the certificate principal
balance of the Class A-6 certificates immediately prior to the distribution date
and the denominator of which is the aggregate certificate principal balance of
all the Class A certificates immediately prior to the distribution date and

      (b) the Class A Turbo Amount for the distribution date.

      "CLASS A-6 LOCKOUT TURBO AMOUNT" means with respect to any distribution
date, the product of:

      (a) the applicable Class A-6 Lockout Percentage for the distribution
date and

      (b) the Class A-6 Lockout Pro Rata Turbo Amount for the distribution date.

      "CLASS R CERTIFICATES" means the Class R-I, Class R-II and Class R-III
certificates.

      "CLTV" for any loan is the combined loan-to-value ratio, which is
calculated by dividing the sum of:

      (1)   the unpaid principal balance of the loan as of the cut-off date;
and

                                      S-94
<PAGE>


      (2) with respect to second lien loans only, the outstanding first lien
balance of the loan as of the date of origination of the related loan, by

the lower of the purchase price of the property or the appraised value of the
property at origination.

      "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      "COLLECTION ACCOUNT" means an Eligible Account established and maintained
for the benefit of the certificateholders and the certificate insurer into which
the servicer shall deposit required payments and collections.

      "COMPENSATING INTEREST" for any distribution date is an amount equal to
the lesser of:

      (1) the aggregate of the Prepayment Interest Shortfalls for the related
distribution date resulting from principal prepayments during the related Due
Period and

      (2) the servicer's aggregate Servicing Fees received in the related Due
Period.

      "CPR" means constant prepayment rate.

      "CREDIT SCORE" a numerical representation of a borrower's credit risk or
credit worthiness based on a methodology developed by Fair Isaac and Company
which generally ranges from a low of 200 to a high of 800.

      "CUT-OFF DATE" means November 1, 1999 with respect to the Initial Loans
transferred to the trust on the closing date. With respect to Subsequent Loans
transferred to the trust after the closing date, the date specified in the
applicable transfer agreement.

      "DEBT SERVICE REDUCTION" is a reduction by a court of the monthly
payment due on a loan.

      "DEFICIENT VALUATION" is reduction in the principal balance of a loan by
the bankruptcy court in connection as a result of a bankruptcy of the borrower.

      "DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATE" is a physical certificate issued in the name of
the beneficial owner of the offered certificate rather than DTC.

      "DELINQUENCY AMOUNT" means for any distribution date, the product of:

            (a) the Delinquency Percentage for that distribution date, and

            (b) an amount equal to the principal balance of the loans as of the
      end of the related Due Period plus the Pre-Funding Amount, if any.

      "DELINQUENCY PERCENTAGE" means for any distribution date, the average for
that distribution date and the two immediately preceding distribution dates of
the respective percentages, expressed as a fraction:

                                      S-95
<PAGE>


            (a)   the numerator of which is the sum of:

                  (1) the aggregate principal balance of all loans which are 90
            or more days delinquent as of the end of each of the related Due
            Periods;

                  (2) the aggregate principal balance of all loans which are in
            foreclosure as of the end of each of the related Due Periods; and

                  (3) the aggregate principal balance of all loans which relate
            to REO Properties as of the end of each of the related Due Periods;
            and

            (b) the denominator of which is principal balance of the loans as of
      the end of the related Due Period.

      "DETERMINATION DATE" with respect to any distribution date is the 18th day
of month in which the related distribution date occurs, or, the 18th day is not
a business day, the immediately preceding business day.

      "DISTRIBUTABLE CERTIFICATE INTEREST" with respect to each class of offered
certificates for each distribution date is equal to interest at the pass-through
rate, taking into account any applicable caps, applicable to each class of
certificates for the distribution date accrued on the related certificate
balance during the related Accrual Period, as the case may be, outstanding
immediately prior to the distribution date, together with any unpaid
Distributable Certificate Interest for that class from prior distribution dates.
Distributable Certificate Interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day
year consisting of twelve 30-day months, except that interest calculated with
respect to the Class A-1 certificates will be based on a 360-day year and the
actual number of days elapsed.

      "DUE PERIOD" for each distribution date or Determination Date is the
period that begins on the first day of the calendar month preceding the month in
which the distribution date or Determination Date occurs and ends on and
includes the last day of the month preceding the month in which the distribution
date or Determination Date occurs.

      "ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT" is a segregated trust account maintained with a
depository institution acceptable to each rating agency and the certificate
insurer and which meets the criteria set forth in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

      "FIXED RATE AVAILABLE FUNDS CAP RATE" will be determined as follows for
each class of certificates to which it is applicable. If a class's Uncapped
Pass-Through Rate would be greater than the Net Loan Rate, the available funds
capped rate will equal the rate determined for each class by taking:

      (A)   all interest that accrued on the loans at the Net Loan Rate and was
            due in the related Due Period, less

      (B)   all interest accrued on the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class
            A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates at their Uncapped
            Pass-Through Rates, in each

                                      S-96
<PAGE>

            case only if their respective Uncapped Pass-Through Rates are less
            than or equal to the Net Loan Rate, divided by

      (C)   the sum of the certificate principal balance of the class and the
            certificate principal balance of each other class of offered
            certificates whose accrued interest is not included in clause (B)
            above, and multiplied by

      (D) 12.

In the event that the capped rate determined as described in the preceding
sentence would be in excess of the Uncapped Pass-Through Rate of the class, then
such capped rate will be recalculated so that interest accrued on the class for
the related distribution date at its Uncapped Pass-Through Rate will be included
in clause (B) above. This calculation will be repeated as appropriate so that in
no event will the capped rate so calculated exceed the class's Uncapped
Pass-Through Rate.

      "FIXED RATE INTEREST CARRYOVER" for any distribution date and any class of
Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates
subject to a Fixed Rate Available Funds Cap Rate will equal the sum of:

      (i)   the difference between

            (a)   the amount of interest that class would be entitled to receive
                  on the related distribution date without regard to the
                  applicable Fixed Rate Available Funds Cap Rate and

            (b)   the amount of interest actually distributed to the class with
                  respect to the distribution date,

      (ii)  the portion of any amount calculated pursuant to clause (i)
            remaining unpaid from prior distribution dates and

      (iii) interest accrued on the deferred interest at the applicable Uncapped
            Pass-Through Rate without regard to the related Fixed Rate Available
            Funds Cap Rate.

      "FORECLOSURE PROFITS" means, with respect to any distribution date, the
excess, if any, of:

      (1) Net Liquidation Proceeds in respect of each loan that became a
Liquidated Loan in the Due Period prior to the distribution date over

      (2) the sum of the unpaid principal balance of each Liquidated Loans plus
accrued and unpaid interest.

      "INITIAL LOANS" means the loans conveyed to the trust on the closing
date.

      "INSURANCE PROCEEDS" are the proceeds paid by any insurer pursuant to any
insurance policy covering a loan to the extent the proceeds are not applied to
the restoration of the related

                                      S-97
<PAGE>

property or released to the related borrower.  Insurance Proceeds do not include
Insured Payments.

      "INSURED PAYMENT" means:

      (1) with respect to any distribution date the excess, if any, of:

            (a)  the sum of:

                 (i)   the amount of interest accrued on the principal balances
                       of the related Class A certificates, at the applicable
                       pass-through rate during the related Accrual Period,
                       excluding any Relief Act Shortfalls and Net Prepayment
                       Interest Shortfall and any Class A-1 LIBOR Interest
                       Carryovers and Fixed Rate Interest Carryovers,

                 (ii)  the Principal Deficiency Amount and

                 (iii) any related Preference Amounts, without duplication, over

            (b)  the Available Distribution Amount for the distribution date,
                 and

      (2) on the final distribution date, the outstanding principal balance of
all classes of Class A certificates then outstanding, to the extent not
otherwise paid on the distribution date.

      "INTEREST REDUCTION AMOUNT" means, for any distribution date, the amount
equal to the sum of the Servicing Fee, the Trustee Fee and the premium payable
to the certificate insurer with respect to that distribution date.

      "INTEREST REMITTANCE AMOUNT" is interest payable on any distribution date
at the related pass-through rate on the related certificate principal balance
outstanding on the immediately preceding distribution date, after giving effect
to all payments of principal made on the distribution date.

      "LIBOR" is the London interbank offered rate for one-month U.S. dollar
deposits, calculated as described under "Description of the Offered
Certificates--Calculation of LIBOR" in this prospectus supplement.

      "LIBOR BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than:

      (1) a Saturday or a Sunday or

      (2) a day on which banking institutions in the city of London, England are
required or authorized by law to be closed.

      "LIBOR DETERMINATION DATE" is the second LIBOR Business Day prior to the
preceding distribution date, or prior to the closing date in the case of the
first distribution date.

                                      S-98
<PAGE>


      "LIQUIDATED LOAN" is, in general, a defaulted loan as to which the
servicer has determined that all amounts that it expects to recover on the loan
have been recovered, exclusive of any possibility of a deficiency judgment.

      "LIQUIDATED LOAN LOSS" is the aggregate of the amount of losses with
respect to each loan which became a Liquidated Loan in the Due Period prior to
the distribution date, equal to the excess of:

      (1) the unpaid principal balance of each Liquidated Loan, plus accrued
interest thereon, over

      (2) Net Liquidation Proceeds with respect to the Liquidated Loan.

      To the extent of the Available Distribution Amount, a Liquidated Loan Loss
will be recovered by the holders of the certificates, on the distribution date
which immediately follows the event of loss.

      Any Liquidated Loan Loss that results in a Principal Deficiency Amount
will require payment of an Insured Payment if not otherwise available from the
Available Distribution Amount.

      "LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS" are the amounts received by the servicer, including
Insurance Proceeds, in connection with the liquidation of a defaulted or
written-down loan or property acquired in respect of or a defaulted or written
down loan, other than amounts required to be paid to the borrower pursuant to
the terms of the loan or to be applied otherwise pursuant to law.

      "LOAN SCHEDULE" is the schedule appearing as an exhibit to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement which sets forth the requirements and descriptions of the
loans.

      "MAXIMUM COLLATERAL AMOUNT" means, with respect  to the loans, the sum
of:

      (1) the principal balance of the Initial Loans as of the Cut-Off Date
and

      (2) the Original Pre-Funding Amount.

      "MORTGAGE NOTE" is a document which evidences an interest in a mortgage
loan secured by a mortgage or deed of trust.

      "NET FORECLOSURE PROFITS" for any distribution date is the excess, if
any, of:

      (1) the aggregate Foreclosure Profits for the distribution date, over

      (2) the Liquidated loan Loss for the distribution date.

                                      S-99
<PAGE>

      "NET LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS" with respect to any defaulted loan, the
Liquidation Proceeds with respect to the loan, net of the sum of:

      (1) expenses incurred by the servicer in connection with the liquidation
of any defaulted loan and

      (2) any unreimbursed Periodic Advances made by the servicer with respect
to the defaulted loan.

      "NET LOAN RATE" with respect to any distribution date is, the annualized
percentage, expressed on a 30/360 basis, derived from the fraction:

            (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of all interest
      due on the loans during the related Due Period, minus the Interest
      Reduction Amount, and

            (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate principal balance of
      the loans as of the end of the related Due Period.

      "NET PREPAYMENT INTEREST SHORTFALLS" with respect to any distribution
date, the excess of:

      (1)   the Prepayment Interest Shortfalls for the related distribution
date and

      (2) the Compensating Interest paid by the servicer for the related
distribution date.

      "NEW SOUTH" means New South Federal Savings Bank, a federally chartered
savings bank.

      "ORIGINAL PRE-FUNDING AMOUNT" means an amount equal to $55,039,389,
subject to a variance of plus or minus 5%. This amount will be deposited into
the Pre-Funding Account on the closing date and will be used by the trust to
acquire Subsequent Loans during the Pre-Funding Period.

      "OVERCOLLATERALIZATION AMOUNT" with respect to any distribution date is
the excess, if any, of:

      (1) the aggregate principal balance of the loans as of the close of
business on the last day of the related Due Period, plus the Pre-Funding Amount,
if any, for that distribution date over

      (2) the aggregate certificate principal balance of the Class A
certificates, as of the distribution date, after taking into account the
distribution of the Principal Distribution Amount on the distribution date.

      "OVERCOLLATERALIZATION DEFICIENCY AMOUNT" for any distribution date is
the excess, if any:

      (1) of the Overcollateralization Target Amount for the distribution
date over

      (2) the Overcollateralization Amount for the distribution date.

                                     S-100
<PAGE>


      "OVERCOLLATERALIZATION DEFICIT" means, with respect to any distribution
date, the amount, if any, by which:

      (1) the aggregate principal balance of the Class A certificates, after
taking into account all distributions of the Principal Distribution Amount to be
made on that distribution date but without regard to the application of any
related Insured Payment on that distribution date, exceeds

      (2) the sum of:

            (a) the aggregate principal balance of the loans as of the close of
      business on the last day of the related Due Period and

            (b) the Pre-Funding Amount as of that distribution date.

      "OVERCOLLATERALIZATION REDUCTION AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
distribution date, the lesser of:

      (1)   the excess, if any, of:

            (a) the Overcollateralization Amount, assuming principal payments
      distributed on that distribution date are equal to the Principal
      Distribution Amount, without regard to this Overcollateralization
      Reduction Amount, over

            (b) the Overcollateralization Target Amount and

      (2) the Principal Distribution Amount, as determined without the deduction
of this Overcollateralization Reduction Amount from that amount, on that
distribution date.

      "OVERCOLLATERALIZATION TARGET AMOUNT" means,

      (1) with respect to any distribution date occurring prior to the Stepdown
Date, an amount equal to the greatest of:

            (a)   an amount equal to 5.50% of the Maximum Collateral Amount;
                        and

            (b)   150% of the Delinquency Amount; and

      (2) with respect to any distribution date occurring on or after the
Stepdown Date, an amount equal to the greatest of:

            (a)   an amount equal to 11.00% of the principal balance of the
                  loans as of the end of the related Due Period;

                                     S-101

<PAGE>

            (b)   150% of the Delinquency Amount;

            (c)   0.75% of the aggregate of the Maximum Collateral Amount; and

            (d)   an amount equal to the aggregate principal balance then
                  outstanding of the three largest loans;

provided, however, for any distribution date occurring on or after the Stepdown
Date, if the amount described in clause (2)(b) above exceeds the amount
described in clause (2)(a) above, the Overcollateralization Target Amount for
that distribution date must equal an amount sufficient to cause the product of:

            (a)   the Senior Enhancement Percentage and

            (b)   the principal balance of the loans, plus any Pre-Funding
                  Amount, in each case, as of the end of the related Due Period,

to equal 175% of the Delinquency Amount.

      However, with respect to any distribution date, the Overcollateralization
Target Amount will not exceed the principal balance of the Class A certificates
then outstanding. The certificate insurer may, at anytime, modify clauses (1)(b)
or (2)(b) above for the purpose of reducing or eliminating, in whole or in part,
the application of clauses (1)(b) or (2)(b) above. However, the certificate
insurer may only make this modification if it will not cause a downgrade,
withdrawal or qualification by the rating agencies of the then current ratings
on the Class A certificates. The certificate insurer has reserved the right to
increase the Overcollateralization Target Amount based on the characteristics of
the loans following the end of the Pre-Funding Period and this change will not
require the consent of the certificateholders.

      "PERIODIC ADVANCE" for any distribution date is the sum of:

      (1) the interest portion of the scheduled monthly payments on each loan
due by the related due date but not received by the servicer as of the close of
business on the related Determination Date, net of the Servicing Fee and

      (2) with respect to each REO Property which was acquired during or prior
to the related Due Period and as to which an REO Property disposition did not
occur during the related Due Period, an amount equal to the excess, if any,

            (a)  of interest on the unpaid principal balance of the loan related
                 to the REO Property at the related loan interest rate, net of
                 the Servicing Fee, for the related Due Period for the related
                 loan over

            (b)  the net income from the REO Property to be transferred to the
                 Certificate Account for the distribution date pursuant to the
                 Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                     S-102
<PAGE>

      "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" are certain government securities and other
investment grade obligations specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
that mature, unless payable on demand, no later than the business day preceding
the date on which the servicer is required to transfer any amounts included in
the funds from the Collection Account to the Certificate Account.

      "PLAN" is any:

      (1) employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA,

      (2) plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, including individual
retirement accounts or Keogh plans, or

      (3) entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a
plan's investment in entities specified in clauses (1) and (2) above.

      "POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT" is a pooling and servicing agreement
among the depositor, New South, as servicer and transferor, and the trustee.

      "PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT" means a segregated trust account established and
maintained for the benefit of the certificateholders and the certificate
insurer. The Original Pre-Funding Amount will be deposited into the Pre-Funding
Account on the closing date. Funds on deposit in this account will be used by
the trustee to acquire Subsequent Loans for the trust during the Pre-Funding
Period.

      "PRE-FUNDING AMOUNT" means, with respect to any date of determination, the
portion of the Original Pre-Funding Amount that remains on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account, net of investment earnings on that amount. During the
Pre-Funding Period, the Pre-Funding Amount will be reduced by the amount of
funds from the Pre-Funding Account used by the trust to purchase Subsequent
Loans.

      "PRE-FUNDING PERIOD" means the period commencing on the closing date and
ending on the earlier to occur of:

      (1) the date on which the Pre-Funding Amount, net of any investment
earnings on that amount, is less than $50,000 and

      (2) March 2, 2000.

      "PREFERENCE AMOUNT" is any amount previously distributed to a holder of a
Class A certificate that is recoverable and sought to be recovered as a voidable
preference by a trustee in bankruptcy pursuant to the United States Bankruptcy
Code (11 U.S.C.) as amended from time to time, in accordance with a final
non-appealable order of a court having competent jurisdiction.

      "PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION" represents an assumed rate of prepayment each
month relative to the then outstanding principal balance of the pool of loans
for the life of the loans.

                                     S-103
<PAGE>


      "PREPAYMENT INTEREST SHORTFALL" with respect to any distribution date is
an amount equal to the excess, if any, of:

      (1) 30 days' interest on the outstanding principal balance of a loan at a
per annum rate equal to the related loan interest rate, less any Deficient
Valuation and/or any Debt Service Reduction, and less the rate at which the
Servicing Fee is calculated, over

      (2) the amount of interest actually remitted by the borrower in connection
with the principal prepayment, less the Servicing Fee for the loan in the
related month.

      "PRINCIPAL DEFICIENCY AMOUNT" means,

      (1) with respect to any distribution date, other than as set forth in
clause (2) below, the excess, if any, of:

            (a) the aggregate principal balance of all classes of Class A
      certificates as of the related distribution date, after giving effect to
      all distributions of principal on the Class A certificates on the related
      distribution date, but without giving effect to the application of any
      Insured Payment to be made on the related distribution date, over

            (b) the aggregate principal balance of all the loans as of the end
      of the related Due Period, plus the Pre-Funding Amount, if any, and

      (2) with respect to the final distribution date of the certificates, the
aggregate principal balance of all classes of Class A certificates, after giving
effect to all distributions of principal on the Class A certificates on the
final distribution date, but without giving effect to the application of any
Insured Payment to be made on the final distribution date.

      "PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT" for any distribution date is the sum,
without duplication, of:

      (a) the amount allocable to principal collected by the servicer in respect
of the loans during the related Due Period, including all full and partial
principal prepayments,

      (b) the unpaid principal balance of each loan that was purchased from the
trust during the related Due Period,

      (c) the portion of any Substitution Adjustment allocable to principal paid
by the transferor in connection with a substitution of a loan during the related
Due Period, and

      (d) all Net Liquidation Proceeds and Insurance Proceeds collected by the
servicer during the related Due Period (to the extent allocable to principal).

      The Principal Distribution Amount will be reduced, but to not less than
zero, by the Overcollateralization Reduction Amount, if any, for that
distribution date.

                                     S-104
<PAGE>

      "PURCHASE PRICE" is, as of the date of any purchase, equal to the sum
of:

      (1) the unpaid principal balance of a loan as of the date of purchase;

      (2) all accrued and unpaid interest on the loan; and

      (3) the amount of any unreimbursed Periodic Advances and Servicing
Advances made by the servicer.

      "QUALIFIED SUBSTITUTE LOAN" is any loan or loans which:

      (1) relates or relate to a detached one-family residence or to the same
type of residential dwelling as the loan being substituted for and in each case
has or have the same or a better lien priority as the deleted loan with a
borrower having the same or better traditionally ranked credit status and is an
owner-occupied property,

      (2) matures or mature no later than, and not more than one year earlier
than, the deleted loan,

      (3) has or have a CLTV at the time of the substitution no higher than the
CLTV of the deleted loan,

      (4) has or have an unpaid principal balance or principal balances after
application of all payments received on or prior to the date of substitution,
which shall be the unpaid principal balance or principal balances, not
substantially less and not more than the unpaid principal balance of the deleted
loan as of the date, and

      (5) complies or comply as of the date of substitution with each
representation and warranty set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      "RECORD DATE" is the last business day of the calendar month immediately
preceding the month in which the related distribution date occurs.

      "REFERENCE BANK RATE" will be, with respect to any Accrual Period, the
arithmetic mean of the offered rates for United States dollar deposits for one
month which are offered by four major banks specified in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period
of one month in amounts approximately equal to the outstanding certificate
principal balance of the Class A-1 certificates. The Reference Bank Rate will be
rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one percent. The
Reference Bank Rate will be determined as of 11:00 a.m., London, England time,
on the second LIBOR business day prior to the first day of the related Accrual
Period.

      If fewer than two offered rates appear, the Reference Bank Rate will be
the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by one or more major banks in New York
City, selected by the trustee after consultation with the servicer, as of 11:00
a.m., New York time, on the date for loans in U.S. Dollars to leading European
banks for a period of one month in amounts approximately equal to the
outstanding certificate principal balance of the Class A-1 certificates.

                                     S-105
<PAGE>

      If no quotations can be obtained, the Reference Bank Rate will be the
Reference Bank Rate applicable to the preceding Accrual Period.

      "REIMBURSEMENT AMOUNT" for any distribution date means the sum of:

      (a) all amounts previously paid by the certificate insurer under the
certificate insurance policy, which have not been previously reimbursed,

      (b) any unpaid premium,

      (c) any amounts owing to the certificate insurer under the Certificate
Insurance Agreement and

      (d) interest on the foregoing as set forth in the Certificate Insurance
Agreement.

      "RELIEF ACT SHORTFALLS" are interest shortfalls incurred by any class of
certificates resulting from the application of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil
Relief Act of 1940, as amended. See "Certain Legal Aspects of Residential
Loans--Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940" in the prospectus.

      "REO PROPERTY" is a property acquired on behalf of the certificateholders
in respect of a defaulted loan through foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure,
repossession or otherwise.

      "RESTRICTED GROUP" means any underwriter of the offered certificates, the
trustee, the servicer, any obligor with respect to the loans included in the
trust, any entity deemed to be a "sponsor" of the trust as that term is defined
in the exemptions, or any affiliate of that party

      "SENIOR ENHANCEMENT PERCENTAGE" means for any distribution date, the
percentage expressed as a fraction:

            (a) the numerator of which is the Overcollateralization Amount
      for that distribution date; and

            (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate principal balance of
      the loans as of the end of the related Due Period, plus the Pre-Funding
      Amount for that distribution date, if any.

      "SERVICER REMITTANCE AMOUNT" for any distribution date is the sum of:

      (1) all collections of principal and interest, whether scheduled or
unscheduled, on the loans collected by the servicer during the related Due
Period,

      (2) all Periodic Advances made by the servicer with respect to interest
payments due to be received on the loans in the case of the related due date,

      (3) the amount of Compensating Interest due with respect to loans for the
related Due Period, and

                                     S-106
<PAGE>

      (4) any other amounts required to be placed in a Collection Account by the
servicer in respect of the loans pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
but excluding the following:

            a. amounts received on particular Loans as late payments of
               interest and respecting which the servicer has previously made
               an unreimbursed Periodic Advance;

            b. the portion of Liquidation Proceeds used to reimburse any
               unreimbursed Periodic Advances made with respect to the loans
               by the servicer;

            c. those portions of each payment of interest on a particular
               Loan which represent the Servicing Fee;

            d. that portion of Liquidation Proceeds and proceeds received in
               respect of any REO Property which represents any unpaid
               Servicing Fee;

            e. all income from Permitted Investments that is held in the
               Collection Account for the account of the servicer;

            f. all amounts in respect of late fees, assumption fees,
               prepayment penalties and similar fees;

            g. certain other amounts which are reimbursable to the servicer,
               as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and

            h. that portion of Net Foreclosure Profits with respect to loans
               otherwise due to the servicer as provided in the Pooling and
               Servicing Agreement.

      "SERVICER REMITTANCE DATE" is the date on which all funds deposited in any
Collection Account that are to be included in the Servicer Remittance Amount
related to a particular distribution date are required to be transferred to the
Certificate Account, in no event later than the close of business on the fourth
business day prior to the distribution date.

      "SERVICING ADVANCES" are advances to be made by the servicer constituting
"out-of-pocket" costs and expenses relating to:

      (1) the preservation and restoration of the property,

      (2) enforcement proceedings, including foreclosures,

      (3) expenditures relating to the purchase or maintenance of a first lien
not included in the trust on the property, and

      (4) certain other customary amounts described in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

                                     S-107
<PAGE>

      "SERVICING FEE" is an amount equal to interest at one-twelfth of the
Servicing Fee Rate for the loan on the unpaid principal balance of the loan at
the first day of the applicable Due Period.

      "SERVICING FEE RATE" is the rate, equal to 0.50%, at which the Servicing
Fee is paid.

      "STEPDOWN DATE" means the first distribution date occurring on the
later of:

      (1)   December 25, 2002; or

      (2) the distribution date on which the Senior Enhancement Percentage
equals 11.00%.

      "SUBSEQUENT LOANS" means the additional loans that the trust may acquire
with the Pre-Funding Amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account during the
Pre-Funding Period. The trust may acquire Subsequent Loans having an aggregate
unpaid principal balance up to the Original Pre-Funding Amount.

      "SUBSTITUTION ADJUSTMENT" is the amount by which the principal balance of
a loan to be substituted for, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the loan
exceeds the principal balance of the related Qualified Substitute Loan.

      "SWAP REGULATIONS" are the final regulations issued by the IRS under
Section 446 of the Code relating to notional principal contracts.

      "TELERATE SCREEN PAGE 3750" means the display page so designated on the
Bridge Telerate Service, or such other page as may replace page 3750 on such
service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major
banks. If such rate does not appear on such page, or such other page as may
replace such page on such service, or if such service is no longer offered, such
other service for displaying LIBOR or comparable rates as may be selected by the
servicer after consultation with the trustee, the rate will be the Reference
Bank Rate.

      "TRUSTEE FEE" is a fee payable to the trustee in respect of its
services as trustee.

      "TRUSTEE'S LOAN FILE" consists of the following documents with respect to
each loan, the Mortgage Note, the Mortgage, the Assignment of Mortgage, all
intervening assignments, an original or copy of a title insurance policy, if
any, and each assumption, modification or substitution agreement.

      "UNCAPPED PASS-THROUGH RATE" is, in the case of the Class A-1
certificates, the Class A-1 LIBOR Rate and, in the case of the Class A-3, Class
A-4, Class A-5, Class A-6 and Class B certificates, the applicable uncapped
fixed pass-through rates set forth on page S-7 of this Prospectus Supplement.

      "UNREIMBURSED SERVICING TRANSFER COSTS" means the costs and expenses
associated with the transfer of servicing from the servicer or successor
servicer to a successor servicer to the extent the costs and expenses have not
been paid by the predecessor servicer.

                                     S-108
<PAGE>


      "WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE" refers to the average amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issuance of a security to the date of distribution to
the investor thereof of each dollar distributed in reduction of principal of the
security, assuming no losses.

                                     S-109
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
AUGUST 20, 1999
                PAINEWEBBER MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION IV
                                    Depositor

                            ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATES

                               ASSET-BACKED NOTES
                              (Issuable in Series)

   PaineWebber  Mortgage Acceptance  Corporation IV from time to time will offer
asset-backed  pass-through certificates or asset-backed notes. We will offer the
certificates  or  notes  through  this  prospectus  and  a  separate  prospectus
supplement for each series.

   For each series we will  establish a trust fund  consisting  primarily of

   o  a  segregated  pool of  various  types of  single-family  and  multifamily
      residential  mortgage  loans,  home  improvement  contracts,   cooperative
      apartment loans or manufactured  housing  conditional  sales contracts and
      installment loan agreements or beneficial interests in them; or

   o  pass-through  or  participation  certificates  issued or guaranteed by the
      Government  National Mortgage  Association,  the Federal National Mortgage
      Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.

   The certificates of a series will evidence beneficial  ownership interests in
the trust fund.  The notes of a series will evidence  indebtedness  of the trust
fund.  The  certificates  or notes of a series may be  divided  into two or more
classes which may have different  interest rates and which may receive principal
payments in differing  proportions  and at  different  times.  In addition,  the
rights of certain holders of classes may be subordinate to the rights of holders
of other classes to receive principal and interest.



    YOU SHOULD CONSIDER  CAREFULLY THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 16 IN THIS
 PROSPECTUS AND IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

    The  securities  will not  represent  obligations  of  PaineWebber  Mortgage
 Acceptance Corporation IV or any of its affiliates. No governmental agency will
 insure the certificates or the collateral securing the securities.

    You should  consult  with your own  advisors  to  determine  if the  offered
 securities are appropriate  investments for you and to determine the applicable
 legal, tax, regulatory and accounting treatment of the offered securities.

   THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION AND STATE SECURITIES  REGULATORS HAVE
NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THE OFFERED  CERTIFICATES  OR NOTES OR DETERMINED
IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE.  ANY  REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.



   No secondary market will exist for a series of certificates or notes prior to
its offering.  We cannot assure you that a secondary market will develop for the
certificates  or notes,  as applicable,  of any series,  or, if it does develop,
that it will continue.



                            PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED



<PAGE>



   We may offer the  certificates or notes,  as applicable,  through one or more
different  methods,  including  offerings  through  underwriters,  as more fully
described  under "Plans of  Distribution"  in this prospectus and in the related
prospectus  supplement.  Our  affiliates  may from time to time act as agents or
underwriters in connection  with the sale of the offered  certificates or notes,
as  applicable.  We may retain or hold for sale,  from time to time, one or more
classes  of a series of  certificates  or  notes,  as  applicable.  We may offer
certain classes of the certificates or notes, as applicable,  if so specified in
the related prospectus  supplement,  in one or more transactions exempt from the
registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended.  These
offerings  will  not  be  made  pursuant  to  this  prospectus  or  the  related
registration statement.

                           ---------------------------

   This  prospectus  may  not  be  used  to  consummate  sales  of  the  offered
certificates  or  notes,  as  applicable,  unless  accompanied  by a  prospectus
supplement.



<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                      PAGE
                                                                      ----

Important Notice about Information Presented in this Prospectus and
   Each Accompanying Prospectus Supplement.............................5
Summary of Terms.......................................................6
Risk Factors..........................................................16
   Limited Liquidity of Securities May Adversely Affect
      Market Value of Securities......................................16
   Assets of Trust Fund Are Limited...................................16
   Credit Enhancement Is Limited in Amount and Coverage...............16
   Yield Is Sensitive to Rate of Principal Prepayment.................17
   Borrower May Be Unable to Make Balloon Payment.....................17
   Nature of Mortgages Could Adversely Affect Value of Properties.....18
   Violations of Environmental Laws May Reduce Recoveries on
      Properties......................................................20
   Violations of Federal Laws May Adversely Affect Ability to
      Collect on Loans................................................20
   Rating of the Securities Are Limited and May be Withdrawn or
      Lowered.........................................................21
   Adverse Conditions in the Residential Real Estate Markets May
      Result in a Decline in Property Values..........................23
   Book-Entry System for Certain Classes May Decrease Liquidity and
      Delay Payment...................................................23
   Unsecured Home Improvement Contracts May Experience Relatively
      Higher Losses...................................................24
   Mortgage Loans Underwritten as Non-Conforming Credits May
      Experience Relatively Higher Losses.............................24
   Assets of the Trust Fund May Include Delinquent and
      Sub-Performing Residential Loans................................25
   Changes in the Market Value of Properties May Adversely Affect
      Payments on the Securities......................................25
   Year 2000 Non-Compliance May Adversely Affect Payments on the
      Securities......................................................25
The Trust Funds.......................................................26
   Residential Loans..................................................26
   Agency Securities..................................................33
   Stripped Agency Securities.........................................37
   Additional Information Concerning the Trust Funds..................38
Use of Proceeds.......................................................40
Yield Considerations..................................................40
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations................................42
The Depositor.........................................................45
Residential Loans.....................................................45
   Underwriting Standards.............................................45
   Representations by Unaffiliated Sellers; Repurchases...............45
   Sub-Servicing......................................................47
Description of the Securities.........................................47
   General............................................................47
   Assignment of Assets of the Trust Fund.............................49
   Deposits to the Trust Account......................................52
   Pre-Funding Account................................................52
   Payments on Residential Loans......................................52
   Payments on Agency Securities......................................53
   Distributions......................................................54
   Principal and Interest on the Securities...........................55
   Available Distribution Amount......................................57
   Subordination......................................................57
   Advances...........................................................60
   Statements to Holders of Securities................................60
   Book-Entry Registration of Securities..............................62
   Collection and Other Servicing Procedures..........................65
   Realization on Defaulted Residential Loans.........................66
   Retained Interest, Administration Compensation and Payment of
      Expenses........................................................67
   Evidence as to Compliance..........................................68
   Certain Matters Regarding the Master Servicer, the Depositor and
      the Trustee.....................................................69
   Deficiency Events..................................................72
   Events of Default..................................................73
   Amendment..........................................................77
   Termination........................................................78
   Voting Rights......................................................79
Description of Primary Insurance Coverage.............................79
   Primary Credit Insurance Policies..................................79
   FHA Insurance and VA Guarantees....................................80
   Primary Hazard Insurance Policies..................................82
Description of Credit Support.........................................84
   Pool Insurance Policies............................................85
   Special Hazard Insurance Policies..................................87
   Bankruptcy Bonds...................................................90
   Reserve Funds......................................................90
   Cross-Support Provisions...........................................90
   Letter of Credit...................................................91
   Insurance Policies and Surety Bonds................................91
   Excess Spread......................................................91
   Overcollateralization..............................................91
Certain Legal Aspects of Residential Loans............................91
   General............................................................92
   Mortgage Loans.....................................................92
   Cooperative Loans..................................................93
   Tax Aspects of Cooperative Ownership...............................94
   Manufactured Housing Contracts Other Than Land Contracts...........95
   Foreclosure on Mortgages...........................................97
   Foreclosure on Cooperative Shares.................................100


                                      -3-


<PAGE>

   Repossession with respect to Manufactured Housing Contracts that
      are not Land Contracts.........................................101
   Rights of Redemption  with respect to Residential  Properties.....103
   Notice of Sale; Redemption Rights with respect to Manufactured
      Homes..........................................................103
   Anti-Deficiency Legislation, Bankruptcy Laws and Other
      Limitations on Lenders.........................................103
   Junior Mortgages..................................................107
   Consumer Protection Laws..........................................107
   Enforceability of Certain Provisions..............................108
   Prepayment Charges and Prepayments................................110
   Subordinate Financing.............................................110
   Applicability of Usury Laws...111
   Alternative Mortgage Instruments111
   Environmental Legislation.....112
   Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940...................113
Federal Income Tax Consequences......................................114
   General...........................................................114
   REMICS............................................................115
   Taxation of Owners of Regular Securities..........................118
   Taxation of Owners of Residual Securities.........................127
   Taxes That May Be Imposed on the REMIC Pool.......................136
   Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors.............................138
   Grantor Trust Funds...............................................141
   Standard Securities...............................................141
   Stripped Securities...............................................145
   Partnership Trust Funds...........................................149
   Taxation of Owners of Partnership Securities......................150
State and Other Tax Consequences.....................................156
ERISA Considerations.................................................156
Legal Investment.....................................................161
Plans of Distribution................................................164
Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference....................165
Legal Matters........................................................166
Financial Information................................................166
Rating...............................................................166
Glossary of Terms....................................................168


                                      -4-


<PAGE>

             IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
            PROSPECTUS AND EACH ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

      Two separate documents contain information about the offered  certificates
or notes, as applicable. These documents progressively provide more detail:

      (1) this prospectus, which provides general information, some of which may
not apply to the offered securities; and

      (2)  the  accompanying   prospectus  supplement  for  each  series,  which
describes the specific terms of the offered securities.

      IF THE TERMS OF THE OFFERED  SECURITIES  VARY BETWEEN THIS  PROSPECTUS AND
THE ACCOMPANYING  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT,  YOU SHOULD RELY ON THE INFORMATION IN
THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

      You should rely only on the  information  contained in this prospectus and
the accompanying prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide
you with  information  that is different from that contained in this  prospectus
and the related  prospectus  supplement.  The  information in this prospectus is
accurate only as of the date of this prospectus.

                       --------------------------------

      If  you  require  additional  information,  the  mailing  address  of  our
principal executive offices is PaineWebber  Mortgage Acceptance  Corporation IV,
1285 Avenue of the  Americas,  New York,  NY 10019 and the  telephone  number is
(212) 713-2000.  For other means of acquiring additional information about us or
a series of securities,  see "Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference"
in this prospectus.


                                      -5-


<PAGE>

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

   THIS SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS SELECTED INFORMATION FROM THIS DOCUMENT.  IT DOES NOT
CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION THAT YOU NEED TO CONSIDER IN MAKING AN INVESTMENT
DECISION.  PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE  PROSPECTUS AND THE  ACCOMPANYING  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AS WELL AS THE TERMS  AND  PROVISIONS  OF THE  RELATED  POOLING  AND
SERVICING  AGREEMENT OR TRUST AGREEMENT CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND ALL OF THE TERMS
OF A SERIES OF SECURITIES.

RELEVANT PARTIES

   Depositor..................PaineWebber  Mortgage Acceptance  Corporation IV,
                              the depositor,  is a corporation  organized under
                              the laws of the State of Delaware.  The depositor
                              is  a  wholly  owned  limited   purpose   finance
                              subsidiary of PaineWebber Group Inc.

   Master Servicer............The entity or entities  named as master  servicer
                              in the related prospectus supplement.

   Trustees...................The trustee or indenture trustee named as trustee
                              in the related prospectus  supplement.  The owner
                              trustee  named as owner  trustee  in the  related
                              prospectus supplement.

   Issuer of Notes............The depositor or an owner trust  established  for
                              the  purpose of issuing  the series of notes will
                              issue  each  series of notes  through a  separate
                              trust. The depositor,  and the owner trustee will
                              enter into a  separate  trust  agreement  to form
                              each owner trust.

SECURITIES

   Description of Securities..The    depositor    will    offer    asset-backed
                              pass-through  certificates or asset-backed  notes
                              from time to time. The depositor will offer these
                              securities in one or more series.  Each series of
                              securities  will  include  one  or  more  classes
                              representing   either  a   beneficial   ownership
                              interest in, or indebtedness  secured by, a trust
                              fund. The trust fund will consist of a segregated
                              pool of residential  loans or agency  securities,
                              or  beneficial  interests  in them,  and  certain
                              other assets described below.

                              A series of  securities  may  include  one or more
                              classes of  securities  that may be  entitled  to,
                              among other things:

                              o  principal distributions, with disproportionate
                                 nominal or no interest distributions;

                              o  interest distributions, with disproportionate,
                                 nominal or no principal distributions;


                                       -6-


<PAGE>

                              o  distributions only of prepayments of principal
                                 throughout  the  lives  of the  securities  or
                                 during specified periods;

                              o  subordinated    distributions   of   scheduled
                                 payments   of   principal,    prepayments   of
                                 principal,  interest  or  any  combination  of
                                 these payments;

                              o  distributions  only  after the  occurrence  of
                                 events  specified  in the  related  prospectus
                                 supplement;

                              o  distributions in accordance with a schedule or
                                 formula  or on the basis of  collections  from
                                 designated  portions  of  the  assets  in  the
                                 related trust fund;

                              o  interest  at a fixed  rate  or a rate  that is
                                 subject to change from time to time;

                              o  distributions allocable to interest only after
                                 the  occurrence  of  events  specified  in the
                                 related  prospectus  supplement and may accrue
                                 interest until these events occur.

                              The related  prospectus  supplement  will  specify
                              these entitlements.

                              The timing and amounts of these  distributions may
                              vary among  classes,  over time.  In  addition,  a
                              series  may  include   two  or  more   classes  of
                              securities  which differ as to timing,  sequential
                              order or amount of  distributions  of principal or
                              interest, or both.

                              The related prospectus supplement will specify
                              if each class of securities

                              o  has a stated principal amount; and

                              o  is  entitled to  distributions  of interest on
                                 the  security  principal  balance  based  on a
                                 specified security interest rate.

   Interest...................Interest on each class of securities for a
                              series:

                              o  will   accrue  at  the   applicable   security
                                 interest  rate  on  its  outstanding  security
                                 principal balance;

                              o  will  be   distributed   to   holders  of  the
                                 securities   as   provided   in  the   related
                                 prospectus    supplement    on   the   related
                                 distribution date; and

                              o  may  be  reduced  to  the  extent  of  certain
                                 delinquencies or other contingencies described
                                 in the related prospectus supplement.


                                       -7-


<PAGE>

                              Distributions  with respect to accrued interest on
                              accrual  securities  will  be  identified  in  the
                              related   prospectus   supplement.   This  accrued
                              interest will not be  distributed  but rather will
                              be added to the security principal balance of each
                              series  prior to the time  when  accrued  interest
                              becomes payable.

                              Distributions   with   respect  to   interest   on
                              interest-only  securities  with no or, in  certain
                              cases, a nominal security  principal  balance will
                              be made on each  distribution date on the basis of
                              a notional  amount as described in this prospectus
                              and in the related prospectus supplement.

                              See   "Yield   Considerations,"    "Maturity   and
                              Prepayment Considerations" and "Description of the
                              Securities" in this prospectus.

   Principal..................The security principal balance of a security
                              represents the maximum dollar amount, exclusive
                              of interest, which you are entitled to receive
                              as principal from future cash flow on the
                              assets in the related trust fund. The related
                              prospectus supplement will set forth the
                              initial security principal balance of each
                              class of securities.

                              Generally,  distributions  of  principal  will  be
                              payable  as set  forth in the  related  prospectus
                              supplement, which may be on a pro rata basis among
                              all  of  the  securities  of the  same  class,  in
                              proportion   to   their   respective   outstanding
                              security principal balances.

                              If an  interest-only  security  does  not  have  a
                              security  principal  balance,  it will not receive
                              distributions of principal. See "The Trust Funds,"
                              "Maturity  and  Prepayment   Considerations"   and
                              "Description    of   the   Securities"   in   this
                              prospectus.

ASSETS

   The Trust Funds............Each trust fund will consist of:

                              o  a segregated pool of residential loans, agency
                                 securities and/or mortgage securities; and

                              o  certain  other  assets  as  described  in this
                                 prospectus  and  in  the  related   prospectus
                                 supplement.

                              The  depositor  will  purchase  all  assets of the
                              trust   fund,   either   directly  or  through  an
                              affiliate,    from   unaffiliated   sellers.   The
                              depositor will  generally  deposit the assets into
                              the related  trust fund as of the first day of the
                              month in which the securities evidencing interests
                              in the trust fund or  collateralized by the assets
                              of  the  trust  fund  are  initially


                                      -8-


<PAGE>

                              issued.      See      "Description     of     the
                              Securities-Pre-Funding     Account"    in    this
                              prospectus.

A. Residential Loans..........The   residential  loans  will consist of any
                              combination of:

                              o  mortgage  loans  secured  by first  or  junior
                                 liens  on  one-  to  four-family   residential
                                 properties;

                              o  mortgage  loans  secured  by first  or  junior
                                 liens on  multifamily  residential  properties
                                 consisting of five or more dwelling units;

                              o  home improvement  installment  sales contracts
                                 and installment  loan agreements  which may be
                                 unsecured  or secured by a lien on the related
                                 mortgaged property;


                              o  a   manufactured   home,   which  may  have  a
                                 subordinate  lien  on  the  related  mortgaged
                                 property,   as   described   in  the   related
                                 prospectus supplement;

                              o  one-  to  four-family  first  or  junior  lien
                                 closed  end home  equity  loans  for  property
                                 improvement, debt consolidation or home equity
                                 purposes;

                              o  cooperative  loans  secured primarily by shares
                                 in a private cooperative  housing  corporation.
                                 The   shares,   together   with   the   related
                                 proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement give
                                 the owner of the  shares  the right to occupy a
                                 particular  dwelling  unit  in the  cooperative
                                 housing corporation; or

                              o  manufactured    housing    conditional   sales
                                 contracts  and  installment   loan  agreements
                                 which may be secured by either liens on:

                                   o new or used manufactured homes; or

                                   o the real property and any  improvements on
                                     it   which   may   include   the   related
                                     manufactured  home if deemed to be part of
                                     the real property under  applicable  state
                                     law  relating  to a  manufactured  housing
                                     contract; and

                                   o in certain cases, new or used manufactured
                                     homes which are not deemed to be a part of
                                     the related real property under applicable
                                     state law.

                              The  mortgage   properties,   cooperative  shares,
                              together  with the  right to  occupy a  particular
                              dwelling  unit,  and  manufactured  homes  may  be
                              located  in  any  one  of the  fifty  states,  the
                              District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto
                              Rico.


                                      -9-


<PAGE>

                              Each trust fund may contain any combination of the
                              following types of residential loans:

                              o  fully amortizing loans

                                 o  with a fixed rate of interest and

                                 o  level monthly payments to maturity;

                              o  fully amortizing loans with

                                 o  a fixed  interest rate  providing for level
                                    monthly payments, or

                                 o  for  payments  of  interest  that  increase
                                    annually at a predetermined  rate until the
                                    loan is repaid or for a specified number of
                                    years,

                                 o  after which level monthly payments resume;

                              o  fully amortizing loans

                                 o  with a fixed  interest  rate  providing for
                                    monthly  payments during the early years of
                                    the term that are  calculated  on the basis
                                    of an  interest  rate  below  the  interest
                                    rate,

                                 o  followed by monthly  payments of  principal
                                    and interest  that  increase  annually by a
                                    predetermined  percentage  over the monthly
                                    payments payable in the previous year until
                                    the  loan  is  repaid  or  for a  specified
                                    number of years,

                                 o  followed by level monthly payments;

                              o  fixed interest rate loans providing for

                                 o  level payments of principal and interest on
                                    the  basis  of  an   assumed   amortization
                                    schedule and

                                 o  a balloon  payment of  principal at the end
                                    of a specified term;

                              o  fully amortizing  loans  with

                                 o  an interest rate adjusted periodically, and

                                 o  corresponding  adjustments in the amount of
                                    monthly  payments,  to equal the sum, which
                                    may be  rounded,  of a fixed  margin and an
                                    index   as   described   in   the   related
                                    prospectus supplement.

                                  These loans may provide  for an  election,  at
                                  the  borrower's   option  during  a  specified
                                  period  after  origination  of  the  loan,  to
                                  convert  the  adjustable


                                      -10-


<PAGE>

                                  interest  rate to a fixed  interest  rate, as
                                  described    in   the   related    prospectus
                                  supplement;

                              o   fully  amortizing  loans  with an  adjustable
                                  interest rate providing for monthly  payments
                                  less than the amount of interest  accruing on
                                  the  loan  and for  the  amount  of  interest
                                  accrued but not paid currently to be added to
                                  the principal balance of the loan;

                              o   adjustable  interest rate loans providing for
                                  an  election  at  the  borrower's  option  to
                                  extend the term to maturity for a period that
                                  will  result  in level  monthly  payments  to
                                  maturity  if an  adjustment  to the  interest
                                  rate occurs  resulting  in a higher  interest
                                  rate than at origination; or

                              o   other  types of  residential  loans as may be
                                  described    in   the   related    prospectus
                                  supplement.

                              The related prospectus supplement may specify that
                              the residential loans are covered by:

                              o   primary mortgage insurance policies;

                              o   insurance   issued  by  the  Federal  Housing
                                  Administration; or

                              o   partial    guarantees    of   the    Veterans
                                  Administration.

                              See "Description of Primary Insurance Coverage" in
                              this prospectus.

B. Agency   Securities........The agency securities may consist of any
                              combination of:

                              o   "fully modified pass-through" mortgage-backed
                                  certificates  guaranteed  by  the  Government
                                  National Mortgage Association;

                              o   guaranteed mortgage  pass-through  securities
                                  issued  by  the  Federal  National   Mortgage
                                  Association; and

                              o   mortgage participation certificates issued by
                                  the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.

C. Mortgage Securities........A  trust  fund  may  include previously issued:

                              o   asset-backed certificates;

                              o   collateralized mortgage obligations; or

                              o   participation     certificates     evidencing
                                  interests   in,   or    collateralized    by,
                                  residential loans or agency securities.

D. Trust Account..............Each  trust fund will  include  one or more trust
                              accounts  established and maintained on behalf of
                              the   holders  of   securities.   To  the  extent
                              described in this  prospectus  and in



                                      -11-


<PAGE>

                              the  related  prospectus  supplement,  the master
                              servicer or the  trustee  will  deposit  into the
                              trust   account  all  payments  and   collections
                              received  or advanced  with  respect to assets of
                              the related  trust fund.  A trust  account may be
                              maintained   as   an   interest   bearing   or  a
                              non-interest   bearing  account.   Alternatively,
                              funds held in the trust  account  may be invested
                              in certain short-term  high-quality  obligations.
                              See "Description of the Securities -- Deposits to
                              the Trust Account" in this prospectus.

E. Credit   Support...........One or more  classes  of  securities  within  any
                              series may be covered by any combination of:

                              o   a surety bond;

                              o   a guarantee;

                              o   letter of credit;

                              o   an insurance  policy;

                              o   a bankruptcy bond;

                              o   a reserve fund;

                              o   a cash account;

                              o   reinvestment income;

                              o   overcollateralization;

                              o   subordination  of  one  or  more  classes  of
                                  securities  in a series or,  with  respect to
                                  any  series  of  notes,  the  related  equity
                                  certificates,  to the extent  provided in the
                                  related prospectus supplement;

                              o   cross-support  between  securities  backed by
                                  different  asset groups within the same trust
                                  fund; or

                              o   another  type of credit  support  to  provide
                                  partial or full coverage for certain defaults
                                  and losses relating to the residential loans.

                              The related prospectus supplement may provide that
                              the  coverage  provided  by one or more  forms  of
                              credit  support may apply  concurrently  to two or
                              more  separate  trust funds.  If  applicable,  the
                              related  prospectus  supplement  will identify the
                              trust funds to which this credit support  relates.
                              The  related   prospectus   supplement  will  also
                              specify  the manner of  determining  the amount of
                              the  coverage  provided by the credit  support and
                              the application of this coverage to the identified
                              trust funds.  See  "Description of Credit Support"
                              and    "Description    of   the    Securities   --
                              Subordination" in this prospectus.


                                      -12-


<PAGE>

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT...........The  related  prospectus  supplement  may specify
                              that funds on deposit in an account a pre-funding
                              account  will  be  used  to  purchase  additional
                              residential  loans during the period specified in
                              the related prospectus supplement.

SERVICING AND ADVANCES........The   master   servicer,   directly   or  through
                              sub-servicers:

                              o   will service and administer  the  residential
                                  loans included in a trust fund; and

                              o   if and to the extent the  related  prospectus
                                  supplement so provides,  will be obligated to
                                  make  certain cash  advances  with respect to
                                  delinquent    scheduled   payments   on   the
                                  residential loans. This advancing  obligation
                                  will be limited to the extent that the master
                                  servicer determines that the advances will be
                                  recoverable.

                              Advances  made  by the  master  servicer  will  be
                              reimbursable  to  the  extent   described  in  the
                              related  prospectus  supplement.   The  prospectus
                              supplement  with respect to any series may provide
                              that  the  master  servicer  will  obtain  a  cash
                              advance  surety  bond,  or maintain a cash advance
                              reserve  fund,  to  cover  any  obligation  of the
                              master servicer to make advances.  The borrower on
                              any  surety  bond  will be  named,  and the  terms
                              applicable to a cash advance  reserve fund will be
                              described  in the related  prospectus  supplement.
                              See  "Description  of the Securities -- Advances."
                              in this prospectus.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION..........The  related  prospectus  supplement  may specify
                              that the assets in the related  trust fund may be
                              sold, causing an early termination of a series of
                              securities in the manner set forth in the related
                              prospectus  supplement.  See  "Description of the
                              Securities -- Termination" in this prospectus and
                              the  related  section in the  related  prospectus
                              supplement.

TAX STATUS....................The  treatment  of  the  securities  for  federal
                              income tax purposes will depend on:


                              o   whether a REMIC election is made with respect
                                  to a series of certificates; and

                              o   if a REMIC  election  is  made,  whether  the
                                  certificates    are    "regular"     interest
                                  securities or "residual" interest securities.


                                      -13-


<PAGE>

                              Notes will represent  indebtedness  of the related
                              trust fund.  You are  advised to consult  your tax
                              advisors.

                              See  "Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences"  in this
                              prospectus   and   in   the   related   prospectus
                              supplement.

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS..........If you are a fiduciary  of any  employee  benefit
                              plan  subject  to  the  fiduciary  responsibility
                              provisions  of  the  Employee  Retirement  Income
                              Security  Act of 1974,  as  amended,  you  should
                              carefully  review  with your own  legal  advisors
                              whether  the  purchase  or holding of  securities
                              could give rise to a  transaction  prohibited  or
                              otherwise   impermissible   under  ERISA  or  the
                              Internal Revenue Code.

                              See "ERISA  Considerations" in this prospectus and
                              in the related prospectus supplement.

LEGAL INVESTMENT..............The applicable prospectus supplement will specify
                              whether the  securities  offered will  constitute
                              "mortgage related securities" for purposes of the
                              Secondary  Mortgage  Market  Enhancement  Act  of
                              1984, as amended.  If your investment  activities
                              are   subject  to  review  by  federal  or  state
                              authorities, you should consult with your counsel
                              or  the   applicable   authorities  to  determine
                              whether and to what extent a class of  securities
                              constitutes a legal investment for you.

                              See "Legal  Investment" in this  prospectus and in
                              the related prospectus supplement.

USE OF PROCEEDS...............The depositor  will use the net proceeds from the
                              sale  of  each  series  for  one or  more  of the
                              following purposes:


                              o   to purchase  the related  assets of the trust
                                  fund;

                              o   to repay  indebtedness  which was incurred to
                                  obtain  funds to  acquire  the  assets of the
                                  trust fund;

                              o   to establish any reserve  funds  described in
                                  the related prospectus supplement; and

                              o   to pay costs of structuring, guaranteeing and
                                  issuing the securities.

                              See "Use of  Proceeds" in this  prospectus  and in
                              the related prospectus supplement.


                                      -14-


<PAGE>



RATINGS.......................Prior  to  offering  securities  pursuant  to this
                              prospectus and the related prospectus  supplement,
                              each offered  class must be rated upon issuance in
                              one  of  the  four   highest   applicable   rating
                              categories of at least one  nationally  recognized
                              statistical  rating  organization.  The  rating or
                              ratings  applicable  to  the  securities  of  each
                              series  offered  by  this  prospectus  and  by the
                              related prospectus supplement will be set forth in
                              the related prospectus supplement.

                              o   A security rating is not a recommendation  to
                                  buy,  sell  or  hold  the  securities  of any
                                  series.

                              o   A security  rating is subject to  revision or
                                  withdrawal  at  any  time  by  the  assigning
                                  rating agency.

                              o   A security rating does not address the effect
                                  of   prepayments   on  the   yield   you  may
                                  anticipate when you purchase your securities.


                                      -15-


<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

   Before  making an  investment  decision,  you should  carefully  consider the
following  risks and the risks  described under "Risk Factors" in the prospectus
supplement  for the applicable  series of securities.  We believe these sections
describe  the  principal  factors  that  make an  investment  in the  securities
speculative  or risky.  In particular,  distributions  on your  securities  will
depend on payments  received on and other  recoveries with respect to the loans.
Therefore,  you should carefully consider the risk factors relating to the loans
and the properties.

LIMITED LIQUIDITY OF SECURITIES MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT MARKET VALUE OF
SECURITIES

   We cannot assure you that a secondary market for the securities of any series
will develop or, if it does develop,  that it will provide you with liquidity of
investment or will continue for the life of your securities. The market value of
your  securities  will fluctuate  with changes in prevailing  rates of interest.
Consequently,  if you sell your security in any secondary  market that develops,
you may sell it for less than par value or for less  than your  purchase  price.
You  will  have  optional  redemption  rights  only to the  extent  the  related
prospectus supplement so specifies. The prospectus supplement for any series may
indicate  that an  underwriter  intends to  establish a secondary  market in the
securities, but no underwriter must do so.

ASSETS OF TRUST FUND ARE LIMITED

   The trust fund for your  series  constitutes  the sole  source of payment for
your  securities.  The  trust  fund will  consist  of,  among  other  things:

   o  payments with respect to the assets of the trust fund; and

   o  any amounts available  pursuant to any credit enhancement for your series,
      for the payment of  principal of and  interest on the  securities  of your
      series.

   You will have no recourse to the  depositor or any other person if you do not
receive  distributions  on your securities.  Furthermore,  certain assets of the
trust fund and/or any  balance  remaining  in the trust  account may be promptly
released  or  remitted  to  the  depositor,  the  master  servicer,  any  credit
enhancement  provider or any other person entitled to these amounts  immediately
after  making

   o  all payments due on the securities of your series;

   o  adequate  provision for future  payments on certain classes of securities;
      and

   o  any other payments specified in the related prospectus supplement.

You will no longer receive payments from these trust fund assets.

   The  securities  will not  represent  an  interest  in or  obligation  of the
depositor, the master servicer or any of their respective affiliates.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT IS LIMITED IN AMOUNT AND COVERAGE

   Credit  enhancement  reduces  your risk of  delinquent  payments  or  losses.
However,  the amount of credit enhancement will be limited,  as set forth in the
related  prospectus  supplement,  and may decline  and could be  depleted  under
certain  circumstances  before payment in full of


                                      -16-


<PAGE>


your  securities.  As a result,  you may  suffer  losses.  Moreover,  the credit
enhancement may not cover all potential losses or risks. For example,  it may or
may not fully cover fraud or negligence by a loan  originator or other  parties.
See "Description of Credit Support" in this prospectus.

YIELD IS SENSITIVE TO RATE OF PRINCIPAL PREPAYMENT

   The yield on the securities of each series will depend in part on the rate of
principal payment on the assets of the trust fund. In particular,  variations on
this rate will include:

   o  the extent of  prepayments  of the  residential  loans and, in the case of
      agency securities, the underlying loans, comprising the trust fund;

   o  the allocation of principal and/or payment among the classes of securities
      of a series as specified in the related prospectus supplement;

   o  the exercise of any right of optional termination; and

   o  the rate and timing of payment  defaults and losses  incurred with respect
      to the assets of the trust fund.

   Material breaches of representations and warranties by sellers of residential
loans not affiliated  with the depositor,  the originator or the master servicer
may result in repurchases  of assets of the trust fund.  These  repurchases  may
lead to  prepayments  of principal.  The rate of  prepayment of the  residential
loans comprising or underlying the assets of the trust fund may affect the yield
to maturity on your  securities.  See "Yield  Considerations"  and "Maturity and
Prepayment Considerations" in this prospectus.

   The rate of  prepayments is influenced by a number of factors,  including:

   o  prevailing mortgage market interest rates;

   o  local and national interest rates;

   o  homeowner  mobility;   and

   o  the  ability  of  the  borrower  to  obtain refinancing.

   Interest payable on the securities on each distribution date will include all
interest  accrued  during  the  period  specified  in  the  related   prospectus
supplement.  If interest  accrues over a period ending two or more days before a
distribution date, your effective yield will be reduced from the yield you would
have  obtained if interest  payable on the  securities  accrued  through the day
immediately before each distribution date.  Consequently,  your effective yield,
at par, will be less than the indicated  coupon rate.  See  "Description  of the
Securities --  Distributions"  and "-- Principal  Interest on the Securities" in
this prospectus.

BORROWER MAY BE UNABLE TO MAKE BALLOON PAYMENT

   Some of the  residential  loans may not fully  amortize  over their  terms to
maturity and, thus, may require principal  payments,  i.e. balloon payments,  at
their stated maturity.  Residential  loans with balloon payments involve greater
risk  because a  borrower's  ability to make a balloon  payment  typically  will
depend on its  ability  to:

   o  timely refinance the loan; or

   o  timely sell the related residential property.


                                      -17-


<PAGE>

   A number of factors will affect a borrower's  ability to accomplish either of
these goals,  including:

   o  the level of available mortgage rates at the time of sale or refinancing;

   o  the borrower's equity in the related residential property;

   o  the financial condition of the borrower; and

   o  the tax laws.

A borrower's  failure to make a balloon payment would increase the risk that you
might not receive all payments to which you are entitled.

NATURE OF MORTGAGES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT VALUE OF PROPERTIES

   Several  factors  could  adversely   affect  the  value  of  the  residential
properties.  As a result,  the  outstanding  balance of the related  residential
loans,  together with any senior  financing on the  residential  properties,  if
applicable, may equal or exceed the value of the residential properties.
Among these factors are:

   o  an overall decline in the  residential  real estate market in the areas in
      which the residential properties are located;

   o  a decline in the general  condition  of the  residential  properties  as a
      result of failure of borrowers  to  adequately  maintain  the  residential
      properties; or

   o  a decline in the general  condition  of the  residential  properties  as a
      result of natural disasters that are not necessarily covered by insurance,
      such as earthquakes and floods.

A  decline  that  affects  residential  loans  secured  by  junior  liens  could
extinguish  the value of the interest of a junior  mortgagee in the  residential
property  before  having  any  effect  on the  interest  of the  related  senior
mortgagee. If a decline occurs, the actual rates of delinquencies,  foreclosures
and  losses on all  residential  loans  could be  higher  than  those  currently
experienced in the mortgage lending industry in general.

   Even  if  the  residential  properties  provide  adequate  security  for  the
residential  loans,  the master servicer could encounter  substantial  delays in
liquidating  the defaulted  residential  loans.  These delays in liquidating the
loans could lead to delays in receiving your proceeds because:

   o  foreclosures on residential  properties  securing  residential  loans  are
      regulated  by  state statutes and rules;

   o  foreclosures  on  residential  properties  are also  subject to delays and
      expenses of other types of  lawsuits  if  defenses  or  counterclaims  are
      interposed, sometimes requiring several years to complete; and

   o  in some states an action to obtain a deficiency  judgment is not permitted
      following a nonjudicial sale of residential properties.

Therefore,  if a  borrower  defaults,  the  master  servicer  may be  unable  to
foreclose on or sell the  residential  property or obtain  liquidation  proceeds
sufficient  to  repay  all  amounts  due on the  related  residential  loan.  In
addition,   the  master  servicer  will  be  entitled  to  deduct  from  related
liquidation  proceeds all expenses  reasonably incurred in attempting to recover
amounts  due on


                                      -18-


<PAGE>

defaulted  residential loans and not yet reimbursed.  These expenses may include
payments  to senior  lienholders,  legal  fees and costs of legal  action,  real
estate taxes and maintenance and preservation expenses.

   Liquidation  expenses  with respect to defaulted  loans do not vary  directly
with the  outstanding  principal  balances  of the loan at the time of  default.
Therefore,  assuming  that a  servicer  took the same  steps in  realizing  on a
defaulted  loan having a small  remaining  principal  balance as it would in the
case of a defaulted loan having a large remaining principal balance,  the amount
realized after  expenses of liquidation  would be smaller as a percentage of the
outstanding  principal  of the small loan than would be the case with the larger
defaulted loan having a large  remaining  principal  balance.  The mortgages and
deeds of trust  securing  certain  mortgage  loans,  multifamily  loans and home
improvement  contracts  may be junior  liens  subordinate  to the  rights of the
senior lienholder. Consequently, the proceeds from the liquidation, insurance or
condemnation  proceeds  will be available to satisfy the junior loan amount only
to the extent that the claims of the senior  mortgagees  have been  satisfied in
full, including any related foreclosure costs.

   In addition,  a junior mortgagee may not foreclose on the property securing a
junior mortgage unless it forecloses subject to any senior mortgage. If a junior
mortgagee  forecloses,  it must  either pay the entire  amount due on any senior
mortgage at or prior to the foreclosure sale or undertake the obligation to make
payments  on the  senior  mortgage  if the  borrower  defaults  under the senior
mortgage. The trust fund will not have any source of funds to satisfy any senior
mortgages or make  payments due to any senior  mortgagees.  However,  the master
servicer or sub-servicer may, at its option, advance these amounts to the extent
deemed recoverable and prudent.

   If proceeds  from a  foreclosure  or similar  sale of the  related  mortgaged
property are insufficient to satisfy all senior liens and the junior lien in the
aggregate,  the trust fund, as the holder of the junior lien, and,  accordingly,
holders of one or more classes of the  securities,  to the extent not covered by
credit  enhancement,  are likely to:

   o  incur losses in jurisdictions  in which a deficiency  judgment against the
      borrower is not available; and

   o  incur losses if any deficiency judgment obtained is not realized on.

In  addition,  the rate of default of junior  loans may be greater  than that of
mortgage loans secured by first liens on comparable properties.

   Applicable state laws generally:

   o  regulate interest rates and other charges;

   o  require certain disclosures; and

   o  require  licensing of certain  originators  and  servicers of  residential
      loans.


                                      -19-


<PAGE>

In addition,  most states have other laws, public policy and general  principles
of  equity  relating  to the  protection  of  consumers,  unfair  and  deceptive
practices  and  practices  which may  apply to the  origination,  servicing  and
collection of the  residential  loans.  Violations  of these laws,  policies and
principles:

   o  may limit the ability of the master servicer to collect all or part of the
      principal of or interest on the residential loans;

   o  may entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts previously paid; and

   o  could subject the master servicer to damages and administrative sanctions.

   See "Certain Legal Aspects of Residential Loans" in this prospectus.

VIOLATIONS OF ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS MAY REDUCE RECOVERIES ON PROPERTIES

   Real  property  pledged  as  security  to a lender  may be subject to certain
environmental  risks.  Under  the laws of  certain  states,  contamination  of a
property may result in a lien on the property to assure the costs of cleanup. In
several  states,  this lien has priority  over the lien of an existing  mortgage
against the property.  In addition,  under the laws of some states and under the
federal Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation and Liability Act of
1980,  a lender  may be  liable,  as an  "owner"  or  "operator,"  for  costs of
addressing releases or threatened releases of hazardous  substances that require
remedy on a property.  This liability could result if agents or employees of the
lender have become  sufficiently  involved in the  operations  of the  borrower,
regardless of whether the  environmental  damage or threat was caused by a prior
owner.  A lender  also  risks  this  liability  on  foreclosure  of the  related
property.  If this  liability  is imposed  on the trust  fund there  would be an
increased  risk  that you  might  not  receive  all  payments  to which  you are
entitled.  See "Certain  Legal  Aspects of  Residential  Loans --  Environmental
Legislation" in this prospectus.

VIOLATIONS OF FEDERAL LAWS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT ABILITY TO COLLECT ON LOANS

   The residential loans may also be subject to federal laws,  including:

   o  the Federal Truth in Lending Act and  Regulation Z promulgated  under that
      act,  which require  certain  disclosures  to the borrowers  regarding the
      terms of the residential loans;

   o  the Equal Credit  Opportunity Act and Regulation B promulgated  under that
      act, which prohibit  discrimination on the basis of age, race, color, sex,
      religion, marital status, national origin, receipt of public assistance or
      the exercise of any right under the Consumer Credit Protection Act, in the
      extension of credit;

   o  the Fair Credit  Reporting Act,  which  regulates the use and reporting of
      information related to the borrower's credit experience; and

   o  for  residential  loans that were  originated or closed after  November 7,
      1989, the Home Equity Loan Consumer Protection Act of 1988, which requires
      additional  disclosures,  limits  changes  that  may be made  to the  loan
      documents  without  the  borrower's  consent.  This Act also  restricts  a
      lender's ability to declare a default or to suspend or reduce a borrower's
      credit limit to certain enumerated events.


                                      -20-


<PAGE>

   Certain  mortgage loans are subject to the Riegle  Community  Development and
Regulatory  Improvement  Act of 1994 which  incorporates  the Home Ownership and
Equity  Protection  Act of 1994.  These  provisions  may:

   o  impose  additional  disclosure  and other  requirements  on creditors with
      respect to  non-purchase  money mortgage loans with high interest rates or
      high up-front fees and charges;

   o  apply on a mandatory  basis to all mortgage  loans  originated on or after
      October 1, 1995;

   o  impose specific statutory liabilities on creditors who fail to comply with
      their provisions; and

   o  affect the enforceability of the related loans.

In  addition,  any assignee of the  creditor  would  generally be subject to all
claims and  defenses  that the  consumer  could  assert  against  the  creditor,
including, without limitation, the right to rescind the mortgage loan.

   The Home  Improvement  Contracts  are also  subject  to the  Preservation  of
Consumers'  Claims and Defenses  regulations of the Federal Trade Commission and
other similar federal and state statutes and  regulations.  These laws

   o  protect the homeowner from defective craftsmanship or incomplete work by a
      contractor;

   o  permit the obligated  party to withhold  payment if the work does not meet
      the quality and  durability  standards  agreed to by the homeowner and the
      contractor; and

   o  subject  any  person  to whom  the  seller  assigns  its  consumer  credit
      transaction  to all claims and  defenses  which the  obligated  party in a
      credit sale transaction could assert against the seller of the goods.

   Violations of certain  provisions of these federal laws may limit the ability
of the master servicer to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on
the residential  loans. In addition,  violations could subject the trust fund to
damages and administrative enforcement. Accordingly, violations of these federal
laws would  increase  the risk that you might not receive all  payments to which
you are  entitled.  See "Certain  Legal  Aspects of  Residential  Loans" in this
prospectus.

RATING OF THE SECURITIES ARE LIMITED AND MAY BE WITHDRAWN OR LOWERED

   Each  class  of  securities  offered  by  this  prospectus  and  the  related
prospectus  supplement  must be rated upon  issuance in one of the four  highest
rating  categories by one or more rating agencies.  The rating will be based on,
among other things:

   o  the adequacy of the value of the assets of the trust fund;

   o  any credit enhancement with respect to the class; and

   o  the  likelihood  that you will receive  payments to which you are entitled
      under the terms of your securities.


                                      -21-


<PAGE>

   The rating will not be based on:

   o  the likelihood that principal prepayments on the related residential loans
      will be made;

   o  the  degree  to which  prepayments  might  differ  from  those  originally
      anticipated; or

   o  the likelihood of early optional termination of the series of securities.

   You should not interpret the rating as a recommendation to purchase,  hold or
sell  securities,  because it does not address market price or suitability for a
particular  investor.  The  rating  will not  address:

   o  the  possibility  that  prepayment  at  higher  or  lower  rates  than you
      anticipate may cause you to experience a lower than anticipated yield; or

   o  the  possibility  that if you  purchase  your  security  at a  significant
      premium,  then you might  fail to recoup  your  initial  investment  under
      certain prepayment scenarios.

   We cannot  assure  you that any  rating  will  remain in effect for any given
period of time or that a rating  agency  will not lower or  withdraw  its rating
entirely in the future due to, among other reasons:

   o  if in the judgment of  the rating  agency,  circumstances in the future so
      warrant;

   o  any  erosion in the  adequacy of the value of the assets of the trust fund
      or any credit enhancement with respect to a series; or

   o  an  adverse  change  in the  financial  or  other  condition  of a  credit
      enhancement  provider or a change in the rating of the credit  enhancement
      provider's long term debt.

   Each rating agency rating the securities will establish criteria to determine
the amount,  type and nature of credit  enhancement,  if any,  established  with
respect to a class of securities.  Rating agencies often determine the amount of
credit  enhancement  required  with  respect to each class based on an actuarial
analysis of the behavior of similar loans in a larger group. With respect to the
rating,  we  cannot  assure  you:

   o  that the historical data supporting the actuarial analysis will accurately
      reflect future experience;

   o  that  the data  derived  from a large  pool of  similar  loans  accurately
      predicts the delinquency, foreclosure or loss experience of any particular
      pool of residential loans; or

   o  that the values of any residential properties have remained or will remain
      at their  levels on the  respective  dates of  origination  of the related
      residential loans. See "Rating" in this prospectus.

A rating agency's  withdrawal or reduction of a rating on your securities  would
increase the risk that the market value of your securities will decrease.


                                      -22-


<PAGE>



ADVERSE CONDITIONS IN THE RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE MARKETS MAY RESULT IN A
DECLINE IN PROPERTY VALUES

   The  residential  real estate  markets may  experience an overall  decline in
property values.  This decline could lead to a number of adverse results:

   o  the  outstanding   principal  balances  of  the  residential  loans  in  a
      particular  trust  fund are  equal  to or  greater  than the  value of the
      residential properties;

   o  any secondary financing on the related residential properties are equal to
      or greater than the value of the residential properties; and

   o  the rate of  delinquencies,  foreclosures and losses are higher than those
      now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry.

In  addition,  adverse  economic  conditions,  which may or may not affect  real
property  values,  may affect  the timely  payment  by  borrowers  of  scheduled
payments of principal and interest on the residential loans. Accordingly,  these
factors may also affect the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses with
respect to any trust fund.  To the extent  that these  losses are not covered by
credit enhancement, these losses may be borne, at least in part, by you.

BOOK-ENTRY SYSTEM FOR CERTAIN CLASSES MAY DECREASE LIQUIDITY AND DELAY PAYMENT

   Transactions in the classes of book-entry  securities of any series generally
can be  effected  only  through  The  Depository  Trust  Company,  participating
organizations, financial intermediaries and certain banks.  Therefore:

   o  the liquidity of book-entry  securities  in the secondary  trading  market
      that may develop may be limited  because  investors  may be  unwilling  to
      purchase securities for which they cannot obtain physical securities;

   o  your  ability to pledge a security  to  persons  or  entities  that do not
      participate  in the DTC system,  or otherwise to take action in respect of
      the  securities,  may  be  limited  due to  lack  of a  physical  security
      representing the securities; and

   o  you may experience some delay in receiving  distributions  of interest and
      principal on your securities  because the trustee will make  distributions
      to DTC.  DTC will then be  required  to credit  the  distributions  to the
      accounts  of the  participating  organizations.  Only  then  will  they be
      credited to your account either directly or indirectly  through  Financial
      Intermediaries.

   See "Description of the Securities--  Book-Entry  Registration of Securities"
in this prospectus.


                                      -23-


<PAGE>

UNSECURED HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS MAY EXPERIENCE RELATIVELY HIGHER LOSSES

   A borrower's  obligations  under an unsecured home improvement  contract will
not be secured  by an  interest  in the  related  real  estate or  otherwise.  A
borrower's  loan  being  unsecured  would  increase  the risk that you might not
receive all  payments to which you are  entitled  because:

   o  the related  trust fund, as the owner of the  unsecured  home  improvement
      contract, will be a general unsecured creditor to these obligations;

   o  if a default  occurs under an unsecured  home  improvement  contract,  the
      related trust fund will have recourse only against the  borrower's  assets
      generally,  along  with  all  other  general  unsecured  creditors  of the
      borrower;

   o  in a  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  proceeding  relating to a borrower on an
      unsecured home improvement contract, the borrower's obligations under this
      unsecured home  improvement  contract may be discharged in their entirety.
      This discharge may occur even if the portion of the borrower's assets made
      available  to pay the amount due and owing to the related  trust fund as a
      general unsecured creditor are sufficient to pay these amounts in whole or
      part; and

   o  the  borrower  may  not  demonstrate  the  same  degree  of  concern  over
      performance of the borrower's  obligations  as if these  obligations  were
      secured by the real estate owned by the borrower.

MORTGAGE LOANS UNDERWRITTEN AS NON-CONFORMING CREDITS MAY EXPERIENCE
RELATIVELY HIGHER LOSSES

   The single family mortgage loans assigned and transferred to a trust fund may
include  mortgage  loans   underwritten  in  accordance  with  the  underwriting
standards for "non-conforming  credits." These borrowers may include those whose
creditworthiness and repayment ability do not satisfy FNMA or FHLMC underwriting
guidelines.

   A mortgage loan made to a  "non-conforming  credit" means a residential  loan
that is:

   o  ineligible  for  purchase  by  FNMA  or  FHLMC  due  to  borrower   credit
      characteristics,  property characteristics,  loan documentation guidelines
      or  other  characteristics  that do not meet  FNMA or  FHLMC  underwriting
      guidelines;

   o  made to a borrower  whose  creditworthiness  and repayment  ability do not
      satisfy the FNMA or FHLMC underwriting guidelines; or

   o  made to a borrower who may have a record of major derogatory  credit items
      such  as  default  on  a  prior  residential   loan,  credit   write-offs,
      outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies.

   Mortgage  loans made to borrowers who are  characterized  as  "non-conforming
credits" may experience  greater  delinquency and  foreclosure  rates than loans
originated in accordance with the FNMA or FHLMC  underwriting  guidelines.  This
may occur because these borrowers are less  creditworthy than borrowers who meet
the FNMA or FHLMC  underwriting  guidelines.  As a result,  if the values of the
mortgaged  properties decline,  then the rates of loss on mortgage loans made to
"non-conforming  credits" are more likely to increase  than the rates of loss on
mortgage  loans made in accordance  with the FNMA or FHLMC  guidelines  and this
increase may be


                                      -24-


<PAGE>

substantial.  As a result  you may  suffer  losses.  See  "Residential  Loans --
Underwriting Standards" in this prospectus.

ASSETS OF THE TRUST FUND MAY INCLUDE DELINQUENT AND SUB-PERFORMING
RESIDENTIAL LOANS

   The  assets  of the  trust  fund  may  include  residential  loans  that  are
delinquent or sub-performing.  The credit  enhancement  provided with respect to
your series of securities may not cover all losses  related to these  delinquent
or sub-performing residential loans. You should consider the risk that including
these  residential loans in the trust fund could increase the risk that you will
suffer losses because:

   o  the rate of defaults and prepayments on the residential loans to increase;
      and

   o  in turn, losses may exceed the available credit enhancement for the series
      and affect the yield on your securities.

   See "The Trust Funds -- Residential Loans" in this prospectus.

CHANGES IN THE MARKET VALUE OF PROPERTIES MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT PAYMENTS ON
THE SECURITIES

   We cannot assure you that the market value of the assets of the trust fund or
any other  assets of a trust fund will at any time be equal to or  greater  than
the principal  amount of the securities of the related series then  outstanding,
plus accrued interest on it. If the assets in the trust fund have to be sold for
any reason,  the net proceeds from the sale,  after paying  expenses of sale and
unpaid fees and other amounts owing to the master servicer and the trustee,  may
be insufficient to pay in full the principal of and interest on your securities.

YEAR 2000 NON-COMPLIANCE MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT PAYMENTS ON THE SECURITIES

   The depositor is aware of the issues  associated with the programming code in
existing  computer systems as year 2000  approaches,  the "year 2000 problem" is
pervasive and complex.  Virtually  every computer  operation will be affected in
some way by the rollover of the two digit year value to 00. The issue is whether
computer  systems will properly  recognize  date-sensitive  information when the
year changes to 2000.  Systems that do not properly  recognize this  information
could generate  erroneous data or cause a system to fail. You could be adversely
affected if the computer  systems of the master servicer or any special servicer
are  not  fully  year  2000  compliant  and  this  non-compliance  disrupts  the
collection or distribution of receipts on the related mortgage loans.

   DTC has informed members of the financial community that it has developed and
is implementing a program for the year 2000 problem. The purpose of this program
is to make its systems,  as they relate to the timely payment of  distributions,
including principal and interest payments, to holders of securities,  book-entry
deliveries,   and  settlement  of  trades  within  DTC,   continue  to  function
appropriately  on and after January 1, 2000.  This program  includes a technical
assessment  and a  remediation  plan,  each of which is complete.  Additionally,
DTC's plan includes a testing  phase,  which is expected to be completed  within
appropriate time frames.

   However,  DTC's ability to perform its services properly is also dependent on
other parties,  including but not limited to, its  participating  organizations,
through which you will hold your  certificates,  as well as the computer systems
of third party service providers.  DTC has informed


                                      -25-


<PAGE>

the financial community that it is contacting and will continue to contact third
party vendors from whom DTC acquires services to:

   o  impress  on  them  the  importance  of  these  services  being  year  2000
      compliant; and

   o  determine the extent of their efforts for year 2000  remediation,  and, as
      appropriate, testing, of their services.

   In addition,  DTC stated that it is in the process of developing  contingency
plans as it deems appropriate.

   If problems  associated  with the year 2000 problem arose with respect to DTC
and the services  described above, you could experience  delays or shortfalls in
the payments due on your securities.

                                  DEFINED TERMS

      We define and use  capitalized  terms in this  prospectus to assist you in
understanding the terms of the offered  securities and this offering.  We define
the  capitalized  terms used in this  prospectus  are defined  under the caption
"Glossary of Terms" in this prospectus on page 167.

                                 THE TRUST FUNDS

   The depositor  will select each asset of the trust fund to include in a trust
fund from among those  purchased,  either directly or through  affiliates,  from
unaffiliated  sellers,  or,  from  sellers  affiliated  with the  depositor,  as
provided in the related prospectus supplement.

RESIDENTIAL LOANS

   The residential loans may consist of any combination of:

   o  Mortgage  loans  secured  by first or junior  liens on one-to  four-family
      residential properties;

   o  Multifamily Loans;

   o  Home Improvement Contracts;

   o  Home Equity Loans;

   o  Cooperative Loans; or

   o  Manufactured Housing Contracts

   The  mortgaged  properties,   cooperative  shares,  the  right  to  occupy  a
particular  cooperative unit in any of these cooperative shares and manufactured
homes may be located in any one of the fifty states, the District of Columbia or
the  Commonwealth  of  Puerto  Rico.  Each  trust  fund  may  contain,  and  any
participation  interest in any of the foregoing will relate to, any  combination
of the following types of residential loans:

      (1) Fully amortizing loans with a fixed rate of interest and level monthly
   payments to maturity;

      (2) Fully  amortizing loans with a fixed interest rate providing for level
   monthly payments,  or for payments of interest only during the early years of
   the term, followed by


                                      -26-


<PAGE>

   monthly  payments of  principal  and  interest  that  increase  annually at a
   predetermined  rate  until the loan is repaid  or for a  specified  number of
   years, after which level monthly payments resume;

      (3) Fully  amortizing  loans  with a fixed  interest  rate  providing  for
   monthly  payments  during the early years of the term that are  calculated on
   the basis of an interest  rate below the interest  rate,  followed by monthly
   payments of principal and interest that increase  annually by a predetermined
   percentage over the monthly  payments  payable in the previous year until the
   loan is repaid or for a specified number of years,  followed by level monthly
   payments;

      (4) Fixed  interest rate loans  providing for level  payments of principal
   and interest on the basis of an assumed  amortization  schedule and a balloon
   payment of principal at the end of a specified term;

      (5) Fully  amortizing  loans with an interest rate adjusted  periodically,
   with  corresponding  adjustments in the amount of monthly payments,  to equal
   the sum, that may be rounded,  of a fixed margin and an index as described in
   the related prospectus  supplement.  These loans may provide for an election,
   at the borrower's  option during a specified period after  origination of the
   loan, to convert the  adjustable  interest rate to a fixed  interest rate, as
   described in the related prospectus supplement;

      (6) Fully amortizing loans with an adjustable  interest rate providing for
   monthly  payments  less than the amount of interest  accruing on the loan and
   for the amount of interest  accrued but not paid currently to be added to the
   principal balance of the loan;

      (7) Fully amortizing loans with an adjustable  interest rate providing for
   an election at the borrower's  option,  if an adjustment to the interest rate
   occurs  resulting  in an  interest  rate in  excess of the  interest  rate at
   origination  of the loan, to extend the term to maturity for a period as will
   result in level monthly payments to maturity; or

      (8) Any  other  types  of  residential  loans as may be  described  in the
   related prospectus supplement.

   The related prospectus  supplement may specify that the trust fund underlying
a series of securities may include mortgage securities  consisting of previously
issued  asset-backed   certificates,   collateralized  mortgage  obligations  or
participation  certificates.  The mortgage  securities may:

   o  evidence  interests  in, or be  collateralized  by,  residential  loans or
      agency  securities  as  described  in this  prospectus  and in the related
      prospectus supplement; or

   o  have been issued previously by:

      o  the depositor or an affiliate of the depositor;

      o  a financial institution; or

      o  another  entity  engaged  generally  in the  business  of  lending or a
         limited purpose  corporation  organized for the purpose of, among other
         things,  establishing  trusts,  acquiring and depositing loans into the
         trusts, and selling beneficial interests in these trusts.


                                      -27-


<PAGE>

   If the mortgage  securities were issued by an entity other than the depositor
or its  affiliates,  the mortgage  securities will have been:

   o  acquired in bona fide  secondary  market  transactions  from persons other
      than the issuer of the mortgage securities or its affiliates; and

      (1) offered and distributed to the public pursuant to an effective
      registration statement or

      (2)  purchased in a transaction  not involving any public  offering from a
      person who is not an  affiliate of the issuer of those  securities  at the
      time of sale  nor an  affiliate  of the  issuer  at any  time  during  the
      preceding three months.  However,  a period of two years must have elapsed
      since the later of the date the  securities  were acquired from the issuer
      or from an affiliate of the issuer.

   Generally,  the mortgage  securities will be similar to securities offered by
this  prospectus.  As to any series of  securities  that the Trust Fund includes
mortgage   securities,   the  related  prospectus   supplement  will  include  a
description of:

   o  the mortgage securities;

   o  any related credit enhancement;

   o  the residential loans underlying the mortgage securities; and

   o  any other  residential  loans  included in the trust fund  relating to the
      series.

References  to advances  to be made and other  actions to be taken by the master
servicer in  connection  with the  residential  loans  underlying  the  mortgage
securities,  may include the advances made and other  actions taken  pursuant to
the terms of the mortgage securities.

   The related prospectus  supplement may specify that residential loans contain
provisions prohibiting prepayments for a specified Lockout Period.

   The related prospectus supplement may specify that the assets of a trust fund
will  include  residential  loans that are  delinquent  or  sub-performing.  The
inclusion  of these  residential  loans in the trust fund for a series may cause
the rate of defaults and prepayments on the residential loans to increase. This,
in turn,  may cause losses to exceed the available  credit  enhancement  for the
series and affect the yield on the securities of the series.

   MORTGAGE  LOANS.  The mortgage  loans will be evidenced by  promissory  notes
secured by  mortgages  or deeds of trust  creating  first or junior liens on the
mortgaged properties.  The mortgage loans will be secured by one- to four-family
residences,  including:

   o detached and attached dwellings;

   o townhouses;

   o rowhouses;

   o individual condominium units;

   o individual units in planned-unit developments; and

   o individual units in de minimus planned-unit developments.

The related  prospectus  supplement  may specify that the mortgage loans will be
insured by the FHA or  partially  guaranteed  by the VA. See "The Trust Funds --
Residential  Loans -- FHA


                                      -28-


<PAGE>

Loans and VA Loans"  and  "Description  of  Primary  Insurance  Coverage  -- FHA
Insurance and VA Guarantees" in this prospectus.

   Certain of the mortgage loans may be secured by junior liens, and the related
senior  liens may not be  included in the  mortgage  pool.  The primary  risk to
holders of  mortgage  loans  secured  by junior  liens is the  possibility  that
adequate  funds will not be received in  connection  with a  foreclosure  of the
related  senior lien to satisfy  fully both the senior lien and the junior lien.
This possibility could arise under any of a number of different circumstances:

   o  If a holder of a senior  lien  forecloses  on a  mortgaged  property,  the
      proceeds of the foreclosure or similar sale will be applied:

      o  first,  to the payment of court costs and fees in  connection  with the
         foreclosure;

      o  second, to real estate taxes; and

      o  third,  in  satisfaction  of all  principal,  interest,  prepayment  or
         acceleration penalties, if any, and any other sums due and owing to the
         holder of the senior lien.

The claims of the  holders  of senior  liens  will be  satisfied  in full out of
proceeds  of  the  liquidation  of  the  mortgage  loan,  if  the  proceeds  are
sufficient,  before  the trust fund as holder of the junior  lien  receives  any
payments in respect of the mortgage loan.

   o  If the master  servicer  forecloses  on any mortgage  loan, it would do so
      subject to any related senior liens.

      o  In order for the debt  related to the  mortgage  loan  included  in the
         Trust Fund to be paid in full at the sale, a bidder at the  foreclosure
         sale of the mortgage loan would have to bid an amount sufficient to pay
         off all sums due  under  the  mortgage  loan  and any  senior  liens or
         purchase the related mortgaged property subject to any senior liens.

      o  If the  proceeds  from a  foreclosure  or similar  sale of the  related
         mortgaged property are insufficient to satisfy all senior liens and the
         junior  lien in the  aggregate,  the trust  fund,  as the holder of the
         junior  lien.  As a  result,  holders  of one or  more  classes  of the
         securities bear:

         o  the risk of  delay  in  distributions  while a  deficiency  judgment
            against the borrower is obtained;

         o  the risk of loss if the deficiency judgment is not realized on; and

         o  the risk that  deficiency  judgments may not be available in certain
            jurisdictions.

   o  In addition, a junior mortgagee may not foreclose on the property securing
      a junior mortgage unless it forecloses subject to the senior mortgage.

   Liquidation  expenses  with respect to defaulted  mortgage  loans do not vary
directly  with  the  outstanding  principal  balance  of the loan at the time of
default. Therefore, assuming that a servicer took the same steps in realizing on
a defaulted mortgage loan having a small remaining principal balance as it would
in the case of a  defaulted  mortgage  loan having a large  remaining  principal
balance,  the amount  realized  after  expenses of  liquidation of a loan with a
smaller  remaining  balance  would be smaller as a percentage of the loan amount
than  would  be the  case  with  the  defaulted  mortgage  loan  having a larger
remaining balance.


                                      -29-


<PAGE>

   MULTIFAMILY  LOANS.  The Multifamily Loan will be evidenced by mortgage notes
secured  by  mortgages  creating  first  or  junior  liens on  rental  apartment
buildings  or  projects  containing  five or more  dwelling  units.  The related
prospectus  supplement will specify the original terms to stated maturity of the
Multifamily  Loans,  which are  generally  not more than 30 years.  The  related
prospectus  supplement  may specify  that the  Multifamily  Loans are FHA loans.
Mortgaged  properties  which  secure  Multifamily  Loans may include  high-rise,
mid-rise and garden apartments. See "The Trust Funds -- Residential Loans -- FHA
Loans and VA Loans"  and  "Description  of  Primary  Insurance  Coverage  -- FHA
Insurance and VA Guarantees" in this prospectus.

   The related  prospectus  supplement may specify that the Multifamily Loans:

   o  contain a Lockout  Period;

   o  prohibit prepayments entirely; or

   o  require the payment of a prepayment  penalty if  prepayment  in full or in
      part occurs.

If you are entitled to all or a portion of any prepayment penalties collected in
respect of the related Multifamily Loans, the related prospectus supplement will
specify the method or methods by which the prepayment penalties are calculated.

   HOME EQUITY LOANS AND HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS.  The Home Equity Loans will
be secured by first or junior  liens on the  related  mortgaged  properties  for
property  improvement,  debt  consolidation  or home equity  purposes.  The Home
Improvement  Contracts  will either be unsecured or secured by mortgages on one-
to four-family,  multifamily  properties or manufactured housing which mortgages
are generally  subordinate  to other  mortgages on the same  property.  The Home
Improvement  Contracts may be fully amortizing or may have  substantial  balloon
payments  due at  maturity.  They may also  have  fixed or  adjustable  rates of
interest  and  may  provide  for  other  payment  characteristics.  The  related
prospectus  supplement may specify that the Home  Improvement  Contracts are FHA
loans. See "The Trust Funds -- Residential  Loans -- FHA Loans and VA Loans" and
"Description of Primary  Insurance  Coverage -- FHA Insurance and VA Guarantees"
in this prospectus.

   COOPERATIVE  LOANS.  The  Cooperative  Loans will be evidenced by  promissory
notes  secured by security  interests in shares  issued by  cooperative  housing
corporations  and in the  related  proprietary  leases or  occupancy  agreements
granting  exclusive rights to occupy specific  cooperative  units in the related
buildings.

   MANUFACTURED  HOUSING  CONTRACTS.  The  Manufactured  Housing  Contracts will
consist of manufactured housing conditional sales contracts and installment loan
agreements  each  secured  by a  manufactured  home,  or in the  case  of a Land
Contract,  by a lien on the real estate to which the manufactured home is deemed
permanently  affixed and, in some cases, the related  manufactured home which is
not real property under the applicable state law.

   The  manufactured  homes  securing the  Manufactured  Housing  Contracts will
generally  consist of manufactured  homes within the meaning of 42 United States
Code, Section 5402(6).  Under Section 5402(6), a "manufactured  home" is defined
as "a structure,  transportable in one or more sections,  which in the traveling
mode,  is eight body feet or more in width or forty body feet or more in length,
or, when erected on site, is three hundred twenty or more square feet, and which
is built on a permanent  chassis and  designed to be used as a dwelling  with or
without a


                                      -30


<PAGE>

permanent foundation when connected to the required utilities,  and includes the
plumbing,  heating,  air conditioning,  and electrical  systems contained in the
manufactured  home.  However,  the term  "manufactured  home" shall  include any
structure  which meets all the  requirements  of this paragraph  except the size
requirements  and with  respect to which the  manufacturer  voluntarily  files a
certification  required by the  Secretary of Housing and Urban  Development  and
complies with the standards established under this chapter."

   The related prospectus  supplement may specify that the Manufactured  Housing
Contracts are FHA loans or VA loans.  See "The Trust Funds -- Residential  Loans
- -- FHA Loans and VA Loans" and "Description of Primary Insurance Coverage -- FHA
Insurance and VA Guarantees" in this prospectus.

   BUYDOWN LOANS. The related prospectus supplement may specify that residential
loans are subject to temporary  buydown plans.  The monthly payments made by the
borrower in the early years of these loans, known as the buydown period, will be
less than the scheduled  payments on these loans. The resulting  difference will
be recovered  from:

   o  an amount  contributed  by the  borrower,  the  seller of the  residential
      property or another source and placed in a custodial account; and

   o  investment  earnings on the  buydown  funds to the extent that the related
      prospectus supplement provides for these earnings.

Generally,  the  borrower  under each of these loans will be  eligible  for at a
reduced interest rate. Accordingly, the repayment of these loans is dependent on
the ability of the borrowers to make larger  monthly  payments after the buydown
funds have been  depleted  and, for certain  buydown  loans,  during the buydown
period. See "Residential Loans -- Underwriting Standards" in this prospectus.

   FHA LOANS AND VA LOANS.  FHA loans will be  insured by the FHA as  authorized
under the  National  Housing  Act of 1934,  as  amended,  and the United  States
Housing Act of 1937, as amended.  One- to four-family  FHA loans will be insured
under various FHA programs  including the standard FHA 203-b programs to finance
the  acquisition of one- to four-family  housing units and the FHA 245 graduated
payment mortgage program. The FHA loans generally require a minimum down payment
of  approximately  5% of the original  principal  amount of the FHA loan. No FHA
loan may have an  interest  rate or original  principal  balance  exceeding  the
applicable  FHA  limits  at the  time  of  origination  of  the  FHA  loan.  See
"Description of Primary  Insurance  Coverage -- FHA Insurance and VA Guarantees"
in this prospectus.

   Home Improvement  Contracts and Manufactured  Housing  Contracts that are FHA
loans  are  insured  by the FHA  pursuant  to  Title I of the  Housing  Act.  As
described in the related prospectus supplement, these loans are insured up to an
amount  equal  to 90% of the sum of the  unpaid  principal  of the FHA  loan,  a
portion of the unpaid interest and certain other liquidation costs.

   There  are  two  primary  FHA  insurance  programs  that  are  available  for
Multifamily  Loans:

   o  Sections  221(d)(3)  and  (d)(4)  of the  Housing  Act allow HUD to insure
      Multifamily  Loans that are secured by newly constructed and substantially
      rehabilitated multifamily rental projects.  Section 244 of the Housing Act
      provides for  co-insurance of the loans made under Sections  221(d)(3) and
      (d)(4) by HUD/FHA and a  HUD-approved  co-


                                      -31-


<PAGE>

      insurer.  Generally  the term of these  Multifamily  Loans may be up to 40
      years and the ratio of the loan amount to property replacement cost can be
      up to 90%.

   o  Section 223(f) of the Housing Act allows HUD to insure  Multifamily  Loans
      made for the purchase or refinancing of existing  apartment  projects that
      are at least three years old.  Section 244 also provides for  co-insurance
      of mortgage loans made under Section  223(f).  Under Section  223(f),  the
      loan proceeds cannot be used for substantial rehabilitation work. However,
      repairs may be made for up to, in general, the greater of 15% of the value
      of the project and a dollar amount per  apartment  unit  established  from
      time to time by HUD.  In general the loan term may not exceed 35 years and
      a loan-to-value  ratio of no more than 85% is required for the purchase of
      a project and 70% for the refinancing of a project.

   VA  loans  will be  partially  guaranteed  by the VA under  the  Servicemen's
Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended. The Servicemen's  Readjustment Act permits
a veteran, or in certain instances the spouse of a veteran, to obtain a mortgage
loan guarantee by the VA covering  mortgage  financing of the purchase of a one-
to four-family  dwelling unit at interest rates permitted by the VA. The program
has no mortgage loan limits,  requires no down payment from the  purchasers  and
permits the guarantee of mortgage loans of up to 30 years' duration. However, no
VA loan will have an  original  principal  amount  greater  than five  times the
partial VA guarantee for the VA loan.  The maximum  guarantee that may be issued
by the VA  under  this  program  will be set  forth  in the  related  prospectus
supplement.  See "Description of Primary Insurance Coverage -- FHA Insurance and
VA Guarantees" in this prospectus.

   LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIO.  The prospectus supplement for a series backed by
residential loans will describe the Loan-to-Value Ratios of the loans.

   o  Generally,  for  purposes  of  calculating  the  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of a
      Manufactured  Housing Contract  relating to a new  manufactured  home, the
      Collateral Value is no greater than the sum of

      (1)   a fixed  percentage of the list price of the unit actually billed by
            the  manufacturer to the dealer,  exclusive of freight to the dealer
            site, including "accessories" identified in the invoice, plus

      (2)   the actual cost of any  accessories  purchased  from the  dealer,  a
            delivery  and set-up  allowance,  depending on the size of the unit,
            and the cost of state and local  taxes,  filing fees and up to three
            years prepaid hazard insurance premiums.

   o  Generally,  with respect to used manufactured  homes, the Collateral Value
      is the least of the sales price,  appraised value, and National Automobile
      Dealer's  Association  book value plus prepaid taxes and hazard  insurance
      premiums.  The appraised value of a manufactured  home is based on the age
      and  condition  of the  manufactured  housing  unit  and the  quality  and
      condition of the mobile home park in which it is situated, if applicable.

   Residential properties may be subject to subordinate financing at the time of
origination.  As is customary in residential lending,  subordinate financing may
be obtained with respect to a residential  property after the origination of the
residential loan without the lender's consent.


                                      -32-


<PAGE>

   We cannot assure you that values of the residential  properties have remained
or will remain at their historic  levels on the respective  dates of origination
of  the  related  residential  loans.  If the  residential  real  estate  market
experiences  an overall  decline in property  values  such that the  outstanding
principal  balances of the  residential  loans,  and any other  financing on the
related residential properties, become equal to or greater than the value of the
residential  properties,  the actual rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and
losses  may be higher  than  those now  generally  experienced  in the  mortgage
lending industry. In addition, adverse economic conditions, which may or may not
affect real  property  values,  may affect the timely  payment by  borrowers  of
scheduled  payments of  principal  and  interest on the  residential  loans and,
accordingly, the actual rates of delinquencies,  foreclosures and losses. To the
extent that the losses are not covered by the applicable  insurance policies and
other forms of credit  support  described in this  prospectus and in the related
prospectus  supplement,  the losses will be borne, at least in part, by you. See
"Description  of the  Securities"  and  "Description  of Credit Support" in this
prospectus.

AGENCY SECURITIES

   The agency  securities  will consist of any  combination  of "fully  modified
pass-through"  mortgage-backed  certificates  guaranteed by the GNMA, guaranteed
mortgage pass-through  securities issued by the FNMA and mortgage  participation
certificates issued by the FHLMC.

   GNMA.  Government  National Mortgage  Association is a wholly owned corporate
instrumentality  of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban
Development.  Section 306(g) of Title III of the Housing Act authorizes  GNMA to
guarantee the timely  payment of the  principal of and interest on  certificates
that are  based on and  backed by a pool of FHA  Loans,  VA Loans or by pools of
other eligible residential loans.

   Section 306(g) of the Housing Act provides that "the full faith and credit of
the United States is pledged to the payment of all amounts which may be required
to be paid  under any  guaranty  under  this  subsection."  In order to meet its
obligations under the guaranty, GNMA is authorized,  under Section 306(d) of the
Housing Act, to borrow from the United States Treasury with no limitations as to
amount, to perform its obligations under its guarantee.

   GNMA   CERTIFICATES.   Each  GNMA  Certificate  will  be  a  "fully  modified
pass-through"  mortgage-backed  certificate  issued  and  serviced  by an issuer
approved by GNMA or FNMA as a seller-servicer  of FHA loans or VA loans,  except
as  described  below  with  respect to  Stripped  Agency  Securities.  The loans
underlying GNMA  Certificates may consist of FHA loans, VA loans and other loans
eligible  for  inclusion  in  loan  pools  underlying  GNMA  Certificates.  GNMA
Certificates  may be issued  under  either or both of the GNMA I program and the
GNMA  II  program,  as  described  in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  The
prospectus  supplement for certificates of each series evidencing interests in a
trust fund including GNMA  Certificates  will set forth  additional  information
regarding:

   o  the GNMA guaranty program;

   o  the  characteristics of the pool underlying the GNMA  Certificates;

   o  the servicing of the related pool;

   o  the payment of principal and interest on GNMA  Certificates  to the extent
      not described in this prospectus; and


                                      -33-


<PAGE>

   o  other relevant matters with respect to the GNMA Certificates.

   Generally, with respect to Stripped Agency Securities,  each GNMA Certificate
will provide for the payment,  by or on behalf of the issuer,  to the registered
holder of the GNMA Certificates.  Generally,  this payment shall be in an amount
of  monthly   payments  of  principal   and  interest   equal  to  the  holder's
proportionate  interest in the  aggregate  amount of the monthly  principal  and
interest  payments  on each  related  FHA loan or VA loan,  less  servicing  and
guaranty fees  aggregating the excess of the interest on the FHA loan or VA loan
over the GNMA Certificates'  pass-through  rate. In addition,  each payment to a
holder of a GNMA Certificate will include proportionate pass-through payments to
the  holder  of any  prepayments  of  principal  of the FHA  loans  or VA  loans
underlying the GNMA Certificates and the holder's  proportionate interest in the
remaining principal balance if a foreclosure or other disposition of any the FHA
loan or VA loan occurs.

   The GNMA  Certificates  do not  constitute  a liability  of, or evidence  any
recourse against,  the issuer of the GNMA Certificates,  the depositor or any of
their affiliates. The only recourse of a registered holder, such as the trustee,
is to enforce the guaranty of GNMA.

   GNMA  will  have  approved  the  issuance  of each of the  GNMA  Certificates
included in a trust fund in  accordance  with a guaranty  agreement  or contract
between GNMA and the issuer of the GNMA Certificates. Pursuant to the agreement,
the issuer,  in its  capacity  as  servicer,  is  required to perform  customary
functions  of a  servicer  of FHA loans and VA loans,  including:

   o  collecting  payments from  borrowers and remitting the  collections to the
      registered holder;

   o  maintaining  escrow and impoundment  accounts of borrowers for payments of
      taxes, insurance and other items required to be paid by the borrower;

   o  maintaining primary hazard insurance; and

   o  advancing  from its own  funds in order  to make  timely  payments  of all
      amounts due on the GNMA Certificates, even if the payments received by the
      issuer  on the  loans  backing  the GNMA  Certificates  are less  than the
      amounts due on the loans.

If the issuer is unable to make  payments  on GNMA  Certificates  as they become
due, it must  promptly  notify GNMA and request GNMA to make the payment.  After
the  notification  and  request,  GNMA will make the  payments  directly  to the
registered holder of the GNMA  Certificate.  If no payment is made by the issuer
and the  issuer  fails to  notify  and  request  GNMA to make the  payment,  the
registered  holder of the GNMA  Certificate  has  recourse  against only GNMA to
obtain the payment. The trustee or its nominee, as registered holder of the GNMA
Certificates  included in a trust fund, is entitled to proceed  directly against
GNMA under the terms of the guaranty  agreement or contract relating to the GNMA
Certificates  for any  amounts  that  are not  paid  when due  under  each  GNMA
Certificate.

   The GNMA Certificates included in a trust fund may have other characteristics
and terms, different from those described above so long as the GNMA Certificates
and  underlying  residential  loans meet the  criteria  of the rating  agency or
agencies.  The  GNMA  Certificates  and  underlying  residential  loans  will be
described in the related prospectus supplement.

   FNMA. The Federal National Mortgage  Association is a federally chartered and
stockholder-owned  corporation organized and existing under the Federal National
Mortgage Association Charter Act, as amended. FNMA was originally established in
1938 as a United


                                      -34-


<PAGE>

States  government  agency to provide  supplemental  liquidity  to the  mortgage
market  and was  transformed  into a  stockholder-owned  and  privately  managed
corporation by legislation enacted in 1968.

   FNMA provides funds to the mortgage market by purchasing  mortgage loans from
lenders.  FNMA  acquires  funds to  purchase  loans  from  many  capital  market
investors,  thus  expanding  the total  amount of funds  available  for housing.
Operating   nationwide,   FNMA  helps  to   redistribute   mortgage  funds  from
capital-surplus to capital-short areas. In addition, FNMA issues mortgage-backed
securities primarily in exchange for pools of mortgage loans from lenders.  FNMA
receives  fees for its guaranty of timely  payment of principal  and interest on
its mortgage-backed securities.

   FNMA  CERTIFICATES.  FNMA Certificates are guaranteed  mortgage  pass-through
certificates  typically  issued  pursuant to a prospectus  which is periodically
revised by FNMA. FNMA Certificates represent fractional undivided interests in a
pool of mortgage  loans  formed by FNMA.  Each  mortgage  loan:

   o  must meet the applicable  standards of the FNMA purchase program;

   o  is either provided by FNMA from its own portfolio or purchased pursuant to
      the criteria of the FNMA purchase program; and

   o  is either a conventional mortgage loan, an FHA loan or a VA loan.

The prospectus  supplement for securities of each series evidencing interests in
a trust fund including FNMA Certificates  will set forth additional  information
regarding:

   o  the FNMA program;

   o  the characteristics of the pool underlying the FNMA Certificates;

   o  the  servicing of the related pool;

   o  payment of principal and interest on the FNMA  Certificates to  the extent
      not described in this prospectus; and

   o  other relevant matters with respect to the FNMA Certificates.

   Except as described  below with respect to Stripped Agency  Securities,  FNMA
guarantees  to  each  registered  holder  of a FNMA  Certificate  that  it  will
distribute amounts  representing the holder's  proportionate  share of scheduled
principal and interest at the applicable  pass-through  rate provided for by the
FNMA Certificate on the underlying mortgage loans,  whether or not received.  In
addition,  FNMA will  distribute  the holder's  proportionate  share of the full
principal  amount of any  prepayment or  foreclosed or other finally  liquidated
mortgage loan, whether or not that principal amount is actually recovered.

   The obligations of FNMA under its guarantees are  obligations  solely of FNMA
and are not backed by, nor  entitled to, the full faith and credit of the United
States.  If FNMA were unable to satisfy its  obligations,  distributions  to the
holders  of FNMA  Certificates  would  consist  solely  of  payments  and  other
recoveries on the underlying loans.  Accordingly,  monthly  distributions to the
holders of FNMA  Certificates  would be  affected  by  delinquent  payments  and
defaults on these  loans.  FNMA  Certificates  evidencing  interests in pools of
mortgage  loans  formed on or after May 1, 1985,  other  than FNMA  Certificates
backed by pools  containing  graduated  payment


                                      -35-


<PAGE>

mortgage loans or Multifamily Loans, are available in book-entry form only. With
respect to a FNMA Certificate  issued in book-entry form,  distributions on that
certificate  will be made by  wire.  With  respect  to a fully  registered  FNMA
Certificate, distributions on that certificate will be made by check.

   The FNMA Certificates included in a trust fund may have other characteristics
and  terms,   different  from  those  described  above,  so  long  as  the  FNMA
Certificates  and  underlying  mortgage  loans meet the  criteria  of the rating
agency or rating agencies rating the  certificates of the related series.  These
FNMA Certificates and underlying mortgage loans will be described in the related
prospectus supplement.

   FHLMC.   The  Federal  Home  Loan   Mortgage   Corporation   is  a  corporate
instrumentality  of the  United  States  created  pursuant  to Title  III of the
Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended.  FHLMC was established primarily
for the  purpose of  increasing  the  availability  of  mortgage  credit for the
financing of needed housing. It seeks to provide an enhanced degree of liquidity
for residential mortgage  investments  primarily by assisting in the development
of secondary markets for conventional mortgages. The principal activity of FHLMC
currently consists of purchasing first lien,  conventional  residential mortgage
loans or  participation  interests  in the  mortgage  loans  and  reselling  the
mortgage loans so purchased in the form of mortgage securities,  primarily FHLMC
Certificates.  FHLMC is confined to purchasing, so far as practicable,  mortgage
loans and  participation  interests in those mortgage loans which it deems to be
of a quality, type and class as to meet generally the purchase standards imposed
by private institutional mortgage investors.

   FHLMC CERTIFICATES.  Each FHLMC Certificate  represents an undivided interest
in a pool of  residential  loans that may  consist  of first  lien  conventional
residential  loans, FHA loans or VA loans.  Each mortgage loan securing an FHLMC
Certificate  must meet the  applicable  standards  set forth in Title III of the
Emergency House Finance Act of 1970, as amended.  A group of FHLMC  Certificates
may include  whole loans,  participation  interests in whole loans and undivided
interests in whole loans and/or participations comprising another group of FHLMC
Certificates. The prospectus supplement for securities of each series evidencing
interests in a trust fund including FHLMC Certificates will set forth additional
information  regarding:

   o  the FHLMC guaranty program;

   o  the characteristics of the pool underlying the FHLMC Certificate;

   o  the servicing of the related pool;

   o  payment of principal and interest on the FHLMC  Certificate  to the extent
      not described in this prospectus; and

   o  other relevant matters with respect to the FHLMC Certificates.

   Except as described below with respect to Stripped Agency Securities:

   o  FHLMC  guarantees to each  registered  holder of a FHLMC  Certificate  the
      timely  payment  of  interest  on  the  underlying  mortgage  loans.  This
      guarantee is only to the extent of the applicable pass-through rate on the
      registered  holder's  pro  rata  share  of the  unpaid  principal  balance
      outstanding  on the  underlying  mortgage  loans  in the  group  of  FHLMC
      Certificates  represented  by  the  FHLMC  Certificate,   whether  or  not
      received.


                                      -36-


<PAGE>

   o  FHLMC also  guarantees to each  registered  holder of a FHLMC  Certificate
      collection  by the  holder of all  principal  on the  underlying  mortgage
      loans, without any offset or deduction,  to the extent of the holder's pro
      rata share.  FHLMC's  guarantee of timely  payment of scheduled  principal
      will be limited to the extent set forth in the prospectus supplement.

   o  FHLMC also guarantees ultimate collection of scheduled principal payments,
      prepayments of principal and the remaining  principal balance in the event
      of a foreclosure or other  disposition of a mortgage loan. FHLMC may remit
      the amount due on account of its  guarantee of  collection of principal at
      any time after default on an underlying  mortgage loan, but not later than
      30 days following the latest of:

   o  foreclosure sale;

   o  payment of the claim by any mortgage insurer; and

   o  the expiration of any right of redemption;  but in any event no later than
      one year  after  demand  has been  made of the  borrower  for  accelerated
      payment of principal.

In  taking  actions  regarding  the  collection  of  defaulted   mortgage  loans
underlying FHLMC Certificates,  including the timing of demand for acceleration,
FHLMC  reserves the right to exercise its servicing  judgment in the same manner
used for mortgage  loans which it has purchased but not sold. The length of time
necessary  for FHLMC to  determine  that a mortgage  loan should be  accelerated
varies with the particular circumstances of each borrower. FHLMC has not adopted
servicing  standards  that require that the demand be made within any  specified
period.

   FHLMC  Certificates are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal
Home Loan Bank. FHLMC Certificates do not constitute debts or obligations of the
United States or any Federal Home Loan Bank. The  obligations of FHLMC under its
guarantee  are  obligations  solely of FHLMC and are not backed by, nor entitled
to,  the full faith and credit of the  United  States.  If FHLMC were  unable to
satisfy the obligations,  distributions to holders of FHLMC  Certificates  would
consist  solely of payments  and other  recoveries  on the  underlying  mortgage
loans. Accordingly, monthly distributions to holders of FHLMC Certificates would
be affected by delinquent payments and defaults on the mortgage loans.

   The  FHLMC   Certificates   included   in  a  trust   fund  may  have   other
characteristics  and terms,  different from those  described  above,  so long as
those FHLMC Certificates and underlying  mortgage loans meet the criteria of the
rating agency or rating  agencies  rating the securities of the related  series.
The FHLMC  Certificates  and underlying  mortgage loans will be described in the
related prospectus supplement.

STRIPPED AGENCY SECURITIES

   The GNMA Certificates,  FNMA Certificates or FHLMC Certificates may be issued
in the  form  of  certificates,  known  as  Stripped  Agency  Securities,  which
represent:

   o  an   undivided   interest   in  all  or  part  of  either  the   principal
      distributions,  but  not  the  interest  distributions,  or  the  interest
      distributions, but not the principal distributions; or


                                      -37-


<PAGE>

   o  in some specified  portion of the principal or interest  distributions but
      not all of the  distributions,  on an underlying pool of mortgage loans or
      certain other GNMA Certificates, FNMA Certificates or FHLMC Certificates.

   To the extent set forth in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  GNMA, FNMA or
FHLMC,  as applicable,  will guarantee each Stripped Agency Security to the same
extent as the entity guarantees the underlying  securities  backing the Stripped
Agency  Securities or to the extent  described  above with respect to a Stripped
Agency Security backed by a pool of mortgage  loans.  The prospectus  supplement
for each  series of  Stripped  Agency  Securities  will set  forth

   o  additional   information  regarding  the  characteristics  of  the  assets
      underlying the Stripped Agency Securities,

   o  the payments of principal and interest on the Stripped  Agency  Securities
      and

   o  other relevant matters with respect to the Stripped Agency Securities.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING THE TRUST FUNDS

   Each  prospectus  supplement  relating to a series of securities will contain
information,  as of the date of the prospectus supplement,  if applicable and to
the extent specifically known to the depositor,  with respect to the residential
loans or agency securities contained in the related trust fund,  including,  but
not limited to:

   o  the aggregate  outstanding  principal balance and the average  outstanding
      principal  balance of the  assets of the trust  fund as of the  applicable
      Cut-Off Date;

   o  the types of related residential properties--e.g.,

      o  one- to four-family dwellings,

      o  multifamily residential properties,

      o  shares in cooperative housing  corporations and the related proprietary
         leases or occupancy agreements,

      o  condominiums and planned-unit development units,

      o  vacation and second homes and

      o  new or used manufactured homes;

   o  the original terms to maturity;

   o  the outstanding principal balances;

   o  the years in which the loans were originated;

   o  with respect to  Multifamily  Loans,  the Lockout  Periods and  prepayment
      penalties;

   o  the Loan-To-Value  ratios or, with respect to residential loans secured by
      a junior lien, the combined Loan-To-Value ratios at origination;

   o  the  interest  rates or range of interest  rates borne by the  residential
      loans or residential loans underlying the agency securities;

   o  the  geographical   distribution  of  the  residential   properties  on  a
      state-by-state basis;


                                      -38-


<PAGE>

   o  with respect to fully amortizing  loans with an adjustable  interest rate,
      the adjustment dates, the highest, lowest and weighted average margin, and
      the maximum  interest rate  variations at the time of adjustments and over
      the lives of these loans; and

   o  information as to the payment characteristics of the residential loans.

   If specific information  respecting the assets of the trust fund is not known
to the depositor at the time a series of securities is initially  offered,  more
general  information  of the  nature  described  above will be  provided  in the
related prospectus  supplement.  In addition,  specific  information will be set
forth in a report made available at or before the issuance of those  securities.
This  information will be included in a report on Form 8-K and will be available
to  purchasers of the related  securities  at or before the initial  issuance of
those  securities.  This  report on Form 8-K will be filed  with the SEC  within
fifteen days after the initial issuance of those securities.

   The depositor will cause the residential loans comprising each trust fund, or
mortgage securities evidencing interests in the residential loans to be assigned
to the trustee for the benefit of the holders of the  securities  of the related
series.  The master servicer will service the residential  loans  comprising any
trust fund,  either  directly or through other  servicing  institutions,  each a
sub-servicer,  pursuant  to a  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  or  servicing
agreement  among  itself,  the  depositor,  the  trustee  and the other  parties
specified in the related prospectus supplement, and will receive a fee for these
services.  See  "Residential  Loans" and "Description of the Securities" in this
prospectus.  With respect to residential  loans serviced through a sub-servicer,
the master servicer will remain liable for its servicing  obligations  under the
related  servicing  agreement as if the master servicer alone were servicing the
residential loans, unless the related prospectus supplement provides otherwise.

   The depositor will assign the  residential  loans to the related trustee on a
non-recourse  basis.  The  obligations  of the  depositor  with  respect  to the
residential loans will be limited to certain representations and warranties made
by it, unless the related prospectus supplement provides that another party will
make the representations  and warranties.  See "Description of the Securities --
Assignment of Assets of the Trust Fund" in this  prospectus.  The obligations of
the  master  servicer  with  respect  to  the  residential  loans  will  consist
principally of its contractual servicing obligations under the related servicing
agreement,  including its obligation to enforce  purchases and other obligations
of  sub-servicers or Unaffiliated  Sellers,  or both, as more fully described in
this prospectus  under  "Residential  Loans --  Representations  by Unaffiliated
Sellers;  Repurchases"; "-- Sub-Servicing" and "Description of the Securities --
Assignment  of Assets of the Trust  Fund." In addition,  the related  prospectus
supplement  may  specify  that the master  servicer  has an  obligation  to make
certain  cash  advances  in the event of  delinquencies  in  payments on or with
respect to the residential  loans in amounts  described in this prospectus under
"Description  of the  Securities  --  Advances"  or pursuant to the terms of any
mortgage securities.  Any obligation of the master servicer to make advances may
be subject to limitations,  to the extent provided in this prospectus and in the
related prospectus supplement.

   The depositor will cause the agency securities  comprising each trust fund to
be  registered  in the name of the  trustee  or its  nominee on the books of the
issuer or  guarantor  or its agent or, in the case of agency  securities  issued
only in book-entry form,  through the Federal Reserve System. The depositor will
register the agency securities in accordance with the procedures  established by
the issuer or guarantor for  registration  of these  securities with a member of
the


                                      -39-


<PAGE>

Federal Reserve System.  Distributions  on agency  securities to which the trust
fund is entitled will be made directly to the trustee.

   The trustee will  administer  the assets  comprising any trust fund including
agency  securities  pursuant to a trust agreement  between the depositor and the
trustee,  and will receive a fee for these services.  The agency  securities and
any moneys  attributable to distributions  on the agency  securities will not be
subject to any right,  charge,  security interest,  lien or claim of any kind in
favor of the trustee or any person  claiming  through  it. The trustee  will not
have the power or authority to assign, transfer,  pledge or otherwise dispose of
any assets of any trust fund to any person,  except to a successor  trustee,  to
the  depositor or the holders of the  securities to the extent they are entitled
to those assets of the trust fund or to other  persons  specified in the related
prospectus supplement and except for its power and authority to invest assets of
the trust fund in certain  permitted  instruments  in compliance  with the trust
agreement.  The trustee will have no  responsibility  for  distributions  on the
securities,  other than to pass  through  all  distributions  it  receives  with
respect to the  agency  securities  to the  holders  of the  related  securities
without  deduction,  other than for

   o  any applicable trust administration fee payable to the trustee,

   o  certain expenses of the trustee,  if any, in connection with legal actions
      relating to the agency securities,

   o  any applicable withholding tax required to be withheld by the trustee and

   o  as otherwise described in the related prospectus supplement.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

   The depositor  will apply all or  substantially  all of the net proceeds from
the sale of each series of securities for one or more of the following purposes:

   o  to purchase the related assets of the trust fund;

   o  to repay  indebtedness  which was  incurred to obtain funds to acquire the
      assets of the trust fund;

   o  to  establish  any Reserve  Funds or other funds  described in the related
      prospectus supplement; and

   o  to pay costs of  structuring,  guaranteeing  and issuing  the  securities,
      including the costs of obtaining credit support, if any.

The  purchase of the assets of the trust fund for a series may be effected by an
exchange of securities with the seller of the assets of the trust fund.

                              YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

   The  related  prospectus  supplement  will  specify  the manner in which each
monthly  or other  periodic  interest  payment  on an asset of the trust fund is
calculated--generally, one-twelfth of the applicable interest rate multiplied by
the unpaid principal balance of the asset. In the case of Accrual Securities and
interest-only  securities,  the  distributions  of interest  will be made in the
manner and amount described in the related prospectus supplement. The securities
of each series may bear a fixed, variable or adjustable security interest rate.


                                      -40-


<PAGE>

   The  effective  yield to  holders of the  securities  will be below the yield
otherwise produced by the applicable  security interest rate, or with respect to
an interest-only  security,  the distributions of interest on the security,  and
purchase  price paid by the  investors of these  securities.  This is so because
while  interest will  generally  accrue on each asset of the trust fund from the
first day of each month, the distribution of the interest, or the accrual of the
interest  in the  case  of  Accrual  Securities,  will  not be  made  until  the
distribution date occurring:

   o  in the  month or other  periodic  interval  following  the  month or other
      period of accrual in the case of residential loans;

   o  in later months in the case of agency securities; or

   o  in intervals  occurring less frequently than monthly in the case of series
      of  securities  having  distribution  dates  occurring at  intervals  less
      frequently than monthly.

   When a full  prepayment  is made  on a  residential  loan,  the  borrower  is
generally charged interest only for the number of days actually elapsed from the
due date of the  preceding  monthly  payment  up to the date of the  prepayment,
instead of for a full month.  Accordingly,  the effect of the  prepayments is to
reduce  the  aggregate  amount  of  interest  collected  that is  available  for
distribution to holders of the securities.  However,  the residential  loans may
contain provisions limiting prepayments of the loans or requiring the payment of
a  prepayment  penalty if the loan is prepaid  in full or in part.  The  related
prospectus  supplement  may specify that any prepayment  penalty  collected with
respect to the  residential  loans will be applied to offset the  shortfalls  in
interest  collections  on the  related  distribution  date.  Holders  of  agency
securities  are  entitled  to  a  full  month's   interest  in  connection  with
prepayments in full of the underlying  residential loans. The related prospectus
supplement  may specify that partial  principal  prepayments  are applied on the
first  day of the  month  following  receipt,  with no  resulting  reduction  in
interest  payable by the borrower  for the month in which the partial  principal
prepayment is made. The related  prospectus  supplement may specify that neither
the trustee,  the master  servicer nor the  depositor  will be obligated to fund
shortfalls in interest  collections  resulting from full  prepayments.  Full and
partial  prepayments  collected during the applicable  Prepayment Period will be
available  for  distribution  to  holders  of  the  securities  on  the  related
distribution date. See "Maturity and Prepayment Considerations" and "Description
of the Securities" in this prospectus.

   Even assuming that the mortgaged properties provide adequate security for the
mortgage loans,  substantial  delays could be encountered in connection with the
liquidation of defaulted mortgage loans.  Accordingly,  corresponding  delays in
the receipt of related  proceeds by holders of the  securities  could occur.  An
action  to  foreclose  on a  mortgaged  property  securing  a  mortgage  loan is
regulated  by state  statutes and rules and is subject to many of the delays and
expenses  of  other  lawsuits  if  defenses  or  counterclaims  are  interposed,
sometimes  requiring several years to complete.  Furthermore,  in some states an
action to obtain a deficiency  judgment is not permitted following a nonjudicial
sale of a property. If a default by a borrower occurs, these restrictions, among
other things,  may impede the ability of the master  servicer to foreclose on or
sell the  mortgaged  property or to obtain  liquidation  proceeds  sufficient to
repay all amounts due on the related  mortgage  loan.  In  addition,  the master
servicer  will be entitled  to deduct  from  related  liquidation  proceeds  all
expenses  reasonably  incurred in attempting to recover amounts due on defaulted
mortgage  loans  and  not  yet  reimbursed,   including

   o  payments to senior lienholders,


                                      -41-


<PAGE>

   o  legal fees and costs of legal action,

   o  real estate taxes and

   o  maintenance and preservation expenses.

   Liquidation  expenses  with respect to defaulted  mortgage  loans do not vary
directly  with  the  outstanding  principal  balance  of the loan at the time of
default. Therefore, assuming that a servicer took the same steps in realizing on
a defaulted mortgage loan having a small remaining principal balance, the amount
realized after expenses of liquidation of a mortgage loan with a small remaining
balance would be smaller as a percentage of the loan than would be the case with
the other defaulted mortgage loan having a larger remaining principal balance.

   Applicable  state laws generally  regulate  interest rates and other charges,
require certain  disclosures,  and require licensing of certain  originators and
servicers of residential loans. In addition, most states have other laws, public
policy and general principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers,
unfair and deceptive practices and practices which may apply to the origination,
servicing and collection of the residential  loans.  Depending on the provisions
of the  applicable  law and  the  specific  facts  and  circumstances  involved,
violations of these laws, policies and principles may

   o  limit the  ability of the master  servicer  to collect  all or part of the
      principal of or interest on the residential loans,

   o  entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts previously paid and,

   o  subject  the  trustee or master  servicer  to damages  and  administrative
      sanctions  which could  reduce the amount of  distributions  available  to
      holders of the securities.

   The  prospectus  supplement  for each  series  of  securities  may set  forth
additional information regarding yield considerations.

                     MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

   The  original  terms to  maturity  of the assets of the trust fund in a given
trust  fund  may  vary  depending  on  the  type  of  residential  loans  or the
residential loans underlying the agency  securities  included in the trust fund.
Each prospectus supplement will contain information with respect to the type and
maturities of the assets of the trust fund.  The related  prospectus  supplement
may specify that the  residential  loans or  residential  loans  underlying  the
agency securities may be prepaid in full or in part at any time without penalty.
The  prepayment  experience  on  the  residential  loans  or  residential  loans
underlying the agency securities will affect the life of the related securities.

   The average life of a security refers to the average amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issuance of a security until the principal amount of the
security is reduced to zero. The average life of the securities will be affected
by, among other things,  the rate at which principal on the related  residential
loans is paid,  which may be in the form of scheduled  amortization  payments or
unscheduled  prepayments and liquidations due to default,  casualty,  insurance,
condemnation and similar sources.  If substantial  principal  prepayments on the
residential loans are received, the actual average life of the securities may be
significantly  shorter  than would  otherwise  be the case.  As to any series of
securities,  based on the public  information  with  respect


                                      -42-


<PAGE>

to the residential  lending  industry,  it may be anticipated that a significant
number of the  related  residential  loans  will be paid in full prior to stated
maturity.

   Prepayments  on  residential  loans  are  commonly  measured  relative  to  a
prepayment standard or model. For certain series of securities comprised of more
than one class, or as to other types of series where applicable,  the prospectus
supplement  will  describe the  prepayment  standard or model used in connection
with  the  offering  of  the  related  series.  If  applicable,  the  prospectus
supplement will also contain tables setting forth the projected weighted average
life of the  securities of the related  series and the percentage of the initial
security  principal balance that would be outstanding on specified  distribution
dates  based on the  assumptions  stated  in the  prospectus  supplement.  These
assumptions  include prepayments on the related residential loans or residential
loans  underlying  the  agency  securities  are made at rates  corresponding  to
various  percentages  of the  prepayment  standard  or  model  specified  in the
prospectus supplement.

   It is unlikely  that  prepayment of the assets of the trust fund will conform
to any  model  specified  in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  The  rate of
principal  prepayments on pools of residential  loans is influenced by a variety
of economic,  social,  geographic,  demographic and other factors,  including:

   o  homeowner mobility;

   o  economic conditions;

   o  enforceability of due-on-sale clauses;

   o  market interest rates and the availability of funds;

   o  the existence of lockout provisions and prepayment penalties;

   o  the  inclusion of delinquent or  sub-performing  residential  loans in the
      assets of the trust fund;

   o  the relative tax benefits associated with the ownership of property; and

   o  in the  case of  Multifamily  Loans,  the  quality  of  management  of the
      property.

The  rate of  prepayments  of  conventional  residential  loans  has  fluctuated
significantly in recent years. In general, however, if prevailing interest rates
fall significantly below the interest rates on the assets of the trust fund, the
assets  of the  trust  fund are  likely to be the  subject  of higher  principal
prepayments than if prevailing rates remain at or above the interest rates borne
by the assets of the trust fund.

   Other  factors  that  might be  expected  to affect  the  prepayment  rate of
securities  backed by junior lien mortgage loans or Home  Improvement  Contracts
include:

   o  the amounts of the underlying senior mortgage loans;

   o  the interest rates on the underlying senior mortgage loans;

   o  the use of first mortgage loans as long-term  financing for home purchase;
      and

   o  the use of  subordinate  mortgage  loans as  shorter-term  financing for a
      variety of purposes, including:

      o  home improvement;


                                      -43-


<PAGE>

      o  education expenses; and

      o  purchases of consumer durables such as automobiles.

In addition, any future limitations on the right of borrowers to deduct interest
payments  on junior  liens that are home  equity  loans for  federal  income tax
purposes may increase the rate of prepayments on the residential loans.

   In addition, acceleration of payments on the residential loans or residential
loans underlying the agency  securities as a result of certain  transfers of the
underlying  properties is another factor affecting prepayment rates. The related
prospectus  supplement may specify that the  residential  loans,  except for FHA
loans  and  VA  loans,  contain  or  do  not  contain  "due-on-sale"  provisions
permitting  the lender to accelerate the maturity of the  residential  loan upon
sale or  certain  transfers  by the  borrower  with  respect  to the  underlying
residential  property.   Conventional  residential  loans  that  underlie  FHLMC
Certificates  and FNMA  Certificates  may  contain,  and in  certain  cases must
contain,  "due-on-sale"  clauses  permitting the lender to accelerate the unpaid
balance of the loan upon transfer of the property by the borrower. FHA loans and
VA loans and all  residential  loans  underlying  GNMA  Certificates  contain no
clause of this type and may be assumed by the purchaser of the property.

   In  addition,  Multifamily  Loans may  contain  "due-on-encumbrance"  clauses
permitting  the lender to  accelerate  the maturity of the  Multifamily  Loan if
there is a further  encumbrance  by the borrower of the  underlying  residential
property. In general,  where a "due-on-sale" or  "due-on-encumbrance"  clause is
contained in a conventional  residential loan under a FHLMC or the FNMA program,
the lender's right to accelerate the maturity of the  residential  loan if there
is a transfer or further encumbrance of the property must be exercised,  so long
as the acceleration is permitted under applicable law.

   With respect to a series of securities  evidencing  interests in a trust fund
including  residential  loans,  the master  servicer  generally  is  required to
enforce   any   provision   limiting   prepayments   and  any   due-on-sale   or
due-on-encumbrance  clause.  The master  servicer is  required to enforce  these
provisions  only to the extent it has knowledge of the conveyance or encumbrance
or the proposed conveyance or encumbrance of the underlying residential property
and  reasonably  believes  that it is  entitled to do so under  applicable  law.
However,  the master  servicer  will  generally  be  prohibited  from taking any
enforcement  action that would impair or threaten to impair any  recovery  under
any related insurance  policy.  See "Description of the Securities -- Collection
and Other Servicing  Procedures" and "Certain Legal Aspects of Residential Loans
- --  Enforceability  of  Certain   Provisions"  and  "--Prepayment   Charges  and
Prepayments"  in this prospectus for a description of provisions of each pooling
and servicing  agreement and legal  developments  that may affect the prepayment
experience on the residential  loans. See also "Description of the Securities --
Termination"  in  this  prospectus  for a  description  of  the  possible  early
termination  of any  series  of  securities.  See  also  "Residential  Loans  --
Representations  by Unaffiliated  Sellers;  Repurchases" and "Description of the
Securities -- Assignment of Assets of the Trust Fund" in this  prospectus  for a
description  of the  circumstances  under which the  Unaffiliated  Sellers,  the
master  servicer  and  the  depositor  are  generally  obligated  to  repurchase
residential loans.

   With respect to a series of securities  evidencing  interests in a trust fund
including agency securities, principal prepayments may also result from guaranty
payments and from the exercise by the issuer or guarantor of the related  agency
securities of any right to repurchase  the


                                      -44-


<PAGE>

underlying  residential loans. The prospectus supplement relating to each series
of  securities  will  describe  the  circumstances  and the  manner in which the
optional repurchase right, if any, may be exercised.

   In addition, the mortgage securities included in the trust fund may be backed
by underlying  residential loans having differing  interest rates.  Accordingly,
the rate at which  principal  payments  are  received on the related  securities
will,  to a certain  extent,  depend  on the  interest  rates on the  underlying
residential loans.

   The  prospectus  supplement  for each  series  of  securities  may set  forth
additional information regarding related maturity and prepayment considerations.

                                  THE DEPOSITOR

   PaineWebber Mortgage Acceptance Corporation IV, the depositor,  is a Delaware
corporation  organized on April 23,  1987,  as a wholly  owned  limited  purpose
finance  subsidiary  of  PaineWebber  Group Inc.  The  depositor  maintains  its
principal  office  at 1285  Avenue of the  Americas,  New  York,  New York.  Its
telephone number is (212) 713-2000.

   The depositor  does not have,  nor is it expected in the future to have,  any
significant  assets.  We do not expect that the depositor will have any business
operations  other  than  acquiring  and  pooling  residential  loans and  agency
securities,  offering securities or other mortgage- or asset-related securities,
and related activities.

   Neither the depositor nor any of the  depositor's  affiliates  will insure or
guarantee distributions on the securities of any series.

                                RESIDENTIAL LOANS

UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

   The  residential  loans will have been  purchased  by the  depositor,  either
directly  or through  affiliates,  from loan  sellers.  The  related  prospectus
supplement will specify the  underwriting  criteria  generally used to originate
the residential  loans.  The  underwriting  standards  applicable to residential
loans  underlying   mortgage   securities  may  vary   substantially   from  the
underwriting standards set forth in the related prospectus supplement.

REPRESENTATIONS BY UNAFFILIATED SELLERS; REPURCHASES

   Each Unaffiliated  Seller made  representations  and warranties in respect of
the residential loans sold by the Unaffiliated  Seller.  The related  prospectus
supplement will specify these  representations and warranties which may include,
among  other  things:

   o  that the  Unaffiliated  Seller had good title to each residential loan and
      the residential loan was subject to no offsets, defenses, counterclaims or
      rights of rescission  except to the extent that any buydown  agreement may
      forgive certain indebtedness of a borrower;

   o  if the trust fund includes mortgage loans, that each mortgage  constituted
      a valid lien on the mortgaged property,  subject only to permissible title
      insurance exceptions and senior liens, if any;


                                      -45-


<PAGE>

   o  if  the  trust  fund  includes   manufactured   housing  contracts,   each
      manufactured housing contract creates a valid,  subsisting and enforceable
      first priority  security  interest in the manufactured home covered by the
      contract;

   o  that the residential property was free from damage and was in good repair;

   o  that  there  were  no  delinquent  tax or  assessment  liens  against  the
      residential property;

   o  that each residential loan was current as to all required payments; and

   o  that each residential loan was made in compliance with, and is enforceable
      under, all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations in all
      material respects.

   In certain  cases,  the  representations  and  warranties of an  Unaffiliated
Seller in  respect  of a  residential  loan may have been made as of the date on
which the Unaffiliated  Seller sold the residential loan to the depositor or its
affiliate.  A substantial  period of time may have elapsed between that date and
the date of initial issuance of the series of securities  evidencing an interest
in  the  residential  loan.  Since  the  representations  and  warranties  of an
Unaffiliated Seller do not address events that may occur following the sale of a
residential loan by the Unaffiliated Seller, its repurchase  obligation will not
arise if the relevant event that would otherwise have given rise to this type of
obligation occurs after the date of the sale to or on behalf of the depositor.

   The master  servicer or the trustee  will be required to promptly  notify the
relevant  Unaffiliated  Seller of any breach of any  representation  or warranty
made by it in  respect of a  residential  loan which  materially  and  adversely
affects the interests of the holders of the securities in the residential  loan.
If the Unaffiliated  Seller cannot cure the breach, then the Unaffiliated Seller
will be obligated to repurchase  this  residential  loan from the trustee at the
purchase price for the loan. The related prospectus supplement will specify this
purchase price,  which is generally equal to the sum of:

   o  the unpaid principal balance of the residential loans;

   o  unpaid accrued interest on the unpaid  principal  balance from the date as
      to which interest was last paid by the borrower to the end of the calendar
      month  in  which  the  purchase  is to  occur  at a rate  equal to the net
      mortgage rate minus the rate at which the sub-servicer's  servicing fee is
      calculated if the sub-servicer is the purchaser; and

   o  if applicable,  any expenses  reasonably incurred or to be incurred by the
      master  servicer or the trustee in respect of the breach or defect  giving
      rise to a purchase obligation.

   An Unaffiliated Seller, rather than repurchase a residential loan as to which
a breach has occurred,  may have the option to cause the removal of the breached
residential  loan from the trust  fund and  substitute  in its place one or more
other residential loans. This option must be exercised within a specified period
after  initial  issuance  of the  related  series of  securities  and be done in
accordance with the standards  described in the related  prospectus  supplement.
The  related   prospectus   supplement  may  specify  that  this  repurchase  or
substitution  obligation will constitute the sole remedy available to holders of
securities  or the trustee  for a breach of  representation  by an  Unaffiliated
Seller.

   Neither the depositor nor the master  servicer  unless the master servicer is
an  Unaffiliated  Seller  will be  obligated  to purchase  or  substitute  for a
residential loan if an Unaffiliated  Seller defaults on its obligation to do so.
We cannot assure you that  Unaffiliated  Sellers will carry out


                                      -46-


<PAGE>

their repurchase and substitution obligations with respect to residential loans.
Any  residential  loan that is not repurchased or substituted for will remain in
the related trust fund. Any resulting  losses on that  residential  loan will be
borne by  holders  of the  securities,  to the  extent  not  covered  by  credit
enhancement.

SUB-SERVICING

   Any master  servicer may delegate its servicing  obligations  in respect of a
residential loan to  sub-servicers  pursuant to a sub-servicing  agreement.  The
sub-servicing  agreement  must be  consistent  with the  terms of the  servicing
agreement  relating  to the  trust  fund that  includes  the  residential  loan.
Although each  sub-servicing  agreement  will be a contract  solely  between the
master  servicer  and  the  sub-servicer,  the  related  pooling  and  servicing
agreement  pursuant to which a series of  securities is issued may provide that,
if for any reason the master  servicer for the series of securities is no longer
acting in that  capacity,  the trustee or any  successor  master  servicer  must
recognize the  sub-servicer's  rights and  obligations  under any  sub-servicing
agreement.

                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

GENERAL

   The certificates of each series evidencing  interests in a trust fund will be
issued  pursuant  to  a  separate  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  or  trust
agreement. Each series of notes, or, in certain instances, two or more series of
notes, will be issued pursuant to an indenture, and the issuer of the notes will
be a trust established by the depositor  pursuant to an owner trust agreement or
another entity as may be specified in the related prospectus  supplement.  As to
each series of notes where the issuer is an owner  trust,  the  ownership of the
trust fund will be evidenced by equity certificates issued under the owner trust
agreement, which may be offered by the related prospectus supplement.

   Forms of each of the  agreements  referred  to above are filed as exhibits to
the  Registration  Statement of which this  prospectus is a part.  The agreement
relating to each series of securities will be filed as an exhibit to a report on
Form 8-K to be filed with the SEC within fifteen days after the initial issuance
of the  securities  and a copy of the agreement will be available for inspection
at the corporate trust office of the trustee specified in the related prospectus
supplement.   The  following   summaries  describe  certain  provisions  of  the
agreements.  The summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and
are qualified in their  entirety by reference  to, all of the  provisions of the
agreement for each trust fund and the related prospectus supplement.

   As to each series, the securities will be issued in authorized  denominations
evidencing a portion of all of the securities of the related series as set forth
in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  Each  trust  fund will  consist  of:

   o  residential   loans,   including  any  mortgage   securities,   or  agency
      securities, exclusive of

      o  any portion of interest  payments  relating  to the  residential  loans
         retained by the depositor,  any of its affiliates or its predecessor in
         interest ("retained interest") and

      o  principal  and interest due on or before the Cut-Off Date, as from time
         to time are subject to the agreement;


                                      -47-


<PAGE>

   o  funds or assets as from time to time are  deposited  in the Trust  Account
      described  below and any other  account held for the benefit of holders of
      the securities;

   o  with respect to trust funds that include residential loans:

      o  property  acquired by  foreclosure  or deed in lieu of  foreclosure  of
         mortgage loans on behalf of the holders of the  securities,  or, in the
         case of Manufactured Housing Contracts that are not Land Contracts,  by
         repossession;

      o  any Primary Credit Insurance Policies and Primary Hazard Insurance;

      o  any  combination  of a Pool  Insurance  Policy,  a  Bankruptcy  Bond, a
         special hazard insurance policy or other type of credit support; and

      o  the rights of the trustee to any cash  advance  reserve  fund or surety
         bond as described under "--Advances" in this prospectus;

   o  if specified in the related prospectus supplement, the reserve fund; and

   o  any other assets as described in the related prospectus supplement.

The securities will be transferable  and exchangeable for securities of the same
class and series in authorized  denominations at the Corporate Trust Office.  No
service  charge  will be made for any  registration  of  exchange or transfer of
securities  on the  Security  Register  maintained  by the  Security  Registrar.
However, the depositor or the trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge.

   Each series of securities may consist of any combination of:

   o  one or more  classes of senior  securities,  one or more  classes of which
      will be senior  in right of  payment  to one or more of the other  classes
      subordinate to the extent described in the related prospectus supplement.

   o  one or more classes of securities which will be entitled to:

      o  principal distributions, with disproportionate,  nominal or no interest
         distributions; or

         o  interest  distributions,   with  disproportionate,   nominal  or  no
            principal distributions;

   o  two or more classes of securities that differ as to the timing, sequential
      order or amount of  distributions  of principal or interest or both, which
      may include one or more classes of Accrual Securities; or

   o  other  types  of  classes  of  securities,  as  described  in the  related
      prospectus supplement.

   Each class of securities,  other than certain interest-only securities,  will
have a security principal balance and, generally will be entitled to payments of
interest based on a specified security interest rate as specified in the related
prospectus supplement.  See "--Principal and Interest on the Securities" in this
Prospectus.  The security interest rates of the various classes of securities of
each  series may differ,  and as to some  classes may be in excess of the lowest
Net Interest Rate in a trust fund. The specific  percentage  ownership interests
of each class of securities  and the minimum  denomination  per security will be
set forth in the related prospectus supplement.


                                      -48-


<PAGE>

ASSIGNMENT OF ASSETS OF THE TRUST FUND

   At the time of issuance  of each series of  securities,  the  depositor  will
cause the  assets  comprising  the  related  trust fund or  mortgage  securities
included  in  the  related  trust  fund  to be  assigned  to  the  trustee.  The
residential loan or agency security documents  described below will be delivered
to the trustee or to the  custodian.  The trustee  will,  concurrently  with the
assignment,  deliver the  securities to the depositor in exchange for the assets
of the trust fund. Each asset of the trust fund will be identified in a schedule
appearing as an exhibit to the related  agreement.  The schedule  will  include,
among other things:

   o  information  as to the  outstanding  principal  balance of each trust fund
      asset after application of payments due on or before the Cut-Off Date;

   o  the maturity of the mortgage note, cooperative note,  Manufactured Housing
      Contract or agency securities;

   o  any Retained Interest,  with respect to a series of securities  evidencing
      interests in a trust fund including agency securities;

   o  the pass-through rate on the agency securities;

   o  and with  respect  to a  series  of  securities  evidencing  interests  in
      residential loans, for each loan:

      o  information respecting its interest rate;

      o  its current scheduled payment of principal and interest;

      o  its Loan-to-Value Ratio; and

      o  certain other information.

   MORTGAGE LOANS AND MULTIFAMILY  LOANS. The depositor will be required,  as to
each  mortgage  loan,   other  than  mortgage  loans   underlying  any  mortgage
securities,  and  Multifamily  Loan,  to deliver or cause to be delivered to the
trustee,  or to the  custodian,  the  mortgage  file  for  each  mortgage  loan,
containing  legal  documents  relating to the mortgage  loan,  including:

   o  the mortgage note endorsed without recourse to the order of the trustee;

   o  the mortgage with evidence of recording indicated, except for any mortgage
      not returned from the public recording office, in which case the depositor
      will deliver or cause to be delivered a copy of the mortgage  certified by
      the related Unaffiliated Seller that it is a true and complete copy of the
      original of that Mortgage submitted for recording; and

   o  an assignment in recordable form of the mortgage to the trustee.

The related  prospectus  supplement  may specify  that the  depositor or another
party will be required to promptly cause the assignment of each related mortgage
loan and Multifamily  Loan to be recorded in the  appropriate  public office for
real property records. However, recording of assignments will not be required in
states where, in the opinion of counsel acceptable to the trustee,  recording is
not  required to protect the  trustee's  interest  in the  mortgage  loan or the
Multifamily Loan against the claim of any subsequent transferee or any successor
to or creditor of the depositor or the originator of the mortgage loan.


                                      -49-


<PAGE>

   HOME EQUITY LOANS AND HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS.  The related prospectus
supplement may specify that the depositor will:

   o  as to each Home Equity  Loan and Home  Improvement  Contract,  cause to be
      delivered  to the  trustee or to the  custodian  the note  endorsed to the
      order of the trustee;

   o  with respect to Home Equity Loans and secured Home Improvement  Contracts,
      the mortgage with  evidence of recording  indicated on it. If any mortgage
      is not  returned  from the  public  recording  office,  in which  case the
      depositor  will  deliver or cause to be  delivered a copy of the  mortgage
      certified  by the  related  Unaffiliated  Seller  that  it is a  true  and
      complete copy of the original of the mortgage submitted for recording; and

   o  with respect to Home Equity Loans and secured Home Improvement  Contracts,
      an assignment in recordable form of the mortgage to the trustee.

   The related  prospectus  supplement may specify that the depositor or another
party will be required to promptly  cause the  assignment  of each  related Home
Equity  Loan  and  secured  Home  Improvement  Contract  to be  recorded  in the
appropriate  public  office for real  property  records.  However,  recording of
assignments  will not be  required  in states  where,  in the opinion of counsel
acceptable  to the trustee,  recording is not required to protect the  trustee's
interest in the Home Equity Loan and Home Improvement Contract against the claim
of any subsequent transferee or any successor to or creditor of the depositor or
the originator of a Home Equity Loan or Home Improvement Contract.

   With respect to unsecured  Home  Improvement  Contracts,  the depositor  will
cause to be transferred physical possession of the Home Improvement Contracts to
the trustee or a designated custodian or, if applicable, the Unaffiliated Seller
may retain  possession  of the Home  Improvement  Contracts as custodian for the
trustee.  In addition,  the  depositor  will be required to cause to be made, an
appropriate  filing of a UCC-1 financing  statement in the appropriate states to
give  notice of the  trustee's  ownership  of or  security  interest in the Home
Improvement  Contracts.  The related prospectus  supplement may specify that the
Home  Improvement  Contracts will not be stamped or otherwise  marked to reflect
their assignment from the Unaffiliated Seller or the depositor,  as the case may
be, to the trustee.  Therefore,  if through  negligence,  fraud or otherwise,  a
subsequent  purchaser  were able to take  physical  possession  of the contracts
without notice of an assignment,  the trustee's  interest in the contracts could
be defeated.

   COOPERATIVE  LOANS. The depositor will, as to each Cooperative Loan,  deliver
or cause to be  delivered  to the  trustee or to the  custodian:

   o  the related cooperative note;

   o  the original security agreement;

   o  the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement;

   o  the related stock  certificate and related stock powers endorsed in blank;
      and

   o  a copy  of  the  original  filed  financing  statement  together  with  an
      assignment of the financing  statement to the trustee in a form sufficient
      for filing.

The depositor or another party will cause the assignment and financing statement
of each related  Cooperative Loan to be filed in the appropriate  public office.
However,  a filing is not  required  in states  where in the  opinion of counsel
acceptable  to the  trustee,  filing is not  required to protect


                                      -50-


<PAGE>

the  trustee's  interest  in the  Cooperative  Loan  against  the  claim  of any
subsequent  transferee  or any  successor to or creditor of the depositor or the
originator of the Cooperative Loan.

   MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONTRACTS. The related prospectus supplement may
specify that the depositor will be required, as to each Manufactured Housing
Contract, to deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee or to the
custodian:

   o  the original  Manufactured  Housing Contract  endorsed to the order of the
      trustee; and

   o  if  applicable,  copies  of  documents  and  instruments  related  to each
      Manufactured   Housing   Contract  and  the   security   interest  in  the
      manufactured home securing each Manufactured Housing Contract.

The related  prospectus  supplement  may specify that in order to give notice of
the right,  title and interest of the holders of securities to the  Manufactured
Housing  Contracts,  the depositor  will be required to cause to be executed and
delivered to the trustee a UCC-1 financing statement  identifying the trustee as
the  secured  party  and  identifying  all  Manufactured  Housing  Contracts  as
collateral of the trust fund.

   AGENCY  SECURITIES.  Agency  securities will be registered in the name of the
trustee or its nominee on the books of the issuer or  guarantor or its agent or,
in the case of agency  securities  issued only in book-entry  form,  through the
Federal  Reserve  System.  Registration  must  be done in  accordance  with  the
procedures  established  by the  issuer or  guarantor  for  registration  of the
securities  with a member of the Federal Reserve  System.  Distributions  on the
agency  securities  to which the trust fund is entitled will be made directly to
the trustee.

   REVIEW OF  RESIDENTIAL  LOANS.  The trustee or the custodian  will review the
residential loan documents after receipt, and the trustee or custodian will hold
the documents in trust for the benefit of the holders of securities.  Generally,
if any document is found to be missing or defective in any material respect, the
trustee  or  custodian  will  immediately  notify the  master  servicer  and the
depositor.  The master  servicer  will then  immediately  notify the  applicable
Unaffiliated  Seller.  If the  Unaffiliated  Seller  cannot cure the omission or
defect,  the  Unaffiliated  Seller will be obligated to  repurchase  the related
residential  loan  from  the  trustee  at the  purchase  price  specified  under
"Residential  Loans--Representations by Unaffiliated Sellers;  Repurchases", or,
in certain cases, substitute for the residential loan.

   We cannot assure you that an Unaffiliated Seller will fulfill this repurchase
or substitution obligation. Although the master servicer or trustee is obligated
to enforce this  obligation  to the extent  described  above under  "Residential
Loans --  Representations  by  Unaffiliated  Sellers;  Repurchases"  neither the
master  servicer nor the depositor will be obligated to repurchase or substitute
for the residential loan if the Unaffiliated  Seller defaults on its obligation.
Generally,  this  repurchase or  substitution  obligation,  if applicable,  will
constitute the sole remedy available to the holders of securities or the trustee
for omission of, or a material defect in, a constituent document.

   The trustee will be authorized to appoint a custodian pursuant to a custodial
agreement to maintain  possession  of and review the  documents  relating to the
residential loans as agent of the trustee.


                                      -51-


<PAGE>

DEPOSITS TO THE TRUST ACCOUNT

   The master  servicer or the trustee shall,  as to each trust fund,  establish
and maintain or cause to be established  and maintained a separate Trust Account
or Trust  Accounts for the  collection of payments on the related  assets of the
trust fund.  The Trust  Account(s)  must be  maintained  with a federal or state
chartered depository institution,  and in a manner,  satisfactory to each rating
agency rating the  securities of the related  series at the time any amounts are
held on deposit in the Trust Account.

   The collateral  eligible to secure amounts in the Trust Account is limited to
United States government securities and other high quality investments.  A Trust
Account  may be  maintained  as an  interest  bearing  or  non-interest  bearing
account.  Alternatively,  the funds held in the Trust  Account  may be  invested
pending the distribution on each succeeding  distribution  date in United States
government  securities  and  other  high  quality  investments.  The  prospectus
supplement  will specify who is entitled to the interest or other income  earned
on funds in the Trust  Account.  In respect of any series of  securities  having
distribution  dates occurring less frequently than monthly,  the master servicer
may  obtain  from  an  entity  named  in the  related  prospectus  supplement  a
guaranteed  investment  contract to assure a  specified  rate of return on funds
held in the Trust  Account.  If  permitted  by each  rating  agency  rating  the
securities of the series,  a Trust  Account may contain  funds  relating to more
than one series of securities.

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT

   The master  servicer or the trustee may  establish and maintain a pre-funding
account,  in the name of the related trustee on behalf of the related holders of
the securities,  into which the depositor will deposit the pre-funded  amount on
the related  closing  date.  The  pre-funded  amount will be used by the related
trustee  to  purchase  loans  from the  depositor  from time to time  during the
funding period.  The funding period,  if any, for a trust fund will begin on the
related  closing  date  and  will  end  on the  date  specified  in the  related
prospectus  supplement,  which in no event  will be later  than the date that is
three months after the closing date.  Any amounts  remaining in the  pre-funding
account at the end of the  funding  period  will be  distributed  to the related
holders of  securities  in the  manner and  priority  specified  in the  related
prospectus supplement, as a prepayment of principal of the related securities.

PAYMENTS ON RESIDENTIAL LOANS

   The  prospectus  supplement  may  specify  that the master  servicer  will be
required to deposit or cause to be deposited  in a Trust  Account for each trust
fund  including  residential  loans or, in the case of advances on or before the
applicable distribution date, the following payments and collections received or
made by or on behalf of the master  servicer  subsequent  to the  Cut-Off  Date.
These  payments will not include  payments due on or before the Cut-Off Date and
exclusive of any amounts representing a Retained Interest:

      (1) all payments on account of principal, including principal
   prepayments, on the residential loans;

      (2)  all  payments  on  account  of  interest  on the  residential  loans,
   exclusive of any portion representing  interest in excess of the Net Interest
   Rate,  unless the excess  amount is required to be deposited  pursuant to the
   related  agreement,  and, if provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,
   prepayment penalties;


                                      -52-


<PAGE>

      (3) all proceeds of

         o  any  Primary  Hazard  Insurance  Policies  and  any  special  hazard
            insurance  policy, to the extent the proceeds are not applied to the
            restoration   of  the  property  or  released  to  the  borrower  in
            accordance with the master servicer's  normal servicing  procedures,
            and

         o  any  Primary  Credit  Insurance  Policy,   any  FHA  Insurance,   VA
            Guarantee,  any Bankruptcy Bond and any Pool Insurance Policy, other
            than proceeds that represent  reimbursement of the master servicer's
            costs and expenses  incurred in connection  with  presenting  claims
            under the related insurance policies;

       (4) all other cash amounts  received,  by  foreclosure,  eminent  domain,
   condemnation  or otherwise,  in connection  with the liquidation of defaulted
   residential  loans.  These  amounts  will also  include the net proceeds on a
   monthly  basis with  respect to any  properties  acquired  for the benefit of
   holders of securities by deed in lieu of foreclosure or repossession

      (5) any advances made as described under "--Advances" in this prospectus;

      (6) all amounts  required to be  transferred  to the Trust  Account from a
   Reserve  Fund,  if any, as described  below under  "--Subordination"  in this
   prospectus;

      (7) all proceeds of any residential loan or underlying  mortgaged property
   purchased by any Unaffiliated Seller as described under "Residential Loans --
   Representations  by  Unaffiliated  Sellers;  Repurchases,"  exclusive  of any
   Retained Interest applicable to the loan;

      (8) all proceeds of any  residential  loan  repurchased as described under
   "--Termination" in this prospectus;

      (9) any  payments  required  to be  deposited  in the Trust  Account  with
   respect to any deductible  clause in any blanket  insurance  policy described
   under "Description of Primary Insurance Coverage -- Primary Hazard
   Insurance Policies" in this prospectus;

      (10) any amount  required  to be  deposited  by the  trustee or the master
   servicer in connection  with losses  realized on investments of funds held in
   the Trust Account;

      (11) any amounts  required to be transferred to the Trust Account pursuant
   to any guaranteed investment contract; and

      (12) any distributions received on any mortgage securities included in the
   related trust fund.

PAYMENTS ON AGENCY SECURITIES

   The agency securities included in a trust fund will be registered in the name
of the trustee so that all  distributions on the agency  securities will be made
directly to the trustee.  The trustee will deposit or cause to be deposited into
the Trust Account as and when received, unless otherwise provided in the related
trust agreement,  all distributions  received by the trustee with respect to the
related agency securities.  The trustee will not be required to deposit payments
due on or before the Cut-Off Date and any trust  administration  fee and amounts
representing the Retained Interest, if any.


                                      -53-


<PAGE>

DISTRIBUTIONS

   Distributions of principal and interest on the securities of each series will
be  made  by or on  behalf  of  the  trustee  or  the  master  servicer  on  the
distribution  dates and at the  intervals  specified  in the related  prospectus
supplement.  These  intervals  may  be  monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual  or as
specified  in the related  prospectus  supplement.  The trustee  will make these
distributions to the persons in whose names the securities are registered at the
close of  business  on the  record  date  specified  in the  related  prospectus
supplement.  The amount of each  distribution will be determined as of the close
of business  on each  determination  date  specified  in the related  prospectus
supplement.

   Distributions will be made either:

   o  by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account of a holder
      of securities at a bank or other entity having appropriate  facilities for
      the transfer,  if the holder of securities  has so notified the trustee or
      the master servicer and holds securities in any requisite amount specified
      in the related prospectus supplement, or

   o  by check  mailed to the address of the person  entitled to the check as it
      appears on the Security Register.

However,  the final  distribution  in retirement of the securities  will be made
only if presentation  and surrender of the securities has occurred at the office
or agency of the  Security  Registrar  specified  in the  notice to  holders  of
securities of the final  distribution.  The related  prospectus  supplement  may
specify that  distributions  made to the holders of securities will be made on a
pro rata basis among the holders of securities  of record on the related  record
date,  other than in respect of the final  distribution,  based on the aggregate
percentage interest represented by their respective securities.

   FINAL  DISTRIBUTION  DATE. If specified in the prospectus  supplement for any
series consisting of classes having  sequential  priorities for distributions of
principal,  the final  distribution  date for each  class of  securities  is the
latest  distribution date on which the security principal balance is expected to
be  reduced  to zero.  The  final  distribution  date  will be based on  various
assumptions, including the assumption that no prepayments or defaults occur with
respect to the related assets of the trust fund.  Since the rate of distribution
of principal of any class of securities will depend on, among other things,  the
rate of payment,  including  prepayments,  of the principal of the assets of the
trust fund, the actual last  distribution date for any class of securities could
occur significantly earlier than its final distribution date.

   The rate of  payments  on the  assets  of the  trust  fund for any  series of
securities will depend on their  particular  characteristics,  as well as on the
prevailing level of interest rates from time to time and other economic factors.
We cannot  assure the actual  prepayment  experience  of the assets of the trust
fund.  See "Maturity  and  Prepayment  Considerations"  in this  prospectus.  In
addition,  substantial losses on the assets of the trust fund in a given period,
even though  within the limits of the  protection  afforded  by the  instruments
described under  "Description  of Credit  Support," in this prospectus or by the
subordinate securities in the case of a senior/subordinate series, may cause the
actual last  distribution  date of certain  classes of securities to occur after
their final distribution date.

SPECIAL   DISTRIBUTIONS.   With  respect  to  any  series  of  securities   with
distribution  dates  occurring at intervals less  frequently  than monthly,  the
securities may be subject to special  distributions


                                      -54-


<PAGE>

under the  circumstances  and in the manner described below if and to the extent
provided  in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  If  applicable,  the  master
servicer  may be  required  to make or  cause to be made  special  distributions
allocable to principal and interest on securities of a series out of, and to the
extent of, the amount  available  for the  distributions  in the  related  Trust
Account.  The related  prospectus  supplement  will specify the date the special
distribution is to be made. Special distributions may be made if, as a result of

   o  substantial payments of principal on the assets of the trust fund,

   o  low rates then  available  for  reinvestment  of payments on assets of the
      trust fund,

   o  substantial Realized Losses or

   o  some combination of the foregoing, and

   o  based on the assumptions specified in the related agreement,

it is  determined  that the  amount  anticipated  to be on  deposit in the Trust
Account on the next distribution date,  together with the amount available to be
withdrawn from any related  Reserve Fund, may be  insufficient  to make required
distributions on the securities of the related series on the  distribution  date
or the intervening date as may be provided in the related prospectus supplement.

The amount of any special  distribution  that is allocable to principal will not
exceed the amount that would  otherwise be  distributed as principal on the next
distribution date from amounts then on deposit in the Trust Account. All special
distributions will include interest at the applicable Trust Interest Rate on the
amount of the special distribution  allocable to principal to the date specified
in the related prospectus supplement.

   All special  distributions of principal will be made in the same priority and
manner  as  distributions  in  respect  of  principal  on  the  securities  on a
distribution date. Special distributions of principal with respect to securities
of the  same  class  will be made on a pro rata  basis.  Notice  of any  special
distributions  will be given by the  master  servicer  or  trustee  prior to the
special distribution date.

PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE SECURITIES

   Each  class of  securities,  other  than  certain  classes  of  interest-only
securities,  may have a different  security interest rate, which may be a fixed,
variable or adjustable security interest rate. The related prospectus supplement
will  specify the  security  interest  rate for each class,  or in the case of a
variable or adjustable  security  interest rate, the method for  determining the
security interest rate. The related prospectus supplement will specify the basis
on which interest on the securities will be calculated.

   Some classes of securities will not be entitled to interest payments.

   With respect to each distribution  date, the accrued interest with respect to
each security other than an interest-only security, will be equal to interest on
the outstanding security principal balance immediately prior to the distribution
date,  at  the  applicable   security  interest  rate,  for  a  period  of  time
corresponding to the intervals  between the  distribution  dates for the related
series.  As to each  interest-only  security,  the interest  with respect to any
distribution  date will equal the amount  described  in the  related  prospectus
supplement for the related period.


                                      -55-


<PAGE>

   The  related  prospectus  supplement  may specify  that the Accrued  Security
Interest  on each  security  of a  series  will be  reduced,  if  shortfalls  in
collections of interest occur  resulting from  prepayments of residential  loans
that are not  covered by payments by the master  servicer  out of its  servicing
fees or by application of prepayment penalties. This shortfall will be allocated
among all of the  securities  of that  series in  proportion  to the  respective
amounts  of  Accrued  Security  Interest  that  would  have been  payable on the
securities  absent the reductions and absent any  delinquencies  or losses.  The
related prospectus  supplement may specify that neither the trustee,  the master
servicer nor the  depositor  will be obligated  to fund  shortfalls  in interest
collections resulting from prepayments. See "Yield Considerations" and "Maturity
and Prepayment Considerations" in this prospectus.

   Distributions of Accrued Security Interest that would otherwise be payable on
any  class  of  Accrual  Securities  of a series  will be added to the  security
principal balance of the Accrual  Securities on each distribution date until the
time specified in the related prospectus  supplement on and after which payments
of interest on the Accrual Securities will be made. See  "--Distributions--Final
distribution date" in this prospectus.

   Some  securities  will have a security  principal  balance that, at any time,
will equal the  maximum  amount  that the holder  will be entitled to receive in
respect of principal out of the future cash flow on the assets of the trust fund
and other  assets  included in the related  trust fund.  With respect to each of
those  securities,  distributions  generally  will be  applied  to  accrued  and
currently  payable  interest,  and then to principal.  The outstanding  security
principal  balance of a security will be reduced to the extent of  distributions
in respect of principal, and in the case of securities evidencing interests in a
trust fund that includes residential loans, by the amount of any Realized Losses
allocated to the securities.

   Some  securities will not have a security  principal  balance and will not be
entitled to principal payments. The initial aggregate security principal balance
of a series  and each  class of the  related  series  will be  specified  in the
related prospectus supplement.  The initial aggregate security principal balance
of all classes of securities of a series may be based on the aggregate principal
balance of the assets in the  related  trust  fund.  Alternatively,  the initial
security  principal  balance  for a series of  securities  may equal the initial
aggregate  Cash Flow  Value of the  related  assets of the trust  fund as of the
applicable Cut-Off Date.

   The aggregate of the initial Cash Flow Values of the assets of the trust fund
included in the trust fund for a series of securities  will be at least equal to
the aggregate security principal balance of the securities of that series at the
date of initial issuance of that series.

   With respect to any series as to which the initial security principal balance
is  calculated on the basis of Cash Flow Values of the assets of the trust fund,
the amount of principal  distributed  for the series on each  distribution  date
will be calculated in the manner set forth in the related prospectus supplement,
which may be on the basis of:

   o  the decline in the  aggregate  Cash Flow Values of the assets of the trust
      fund during the related Due Period, calculated in the manner prescribed in
      the related agreement; minus

   o  with respect to any Realized Loss  incurred  during the related Due Period
      and not covered by any of the instruments  described under "Description of
      Credit Support" in this prospectus,  the portion of the Cash Flow Value of
      the assets of the trust fund corresponding to the Realized Loss.


                                      -56-


<PAGE>

   Generally,  distributions  in  respect  of  principal  will  be  made on each
distribution  date to the class or classes of security entitled to distributions
of principal until the security  principal balance of the class has been reduced
to zero.  In the case of two or more  classes  of  securities  in a series,  the
timing,  sequential order and amount of distributions,  including  distributions
among  multiple  classes of senior  securities  or  subordinate  securities,  in
respect of principal on each class will be as provided in the related prospectus
supplement.  Distributions  in respect of principal  of any class of  securities
will be made on a pro rata basis among all of the securities of the class.

AVAILABLE DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT

   As more  specifically  set forth in the related  prospectus  supplement,  all
distributions  on the securities of each series on each  distribution  date will
generally be made from the "Available Distribution Amount" which consists of the
following amounts:

      (1) the total amount of all cash on deposit in the related  Trust  Account
   as of a determination  date specified in the related  prospectus  supplement,
   exclusive of certain amounts payable on future distribution dates and certain
   amounts  payable to the master  servicer,  any applicable  sub-servicer,  the
   trustee or another person as expenses of the trust fund;

      (2) any  principal  and/or  interest  advances  made with  respect  to the
   distribution date, if applicable;

      (3) any principal and/or interest payments made by the master servicer out
   of its  servicing  fee in  respect  of  interest  shortfalls  resulting  from
   principal prepayments, if applicable; and

      (4) all net  income  received  in  connection  with the  operation  of any
   residential  property acquired on behalf of the holders of securities through
   deed in lieu of foreclosure or repossession, if applicable.

   On each  distribution  date for a series of  securities,  the  trustee or the
master  servicer will be required to withdraw or cause to be withdrawn  from the
Trust Account the entire Available  Distribution  Amount.  The trustee or master
servicer will then be required to distribute  the withdrawn  amount or cause the
withdrawn  amount to be distributed to the related  holders of securities in the
manner set forth in this prospectus and in the related prospectus supplement.

SUBORDINATION

   A senior/subordinate series will consist of one or more classes of securities
senior in right of payment to one or more classes of subordinate securities,  as
specified in the related prospectus supplement. Subordination of the subordinate
securities  of any  series  will be  effected  by  either  of the two  following
methods,  or by any other alternative  method as may be described in the related
prospectus supplement.

   SHIFTING INTEREST SUBORDINATION.  With respect to any series of securities as
to which  credit  support is provided by shifting  interest  subordination,  the
rights of the holders of certain  classes of  subordinate  securities to receive
distributions  with respect to the residential  loans will be subordinate to the
rights of the holders of certain classes of senior  securities.  With respect to
any defaulted  residential  loan that is finally  liquidated,  the amount of any
Realized Loss will generally equal the portion of the unpaid  principal  balance
remaining after application of all


                                      -57


<PAGE>

principal amounts recovered,  net of amounts reimbursable to the master servicer
for related  expenses.  With respect to certain  residential loans the principal
balances of which have been reduced in connection with  bankruptcy  proceedings,
the amount of the reduction will be treated as a Realized Loss.

   All  Realized  Losses  will  be  allocated  first  to  the  most  subordinate
securities  of  the  related  series  as  described  in the  related  prospectus
supplement,  until  the  security  principal  balance  of the  most  subordinate
securities has been reduced to zero. Any additional Realized Losses will then be
allocated to the more senior securities or, if the series includes more than one
class of more  senior  securities,  either on a pro rata basis  among all of the
more senior  securities in proportion to their respective  outstanding  security
principal balances,  or as provided in the related prospectus  supplement.  With
respect to certain Realized Losses resulting from physical damage to residential
properties  which are  generally of the same type as are covered under a special
hazard  insurance  policy,  the amount that may be allocated to the  subordinate
securities  of the related  series may be limited to an amount  specified in the
related  prospectus  supplement.  See  "Description of Credit Support -- Special
Hazard Insurance Policies" in this prospectus.  If so, any Realized Losses which
are  not  allocated  to the  subordinate  classes  may be  allocated  among  all
outstanding  classes of securities of the related  series,  either on a pro rata
basis in proportion to their outstanding security principal balances, regardless
of whether any subordinate securities remain outstanding,  or as provided in the
related prospectus supplement.

   As set  forth  above,  the  rights  of  holders  of the  various  classes  of
securities of any series to receive  distributions  of principal and interest is
determined  by the  aggregate  security  principal  balance of each  class.  The
security  principal  balance of any  security  will be  reduced  by all  amounts
previously  distributed  on the  security  in respect of  principal,  and, if so
provided in the related prospectus supplement,  by any Realized Losses allocated
to the security.  However,  to the extent so provided in the related  prospectus
supplement,   holders  of  senior  securities  may  be  entitled  to  receive  a
disproportionately   larger   amount  of   prepayments   received   in   certain
circumstances.  This will have the effect, in the absence of offsetting  losses,
of accelerating  the  amortization  of the senior  securities and increasing the
respective  percentage  interest evidenced by the subordinate  securities in the
related trust fund,  with a  corresponding  decrease in the percentage  interest
evidenced by the senior  securities,  as well as preserving the  availability of
the  subordination  provided by the  subordinate  securities.  In addition,  the
Realized Losses will be first  allocated to subordinate  securities by reduction
of their security  principal  balance,  which will have the effect of increasing
the  respective  ownership  interest  evidenced by the senior  securities in the
related trust fund. If there were no Realized Losses or prepayments of principal
on any of the  residential  loans,  the  respective  rights  of the  holders  of
securities of any series to future distributions would not change.

   CASH FLOW SUBORDINATION. With respect to any series of securities as to which
credit  support  is  provided  by cash  flow  subordination,  if  losses  on the
residential loans occur not in excess of the Available Subordination Amount, the
rights of the holders of  subordinate  securities  to receive  distributions  of
principal and interest with respect to the residential loans will be subordinate
to the rights of the holders of senior securities.

   The  protection  afforded  to the  holders  of  senior  securities  from  the
subordination  provisions may be effected both by the preferential  right of the
holders of senior  securities to receive  current  distributions  from the trust
fund,  subject  to the  limitations  described  in this  prospectus,  and by the
establishment  and  maintenance  of any Reserve  Fund.  The Reserve  Fund may be
funded by an


                                      -58-


<PAGE>

initial cash deposit on the date of the initial  issuance of the related  series
of  securities  and by  deposits  of amounts  otherwise  due on the  subordinate
securities to the extent set forth in the related prospectus supplement.

   Amounts in the  Reserve  Fund,  if any,  other than  earnings  on the Reserve
Funds, will be withdrawn for distribution to holders of senior securities as may
be  necessary  to make  full  distributions  to those  holders  on a  particular
distribution date, as described above. If on any distribution date, after giving
effect to the  distributions  to the holders of senior  securities on this date,
the amount of the Reserve  Fund  exceeds  the amount  required to be held in the
Reserve  Fund,  the  excess  will be  withdrawn  and  distributed  in the manner
specified in the related prospectus supplement.

   If any Reserve Fund is depleted before the Available  Subordination Amount is
reduced to zero,  the  holders of senior  securities  will  nevertheless  have a
preferential  right to receive current  distributions from the trust fund to the
extent  of  the  then  Available  Subordination  Amount.  However,  under  these
circumstances,  if current distributions are insufficient, the holders of senior
securities could suffer shortfalls of amounts due to them. The holders of senior
securities  will bear their  proportionate  share of any losses  realized on the
trust fund in excess of the Available Subordination Amount.

   Amounts  remaining  in any  Reserve  Fund after the  Available  Subordination
Amount is  reduced  to zero will no longer be subject to any claims or rights of
the holders of senior securities of the series.

   Funds in any  Reserve  Fund  may be  invested  in  United  States  government
securities and other high quality  investments.  The earnings or losses on those
investments  will be applied in the manner  described in the related  prospectus
supplement.

   The time  necessary  for any Reserve Fund to reach the required  Reserve Fund
balance  will  be  affected  by the  prepayment,  foreclosure,  and  delinquency
experience  of  the  residential   loans  and  therefore  cannot  accurately  be
predicted.

   SUBORDINATION AND CASH FLOW VALUES.  The security  principal  balances of the
various  classes of  securities  comprising a  senior/subordinate  series may be
based on the  Cash  Flow  Value  of the  residential  loans.  If the  percentage
allocated to the senior  securities of the decline in the Cash Flow Value of the
residential loans during the related Deposit Period exceeds the remaining amount
of  collections  and advances in respect of the  residential  loans after paying
interest on the senior securities,  the holders of the senior securities may not
receive all amounts to which they are entitled. In addition,  this may result in
a loss being borne by the holders of the subordinate securities.

   Because  the Cash Flow  Value of a  residential  loan will  never  exceed the
outstanding  principal balance of the residential loan,  prepayments in full and
liquidations  of the  residential  loans may result in proceeds  attributable to
principal in excess of the  corresponding  Cash Flow Value  decline.  Any excess
will be applied to offset losses  realized  during the related  Deposit  Period,
such as those described in the immediately  preceding  paragraph,  in respect of
other   liquidated   residential   loans   without   affecting   the   remaining
subordination.  This excess may also be  deposited  in a Reserve Fund for future
distributions.


                                      -59-


<PAGE>

ADVANCES

   The related prospectus  supplement,  with respect to any series of securities
evidencing interests in a trust fund that includes residential loans may specify
that the  master  servicer  will be  obligated  to  advance  on or  before  each
distribution  date,  from  its  own  funds,  or from  amounts  held  for  future
distribution  in the  Trust  Account  that  are not  included  in the  Available
Distribution Amount for the distribution date. The amount of the advance will be
equal to the aggregate of payments of principal and/or interest, adjusted to the
applicable Net Interest Rate, on the residential  loans that were due during the
related  Due  Period  and  that  were  delinquent,   and  not  advanced  by  any
sub-servicer,  on the applicable determination date. Any amounts held for future
distribution  and so used will be replaced  by the master  servicer on or before
any future  distribution  date to the extent that funds in the Trust  Account on
the  distribution  date will be less than  payments  to  holders  of  securities
required to be made on the distribution date.

   The related  prospectus  supplement  may specify that the  obligation  of the
master servicer to make advances may be subject to the good faith  determination
of the master servicer that the advances will be reimbursable  from related late
collections,  Insurance  Proceeds or Liquidation  Proceeds.  See "Description of
Credit  Support" in this  prospectus.  As  specified  in the related  prospectus
supplement  with respect to any series of  securities as to which the trust fund
includes mortgage securities,  the master servicer's advancing  obligations,  if
any, will be pursuant to the terms of the mortgage securities.

   Advances are  intended to maintain a regular  flow of scheduled  interest and
principal payments to holders of securities,  rather than to guarantee or insure
against losses. The related prospectus supplement may specify that advances will
be  reimbursable  to the  master  servicer,  without  interest,  out of  related
recoveries on the residential loans respecting which amounts were advanced,  or,
to the extent that the master servicer  determines  that any advance  previously
made will not be ultimately  recoverable from Insurance  Proceeds or Liquidation
Proceeds,  a  nonrecoverable  advance,  from any  cash  available  in the  Trust
Account.  The related prospectus  supplement may specify that the obligations of
the master  servicer to make  advances may be secured by a cash advance  reserve
fund or a surety bond.  Information  regarding the  characteristics  of, and the
identity of any borrower  of, any surety bond,  will be set forth in the related
prospectus supplement.

STATEMENTS TO HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

   On each distribution date, the master servicer or the trustee will forward or
cause to be forwarded to each holder of securities of the related  series and to
the  depositor a statement  including the  information  specified in the related
prospectus supplement. This information may include the following:

      (1) the  amount  of the  distribution,  if any,  allocable  to  principal,
   separately  identifying the aggregate amount of principal prepayments and, if
   applicable,   related  prepayment   penalties  received  during  the  related
   Prepayment Period;

      (2) the amount of the distribution, if any, allocable to interest;

      (3) the amount of administration and servicing compensation received by or
   on behalf of the trustee,  master servicer and any sub-servicer  with respect
   to the  distribution  date and  other  customary  information  as the  master
   servicer or the trustee  deems  necessary or


                                      -60-


<PAGE>

   desirable to enable  holders of  securities  to prepare  their tax returns or
   which a holder of securities reasonably requests for this purpose;

      (4) if applicable,  the aggregate amount of any advances  included in this
   distribution and the aggregate amount of any unreimbursed  advances as of the
   close of business on the distribution date;

      (5) the security principal balance of a minimum denomination security, and
   the aggregate  security  principal  balance of all of the  securities of that
   series,  after giving effect to the amounts  distributed on the  distribution
   date;

      (6) the number and aggregate principal balance of any residential loans in
   the related trust fund (a) delinquent  one month,  (b) delinquent two or more
   months and (c) as to which repossession or foreclosure  proceedings have been
   commenced;

      (7) with respect to any residential property acquired through foreclosure,
   deed in lieu of foreclosure  or  repossession  during the preceding  calendar
   month, the loan number and principal balance of the related  residential loan
   as of the close of  business  on the  distribution  date in the month and the
   date of acquisition;

      (8)  the  book  value  of  any  residential   property   acquired  through
   foreclosure,  deed in lieu of foreclosure or  repossession as of the close of
   business  on the  last  business  day of the  calendar  month  preceding  the
   distribution date;

      (9) the aggregate  unpaid  principal  balance of the mortgage loans at the
   close of business on the related distribution date;

      (10) in the case of securities with a variable security interest rate, the
   security interest rate applicable to the distribution  date, as calculated in
   accordance with the method specified in the prospectus supplement relating to
   the related series;

      (11) in the case of securities with an adjustable  security interest rate,
   for  statements to be  distributed  in any month in which an adjustment  date
   occurs, the adjusted security interest rate applicable to the next succeeding
   distribution date;

      (12) as to any series including one or more classes of Accrual Securities,
   the interest  accrued on each class with respect to the related  distribution
   date and added to the security principal balance;

      (13) the amount  remaining in the Reserve Fund, if any, as of the close of
   business on the distribution  date, after giving effect to distributions made
   on the related distribution date;

      (14) as to any senior/subordinate  series, information as to the remaining
   amount  of  protection  against  losses  afforded  to the  holders  of senior
   securities by the  subordination  provisions  and  information  regarding any
   shortfalls  in  payments  to the  holder of senior  securities  which  remain
   outstanding; and

      (15) with respect to any series of  securities  as to which the trust fund
   includes  mortgage  securities,  certain  additional  information as required
   under the related  pooling and  servicing  agreement or trust  agreement,  as
   applicable.

Information  furnished  pursuant  to  clauses  (1),  (2)  and (3)  above  may be
expressed as a dollar amount per minimum denomination security.


                                      -61-


<PAGE>

   Within a reasonable  period of time after the end of each calendar  year, the
master servicer or the trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished a report to
every  person  who was a holder of record of a security  at any time  during the
calendar  year.  This report will set forth the  aggregate  of amounts  reported
pursuant to clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the immediately  preceding paragraph for
the  related  calendar  year or if the  person  was a holder of record  during a
portion of the calendar year, for the applicable portion of that year.

   The related  prospectus  supplement may provide that  additional  information
with respect to a series of securities will be included in these statements.  In
addition, the master servicer or the trustee will file with the Internal Revenue
Service and furnish to holders of securities  the  statements or  information as
may be required by the Code or applicable procedures of the IRS.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

   If not issued in fully  registered  form,  each class of  securities  will be
registered as book-entry  securities.  Persons  acquiring  beneficial  ownership
interests in the securities  will hold their  securities  through the Depository
Trust  Company in the United  States,  or Cedelbank or The  Euroclear  System in
Europe,  if they  are  Participants  of these  systems,  or  indirectly  through
organizations which are Participants in these systems.

   The book-entry  securities will be issued in one or more  certificates  which
equal the aggregate  principal  balance of the  securities and will initially be
registered  in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC.  CEDEL and  Euroclear
will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their  Participants  through customers'
securities  accounts  in  CEDEL's  and  Euroclear's  names on the books of their
respective  depositaries  which in turn will hold these  positions in customers'
securities  accounts in the  depositaries'  names on the books of DTC. Except as
described  below,  no Security  Owner will be  entitled to receive a  Definitive
Certificate.  Unless and until Definitive  Securities are issued,  we anticipate
that only  "holders"  of the  securities  will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.
Security Owners are only permitted to exercise their rights  indirectly  through
the Participants and DTC.

   The Security Owner's  ownership of a book-entry  security will be recorded on
the records of the Financial Intermediary. In turn, the Financial Intermediary's
ownership of the  book-entry  security will be recorded on the records of DTC or
of a participating firm that acts as agent for the Financial Intermediary, whose
interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if the Security Owner's
Financial  Intermediary  is not a  Participant  and on the  records  of CEDEL or
Euroclear, as appropriate).

   Security Owners will receive all  distributions of principal of, and interest
on, the securities from the trustee through DTC and the Participants.  While the
securities are outstanding,  except under the circumstances described under this
caption "--Book-Entry  Registration of Securities," under the rules, regulations
and procedures creating and affecting DTC and its operations, DTC is required to
make  book-entry  transfers  among  Participants  on whose  behalf  it acts with
respect to the securities and is required to receive and transmit  distributions
of  principal  of, and interest on, the  securities.  Participants  and indirect
participants  with whom Security Owners have accounts with respect to securities
are  similarly  required to make  book-entry  transfers and receive and transmit
these distributions on behalf of their respective Security Owners.  Accordingly,
although Security Owners will not possess  certificates,  the rules creating and


                                      -62-


<PAGE>

affecting DTC and its operations  provide a mechanism by which  Security  Owners
will receive distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.

   Security  Owners  will not  receive or be  entitled  to receive  certificates
representing  their  respective  interests in the  securities,  except under the
limited  circumstances  described below. Unless and until Definitive  Securities
are issued,  Security Owners who are not Participants may transfer  ownership of
securities only through  Participants  and indirect  participants by instructing
the Participants and indirect participants to transfer securities, by book-entry
transfer, through DTC for the account of the purchasers of the securities, which
account  is  maintained  with  their  respective  Participants.  Under the rules
creating and  affecting  DTC and its  operations  and in  accordance  with DTC's
normal procedures, transfers of ownership of securities will be executed through
DTC and the accounts of the respective  Participants  at DTC will be debited and
credited. Similarly, the Participants and indirect participants will make debits
or  credits,  as the case may be, on their  records on behalf of the selling and
purchasing Security Owners.

   Because of time zone differences,  credits of securities received in CEDEL or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a  Participant  will be made during
subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following
the DTC  settlement  date.  The credits or any  transactions  in the  securities
settled  during this  processing  will be reported to the relevant  Euroclear or
CEDEL  Participants on that business day. Cash received in CEDEL or Euroclear as
a result of sales of securities by or through a CEDEL  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant  to a DTC  Participant  will  be  received  with  value  on the  DTC
settlement  date but will be available in the relevant  CEDEL or Euroclear  cash
account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

   Transfers  between  Participants  will  occur in  accordance  with the  rules
creating  and  affecting  DTC  and  its  operations.   Transfers  between  CEDEL
Participants  and Euroclear  Participants  will occur in  accordance  with their
respective rules and operating procedures.

   Under a book-entry format, beneficial owners of the book-entry securities may
experience  some delay in their  receipt of  payments,  since the  trustee  will
forward  payments to Cede & Co.  Distributions  with respect to securities  held
through  CEDEL or  Euroclear  will be  credited  to the cash  accounts  of CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear  Participants in accordance with the relevant system's
rules and procedures,  to the extent received by the relevant depositary.  These
distributions  will be subject to tax reporting in accordance  with the relevant
United States tax laws and regulations. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in
this prospectus. Because DTC can only act on behalf of Financial Intermediaries,
the ability of a beneficial owner to pledge book-entry  securities to persons or
entities that do not  participate  in the depository  system,  or otherwise take
actions in respect of the book-entry securities,  may by limited due to the lack
of physical certificates for the book-entry securities. In addition, issuance of
the  book-entry  securities in  book-entry  form may reduce the liquidity of the
securities in the  secondary  market since  certain  potential  investors may be
unwilling  to  purchase   securities  for  which  they  cannot  obtain  physical
certificates.

   The related  prospectus  supplement  may specify that Cede & Co. will provide
monthly and annual  reports on the trust fund as nominee of DTC.  Cede & Co. may
make these reports  available to beneficial  owners if requested,  in accordance
with  the  rules,   regulations  and  procedures   creating  and  affecting  the
depository,  and to the  Financial  Intermediaries  to whose  DTC  accounts  the
book-entry securities of the beneficial owners are credited.


                                      -63-


<PAGE>

   We understand that,  unless and until Definitive  Securities are issued,  DTC
will take any action  permitted  to be taken by the  holders  of the  book-entry
securities  under the terms of the  securities  only at the  direction of one or
more Financial  Intermediaries  to whose DTC accounts the book-entry  securities
are credited,  to the extent that these actions are taken on behalf of Financial
Intermediaries  whose holdings  include these  book-entry  securities.  CEDEL or
Euroclear,  as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to be taken
by a holder of securities under the terms of the securities on behalf of a CEDEL
Participant or Euroclear  Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules
and procedures  and subject to the ability of the relevant  depositary to effect
the actions on its behalf through DTC. DTC may take actions, at the direction of
the related  Participants,  with respect to some securities  which conflict with
actions taken with respect to other securities.

   Definitive  Securities  will be delivered to beneficial  owners of securities
(or their nominees) only if:

   (1)  DTC  is  no  longer   willing  or  able   properly  to   discharge   its
responsibilities as depository with respect to the securities, and the depositor
is unable to locate a qualified successor,

   (2) the  depositor or trustee,  at its sole option,  elects to terminate  the
book-entry system through DTC, or

   (3)  after the  occurrence  of an event of  default  under  the  pooling  and
servicing agreement, Security Owners representing a majority in principal amount
of the securities of any class then outstanding advise DTC through a Participant
of DTC in writing that the continuation of a book-entry  system through DTC or a
successor thereto is no longer in the best interest of the Security Owners.

   If any of the events described in the immediately  preceding paragraph occur,
the trustee will notify all beneficial owners of the occurrence of the event and
the availability through DTC of Definitive Securities. If the global certificate
or certificates  representing  the book-entry  securities and  instructions  for
reregistration  are  surrendered  by DTC,  the  trustee  will  issue  Definitive
Securities.  The  trustee  will then  recognize  the  holders of the  Definitive
Securities as holders of securities under the applicable agreement.

   Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing  procedures in
order to facilitate transfers of securities among Participants of DTC, CEDEL and
Euroclear,  they are under no  obligation  to perform or continue to perform the
procedures and may discontinue the procedures at any time.

   None of the master  servicer,  the  depositor  or the  trustee  will have any
responsibility  for any aspect of the records  relating,  to or payments made on
account of beneficial  ownership interests of the book-entry  securities held by
Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records  relating to the beneficial  ownership  interests.  WE CANNOT ASSURE YOU
THAT CEDE & CO., DTC OR ANY FINANCIAL  INTERMEDIARY WILL PROVIDE  INFORMATION TO
YOU  OR  ACT  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THEIR  RESPECTIVE  RULES,  REGULATIONS,  AND
PROCEDURES.

COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES

   RESIDENTIAL LOANS.  The master servicer, directly or through
sub-servicers, will be required to

   o  make  reasonable  efforts  to  collect  all  required  payments  under the
      residential loans and


                                      -64-


<PAGE>

   o  follow  or cause to be  followed  the  collection  procedures  as it would
      follow  with  respect  to the  servicing  of  residential  loans  that are
      comparable to the residential loans and held for its own account. However,
      these  procedures  must be consistent with any insurance  policy,  bond or
      other  instrument   described  under  "Description  of  Primary  Insurance
      Coverage" or "Description of Credit Support" in this prospectus.

With  respect to any series of  securities  as to which the trust fund  includes
mortgage   securities,   the  master  servicer's  servicing  and  administration
obligations, if any, will be pursuant to the terms of these mortgage securities.

   In any case in which a  residential  property  has  been,  or is about to be,
conveyed, or in the case of a multifamily residential property,  encumbered,  by
the borrower,  the master  servicer  will, to the extent it has knowledge of the
conveyance,  encumbrance,  or proposed  conveyance or  encumbrance,  exercise or
cause to be exercised its rights to accelerate  the maturity of the  residential
loan under any applicable  due-on-sale or due-on-encumbrance  clause. The master
servicer  will  accelerate  the  maturity  only if the exercise of the rights is
permitted  by  applicable  law and will not  impair or  threaten  to impair  any
recovery under any related Insurance Instrument. If these conditions are not met
or if the master servicer or sub-servicer reasonably believes it is unable under
applicable law to enforce the  due-on-sale  or  due-on-encumbrance  clause,  the
master servicer or  sub-servicer  will enter into or cause to be entered into an
assumption and  modification  agreement with the person to whom the property has
been conveyed, encumbered or is proposed to be conveyed or encumbered.  Pursuant
to the assumption and  modification  agreement,  the person to whom the property
has been conveyed becomes liable under the mortgage note, cooperative note, Home
Improvement Contract or Manufactured  Housing Contract.  To the extent permitted
by applicable law, the borrower remains liable on the mortgage note, cooperative
note, Home Improvement Contract or Manufactured Housing Contract,  provided that
coverage under any Insurance  Instrument with respect to the residential loan is
not adversely affected.

   The master servicer can enter into a substitution of liability agreement with
the person to whom the  property is  conveyed,  pursuant  to which the  original
borrower  is  released  from  liability  and the  person is  substituted  as the
borrower and becomes  liable under the mortgage  note,  cooperative  note,  Home
Improvement  Contract or Manufactured  Housing Contract.  In connection with any
assumption,  the interest rate,  the amount of the monthly  payment or any other
term affecting the amount or timing of payment on the  residential  loan may not
be  changed.  Any fee  collected  by or on behalf  of the  master  servicer  for
entering  into an  assumption  agreement  may be retained by or on behalf of the
master servicer as additional  compensation  for  administering of the assets of
the  trust  fund.   See  "Certain   Legal  Aspects  of   Residential   Loans  --
Enforceability   of  Certain   Provisions"   and  "--  Prepayment   Charges  and
Prepayments" in this prospectus.  The master servicer will be required to notify
the trustee and any custodian that any assumption or substitution  agreement has
been completed.

   AGENCY  SECURITIES.  The trustee will be  required,  if it has not received a
distribution  with respect to any agency  security by the date  specified in the
related  prospectus  supplement  in  accordance  with the  terms  of its  agency
security, to request the issuer or guarantor,  if any, of the agency security to
make this payment as promptly as possible. The trustee will be legally permitted
to take legal  action  against  the issuer or  guarantor  as the  trustee  deems
appropriate under the circumstances,  including the prosecution of any claims in
connection with the agency  securities.  The reasonable  legal fees and expenses
incurred by the trustee in connection  with the


                                      -65-


<PAGE>

prosecution of the legal action will be  reimbursable  to the trustee out of the
proceeds of the action and will be retained by the trustee  prior to the deposit
of any remaining  proceeds in the Trust Account pending  distribution to holders
of securities of the related series.  If the proceeds of the legal action may be
insufficient  to  reimburse  the  trustee for its legal fees and  expenses,  the
trustee will be entitled to withdraw  from the Trust  Account an amount equal to
the expenses incurred by it, in which event the trust fund may realize a loss up
to the amount so charged.

REALIZATION ON DEFAULTED RESIDENTIAL LOANS

   As servicer  of the  residential  loans,  the master  servicer,  on behalf of
itself,  the trustee and the holders of  securities,  will present claims to the
insurer under each Insurance Instrument,  to the extent specified in the related
prospectus  supplement.  The master servicer will be required to take reasonable
steps as are  necessary  to  receive  payment  or to permit  recovery  under the
Insurance  Instrument with respect to defaulted  residential  loans. The related
prospectus  supplement  may specify  that the master  servicer  will not receive
payment  under any letter of credit  included as an  Insurance  Instrument  with
respect to a defaulted  residential  loan unless all  Liquidation  Proceeds  and
Insurance Proceeds which it deems to be finally  recoverable have been realized.
However,   the  master  servicer  may  be  entitled  to  reimbursement  for  any
unreimbursed  advances and reimbursable  expenses for the defaulted  residential
loan.

   If any  property  securing  a  defaulted  residential  loan  is  damaged  and
proceeds,  if  any,  from  the  related  Primary  Hazard  Insurance  Policy  are
insufficient to restore the damaged property to a condition sufficient to permit
recovery under the related Primary Credit Insurance  Policy,  if any, the master
servicer  will not be  required  to expend its own funds to restore  the damaged
property unless it determines:

   (1) that the restoration  will increase the proceeds to holders of securities
on  liquidation  of the  residential  loan  after  reimbursement  of the  master
servicer for its expenses; and

   (2)  that the  expenses  will be  recoverable  by it from  related  Insurance
Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds.

   If recovery on a defaulted  residential loan under any related Primary Credit
Insurance  Policy is not  available  for the reasons set forth in the  preceding
paragraph,  or for any other reason,  the master servicer  nevertheless  will be
obligated to follow or cause to be followed the normal  practices and procedures
as it deems  necessary,  and appropriate  for the type of defaulted  residential
loan, or advisable to realize on the defaulted residential loan. If the proceeds
of any liquidation of the property  securing the defaulted  residential loan are
less than:

   o  the outstanding  principal  balance of the defaulted  residential loan, or
      the  Cash  Flow  Value  of the  mortgage  loan if the  security  principal
      balances are based on Cash Flow Values);

   o  the  amount of any liens  senior to the  defaulted  residential  loan plus
      interest  accrued on the  defaulted  residential  loan at the Net Interest
      Rate; plus

   o  the  aggregate  amount of  expenses  incurred  by the master  servicer  in
      connection  with the  proceedings  and  which are  reimbursable  under the
      related agreement

the trust fund will realize a loss in the amount of this difference.


                                      -66-


<PAGE>

   If the master servicer recovers  Insurance  Proceeds which, when added to any
related   Liquidation   Proceeds  and  after   deduction  of  certain   expenses
reimbursable to the master servicer, exceed the outstanding principal balance of
the  defaulted  residential  loan  together  with  accrued  interest  at the Net
Interest Rate,  the master  servicer will be entitled to withdraw or cause to be
withdrawn from the Trust Account amounts representing its normal  administration
compensation  on the  related  residential  loan.  If the  master  servicer  has
expended its own funds to restore damaged property and these funds have not been
reimbursed under any Insurance Instrument,  it will be entitled to withdraw from
the Trust Account out of related  Liquidation  Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds an
amount equal to the  expenses  incurred by it, in which event the trust fund may
realize a loss up to the  amount  charged.  Because  Insurance  Proceeds  cannot
exceed  deficiency  claims and certain expenses incurred by the master servicer,
no payment or recovery will result in a recovery to the trust fund which exceeds
the principal  balance of the defaulted  residential  loan together with accrued
interest on the defaulted residential loan at the Net Interest Rate.

   In  addition,  when  property  securing a defaulted  residential  loan can be
resold for an amount exceeding the outstanding  principal balance of the related
residential loan together with accrued interest and expenses, it may be expected
that,  if  retention  of any amount is legally  permissible,  the  insurer  will
exercise  its right  under any related  pool  insurance  policy to purchase  the
property and realize for itself any excess proceeds. See "Description of Primary
Insurance Coverage" and "Description of Credit Support" in this prospectus.

   With respect to  collateral  securing a  Cooperative  Loan,  any  prospective
purchaser  will  generally have to obtain the approval of the board of directors
of the relevant cooperative housing corporation before purchasing the shares and
acquiring  rights under the proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement  securing
that  Cooperative  Loan.  See "Certain  Legal  Aspects of  Residential  Loans --
Foreclosure on Cooperative Shares" in this prospectus.  This approval is usually
based on the  purchaser's  income and net worth and numerous other factors.  The
necessity of acquiring  approval could limit the number of potential  purchasers
for those shares and otherwise limit the master servicer's  ability to sell, and
realize the value of, those shares.

RETAINED INTEREST, ADMINISTRATION COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

   If the related prospectus  supplement provides for Retained  Interests,  they
may be established on a loan-by-loan or  security-by-security  basis and will be
specified in the related agreement or in an exhibit to the related agreement.  A
Retained  Interest in an asset of the trust fund represents a specified  portion
of the interest  payable on the asset.  The Retained  Interest  will be deducted
from  related  payments  as received  and will not be part of the related  trust
fund. Any partial recovery of interest on a residential loan, after deduction of
all applicable  administration fees, may be allocated between Retained Interest,
if any, and interest at the Net Interest Rate on a pro rata basis.

   The related prospectus supplement may specify that the primary administration
compensation  of the master  servicer or the trustee with respect to a series of
securities  will generally come from the monthly  payment to it, with respect to
each interest  payment on a trust fund asset. The amount of the compensation may
be at a rate equal to one-twelfth of the difference between the interest rate on
the asset and the sum of the Net Interest Rate and the Retained  Interest  Rate,
if any, times the scheduled principal balance of the trust fund asset.


                                      -67-


<PAGE>

   With respect to a series of  securities  as to which the trust fund  includes
mortgage  securities,  the  compensation  payable  to the  master  servicer  for
servicing and administering  these mortgage  securities on behalf of the holders
of the  securities  may be based on a  percentage  per  annum  described  in the
related  prospectus  supplement  of the  outstanding  balance of these  mortgage
securities and may be retained from  distributions  on the mortgage  securities.
Any  sub-servicer  may  receive  a  portion  of the  master  servicer's  primary
compensation as its sub-servicing compensation.  Since any Retained Interest and
the primary  compensation  of the master servicer or the trustee are percentages
of the  outstanding  principal  balance of each trust fund asset,  these amounts
will decrease as the assets of the trust fund amortize.

   As additional compensation in connection with a series of securities relating
to residential  loans, the master servicer or the  sub-servicers may be entitled
to retain all assumption  fees and late payment  charges and any prepayment fees
collected from the borrowers and any excess  recoveries  realized on liquidation
of a defaulted residential loan. Any interest or other income that may be earned
on funds held in the Trust Account  pending  monthly,  quarterly,  semiannual or
other periodic distributions, as applicable, or any sub-servicing account may be
paid as  additional  compensation  to the  trustee,  the master  servicer or the
sub-servicers,  as the case  may be.  The  prospectus  supplement  will  further
specify any allocations for these amounts.

   With respect to a series of securities  relating to  residential  loans,  the
master  servicer  will pay  from its  administration  compensation  its  regular
expenses  incurred in connection  with its servicing of the  residential  loans,
other than  expenses  relating  to  foreclosures  and  disposition  of  property
acquired in foreclosure.

   We anticipate that the  administration  compensation will in all cases exceed
these  expenses.  The master servicer is entitled to  reimbursement  for certain
expenses  incurred  by  it in  connection  with  the  liquidation  of  defaulted
residential  loans.  The  reimbursement  includes  under  certain  circumstances
reimbursement of expenditures  incurred by it in connection with the restoration
of residential properties, this right of reimbursement being prior to the rights
of holders of securities to receive any related Liquidation Proceeds. The master
servicer  may also be  entitled  to  reimbursement  from the Trust  Account  for
advances,  if  applicable.  With respect to a series of  securities  relating to
agency  securities,  the trustee will be required to pay all of its  anticipated
recurring expenses.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

   Each agreement  will generally  provide that on or before a specified date in
each year,  beginning  with the first date that occurs at least six months after
the Cut-Off  Date,  the master  servicer,  or the trustee,  at its expense shall
cause a firm of independent public accountants which is a member of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants to furnish a statement to the trustee.
In the statement,  the accounting  firm will be required to state that they have
performed  tests in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles
regarding  the records and  documents  relating to  residential  loans or agency
securities serviced, as part of their examination of the financial statements of
the  master  servicer  or  the  trustee,  as  the  case  may  be.  Based  on the
examination,  the  accountants  will be  required  to state  that  there were no
exceptions  that,  in their  opinion,  were  material,  or provide a list of the
exceptions.  In  rendering  that  statement,  the firm may rely,  as to  matters
relating  to  direct  servicing  of  residential  loans  by  sub-servicers,   on
comparable  statements for  examinations  conducted  substantially in compliance
with generally accepted accounting  principles in the residential loan servicing
industry,  rendered

                                      -68


<PAGE>

within one year of the statement, of independent public accountants with respect
to the related sub-servicer.

   Each applicable  servicing agreement or trust agreement will also provide for
delivery  to the  trustee,  on or before a  specified  date in each year,  of an
annual statement  signed by an officer of the master servicer,  in the case of a
pool of agency securities or mortgage securities, or of the trustee, in the case
of a trust agreement.  This statement will be to the effect that, to the best of
the officer's knowledge, the master servicer or the trustee, as the case may be,
has  fulfilled  its  obligations  under the  related  agreement  throughout  the
preceding year.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE MASTER SERVICER, THE DEPOSITOR AND THE TRUSTEE

   THE MASTER SERVICER.  The master servicer under each servicing agreement
will be identified in the related prospectus supplement. Each servicing
agreement will generally provide that:

   o  the master  servicer may resign from its  obligations and duties under the
      servicing  agreement with the prior written  approval of the depositor and
      the trustee; and

   o  shall resign if a determination  is made that its duties under the related
      agreement are no longer permissible under applicable law; and

   o  the  resignation  will  not  become  effective  until a  successor  master
      servicer  meeting the eligibility  requirements set forth in the servicing
      agreement has assumed, in writing,  the master servicer's  obligations and
      responsibilities under the servicing agreement.

   Each  servicing  agreement  will  further  provide  that  neither  the master
servicer nor any director,  officer,  employee,  or agent of the master servicer
shall be under any  liability to the related trust fund or holders of securities
for any  action  taken or for  refraining  from the taking of any action in good
faith pursuant to the servicing agreement,  or for errors in judgment.  However,
neither  the master  servicer  nor any person  shall be  protected

   o  against any liability for any breach of warranties or representations made
      in the servicing agreement; or

   o  against any specific liability imposed on the master servicer; or

      o   by the terms of the servicing agreement; or

      o   by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence  in
          the performance of duties under the agreement; or

      o   by reason of  reckless  disregard  of  obligations  and  duties  under
          the related servicing agreement.

The master servicer and any director,  officer,  employee or agent of the master
servicer  will be  entitled  to rely in good faith on any  document  of any kind
prima facie properly executed and submitted by any person respecting any matters
arising under the related  servicing  agreement.  Each  servicing  agreement may
further provide that the master servicer and any director,  officer, employee or
agent of the master servicer will be

   o  entitled to indemnification by the trust fund and


                                      -69-


<PAGE>

   o  will be held harmless against any loss, liability,  or expense incurred in
      connection  with any legal action  relating to the servicing  agreement or
      the securities,  the Pool Insurance  Policy,  the special hazard insurance
      policy and the Bankruptcy Bond, if any, other than

      o  any loss,  liability,  or expense  related to any specific  residential
         loan or residential loans,

      o  any loss, liability,  or expense otherwise reimbursable pursuant to the
         servicing agreement, and

      o  any  loss,  liability,   or  expense  incurred  by  reason  of  willful
         misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties
         under the agreement or by reason of reckless  disregard of  obligations
         and duties under the agreement.

   In addition,  each servicing  agreement will provide that the master servicer
will be under no obligation to appear in, prosecute,  or defend any legal action
which is not incidental to its duties under the servicing agreement and which in
its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.  The master servicer may
be permitted,  however,  in its  discretion to undertake any action which it may
deem  necessary or desirable  with respect to the  servicing  agreement  and the
rights and duties of the parties to the servicing agreement and the interests of
the holders of securities  under the  servicing  agreement.  In that event,  the
legal  expenses and costs of the action and any liability  resulting from taking
the actions  will be  expenses,  costs and  liabilities  of the trust fund.  The
master  servicer will be entitled to be reimbursed for these expenses out of the
Trust Account.  This right of reimbursement is prior to the rights of holders of
securities to receive any amount in the Trust Account.

   Any entity  into which the master  servicer  may be merged,  consolidated  or
converted, or any entity resulting from any merger,  consolidation or conversion
to which  the  master  servicer  is a party,  or any  entity  succeeding  to the
business of the master  servicer,  will be the successor of the master  servicer
under each servicing agreement.  However, the successor or surviving entity must
meet the qualifications specified in the related prospectus supplement.

   The related  prospectus  supplement  may specify  that the master  servicer's
duties may be terminated if a termination  fee is paid, and the master  servicer
may be replaced  with a successor  meeting the  qualifications  specified in the
related prospectus supplement.

   THE  DEPOSITOR.  Each  applicable  agreement  will  provide  that neither the
depositor nor any director,  officer,  employee, or agent of the depositor shall
be under any liability to the related  trust fund or holders of  securities  for
any action taken or for  refraining  from the taking of any action in good faith
pursuant  to the  agreement,  or for errors in  judgment.  However,  neither the
depositor nor any person will be protected  against any liability for any breach
of warranties or  representations  made in the agreement or against any specific
liability imposed on the depositor by the terms of the agreement or by reason of
willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties
under the agreement or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties
under the agreement. The depositor and any director,  officer, employee or agent
of the  depositor  will be entitled to rely in good faith on any document of any
kind prima facie  properly  executed and submitted by any person  respecting any
matters arising under the related agreement.

   Each  agreement  will further  provide that the  depositor  and any director,
officer,  employee or agent of the depositor will be entitled to indemnification
by the trust fund and will be held


                                      -70-


<PAGE>

harmless against any loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with any
legal  action  relating  to:

   o  the agreement or the securities;

   o  any Pool Insurance  Policy;

   o  any special hazard insurance policy and the Bankruptcy Bond; or

   o  any agency securities,

other  than any loss,  liability,  or  expense  incurred  by  reason of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the  performance of duties under
the related  agreement  or by reason of reckless  disregard of  obligations  and
duties under the related agreement.

   In addition,  each agreement will provide that the depositor will be under no
any obligation to appear in, prosecute,  or defend any legal action which is not
incidental  to its duties under the related  agreement  and which in its opinion
may involve it in any expense or  liability.  The  depositor  may be  permitted,
however,  in its  discretion to undertake any action which it may deem necessary
or desirable with respect to the related  agreement and the rights and duties of
the  parties  to the  related  agreement  and the  interests  of the  holders of
securities  under the related  agreement.  In that event, the legal expenses and
costs of the action and any liability  resulting  from taking these actions will
be expenses,  costs and  liabilities  of the trust fund.  The depositor  will be
entitled to be  reimbursed  for those  expenses out of the Trust  Account.  This
right of  reimbursement  will be prior to the rights of holders of securities to
receive any amount in the Trust Account.

   Any entity into which the depositor may be merged, consolidated or converted,
or any entity  resulting from any merger,  consolidation  or conversion to which
the  depositor  is a party,  or any entity  succeeding  to the  business  of the
depositor will be the successor of the depositor under each agreement.

   THE TRUSTEES.  Each trustee for any series of securities  will be required to
be an entity  possessing  corporate  trust powers having a combined  capital and
surplus of at least  $50,000,000  and subject to  supervision  or examination by
federal or state authority as identified in the related  prospectus  supplement.
The commercial  bank or trust company serving as trustee may have normal banking
relationships with the depositor and its affiliates and the master servicer,  if
any, and its  affiliates.  For the purpose of meeting the legal  requirements of
certain local jurisdictions,  the depositor or the trustee may have the power to
appoint  co-trustees or separate  trustees of all or any part of the trust fund.
If the appointment occurs, all rights,  powers, duties and obligations conferred
or  imposed on the  trustee by the  agreement  relating  to the series  shall be
conferred  or imposed on the  trustee  and the  separate  trustee or  co-trustee
jointly.  In any  jurisdiction  in which the  trustee  shall be  incompetent  or
unqualified  to perform  certain  acts,  the rights,  powers and duties shall be
conferred or imposed on the separate trustee or co-trustee  singly. The separate
trustee or  co-trustee  will be required to exercise and perform  these  rights,
powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction of the trustee.

   The trustee may resign at any time, in which event the depositor or the other
party  specified  in the  related  agreements  will be  obligated  to  appoint a
successor  trustee.  The  depositor or the other party  specified in the related
agreements  may also remove the trustee if the trustee  ceases to be eligible to
continue  as such  under the  agreement  or if the  trustee  becomes  insolvent,


                                      -71-


<PAGE>

incapable  of acting or a receiver or similar  person shall be appointed to take
control of its affairs. In these circumstances, the depositor or the other party
specified  in the related  agreements  will be  obligated to appoint a successor
trustee.  The holders of securities  evidencing  not less than a majority of the
voting rights allocated to the securities may at any time remove the trustee and
appoint a successor trustee by written  instrument in accordance with additional
procedures set forth in the related agreement. Any resignation or removal of the
trustee and appointment of a successor  trustee does not become  effective until
acceptance of the appointment by a successor trustee.

   DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEES.  The trustee will make no  representations  as to the
validity or sufficiency of any agreement, the securities, any asset of the trust
fund or related  document other than the  certificate of  authentication  on the
forms  of  securities,   and  will  not  assume  any  responsibility  for  their
correctness. The trustee under any agreement will not be accountable for the use
or application  by or on behalf of the master  servicer of any funds paid to the
master servicer in respect of the  securities,  the assets of the trust fund, or
deposited into or withdrawn from the Trust Account or any other account by or on
behalf of the  depositor  or the master  servicer.  If no event of  default  has
occurred and is  continuing,  the trustee will be required to perform only those
duties  specifically  required under the related  agreement.  However,  when the
trustee receives the various certificates, reports or other instruments required
to be  furnished  to it under an  agreement,  the  trustee  will be  required to
examine  those   documents  and  to  determine   whether  they  conform  to  the
requirements of the agreement.

   Each agreement may further provide that neither the trustee nor any director,
officer,  employee,  or agent of the trustee shall be under any liability to the
related  trust  fund or  holders  of  securities  for any  action  taken  or for
refraining  from  the  taking  of any  action  in  good  faith  pursuant  to the
agreement,  or for errors in  judgment.  However,  neither  the  trustee nor any
person shall be protected  against specific  liability imposed on the trustee by
the terms of the  agreement  or by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
gross negligence in the performance of duties under the related  agreement or by
reason of  reckless  disregard  of  obligations  and  duties  under the  related
agreement.  The  trustee  and any  director,  officer,  employee or agent of the
trustee may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie  properly
executed and submitted by any person  respecting  any matters  arising under the
related agreement.

   Each  agreement  may  further  provide  that the  trustee  and any  director,
officer, employee or agent of the trustee will be entitled to indemnification by
the trust fund and will be held harmless against any loss, liability, or expense
incurred in  connection  with any legal action  relating to the  agreement,  the
securities  or the  agency  securities.  However,  the  trustee  may not be held
harmless against any loss,  liability,  or expense incurred by reason of willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the  performance of duties under
the related  agreement  or by reason of reckless  disregard of  obligations  and
duties under the related agreement.

DEFICIENCY EVENTS

   With respect to each series of securities with  distribution  dates occurring
at intervals less  frequently  than monthly,  and with respect to each series of
securities  including  two  or  more  classes  with  sequential  priorities  for
distribution  of principal,  the following  provisions may apply if specified in
the related prospectus supplement.


                                      -72-


<PAGE>

   A deficiency event with respect to the securities of any of the series is the
inability to distribute to holders of one or more classes of securities of these
series,  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of the  securities  and  the  related
agreement,  any  distribution of principal or interest on these  securities when
and as distributable,  in each case because of the insufficiency for the purpose
of the funds then held in the related trust fund.

   If a deficiency event occurs,  the trustee or master servicer,  as may be set
forth in the related  prospectus  supplement,  may be required to determine  the
sufficiency  of funds  available to make future  required  distributions  on the
securities.

   The trustee or master servicer may obtain and rely on an opinion or report of
a firm of independent  accountants of recognized  national  reputation as to the
sufficiency of the amounts receivable with respect to the trust fund to make the
distributions  on the  securities,  which  opinion or report will be  conclusive
evidence as to sufficiency. Prior to making this determination, distributions on
the securities shall continue to be made in accordance with their terms.

   If the trustee or master servicer makes a positive determination, the trustee
or master  servicer  will apply all  amounts  received in respect of the related
trust fund, after payment of expenses of the trust fund, to distributions on the
securities  of the  series  in  accordance  with  their  terms.  However,  these
distributions will be made monthly and without regard to the amount of principal
that would otherwise be distributable  on any  distribution  date. Under certain
circumstances  following  the  positive  determination,  the  trustee  or master
servicer  may  resume  making  distributions  on  the  securities  expressly  in
accordance with their terms.

   If  the  trustee  or  master   servicer  is  unable  to  make  the   positive
determination  described  above,  the trustee or master  servicer will apply all
amounts  received  in  respect  of the  related  trust  fund,  after  payment of
expenses,  to monthly  distributions  on the  securities of the series pro rata,
without  regard to the priorities as to  distribution  of principal set forth in
these  securities.  Also,  these  securities  will,  to the extent  permitted by
applicable law, accrue interest at the highest  security  interest rate borne by
any security of the series. Alternatively, if any class of the series shall have
an adjustable or variable  security  interest rate,  interest will accrue at the
weighted average security interest rate,  calculated on the basis of the maximum
security  interest  rate  applicable  to the class  having the initial  security
principal  balance of the securities of that class. In this case, the holders of
securities  evidencing  a  majority  of  the  voting  rights  allocated  to  the
securities  may direct the trustee to sell the related trust fund. Any direction
to sell the trust fund will be  irrevocable  and  binding on the  holders of all
securities  of the  series and on the owners of any  residual  interests  in the
trust fund.  In the absence of this  direction,  the trustee may not sell all or
any portion of the trust fund.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

   POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS.  Events of default under each pooling
and servicing agreement will be specified in the related prospectus
supplement and will generally consist of:

   o  any  failure  by  the  master  servicer  to  distribute  or  cause  to  be
      distributed to holders of the  certificates,  or the failure of the master
      servicer  to remit  funds to the  trustee  for  this  distribution,  which
      continues  unremedied  for five days or another  period  specified  in the
      servicing  agreement  after the giving of written notice of the failure in
      accordance with the procedures described in the agreement;


                                      -73-


<PAGE>

   o  any  failure  by the  master  servicer  duly to  observe or perform in any
      material respect any of its other covenants or agreements in the agreement
      which continues  unremedied for sixty days or another period  specified in
      the pooling and servicing  agreement after the giving of written notice of
      the failure in accordance with the procedures described in the agreement;

   o  certain events of insolvency,  readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets
      and liabilities or similar proceedings and certain actions by or on behalf
      of the master  servicer  indicating its insolvency or inability to pay its
      obligations; and

   o  any  other  event  of  default  specified  in the  pooling  and  servicing
      agreement.

A default pursuant to the terms of any mortgage securities included in any trust
fund will not  constitute  an event of default  under the  related  pooling  and
servicing agreement.

   So long as an  event of  default  under a  pooling  and  servicing  agreement
remains  unremedied,  the  depositor or the trustee may, and at the direction of
holders of certificates  evidencing a percentage of the voting rights  allocated
to the  certificates as may be specified in the pooling and servicing  agreement
will be required to terminate  all of the rights and  obligations  of the master
servicer under the pooling and servicing agreement and in and to the residential
loans  and the  proceeds  of the  residential  loans.  The  trustee  or  another
successor  servicer  will  then  succeed  to all  responsibilities,  duties  and
liabilities of the master servicer and will be entitled to similar  compensation
arrangements.

   If the  trustee  would be  obligated  to succeed the master  servicer  but is
unwilling  to act as master  servicer,  it may, or if it is unable so to act, it
shall,  appoint,  or  petition  a  court  of  competent   jurisdiction  for  the
appointment of, an approved mortgage  servicing  institution with a net worth of
at least  $10,000,000,  or  other  amount  as may be  specified  in the  related
agreement,  to act as  successor  to the master  servicer  under the pooling and
servicing agreement. Pending the appointment, the trustee is obligated to act in
this  capacity.  The trustee and the successor  may agree on the  administration
compensation to be paid,  which in no event may be greater than the compensation
to the master servicer under the pooling and servicing agreement.

   No  holder of the  certificate  will have the  right  under any  pooling  and
servicing agreement to institute any proceeding with respect to its certificates
unless permitted in the related agreement and:

   o  the holder  previously has given to the trustee written notice of an event
      of  default  or of a  default  by  the  depositor  or the  trustee  in the
      performance of any obligation  under the pooling and servicing  agreement,
      and of the continuance of the event of default;

   o  the  holders of  certificates  evidencing  not less than 25% of the voting
      rights allocated to the certificates,  or other  percentages  specified in
      the agreement,  have made written  request to the trustee to institute the
      proceeding  in its own name as trustee  and have  offered  to the  trustee
      reasonable  indemnity  as it may require  against the costs,  expenses and
      liabilities to be incurred by instituting the proceedings; and

   o  the trustee for sixty days after  receipt of notice,  request and offer of
      indemnity has neglected or refused to institute any proceeding.

The trustee,  however, is generally under no obligation to


                                      -74-


<PAGE>

   o  exercise  any of the  trusts or powers  vested  in it by any  pooling  and
      servicing  agreement or to make any investigation of matters arising under
      the pooling and servicing agreement or

   o  institute, conduct, or defend any litigation under, or in relation to, the
      pooling and servicing agreement, at the request, order or direction of any
      of the  holders of  certificates  covered  by the  pooling  and  servicing
      agreement,

unless the holders of the  certificates  have offered to the trustee  reasonable
security or indemnity  against the costs,  expenses and liabilities which may be
incurred in the undertaking.

   SERVICING AGREEMENT.  Servicing defaults under the related servicing
agreement will be specified in the related prospectus supplement and will
generally include:

   o  any  failure by the master  servicer to pay or cause to be paid to holders
      of the notes,  or the failure of the master servicer to remit funds to the
      trustee  for  the  payment  which  continues  unremedied  for  the  period
      specified in the servicing agreement after the giving of written notice of
      the failure in accordance with the procedures described in the agreement;

   o  any  failure  by the  master  servicer  duly to  observe or perform in any
      material respect any of its other covenants or agreements in the agreement
      which  continues  unremedied  for the period  specified in the pooling and
      servicing  agreement  after the giving of written notice of the failure in
      accordance with the procedures described in the agreement;

   o  certain events of insolvency,  readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets
      and liabilities or similar proceedings and certain actions by or on behalf
      of the master  servicer  indicating its insolvency or inability to pay its
      obligations; and

   o  any other servicing default specified in the servicing agreement.

   So long as a servicing  default remains  unremedied,  either the depositor or
the  trustee  may, by written  notification  to the master  servicer  and to the
issuer or the trustee or trust fund, as applicable,  terminate all of the rights
and obligations of the master servicer under the servicing  agreement.  However,
the right of the  master  servicer  as  noteholder  or as  holder of the  Equity
Certificates  and the right to receive  servicing  compensation and expenses for
servicing  the  mortgage  loans  during  any  period  prior  to the  date of the
termination  may not be terminated.  The trustee or another  successor  servicer
will then succeed to all responsibilities,  duties and liabilities of the master
servicer and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements.

   If the  trustee  would be  obligated  to succeed the master  servicer  but is
unwilling  so to act,  it may  appoint,  or if it is unable so to act,  it shall
appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of an
approved mortgage servicing  institution with a net worth of an amount specified
in the related  agreement,  to act as successor to the master servicer under the
servicing agreement.  Pending this appointment,  the trustee is obligated to act
in that  capacity.  The trustee  and the  successor  may agree on the  servicing
compensation to be paid,  which in no event may be greater than the compensation
to the initial master servicer under the servicing agreement.

   INDENTURE. Events of default under the indenture will be specified in the
related prospectus supplement and will generally include:


                                      -75-


<PAGE>

   o  a default for five days or more,  or another  period of time  specified in
      the related  indenture,  in the payment of any principal of or interest on
      any note of the related series;

   o  failure to perform  any other  covenant of the issuer or the trust fund in
      the  indenture  which  continues  for the period  specified in the related
      indenture,  after  notice of the event of default  is given in  accordance
      with the procedures described in the related indenture;

   o  any representation or warranty made by the issuer or the trust fund in the
      indenture  or in any  other  writing  delivered  in  connection  with  the
      indenture having been incorrect in a material respect as of the time made,
      and the breach is not cured  within the period  specified  in the  related
      indenture,  after  notice of the  breach is given in  accordance  with the
      procedures described in the related indenture;

   o  certain events of bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership or liquidation of
      the issuer or the trust fund; and

   o  any other event of default provided with respect to notes of that series.

   If an event of  default  with  respect to the notes of any series at the time
outstanding  occurs and is continuing,  the trustee or the holders of a majority
of the voting rights allocable to the notes, or another percentage  specified in
the indenture,  may declare the principal  amount of all the notes of the series
to  be  due  and  payable  immediately.  This  declaration  may,  under  certain
circumstances,  be  rescinded  and  annulled  by the  holders of a  majority  in
aggregate outstanding amount of the related notes.

   If following  an event of default  with  respect to any series of notes,  the
notes of the series have been  declared to be due and payable,  the trustee may,
in its discretion, regardless of acceleration, elect to

   o  maintain possession of the collateral securing the notes of the series and

   o  continue  to apply  payments  on the  collateral  as if there  had been no
      declaration of acceleration.

The trustee may only do so if the  collateral  continues  to provide  sufficient
funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the notes of the series as
they would have become due if there had not been a declaration.

   In addition,  the trustee may not sell or otherwise  liquidate the collateral
securing  the  notes of a series  following  an event of  default,  unless

   o  the  holders of 100% of the voting  rights  allocated  to the notes of the
      series consent to the sale,

   o  the proceeds of the sale or liquidation  are sufficient to pay in full the
      principal  of and accrued  interest,  due and unpaid,  on the  outstanding
      notes of the series at the date of the sale,

   o  the trustee  determines that the collateral  would not be sufficient on an
      ongoing basis to make all payments on the notes as the payments would have
      become due if the related notes had not been declared due and payable, and
      the  trustee  obtains  the  consent of the holders of 66 2/3 % of the then
      aggregate outstanding amount of the notes of the series, or


                                      -76-


<PAGE>

   o  the trustee  satisfies the other  requirements  as may be set forth in the
      related indenture.

   If the trustee  liquidates  the  collateral  in  connection  with an event of
default under the indenture, the indenture provides that the trustee will have a
prior lien on the proceeds of any liquidation for unpaid fees and expenses. As a
result, if an event of default occurs under the indenture,  the amount available
for payments to the Noteholders  would be less than would otherwise be the case.
However,  the trustee will not be  permitted  to institute a proceeding  for the
enforcement  of its  lien  except  in  connection  with  a  proceeding  for  the
enforcement  of the lien of the  indenture  for the  benefit of the  Noteholders
after the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture.

   If the  principal of the notes of a series is declared  due and payable,  the
holders of any notes issued at a discount from par may be entitled to receive no
more than an amount  equal to the unpaid  principal  amount of the related  note
less the amount of the discount that is unamortized.

   No noteholder  generally  will have any right under an indenture to institute
any proceeding  with respect to the related  agreement  unless  permitted by the
indenture and

   o  the holder  previously has given to the trustee  written notice of default
      and the continuance of a default;

   o  the holders of notes or Equity  Certificates  of any class  evidencing not
      less than 25% of the voting  rights  allocated  to the  notes,  or another
      percentage specified in the indenture:

      o  have made written request to the trustee to institute the proceeding in
         its own name as trustee; and

      o  have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity;

   o  the trustee has  neglected or refused to institute any  proceeding  for 60
      days after receipt of a request and indemnity; and

   o  no direction  inconsistent  with the written request has been given to the
      trustee  during the 60 day period by the holders of a majority of the note
      principal balances of the related class.

However,  the trustee will generally be under no obligation to

   o  exercise any of the trusts or powers vested in it by the indenture or

   o  institute,  conduct or defend any  litigation  under the  indenture  or in
      relation to the indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the
      holders of notes covered by the agreement,

unless  those  holders  have  offered  to the  trustee  reasonable  security  or
indemnity  against the costs,  expenses and liabilities which may be incurred in
this undertaking.

AMENDMENT

   With  respect to each series of  securities,  each  agreement  governing  the
rights of the holders of the  securities may generally be amended by the parties
to the agreement,  without the consent of any of the holders of securities:

   (1) to cure any ambiguity;


                                      -77-


<PAGE>

   (2) to correct or  supplement  any  provision in any  agreement  which may be
inconsistent with any other provision in any agreement;

   (3) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising
under the agreement; and

   (4) if the  amendment,  as evidenced by an opinion of counsel,  is reasonably
necessary to comply with any  requirements  imposed by the Code or any successor
or mandatory  statutes or any  temporary or final  regulation,  revenue  ruling,
revenue  procedure or other  written  official  announcement  or  interpretation
relating  to  federal  income  tax law or any  proposed  action  which,  if made
effective,  would  apply  retroactively  to the  trust  fund at  least  from the
effective date of the amendment,

provided that the required action,  other than an amendment  described in clause
(4) above,  will not adversely  affect in any material  respect the interests of
any holder of the securities  covered by the agreement.  Each agreement may also
be amended,  subject to certain restrictions to continue favorable tax treatment
of the entity by the parties to this agreement,  with the consent of the holders
of securities evidencing not less than 51% of the voting rights allocated to the
securities,  or another percentage specified in the indenture,  for any purpose.
However, no amendment may

            (a)  reduce in any  manner  the  amount  of, or delay the timing of,
      payments  received  on assets of the trust fund which are  required  to be
      distributed  on any  security  without  the  consent  of the holder of the
      security; or

            (b) reduce the aforesaid  percentage  of voting rights  required for
      the  consent to the  amendment  without  the consent of the holders of all
      securities  of  the  related  series  then  outstanding,  or as  otherwise
      provided in the related agreement.

TERMINATION

   The  obligations  created by the agreement for each series of securities will
generally  terminate when any of the following first occurs

   o  the  payment to the  holders of  securities  of that series of all amounts
      held in the  Trust  Account  and  required  to be paid to the  holders  of
      securities pursuant to the agreement,

   o  the final payment or other  liquidation,  including the disposition of all
      property acquired upon foreclosure or repossession, of the last trust fund
      asset remaining in the related trust fund or,

   o  the purchase of all of the assets of the trust fund by the party  entitled
      to effect the termination,

in each case, under the circumstances and in the manner set forth in the
related prospectus supplement.

In no event,  however,  will the trust created by the agreement  continue beyond
the period  specified in the related  prospectus  supplement.  Written notice of
termination  of the agreement  will be given to each holder of  securities.  The
final  distribution  will be made only after  surrender and  cancellation of the
securities  at an  office or  agency  appointed  by the  trustee  which  will be
specified in the notice of termination.


                                      -78-


<PAGE>

   The  exercise  of the right to  purchase  the assets of the trust fund as set
forth in the preceding  paragraph will effect early retirement of the securities
of that series.

VOTING RIGHTS

   Voting rights  allocated to securities of a series will generally be based on
security principal balances. Any other method of allocation will be specified in
the related prospectus supplement.  The prospectus supplement may specify that a
provider of credit  support may be  entitled  to direct  certain  actions of the
master  servicer  and the  trustee or to exercise  certain  rights of the master
servicer, the trustee or the holders of securities.

                  DESCRIPTION OF PRIMARY INSURANCE COVERAGE

   The  prospectus  supplement  may specify  that each  residential  loan may be
covered by a Primary  Hazard  Insurance  Policy and, if required as described in
the  related  prospectus  supplement,  a Primary  Credit  Insurance  Policy.  In
addition,  the  prospectus  supplement may specify that a trust fund may include
any combination of a Pool Insurance Policy, a special Hazard Insurance Policy, a
bankruptcy  bond  or  another  form  of  credit  support,   as  described  under
"Description of Credit Support."

   The following is only a brief description of certain  insurance  policies and
does not  purport  to  summarize  or  describe  all of the  provisions  of these
policies.  This insurance is subject to underwriting  and approval of individual
residential loans by the respective insurers.

PRIMARY CREDIT INSURANCE POLICIES

   The prospectus  supplement  will specify  whether the master servicer will be
required  to  maintain  or  cause  to  be  maintained  in  accordance  with  the
underwriting  standards  adopted by the  depositor  a Primary  Credit  Insurance
Policy with respect to each residential loan, other than Multifamily  Loans, FHA
Loans,  and VA Loans,  for which this insurance is required,  as described under
"Description of the Securities -- Realization on Defaulted Residential Loans" in
this prospectus.

   The master servicer will be required to cause to be paid the premium for each
Primary  Credit  Insurance  Policy  to be paid on a  timely  basis.  The  master
servicer, or the related sub-servicer,  if any, will be required to exercise its
best  reasonable  efforts  to be named the  insured  or a loss  payee  under any
Primary Credit Insurance Policy.  The ability to assure that Insurance  Proceeds
are  appropriately  applied may be  dependent  on its being so named,  or on the
extent to which  information  in this  regard is  furnished  by  borrowers.  All
amounts collected by the master servicer under any policy will be required to be
deposited  in the Trust  Account.  The master  servicer  will  generally  not be
permitted to cancel or refuse to renew any Primary  Credit  Insurance  Policy in
effect at the time of the initial issuance of the securities that is required to
be kept in force under the related agreement.  However,  the master servicer may
cancel or refuse to renew any Primary Credit  Insurance  Policy,  if it uses its
best efforts to obtain a replacement  Primary  Credit  Insurance  Policy for the
canceled or  nonrenewed  policy  maintained  with an insurer  the  claims-paying
ability of which is acceptable to the rating agency or agencies for pass-through
certificates  or notes having the same rating as the securities on their date of
issuance.


                                      -79-


<PAGE>

   As  conditions  precedent to the filing or payment of a claim under a Primary
Credit Insurance Policy, the insured typically will be required, if a default by
the borrower  occurs,  among other  things,  to:

   o  advance or discharge

      o  hazard insurance premiums; and

      o  as necessary and approved in advance by the insurer, real estate taxes,
         protection and preservation expenses and foreclosure and related costs;

   o  if any physical loss or damage to the residential  property  occurs,  have
      the  residential  property  restored  to at  least  its  condition  at the
      effective date of the Primary Credit Insurance Policy,  with ordinary wear
      and tear excepted; and

   o  tender to the insurer good and  merchantable  title to, and possession of,
      the residential property.

FHA INSURANCE AND VA GUARANTEES

   Residential loans designated in the related prospectus  supplement as insured
by the FHA will be insured  by the FHA as  authorized  under the  United  States
Housing Act of 1934, as amended. Certain residential loans will be insured under
various FHA programs  including  the standard FHA 203(b)  program to finance the
acquisition of one- to four-family  housing units, the FHA 245 graduated payment
mortgage program and the FHA Title I Program. These programs generally limit the
principal  amount  and  interest  rates  of  the  mortgage  loans  insured.  The
prospectus supplement relating to securities of each series evidencing interests
in a trust  fund  including  FHA  loans  will set forth  additional  information
regarding the regulations  governing the applicable FHA insurance programs.  The
following,  together  with any further  description  in the  related  prospectus
supplement,  describes FHA insurance  programs and  regulations  as generally in
effect with respect to FHA loans.

   The insurance premiums for FHA loans are collected by lenders approved by the
Department  of Housing and Urban  Development  or by the master  servicer or any
sub-servicer   and  are  paid  to  the  FHA.  The   regulations   governing  FHA
single-family  mortgage  insurance  programs provide that insurance benefits are
payable  either  upon  foreclosure  or  other   acquisition  of  possession  and
conveyance  of the  mortgage  premises  to the United  States of America or upon
assignment of the defaulted  loan to the United States of America.  With respect
to a  defaulted  FHA-insured  residential  loan,  the  master  servicer  or  any
sub-servicer will be limited in its ability to initiate foreclosure proceedings.
When it is determined, either by the master servicer or any sub-servicer or HUD,
that default was caused by  circumstances  beyond the  borrower's  control,  the
master  servicer  or any  sub-servicer  is  expected  to make an effort to avoid
foreclosure by entering, if feasible, into one of a number of available forms of
forbearance  plans with the borrower.  These  forbearance  plans may involve the
reduction or suspension  of regular  mortgage  payments for a specified  period,
with the payments to be made on or before the maturity date of the mortgage,  or
the  recasting  of  payments  due  under  the  mortgage  up to  or,  other  than
residential  loans  originated  under the Title I Program of the FHA, beyond the
maturity  date. In addition,  when a default  caused by  circumstances  beyond a
borrower's  control is  accompanied by certain other  criteria,  HUD may provide
relief by making  payments.  These payments are to be repaid to HUD by borrower,
to the master servicer or any  sub-servicer  in partial or full  satisfaction of
amounts due


                                      -80-


<PAGE>

under  the  residential  loan or by  accepting  assignment  of the loan from the
master servicer or any  sub-servicer.  With certain  exceptions,  at least three
full monthly  installments  must be due and unpaid  under the FHA loan,  and HUD
must have  rejected any request for relief from the  borrower  before the master
servicer or any sub-servicer may initiate foreclosure proceedings.

   HUD has the option,  in most  cases,  to pay  insurance  claims in cash or in
debentures issued by HUD.  Currently,  claims are being paid in cash, and claims
have  not  been  paid  in  debentures  since  1965.  HUD  debentures  issued  in
satisfaction  of FHA  insurance  claims  bear  interest  at the  applicable  HUD
debentures  interest  rate.  The master  servicer  or any  sub-servicer  of each
FHA-insured  single  family loan will  generally  be  obligated  to purchase any
debenture issued in satisfaction of the residential loan if a default occurs for
an amount equal to the principal amount of any debenture.

   Other  than in  relation  to the Title I Program  of the FHA,  the  amount of
insurance  benefits  generally  paid by the FHA is  equal to the  entire  unpaid
principal  amount of the  defaulted  residential  loan adjusted to reimburse the
master  servicer or  sub-servicer  for certain  costs and expenses and to deduct
certain  amounts  received or retained  by the master  servicer or  sub-servicer
after default.  When entitlement to insurance  benefits results from foreclosure
or other acquisition of possession and conveyance to HUD, the master servicer or
sub-servicer  will be compensated for no more than two-thirds of its foreclosure
costs,  and will be  compensated  for interest  accrued and unpaid prior to this
date but in general only to the extent it was allowed  pursuant to a forbearance
plan  approved by HUD.  When  entitlement  to  insurance  benefits  results from
assignment of the  residential  loan to HUD, the insurance  payment will include
full  compensation  for interest  accrued and unpaid to the assignment date. The
insurance payment itself,  upon foreclosure of an FHA-insured  residential loan,
bears  interest  from a date 30 days  after  the  borrower's  first  uncorrected
failure to perform any  obligation  to make any  payment due under the  mortgage
and, upon assignment,  from the date of assignment to the date of payment of the
claim,  in each case at the same interest rate as the  applicable  HUD debenture
interest rate as described above.

   Residential  loans  designated  in  the  related  prospectus   supplement  as
guaranteed  by the  VA  will  be  partially  guaranteed  by  the  VA  under  the
Serviceman's Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended. The Serviceman's Readjustment
Act of 1944, as amended,  permits a veteran,  or in certain instances the spouse
of a veteran,  to obtain a mortgage loan  guarantee by the VA covering  mortgage
financing of the  purchase of a one- to  four-family  dwelling  unit at interest
rates permitted by the VA. The program has no mortgage loan limits,  requires no
down payment from the purchaser  and permits the guarantee of mortgage  loans of
up to 30 years' duration. However, no residential loan guaranteed by the VA will
have an  original  principal  amount  greater  than five  times the  partial  VA
guarantee for the related  residential loan. The prospectus  supplement relating
to securities of each series  evidencing  interests in a trust fund including VA
loans will set forth additional  information regarding the regulations governing
the applicable VA insurance programs.

   With  respect to a  defaulted  VA  guaranteed  residential  loan,  the master
servicer or sub-servicer will be, absent exceptional  circumstances,  authorized
to announce its  intention to foreclose  only when the default has continued for
three  months.  Generally,  a claim for the  guarantee  will be submitted  after
liquidation of the residential property.


                                      -81-


<PAGE>

   The  amount  payable  under  the  guarantee  will  be the  percentage  of the
VA-insured  residential  loan  originally  guaranteed  applied  to  indebtedness
outstanding  as of  the  applicable  date  of  computation  specified  in the VA
regulations.  Payments under the guarantee will generally be equal to the unpaid
principal amount of the residential loan, interest accrued on the unpaid balance
of the  residential  loan to the  appropriate  date of  computation  and limited
expenses  of the  mortgagee,  but in each case  only to the  extent  that  these
amounts have not been recovered through liquidation of the residential property.
The amount  payable under the guarantee may in no event exceed the amount of the
original guarantee.

PRIMARY HAZARD INSURANCE POLICIES

   The related  prospectus  supplement  may specify  that the related  servicing
agreement  will  require  the  master  servicer  to cause the  borrower  on each
residential  loan to maintain a Primary Hazard Insurance  Policy.  This coverage
will be  specified  in the related  prospectus  supplement,  and in general will
equal the lesser of the principal  balance owing on the residential loan and the
amount  necessary to fully compensate for any damage or loss to the improvements
on the  residential  property on a replacement  cost basis.  In either case, the
coverage may not be less than the amount  necessary to avoid the  application of
any  co-insurance  clause contained in the policy.  The master servicer,  or the
related  sub-servicer,  if any, will be required to exercise its best reasonable
efforts to be named as an additional  insured under any Primary Hazard Insurance
Policy and under any flood insurance  policy  referred to below.  The ability to
assure that hazard Insurance Proceeds are appropriately applied may be dependent
on its being so named,  or on the extent to which  information in this regard is
furnished by borrowers.  All amounts  collected by the master servicer under any
policy,  except for  amounts to be applied to the  restoration  or repair of the
residential  property or released to the borrower in accordance  with the master
servicer's normal servicing  procedures,  subject to the terms and conditions of
the related mortgage and mortgage note, will be deposited in the Trust Account.

   Each servicing  agreement  provides that the master  servicer may satisfy its
obligation to cause each borrower to maintain a hazard  insurance  policy by the
master servicer's maintaining a blanket policy insuring against hazard losses on
the residential  loans. If the blanket policy contains a deductible  clause, the
master  servicer will  generally be required to deposit in the Trust Account all
sums which would have been  deposited in the Trust  Account but for this clause.
The master  servicer will also generally be required to maintain a fidelity bond
and errors and omissions policy with respect to its officers and employees. This
policy will generally provide coverage against losses that may be sustained as a
result of an officer's  or  employee's  misappropriation  of funds or errors and
omissions in failing to maintain insurance,  subject to limitations as to amount
of coverage, deductible amounts, conditions, exclusions and exceptions.

   In general,  the standard  form of fire and extended  coverage  policy covers
physical  damage to or destruction of the  improvements of the property by fire,
lightning,  explosion,  smoke,  windstorm and hail,  and riot,  strike and civil
commotion,  subject to the conditions  and exclusions  specified in each policy.
The policies relating to the residential loans will be underwritten by different
insurers under  different  state laws in accordance  with  different  applicable
state  forms.  Therefore,  the  policies  will not contain  identical  terms and
conditions.  The basic terms of those policies are dictated by respective  state
laws,  and most policies  typically do not cover any physical  damage  resulting
from the following:

   o  war,


                                      -82-


<PAGE>

   o  revolution,

   o  governmental actions,

   o  floods and other water-related causes,

   o  earth movement, including earthquakes, landslides and mudflows,

   o  nuclear reactions,

   o  wet or dry rot,

   o  vermin, rodents, insects or domestic animals,

   o  theft, and,

   o  in certain cases, vandalism.

The foregoing list is merely  indicative of certain kinds of uninsured risks and
is not intended to be all-inclusive.

   When  a  residential  property  is  located  at  origination  in a  federally
designated flood area, each servicing  agreement may require the master servicer
to cause the borrower to acquire and maintain flood insurance in an amount equal
in general to the lesser of:

   (1) the amount  necessary to fully  compensate  for any damage or loss to the
improvements  which are part of the residential  property on a replacement  cost
basis; and

   (2) the  maximum  amount  of  insurance  available  under the  federal  flood
insurance program, whether or not the area is participating in the program.

   The hazard insurance policies covering the residential  properties  typically
contain a co-insurance  clause that in effect  requires the insured at all times
to carry insurance of a specified  percentage of the full  replacement  value of
the  improvements  on the  property  in order to recover  the full amount of any
partial loss. If the insured's  coverage falls below this specified  percentage,
this clause  generally  provides that the insurer's  liability if a partial loss
occurs does not exceed the greater of:

   (1)   the replacement cost of the improvements less physical depreciation;
and

   (2) that  proportion of the loss as the amount of insurance  carried bears to
the specified percentage of the full replacement cost of the improvements.

   The related  agreement  will  generally  not  require  that a hazard or flood
insurance  policy  be  maintained  for  any  Cooperative  Loan.  Generally,  the
cooperative  housing  corporation  is  responsible  for  maintenance  of  hazard
insurance  for the  property  owned  by it and the  tenant-stockholders  of that
cooperative  housing  corporation do not maintain  individual  hazard  insurance
policies. To the extent, however, that a cooperative housing corporation and the
related borrower on a cooperative  note do not maintain similar  insurance or do
not maintain adequate coverage or any insurance  proceeds are not applied to the
restoration  of the  damaged  property,  damage  to the  borrower's  cooperative
apartment or the building could significantly reduce the value of the collateral
securing the cooperative note.

   The effect of co-insurance if a partial loss occurs on improvements  securing
residential  loans may be that hazard Insurance  Proceeds may be insufficient to
restore fully the damaged property because:


                                      -83-


<PAGE>

   (1) the amount of hazard  insurance  the master  servicer will be required to
cause to be maintained on the improvements  securing the residential  loans will
decline as the principal balances owing on them decrease, and

   (2) residential properties have historically appreciated in value over time.

Under the terms of the residential  loans,  borrowers are generally  required to
present claims to insurers  under hazard  insurance  policies  maintained on the
residential properties.

   The master servicer,  on behalf of the trustee and holders of securities,  is
obligated to present or cause to be presented claims under any blanket insurance
policy insuring against hazard losses on residential properties.  The ability of
the  master  servicer  to  present  or cause to be  presented  these  claims  is
dependent on the extent to which  information in this regard is furnished to the
master servicer by borrowers.  However,  the related  prospectus  supplement may
specify that to the extent of the amount  available to cover hazard losses under
the special hazard insurance policy for a series,  holders of securities may not
suffer loss by reason of delinquencies or foreclosures  following hazard losses,
whether or not subject to co-insurance claims.

                          DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT SUPPORT

   The  related  prospectus  supplement  will  specify  if the  trust  fund that
includes residential loans for a series of securities may include credit support
for this series or for one or more classes of securities comprising this series,
which credit support may consist of any  combination  of the following  separate
components,  any of  which  may be  limited  to a  specified  percentage  of the
aggregate  principal  balance of the  residential  loans  covered by this credit
support or a specified  dollar amount:

   o  a Pool Insurance Policy;

   o  a special hazard insurance policy;

   o  a Bankruptcy Bond;

   o  a reserve fund;

   o  or a similar credit support instrument.

Alternatively, the prospectus supplement relating to a series of securities will
specify  if credit  support  may be  provided  by  subordination  of one or more
classes of securities or by  overcollateralization,  in  combination  with or in
lieu of any one or more of the instruments set forth above.  See "Description of
the    Securities    --    Subordination"    and    "Description    of    Credit
Support--Overcollateralization"  in this  prospectus.  The  amount  and  type of
credit  support with respect to a series of securities or with respect to one or
more classes of securities  comprising the related series,  and the borrowers on
the credit support, will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement.

   To  the  extent  provided  in  the  related  prospectus  supplement  and  the
agreement,  credit  support may be  periodically  reduced based on the aggregate
outstanding  principal  balance of the  residential  loans covered by the credit
support.


                                      -84-


<PAGE>

POOL INSURANCE POLICIES

   The prospectus supplement relating to a series of securities may specify that
the master  servicer  will exercise its best  reasonable  efforts to maintain or
cause to be maintained a Pool Insurance Policy in full force and effect,  unless
coverage under the Pool Insurance  Policy has been exhausted  through payment of
claims. The Pool Insurance Policy for any series of securities will be issued by
the pool insurer named in the related prospectus supplement. The master servicer
will be required to pay the premiums for each Pool Insurance  Policy on a timely
basis unless, as described in the related prospectus supplement,  the payment of
these fees is  otherwise  provided.  The master  servicer  will be  required  to
present or cause to be presented  claims under each Pool Insurance Policy to the
pool  insurer on behalf of itself,  the trustee  and the holders of  securities.
Pool Insurance Policies,  however,  are not blanket policies against loss, since
claims  under  these  policies  may be  made  only  if  certain  conditions  are
satisfied,  as described  below and, if  applicable,  in the related  prospectus
supplement.

   Pool  Insurance  Policies  do not cover  losses  arising  out of the  matters
excluded from coverage under Primary Credit Insurance Policies, FHA Insurance or
VA  Guarantees  or losses due to a failure  to pay or denial of a claim  under a
Primary Credit Insurance Policy, FHA Insurance or VA Guarantee,  irrespective of
the reason for the failure.

   Pool  Insurance  Policies  in  general  provide  that no claim may be validly
presented  under Pool  Insurance  Policies  with respect to a  residential  loan
unless:

   o  an acceptable  Primary Credit Insurance Policy, if the initial  Collateral
      Value of the  residential  loan exceeded 80%, has been kept in force until
      the Collateral Value is reduced to 80%;

   o  premiums  on the  Primary  Hazard  Insurance  Policy have been paid by the
      insured and real estate taxes (if applicable) and foreclosure,  protection
      and  preservation  expenses  have  been  advanced  by or on  behalf of the
      insured, as approved by the pool insurer;

   o  if there has been physical loss or damage to the residential  property, it
      has been  restored to its physical  condition at the time the  residential
      loan became insured under the Pool Insurance Policy, subject to reasonable
      wear and tear; and

   o  the insured has acquired good and  merchantable  title to the  residential
      property,  free and clear of all liens and encumbrances,  except permitted
      encumbrances,  including  any right of  redemption  by or on behalf of the
      borrower,  and if required by the pool insurer, has sold the property with
      the approval of the pool insurer.

Assuming the satisfaction of these conditions, the pool insurer typically has
the option to either

  (1) acquire  the  property  securing  the  defaulted  residential  loan  for a
      payment equal to the principal balance of the loan plus accrued and unpaid
      interest  at its  interest  rate to the date of  acquisition  and  certain
      expenses  described  above  advanced by or on behalf of the insured.  This
      option is  conditioned  on the pool insurer  being  provided with good and
      merchantable  title to the residential  property,  unless the property has
      been  conveyed  pursuant  to the terms of the  applicable  Primary  Credit
      Insurance Policy; or

  (2) pay the amount by which the sum of the principal  balance of the defaulted
      residential  loan and accrued and unpaid  interest at its interest rate to
      the date of the payment of the


                                      -85-


<PAGE>

      claim and these expenses exceeds the proceeds  received from a sale of the
      residential property that the pool insurer has approved.

In both (1) and (2), the amount of payment  under a Pool  Insurance  Policy will
generally  be reduced by the  amount of the loss paid under any  Primary  Credit
Insurance Policy.

   Unless earlier  directed by the pool insurer,  a claim under a Pool Insurance
Policy  generally must be filed

  (1) in the case when a Primary Credit Insurance  Policy is in force,  within a
      specified number of days after the claim for loss has been settled or paid
      under a Primary  Credit  Insurance  Policy,  or after  acquisition  by the
      insured or a sale of the property approved by the pool insurer,  whichever
      is later; or

  (2) in the case  when a  Primary  Credit  Insurance  Policy  is not in  force,
      within a specified  number of days after  acquisition  by the insured or a
      sale of the property approved by the pool insurer.

A claim must be paid  within a specified  period  after the claim is made by the
insured.

   The  prospectus  supplement  relating to a series of securities  will specify
whether the amount of coverage under each Pool Insurance  Policy will be reduced
over the life of the securities of the series by the aggregate  dollar amount of
claims paid less the  aggregate of the net amounts  realized by the pool insurer
upon  disposition  of all  acquired  properties.  The amount of claims paid will
generally  include certain  expenses  incurred by the master servicer as well as
accrued interest on delinquent  residential  loans to the date of payment of the
claim.  However,  holders of securities may experience a shortfall in the amount
of interest  distributed  in connection  with the payment of claims under a Pool
Insurance  Policy.  This  shortfall may result  because the pool insurer will be
required to remit only unpaid interest through the date a claim is paid,  rather
than unpaid interest through the end of the month in which the claim is paid.

   In addition,  holders of securities may experience  losses in connection with
payments  made  under a Pool  Insurance  Policy to the  extent  that the  master
servicer  expends funds for the purpose of enabling it to make a claim under the
Pool Insurance Policy.  These  expenditures by the master servicer could include
amounts  necessary  to  cover  real  estate  taxes  and to  repair  the  related
residential   property.   The  master   servicer  will  be  reimbursed  for  the
expenditures  from amounts that  otherwise  would be  distributed  to holders of
securities,  and the expenditures will not be covered by payments made under the
related  Pool  Insurance  Policy.  See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects of  Residential
Loans--Foreclosure   on   Mortgages"   and   "--Repossession   with  respect  to
Manufactured  Housing Contracts that are not Land Contracts" in this prospectus.
Accordingly,  if aggregate net claims paid under a Pool  Insurance  Policy reach
the applicable  policy limit,  coverage under that Pool Insurance Policy will be
exhausted.  As a  result,  any  further  losses  will be  borne  by  holders  of
securities of the related series.

   If a pool insurer ceases to be a Qualified Insurer,  the master servicer will
be required to use its best reasonable efforts to obtain or cause to be obtained
from another Qualified Insurer a replacement  insurance policy comparable to the
Pool  Insurance  Policy  with a total  coverage  equal to the  then  outstanding
coverage  of  the  Pool  Insurance  Policy.   However,  the  related  prospectus
supplement will specify whether if the cost of the replacement policy is greater
than the cost of the Pool  Insurance  Policy,  the  coverage of the  replacement
policy may be reduced to a level such that its premium  rate does not exceed the
premium rate on the Pool Insurance Policy.


                                      -86-


<PAGE>

However,  if the pool insurer ceases to be a Qualified Insurer solely because it
ceases to be approved as an insurer by FHLMC, FNMA, or any successor entity, the
master  servicer  will be  required  to  review,  or cause to be  reviewed,  the
financial  condition of the pool insurer with a view towards determining whether
recoveries  under the Pool Insurance  Policy are jeopardized for reasons related
to the  financial  condition  of  the  pool  insurer.  If  the  master  servicer
determines that  recoveries are so jeopardized,  it will be required to exercise
its  best  reasonable  efforts  to  obtain  from  another  Qualified  Insurer  a
replacement policy as described above, subject to the same cost limitation.

   Because each Pool Insurance  Policy will require that the property subject to
a defaulted  residential  loan be restored to its  original  condition  prior to
claiming against the pool insurer, this policy will not provide coverage against
hazard  losses.   As  set  forth  under   "Description   of  Primary   Insurance
Coverage--Primary  Hazard Insurance  Policies" in this  prospectus,  the Primary
Hazard Insurance  Policies covering the residential loans typically exclude from
coverage physical damage resulting from a number of causes. Even when the damage
is covered, the Primary Hazard Insurance Policies may afford recoveries that are
significantly less than full replacement cost of the losses.  Further, a special
hazard  insurance  policy will not cover all risks,  and the coverage under this
type of policy  will be limited in  amount.  Certain  hazard  risks  will,  as a
result, be uninsured and will therefore be borne by you.

SPECIAL HAZARD INSURANCE POLICIES

   The prospectus  supplement with respect to a series of securities may specify
that the master  servicer will be required to obtain a special hazard  insurance
policy for the series.  This policy will be issued by the special hazard insurer
specified in the  prospectus  supplement  and cover any special hazard amount as
described in the immediately  succeeding paragraph.  The master servicer will be
obligated to exercise its best reasonable  efforts to keep or cause to be kept a
special hazard insurance policy in full force and effect,  unless coverage under
the policy has been exhausted  through  payment of claims.  However,  the master
servicer will be under no obligation to maintain the policy if a Pool  Insurance
Policy  covering the series is no longer in effect.  The master servicer will be
obligated  to pay the  premiums on each  special  hazard  insurance  policy on a
timely basis unless, as described in the related prospectus supplement,  payment
of these premiums is otherwise provided for.

   Claims under each special hazard insurance policy will generally be
limited to:

  (1) a  percentage  set forth in the related  prospectus  supplement,  which is
      generally  not greater than 1%, of the aggregate  principal  balance as of
      the Cut-Off Date of the  residential  loans  comprising  the related trust
      fund;

  (2) twice the unpaid  principal  balance as of the Cut-Off Date of the largest
      residential loan in the trust fund; or

  (3) the greatest  aggregate  principal balance of residential loans secured by
      residential properties located in any one California postal zip code area,
      whichever is the greatest.

   As more  specifically  provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,  each
special  hazard  insurance  policy  will,  subject  to  limitations  of the kind
described below,  typically  protect holders of securities of the related series
from:


                                      -87-


<PAGE>

   o  loss by  reason  of damage to  residential  properties  caused by  certain
      hazards, including earthquakes and mudflows, not insured against under the
      Primary  Hazard  Insurance  Policies  or a flood  insurance  policy if the
      property is in a federally designated flood area; and

   o  loss from  partial  damage  caused by  reason  of the  application  of the
      co-insurance clause contained in the Primary Hazard Insurance Policies.

Special hazard insurance  policies will typically not cover losses such as those
occasioned  by

   o  normal wear and tear,

   o  war,

   o  civil insurrection,

   o  certain governmental actions,

   o  errors in design,

   o  faulty workmanship or materials,

   o  except  under  certain  circumstances,  nuclear or  chemical  reaction  or
      contamination,

   o  flood,  if the property is located in a federally  designated  flood area,
      and

   o  certain other risks.

   Subject to the foregoing  limitations,  each special hazard  insurance policy
will typically  provide that, when there has been damage to property  securing a
defaulted  residential loan acquired by the insured and to the extent the damage
is not covered by the related Primary Hazard Insurance Policy or flood insurance
policy, the insurer will pay the lesser of:

  (1)  the cost of repair to the property; and

  (2) when transfer of the property to the insurer occurs,  the unpaid principal
      balance of the residential loan at the time of acquisition of the property
      by foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure or repossession, plus

      (a)accrued  interest at the interest rate to the date of claim  settlement
         and

      (b)certain  expenses  incurred by or on behalf of the master servicer with
         respect to the property.

The amount of coverage under the special hazard insurance policy will be reduced
by the sum of:

   (a)the unpaid  principal  balance plus accrued  interest and certain expenses
      paid by the insurer,  less any net  proceeds  realized by the insurer from
      the sale of the property, plus

   (b) any amount paid as the cost of repair of the property.

   Typically,  restoration  of the property  with the proceeds  described  under
clause (1) of the  immediately  preceding  paragraph  will satisfy the condition
under a Pool Insurance Policy that the property be restored before a claim under
this type of policy  may be validly  presented  with  respect  to the  defaulted
residential loan secured by the property. The payment described under clause (2)
of the immediately preceding paragraph will render unnecessary presentation of a
claim  in  respect  of the  residential  loan  under  a Pool  Insurance  Policy.
Therefore,  so long as the

                                      -88-


<PAGE>

Pool Insurance Policy remains in effect, the payment by the insurer of either of
the above alternative  amounts will not affect the total Insurance Proceeds paid
to holders of  securities,  but will  affect the  relative  amounts of  coverage
remaining  under any  special  hazard  insurance  policy and any Pool  Insurance
Policy.

   The special hazard  insurer must typically  approve the sale of a residential
property under any special hazard  insurance  policy.  The funds received by the
insured in excess of the unpaid  principal  balance of the residential loan plus
interest on that balance to the date of sale, plus certain expenses  incurred by
or on behalf of the master servicer with respect to the property,  not to exceed
the amount actually paid by the special hazard insurer,  must be refunded to the
special hazard  insurer.  To the extent funds are refunded to the special hazard
insurer, coverage under the special hazard insurance policy will be restored. If
aggregate  claim  payments  under a special  hazard  insurance  policy reach the
policy limit, coverage under the policy will be exhausted and any further losses
will be borne by the holders of securities.

   A claim  under a special  hazard  insurance  policy  generally  must be filed
within a  specified  number of days  after the  insured  has  acquired  good and
merchantable  title to the property,  and a claim  payment is generally  payable
within a  specified  number of days  after a claim is  accepted  by the  special
hazard insurer.  Special hazard  insurance  policies  generally  provide that no
claim may be paid unless

   o  Primary Hazard Insurance Policy premiums,

   o  flood  insurance  premiums,  if the  property  is located  in a  federally
      designated flood area, and, as approved by the special hazard insurer,

   o  real estate property taxes, if applicable,

   o  property protection and preservation expenses and

   o  foreclosure costs

have been paid by or on  behalf of the  insured,  and  unless  the  insured  has
maintained the Primary Hazard Insurance Policy.

   If a special  hazard  insurance  policy is  canceled  or  terminated  for any
reason, other than the exhaustion of total policy coverage,  the master servicer
will be  obligated to use its best  reasonable  efforts to obtain or cause to be
obtained  from another  insurer a replacement  policy  comparable to the special
hazard insurance policy. The replacement policy must have total coverage that is
equal to the then  existing  coverage of the special  hazard  insurance  policy.
However,  if the cost of the replacement  policy is greater than the cost of the
special hazard insurance policy,  the coverage of the replacement  policy may be
reduced to a level so that the premium  rate does not exceed the premium rate on
the special  hazard  insurance  policy as  provided  in the  related  prospectus
supplement.

   Each special hazard  insurance  policy is designed to permit full  recoveries
under a Pool Insurance  Policy in  circumstances  in which the recoveries  would
otherwise  be  unavailable  because  property  has been  damaged  by a cause not
insured  against  by a Primary  Hazard  Insurance  Policy  and thus would not be
restored. Therefore, each pooling and servicing agreement will generally provide
that,  if the related Pool  Insurance  Policy shall have lapsed or terminated or
been exhausted  through payment of claims,  the master servicer will be under no
further obligation to maintain the special hazard insurance policy.


                                      -89-


<PAGE>

BANKRUPTCY BONDS

   The prospectus  supplement with respect to a series of securities may specify
that the master  servicer  will be required to obtain a Bankruptcy  Bond for the
series.  The obligor on, and the amount of coverage of, any Bankruptcy Bond will
be set forth in the related prospectus  supplement.  The master servicer will be
required  to  exercise  its best  reasonable  efforts to maintain or cause to be
maintained the Bankruptcy  Bond in full force and effect,  unless coverage under
the Bankruptcy  Bond has been exhausted  through  payment of claims.  The master
servicer  will be  required  to pay or cause to be paid  the  premiums  for each
Bankruptcy  Bond  on a  timely  basis,  unless,  as  described  in  the  related
prospectus supplement, payment of the premiums is otherwise provided for.

RESERVE FUNDS

   The related prospectus supplement may specify that the depositor will deposit
or cause to be  deposited  in an account any  combination  of cash,  one or more
irrevocable letters of credit or one or more United States government securities
and other high quality investments in specified amounts, or any other instrument
satisfactory  to the rating agency or agencies.  These  deposits will be applied
and  maintained  in  the  manner  and  under  the  conditions  specified  in the
prospectus supplement.  In the alternative or in addition to the deposit, to the
extent  described in the related  prospectus  supplement,  a Reserve Fund may be
funded through application of a portion of the interest payment on each mortgage
loan or of all or a portion of  amounts  otherwise  payable  on the  subordinate
securities.  Amounts  in a  Reserve  Fund  may  be  distributed  to  holders  of
securities,  or  applied  to  reimburse  the  master  servicer  for  outstanding
advances,  or may be used for other  purposes,  in the  manner and to the extent
specified  in  the  related  prospectus   supplement.   The  related  prospectus
supplement  may specify  that any Reserve  Fund will not be deemed to be part of
the related trust fund.

   Amounts  deposited  in any  Reserve  Fund for a series  will be  invested  in
Permitted  Instruments  by, or at the direction  of, the master  servicer or any
other person named in the related prospectus supplement.

CROSS-SUPPORT PROVISIONS

   The related prospectus  supplement may specify that the residential loans for
a series of securities may be divided into separate  groups,  each  supporting a
separate class or classes of securities of a series. In addition, credit support
may be provided by cross-support provisions requiring that distributions be made
on  securities  evidencing  interests  in one group of  mortgage  loans prior to
distributions  on  securities  evidencing  interests  in a  different  group  of
mortgage loans within the trust fund. The  prospectus  supplement  relating to a
series that  includes a  cross-support  provision  will  describe the manner and
conditions for applying the provisions.

   The  coverage  provided  by one or more  forms of  credit  support  may apply
concurrently  to two or more related  trust funds.  If  applicable,  the related
prospectus  supplement will identify the trust funds to which the credit support
relates and the manner of determining the amount of the coverage provided by the
credit support and of the  application  of the coverage to the identified  trust
funds.


                                      -90-


<PAGE>

LETTER OF CREDIT

   The prospectus supplement relating to a series of securities may specify that
the  residential  loans in the related  trust fund may be covered by one or more
letters of credit,  issued by a bank or financial  institution  specified in the
prospectus  supplement.  Under a letter of credit, the issuing bank or financial
institution  will be  obligated  to honor  draws in an  aggregate  fixed  dollar
amount, net of unreimbursed  payments,  equal to the percentage specified in the
related  prospectus  supplement  of  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the
residential  loans  on the  related  Cut-Off  Date  or one or  more  classes  of
securities.  Any  letter of credit may  permit  draws  only if certain  types of
losses  occur.  The amount  available  under the letter of credit  will,  in all
cases, be reduced to the extent of the unreimbursed payments under the letter of
credit.

INSURANCE POLICIES AND SURETY BONDS

   The prospectus supplement relating to a series of securities may specify that
one or more  classes of  securities  of the series will be covered by  insurance
policies  and/or  surety bonds  provided by one or more  insurance  companies or
sureties. The instruments may cover timely distributions of interest and/or full
distributions of principal on the basis of a schedule of principal distributions
set forth in or  determined  in the manner  specified in the related  prospectus
supplement.

EXCESS SPREAD

   The prospectus supplement may specify that a portion of the interest payments
on  residential  loans may be applied to reduce the principal  balance of one or
more classes of  securities to provide or maintain a cushion  against  losses on
the residential loans.

OVERCOLLATERALIZATION

   The  related  prospectus   supplement  may  specify  that  the  subordination
provisions  of a trust fund may be used to  accelerate  to a limited  extent the
amortization of one or more classes of securities  relative to the  amortization
of the  related  assets of the  trust  fund.  The  accelerated  amortization  is
achieved  by the  application  of  certain  excess  interest  to the  payment of
principal  of one or more  classes  of  securities.  This  acceleration  feature
creates,  with  respect to the assets of the trust  fund,  overcollateralization
which results from the excess of the aggregate  principal balance of the related
assets of the trust fund,  over the  principal  balance of the related  class or
classes  of  securities.  This  acceleration  may  continue  for the life of the
related security, or may be limited. In the case of limited  acceleration,  once
the required level of  overcollateralization  is reached, and subject to certain
provisions  specified  in  the  related  prospectus   supplement,   the  limited
acceleration  feature may cease, unless necessary to maintain the required level
of overcollateralization.

                  CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF RESIDENTIAL LOANS

   The following  discussion contains general summaries of certain legal aspects
of loans  secured by  residential  properties.  Because  the legal  aspects  are
governed by applicable state law, which may differ substantially,  the summaries
do not purport to be complete nor to reflect the laws of any  particular  state,
nor to  encompass  the  laws  of all  states  in  which  the  security  for  the
residential loans is situated.  The summaries are qualified in their entirety by
reference to the  applicable  federal and state laws  governing the  residential
loans. In this regard,  the following


                                      -91-


<PAGE>

discussion does not fully reflect federal  regulations with respect to FHA loans
and VA loans.  See "The  Trust  Funds--Residential  Loans" and  "Description  of
Primary Insurance Coverage--FHA Insurance and VA Guarantees" in this prospectus.

GENERAL

   All of the residential  loans are generally  loans to homeowners.  All of the
mortgage loans and Multifamily Loans are evidenced by notes or bonds and secured
by instruments which may be mortgages,  deeds of trust,  security deeds or deeds
to secure debt,  depending on the type of security instrument customary to grant
a  security  interest  in real  property  in the state in which the  residential
property  is  located.  The  prospectus  supplement  relating  to  a  series  of
securities  may specify that a trust fund also  contains:

    (1) Home Improvement  Contracts  evidenced by promissory notes, which may be
        secured by an  interest  in the  related  mortgaged  property  or may be
        unsecured;

    (2) Cooperative  Loans  evidenced by  promissory  notes  secured by security
        interests in shares issued by private,  cooperative housing corporations
        and in the related  proprietary leases or occupancy  agreements granting
        exclusive  rights  to  occupy  specific  dwelling  units in the  related
        buildings;  or

    (3) Manufactured Housing Contracts evidencing both

    o   the  obligation  of the  borrower  to repay  the loan  evidenced  by the
        Manufactured Housing Contract; and

    o   the grant of a security  interest  in the related  manufactured  home or
        with respect to Land  Contracts,  a lien on the real estate to which the
        related  manufactured  homes are deemed to be affixed,  and including in
        some cases a security  interest in the  related  manufactured  home,  to
        secure repayment of this loan.

Generally,  any of the foregoing types of encumbrance  will create a lien on, or
grant a title interest in, the subject  property.  The priority of the lien will
depend on the terms of the particular security instrument, if any, the knowledge
of the parties to the instruments, as well as the order of recordation or filing
of the instrument in the appropriate  public office.  This lien is generally not
prior to the lien for real  estate  taxes  and  assessments  and  other  charges
imposed under governmental police powers.

MORTGAGE LOANS

   The mortgage loans and Multifamily  Loans will generally be secured by either
mortgages,  deeds of trust,  security deeds or deeds to secure debt depending on
the type of security instrument customary to grant a security interest according
to the  prevailing  practice  in the state in which the  property  subject  to a
mortgage loan or  Multifamily  Loan is located.  Any of the  foregoing  types of
encumbrance  creates a lien on or conveys title to the real property  encumbered
by  this  instrument  and  represents  the  security  for  the  repayment  of an
obligation  that is  customarily  evidenced by a promissory  note.  This lien is
generally not prior to the lien for real estate taxes and  assessments and other
charges imposed under governmental police powers. Priority with respect to these
security  instruments  depends  on their  terms  and  generally  on the order of
recording with the applicable state, county or municipal office.


                                      -92-


<PAGE>

   There are two parties to a mortgage,  the mortgagor,  who is the borrower and
usually  the  owner  of the  subject  property  or the  land  trustee,  and  the
mortgagee,  who is the lender.  Under the  mortgage  instrument,  the  mortgagor
delivers to the mortgagee a note or bond and the mortgage.  However, in the case
of a land trust,  title to the property is held by a land  trustee  under a land
trust  agreement,  while  the owner is the  beneficiary  of the land  trust;  at
origination of a mortgage loan, the borrower executes a separate  undertaking to
make payments on the mortgage note.

   Although a deed of trust is similar to a mortgage,  a deed of trust  normally
has three  parties,  the trustor,  who is similar to a mortgagor  and who is the
owner  of  the  subject  property  and  may or may  not  be  the  borrower,  the
beneficiary  who is  similar  to a  mortgagee  and  who is the  lender,  and the
trustee,  a third-party  grantee.  Under a deed of trust, the trustor grants the
property,  irrevocably until the debt is paid, in trust,  generally with a power
of sale, to the trustee to secure payment of the obligation. A security deed and
a deed to secure  debt are special  types of deeds which  indicate on their face
that they are granted to secure an underlying debt. By executing a security deed
or deed to secure  debt,  the  grantor  conveys  title to, as  opposed to merely
creating a lien on, the subject  property  to the grantee  until a time when the
underlying debt is repaid.  The  mortgagee's  authority under a mortgage and the
trustee's authority under a deed of trust,  security deed or deed to secure debt
are governed by

    o   the law of the  state  in which  the real  property  is  located,

    o   the  express provisions of the mortgage, deed of trust, security deed or
        deed to secure debt and,

    o   in some cases,  with respect to deeds of trust,  the  directions  of the
        beneficiary.

COOPERATIVE LOANS

   The  Cooperative  owns all the real  property  or some  interest  in the real
property  sufficient to permit it to own the building and all separate  dwelling
units in the building.  The  Cooperative  is directly  responsible  for property
management and, in most cases,  payment of real estate taxes, other governmental
impositions and hazard and liability  insurance.  If there is a blanket mortgage
on the cooperative  apartment  building and/or underlying land, or an underlying
lease of the land, the Cooperative, as mortgagor, or lessee, as the case may be,
is also responsible for meeting these blanket mortgage or rental obligations.  A
blanket  mortgage is ordinarily  incurred by the  Cooperative in connection with
either the construction or purchase of the Cooperative's  apartment  building or
the  obtaining of capital by the  Cooperative.  The  interests of the  occupants
under proprietary leases or occupancy  agreements as to which the Cooperative is
the landlord are  generally  subordinate  to the  interests of the holder of the
blanket mortgage and to the interest of the holder of a land lease.

   If the  Cooperative  is unable to meet the  payment  obligations

    (1) arising under its blanket  mortgage,  the mortgagee  holding the blanket
        mortgage could  foreclose on that mortgage and terminate all subordinate
        proprietary leases and occupancy agreements; or

    (2) arising  under its land  lease,  the holder of the  landlord's  interest
        under the land lease could terminate it and all subordinate  proprietary
        leases and occupancy agreements.


                                      -93-


<PAGE>

Also, a blanket mortgage on a Cooperative may provide financing in the form of a
mortgage that does not fully amortize,  with a significant  portion of principal
being  due  in one  final  payment  at  final  maturity.  The  inability  of the
Cooperative to refinance the mortgage and its  consequent  inability to make the
final payment could lead to  foreclosure  by the  mortgagee.  Similarly,  a land
lease has an expiration  date and the inability of the Cooperative to extend its
term or, in the  alternative,  to purchase the land could lead to termination of
the  Cooperative's  interest in the property and  termination of all proprietary
leases and occupancy agreements.  In either event,  foreclosure by the holder of
the blanket  mortgage or the termination of the underlying lease could eliminate
or  significantly  diminish the value of any collateral  held by the lender that
financed the purchase by an individual  tenant-stockholder of Cooperative shares
or, in the case of the trust  fund,  the  collateral  securing  the  Cooperative
Loans.

   The Cooperative is owned by  tenant-stockholders  who,  through  ownership of
stock, shares or membership certificates in the corporation, receive proprietary
leases or occupancy  agreements which confer exclusive rights to occupy specific
units.  Generally,  a  tenant-stockholder  of a Cooperative  must make a monthly
payment to the Cooperative  representing the tenant-stockholder's pro rata share
of the  Cooperative's  payments for its blanket  mortgage,  real property taxes,
maintenance  expenses  and other  capital or  ordinary  expenses.  An  ownership
interest in a Cooperative and accompanying  occupancy rights is financed through
a  Cooperative  share loan  evidenced  by a  promissory  note and  secured by an
assignment of and a security interest in the occupancy  agreement or proprietary
lease  and in  the  related  Cooperative  shares.  The  lender  generally  takes
possession of the share  certificate and a counterpart of the proprietary  lease
or occupancy  agreement and a financing statement covering the proprietary lease
or occupancy  agreement and the  Cooperative  shares is filed in the appropriate
state and local offices to perfect the lender's interest in its collateral. If a
default of the  tenant-stockholder  occurs,  the lender  may  generally  sue for
judgment  on the  promissory  note,  dispose  of the  collateral  at a public or
private sale or otherwise  proceed against the collateral or  tenant-stockholder
as an individual as provided in the security  agreement  covering the assignment
of the  proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement and the pledge of Cooperative
shares. See "--Foreclosure on Cooperative Shares" below.

TAX ASPECTS OF COOPERATIVE OWNERSHIP

   In general,  a  "tenant-stockholder",  as defined in Section 216(b)(2) of the
Code,  of a  "cooperative  housing  corporation"  within the  meaning of Section
216(b)(1) of the Code, is allowed a deduction for amounts paid or accrued within
his taxable year to the corporation. These amounts paid or accrued represent his
proportionate  share of certain interest  expenses and certain real estate taxes
allowable as a deduction  under  Section  216(a) of the Code to the  corporation
under  Sections 163 and 164 of the Code. In order for a  corporation  to qualify
under Section  216(b)(1) of the Code for its taxable year in which the items are
allowable as a deduction to the corporation,  this section requires, among other
things, that at least 80% of the gross income of the corporation be derived from
its  tenant-stockholders.  By  virtue  of  this  requirement,  the  status  of a
corporation for purposes of Section  216(b)(1) of the Code must be determined on
a year-to-year basis. Consequently,  there can be no assurance that cooperatives
relating  to the  Cooperative  Loans will  qualify  under this  section  for any
particular  year. If a Cooperative of this type fails to qualify for one or more
years, the value of the collateral  securing any related Cooperative Loans could
be   significantly   impaired   because  no  deduction  would  be  allowable  to
tenant-stockholders  under  Section  216(a)  of the Code with  respect  to those
years.   In   view  of  the


                                      -94-


<PAGE>

significance of the tax benefits accorded  tenant-stockholders  of a corporation
that qualifies  under Section  216(b)(1) of the Code,  the likelihood  that this
failure would be permitted to continue over a period of years appears remote.

MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONTRACTS OTHER THAN LAND CONTRACTS

   Under the laws of most  states,  manufactured  housing  constitutes  personal
property and is subject to the motor vehicle  registration  laws of the state or
other  jurisdiction  in  which  the  unit is  located.  In a few  states,  where
certificates of title are not required for the perfection of security  interests
in  manufactured  homes,  security  interests  are  perfected by the filing of a
financing  statement  under  Article 9 of the UCC which has been  adopted by all
states.  The  financing  statements  are  effective  for five  years and must be
renewed at the end of each five years.  The certificate of title laws adopted by
the majority of states provide that ownership of motor vehicles and manufactured
housing  shall be  evidenced  by a  certificate  of title  issued  by the  motor
vehicles  department,  or a similar  entity,  of the  responsible  state. In the
states which have enacted  certificate  of title laws, a security  interest in a
unit  of  manufactured  housing,  so long  as it is not  attached  to land in so
permanent  a fashion  as to become a  fixture,  is  generally  perfected  by the
recording  of the  interest  on the  certificate  of  title  to the  unit in the
appropriate  motor  vehicle  registration  office or by delivery of the required
documents and payment of a fee to the office, depending on state law.

   The master  servicer will  generally be required to obtain  possession of the
certificate of title, but, the related  prospectus  supplement may specify if it
will not be  required  to  effect  the  notation  or  delivery  of the  required
documents  and fees.  The  failure to effect the  notation or  delivery,  or the
taking of action under the wrong law, under a motor vehicle title statute rather
than  under the UCC,  is likely to cause  the  trustee  not to have a  perfected
security  interest in the  manufactured  home  securing a  Manufactured  Housing
Contract.

   As  manufactured  homes have  become  larger and often have been  attached to
their sites without any apparent  intention to move them,  courts in many states
have held that  manufactured  homes may,  under  certain  circumstances,  become
subject  to real  estate  title and  recording  laws.  As a result,  a  security
interest in a manufactured  home could be rendered  subordinate to the interests
of other parties,  including a trustee in bankruptcy claiming an interest in the
home under applicable  state real estate law,  regardless of compliance with the
requirements  described  above.  In order to  perfect a security  interest  in a
manufactured  home under real estate laws,  the holder of the security  interest
must file either a "fixture  filing"  under the  provisions of the UCC or a real
estate  mortgage  under  the real  estate  laws of the  state  where the home is
located.  These  filings must be made in the real estate  records  office of the
county where the home is located.

   Generally, Manufactured Housing Contracts will contain provisions prohibiting
the borrower from permanently  attaching the  manufactured  home to its site. So
long as the borrower does not violate this agreement, a security interest in the
manufactured  home will be governed by the certificate of title laws or the UCC,
and the notation of the  security  interest on the  certificate  of title or the
filing of a UCC  financing  statement  will be effective to perfect the security
interest  in  the  manufactured  home.  If,  however,  a  manufactured  home  is
permanently  attached  to its  site,  other  parties,  including  a  trustee  in
bankruptcy,  could obtain an interest in the manufactured home which is prior to
the security interest  originally  retained by the seller and transferred to the
depositor.


                                      -95-


<PAGE>

   The depositor will assign or cause to be assigned a security  interest in the
manufactured homes to the trustee,  on behalf of the holders of securities.  The
related prospectus supplement may specify that neither the depositor, the master
servicer  nor the trustee will amend the  certificates  of title to identify the
trustee,  on behalf of the  holders of  securities,  as the new  secured  party.
Accordingly,  the depositor or the Unaffiliated Seller will continue to be named
as the secured party on the  certificates of title relating to the  manufactured
homes. In most states, the assignment is an effective conveyance of the security
interest without amendment of any lien noted on the related certificate of title
and the new secured party, therefore,  succeeds to the depositor's rights as the
secured party.  However, in some states there exists a risk that, in the absence
of an amendment to the  certificate  of title,  the  assignment  of the security
interest might not be held effective  against  creditors of the depositor or the
Unaffiliated Seller.

   In the absence of fraud,  forgery or permanent affixation of the manufactured
home to its site by the  manufactured  home owner,  or  administrative  error by
state recording officials, the following actions should be sufficient to protect
the trustee against the rights of subsequent  purchasers of a manufactured  home
or subsequent  lenders who take a security interest in the manufactured  home:

   o  the notation of the lien of the depositor on the  certificate  of title or
      delivery of the required documents and fees or,

   o  in states  where a security  interest in  manufactured  homes is perfected
      pursuant to Article 9 of the UCC, the filing of a financing statement, and
      continuation statements before the end of each five year period.

If there are any  manufactured  homes as to which the  depositor  has  failed to
perfect or cause to be  perfected  the security  interest  assigned to the trust
fund, the security  interest would be subordinate  to, among others,  subsequent
purchasers  for value of  manufactured  homes,  holders  of  perfected  security
interests,  and a  trustee  in  bankruptcy.  There  also  exists  a risk  in not
identifying  the  trustee,  on behalf of the  holders of  securities  as the new
secured party on the certificate of title that, through fraud or negligence, the
security interest of the trustee could be released.

   If the owner of a manufactured  home moves it to a state other than the state
in which the manufactured  home initially is registered,  under the laws of most
states the perfected  security  interest in the manufactured home would continue
for four  months  after the  relocation  and after that  period  until the owner
re-registers  the  manufactured  home in the new  state.  If the  owner  were to
relocate a manufactured  home to another state and re-register the  manufactured
home in the other state,  and if the  depositor did not take steps to re-perfect
its  security   interest  in  the  new  state,  the  security  interest  in  the
manufactured home would cease to be perfected.

   A majority of states generally require surrender of a certificate of title to
re-register  a  manufactured  home.  Accordingly,  if the  depositor  holds  the
certificate of title to this manufactured home, it must surrender  possession of
the  certificate.  In the case of manufactured  homes registered in states which
provide for notation of lien, the depositor would receive notice of surrender if
the security  interest in the  manufactured  home is noted on the certificate of
title. Accordingly,  the depositor could re-perfect its security interest in the
manufactured  home in the state of relocation.  In states which do not require a
certificate of title for  registration of a manufactured  home,  re-registration
could defeat perfection. Similarly, when a borrower under a manufactured housing
conditional sales contract sells a manufactured  home, the lender must


                                      -96-


<PAGE>

surrender  possession of the certificate of title or it will receive notice as a
result  of its  lien  noted  thereon.  Accordingly,  the  lender  will  have  an
opportunity  to  require   satisfaction  of  the  related  manufactured  housing
conditional  sales contract before release of the lien. The master servicer will
be  obligated  to take the  steps,  at the  master  servicer's  expense,  as are
necessary  to maintain  perfection  of security  interests  in the  manufactured
homes.

   Under the laws of most  states,  statutory  liens,  such as liens for repairs
performed  on a  manufactured  home and liens for personal  property  taxes take
priority even over a perfected  security  interest.  In addition,  certain liens
arising  as a matter of  federal  law,  such as  federal  tax  liens,  also take
priority  over a perfected  security  interest.  The  depositor  will obtain the
representation of the Unaffiliated  Seller that it has no knowledge of any liens
with respect to any manufactured home securing a contract.  However, these types
of  liens  could  arise  at any  time  during  the  term of a  mortgage  note or
Manufactured Housing Contract. No notice will be given to the trustee or holders
of securities if this type of a lien arises.

FORECLOSURE ON MORTGAGES

   Foreclosure  of a mortgage is  generally  accomplished  by  judicial  action.
Generally,  the action is  initiated by serving  legal  pleadings on all parties
having an interest of record in the real  property.  Delays in completion of the
foreclosure may  occasionally  result from  difficulties  in locating  necessary
party  defendants.  When the  mortgagee's  right to foreclose is contested,  the
legal  proceedings  necessary to resolve the issue can be time consuming.  After
the completion of a judicial foreclosure,  the court generally issues a judgment
of foreclosure and appoints a referee or other court officer to conduct the sale
of the property.

   An action to foreclose a mortgage is an action to recover the  mortgage  debt
by enforcing the  mortgagee's  rights under the mortgage in and to the mortgaged
property.  It is regulated by statutes and rules and subject  throughout  to the
court's  equitable  powers.  Generally,  a borrower is bound by the terms of the
mortgage  note and the  mortgage  as made and  cannot be  relieved  from its own
default. A foreclosure action is equitable in nature and is addressed to a court
of equity.  Accordingly,  the court may relieve a borrower of a default and deny
the  mortgagee  foreclosure  on proof that the  borrower's  default  was neither
willful nor in bad faith and that the mortgagee's  action was meant to establish
a waiver, or fraud, bad faith, oppressive or unconscionable conduct to warrant a
court of equity to refuse  affirmative  relief to the  mortgagee.  Under certain
circumstances  a court of equity  may  relieve  the  borrower  from an  entirely
technical default where the default was not willful.

   A  foreclosure  action or sale pursuant to a power of sale is subject to most
of the delays and expenses of other  lawsuits if defenses or  counterclaims  are
interposed,  sometimes  requiring up to several years to complete.  Moreover,  a
non-collusive,  regularly conducted foreclosure sale or sale pursuant to a power
of sale may be challenged as a fraudulent conveyance, regardless of the parties'
intent.  The challenge  could be successful if a court  determines that the sale
was for less than fair  consideration  and the sale occurred  while the borrower
was insolvent and within one year, or within the state statute of limitations if
the trustee in bankruptcy  elects to proceed under state  fraudulent  conveyance
law, of the filing of  bankruptcy.  Similarly,  a suit against the debtor on the
mortgage note may take several years and, generally,  is a remedy alternative to
foreclosure,  the mortgagee being precluded from pursuing both at the same time.
In some states,  mortgages may also be foreclosed by advertisement in accordance
with a power of sale  provided


                                      -97-


<PAGE>

in the  mortgage.  Foreclosure  of a mortgage by  advertisement  is  essentially
similar to foreclosure of a deed of trust by nonjudicial power of sale.

   Foreclosure  of a deed of trust is generally  accomplished  by a non-judicial
trustee's sale under a specific  provision in the deed of trust which authorizes
the trustee to sell the  property if the borrower  defaulted  under the terms of
the note or deed of trust.  In some states,  prior to the sale, the trustee must
record a notice of default  and send a copy to the  borrower-trustor  and to any
person who has  recorded a request  for a copy of a notice of default and notice
of sale.  In addition,  in some states the trustee  must  provide  notice to any
other individual  having an interest in the real property,  including any junior
lienholder. In some states, the trustor, borrower, or any person having a junior
encumbrance on the real estate,  may,  during a reinstatement  period,  cure the
default  by paying  the entire  amount in  arrears  plus the costs and  expenses
incurred in enforcing the  obligation to the extent  allowed by applicable  law.
Generally,  state law  controls  the amount of  foreclosure  expenses and costs,
including  attorneys' fees,  which may be recovered by a lender.  Certain states
require  that a notice of sale must be posted  in a public  place  and,  in most
states,  published for a specific period of time in a specified  manner prior to
the date of the trustee's sale. In addition,  some state laws require posting of
a copy of the notice of sale on the  property,  recording and sending the notice
to all  parties  having an  interest in the real  property.  In certain  states,
foreclosure under a deed of trust may also be accomplished by judicial action in
the manner provided for foreclosure of mortgages.

   In case of foreclosure  under either a mortgage or a deed of trust,  the sale
by the  referee or other  designated  officer or by the  trustee is  generally a
public  sale.  It is uncommon  for a third party to purchase the property at the
foreclosure sale because:

    (1) of the  difficulty  potential  third party  purchasers at the sale might
        have in determining the exact status of title and

    (2) the physical condition of the property may have deteriorated  during the
        foreclosure proceedings.

   In some  states,  potential  buyers may be further  unwilling  to  purchase a
property at a  foreclosure  sale as a result of the 1980  decision of the United
States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit in Durrett v. Washington  National
Insurance  Company.  The  court  in  Durrett  held  that  even a  non-collusive,
regularly conducted  foreclosure sale was a fraudulent transfer under section 67
of the former  Bankruptcy  Act and section 548 of the current  Bankruptcy  Code,
and,  therefore,  could be rescinded in favor of the bankrupt's  estate, if:

    (1) the  foreclosure  sale was held while the debtor was  insolvent  and not
        more than one year prior to the filing of the bankruptcy petition; and

    (2) the price  paid for the  foreclosed  property  did not  represent  "fair
        consideration,"  which  is  "reasonably   equivalent  value"  under  the
        Bankruptcy Code.

However, on May 23, 1994, Durrett was effectively overruled by the United States
Supreme Court in BFP v. Resolution Trust  Corporation,  as Receiver for Imperial
Federal  Savings  and Loan  Association,  et al.,  in which the Court  held that
"`reasonably  equivalent value', for foreclosed  property,  is the price in face
received at the foreclosure sale, so long as all the requirements of the State's
foreclosure law have been complied  with." The Supreme Court decision,  however,
may not be  controlling  as to  whether  a  non-collusive,  regularly  conducted
foreclosure can be avoided as a fraudulent  conveyance  under  applicable  state
law, if a court


                                      -98-


<PAGE>

determines that the sale was for less than "fair consideration" under applicable
state  law.  For these  reasons,  it is common for the  lender to  purchase  the
property from the trustee or referee for an amount equal to the principal amount
of the  mortgage  or deed of trust  plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest  and the
expenses of foreclosure.

   Generally,  state law controls the amount of foreclosure  costs and expenses,
including  attorneys' and trustee's fees, which may be recovered by a lender. In
some states  there is a statutory  minimum  purchase  price which the lender may
offer for the property. Thereafter, subject to the right of the borrower in some
states to remain in possession  during the  redemption  period,  the lender will
assume  ownership of the mortgaged  property.  The burdens of ownership  include
obtaining  casualty  insurance,  paying taxes and making repairs at the lender's
own expense as are necessary to render the property suitable for sale. Depending
on market conditions,  the ultimate proceeds of the sale of the property may not
equal the lender's  investment in the  property.  Any loss may be reduced by the
receipt of any mortgage Insurance Proceeds, if any.

   A junior  mortgagee  may not  foreclose  on the  property  securing  a junior
mortgage  unless it  forecloses  subject  to the  senior  mortgages.  If it does
foreclose,  the junior  mortgagee  must either pay the entire  amount due on the
senior  mortgages  to the  senior  mortgagees  prior  to or at the  time  of the
foreclosure  sale or undertake  the  obligation  to make  payments on the senior
mortgages if the  borrower is in default  under the senior  mortgage.  In either
event the junior  mortgagee would add the amounts expended to the balance due on
the  junior  loan,  and  it may  be  subrogated  to  the  rights  of the  senior
mortgagees.  In addition,  if the foreclosure of a junior mortgage  triggers the
enforcement of a "due-on-sale"  clause,  the junior mortgagee may be required to
pay  the  full  amount  of  the  senior  mortgages  to  the  senior  mortgagees.
Accordingly,  with  respect to those  mortgage  loans which are junior  mortgage
loans, if the lender purchases the property,  the lender's title will be subject
to all senior liens and claims and certain governmental liens.

   The  proceeds  received by the  referee or trustee  from the sale are applied
first to the costs,  fees and expenses of sale and then in  satisfaction  of the
indebtedness  secured by the  mortgage or deed of trust under which the sale was
conducted. Any remaining proceeds are generally payable to the holders of junior
mortgages  or  deeds of trust  and  other  liens  and  claims  in order of their
priority, whether or not the borrower is in default. Any additional proceeds are
generally payable to the borrower or trustor. The payment of the proceeds to the
holders of junior  mortgages may occur in the  foreclosure  action of the senior
mortgagee or may require the institution of separate legal proceedings.

   In  foreclosure,  courts  have  imposed  general  equitable  principles.  The
equitable  principles  are  generally  designed to relieve the borrower from the
legal  effect of his  defaults  under the loan  documents.  Examples of judicial
remedies that have been fashioned include judicial  requirements that the lender
undertake  affirmative  and  expensive  actions to determine  the causes for the
borrower's  default  and  the  likelihood  that  the  borrower  will  be able to
reinstate the loan. The courts have taken a number of different approaches:

   o  in some cases,  courts have  substituted  their  judgment for the lender's
      judgment and have required that lenders  reinstate loans or recast payment
      schedules  in  order  to  accommodate  borrowers  who are  suffering  from
      temporary financial disability;


                                      -99-


<PAGE>

   o  in other cases,  courts have limited the right of a lender to foreclose if
      the default under the mortgage  instrument  is not  monetary,  such as the
      borrower's  failure to adequately  maintain the property or the borrower's
      execution of a second mortgage or deed of trust affecting the property;

   o  finally,  some  courts  have been  faced  with the issue of whether or not
      federal or state constitutional provisions reflecting due process concerns
      for  adequate  notice  require  that  borrowers  under  deeds  of trust or
      mortgages  receive  notices  in  addition  to  the  statutorily-prescribed
      minimums. For the most part, these cases have upheld the notice provisions
      as being  reasonable or have found that the sale by a trustee under a deed
      of trust,  or under a mortgage  having a power of sale,  does not  involve
      sufficient  state  action  to  afford  constitutional  protections  to the
      borrower.

   In addition,  certain states impose a statutory lien for associated  costs on
property  that is the  subject  of a cleanup  action by the state on  account of
hazardous  wastes  or  hazardous  substances  released  or  disposed  of on  the
property. This statutory lien may have priority over all subsequent liens on the
property and, in certain of these states, will have priority over prior recorded
liens,   including  the  lien  of  a  mortgage.   In  addition,   under  federal
environmental  legislation and possibly under state law in a number of states, a
secured party that takes a deed in lieu of  foreclosure  or acquires a mortgaged
property  at a  foreclosure  sale may be liable for the costs of  cleaning  up a
contaminated  site.  Although  these costs could be  substantial,  it is unclear
whether they would be imposed on a secured lender on residential properties.  If
title to a residential  property was acquired on behalf of holders of securities
and cleanup  costs were  incurred in respect of the  residential  property,  the
holders of  securities  might  realize a loss if these costs were required to be
paid by the related trust fund.

FORECLOSURE ON COOPERATIVE SHARES

   The Cooperative shares and proprietary lease or occupancy  agreement owned by
the  tenant-stockholder  and  pledged  to the lender  are,  in almost all cases,
subject  to  restrictions  on  transfer  as  set  forth  in  the   Cooperative's
Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, as well as in the proprietary lease or
occupancy agreement.  These agreements may be canceled by the Cooperative,  even
while  pledged,  for  failure  by the  tenant-stockholder  to pay  rent or other
obligations  or charges  owed by the  tenant-stockholder,  including  mechanics'
liens   against   the   Cooperative   apartment   building   incurred   by   the
tenant-stockholder.  Commonly,  rent and other  obligations  and charges arising
under  a  proprietary  lease  or  occupancy  agreement  which  are  owed  to the
cooperative  are made  liens on the  shares  to which the  proprietary  lease or
occupancy agreement relates.

   In addition,  the proprietary lease or occupancy  agreement generally permits
the  Cooperative to terminate this lease or agreement if the  tenant-stockholder
fails to make  payments or defaults in the  performance  of  covenants  required
under the related  agreement.  Typically,  the lender and the Cooperative  enter
into  a  recognition  agreement  which,  together  with  any  lender  protection
provisions  contained  in the  proprietary  lease,  establishes  the  rights and
obligations of both parties if a default by the tenant-stockholder occurs on its
obligations under the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. A default by the
tenant-stockholder  under the  proprietary  lease or  occupancy  agreement  will
usually constitute a default under the security agreement between the lender and
the tenant-stockholder.


                                     -100-


<PAGE>

   The recognition agreement generally provides that, if the  tenant-stockholder
has  defaulted  under  the  proprietary  lease  or  occupancy   agreement,   the
Cooperative will take no action to terminate the proprietary  lease or agreement
until the lender has been provided with notice of and an opportunity to cure the
default.  The recognition  agreement  typically provides that if the proprietary
lease or occupancy  agreement is terminated,  the Cooperative will recognize the
lender's  lien  against  proceeds  from a sale  of  the  Cooperative  apartment.
However, the Cooperative will retain its right to sums due under the proprietary
lease or occupancy  agreement or which have become liens on the shares  relating
to the proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement.  The total amount owed to the
Cooperative  by  the  tenant-stockholder,  which  the  lender  generally  cannot
restrict and does not monitor,  could reduce the value of the  collateral  below
the outstanding principal balance of the Cooperative Loan and accrued and unpaid
interest on the Cooperative Loan.

   Recognition  agreements  also  provide  that  if a  foreclosure  occurs  on a
Cooperative  Loan,  the  lender  must  obtain  the  approval  or  consent of the
Cooperative  as  required  by the  proprietary  lease  before  transferring  the
Cooperative shares or assigning the proprietary lease. Generally,  the lender is
not limited in any rights it may have to dispossess the tenant-stockholders.

   Foreclosure on the Cooperative shares is accomplished by a sale in accordance
with the provisions of Article 9 of the UCC and the security  agreement relating
to those  shares.  Article 9 of the UCC  requires  that a sale be conducted in a
"commercially  reasonable"  manner.  Whether  a sale  has  been  conducted  in a
"commercially  reasonable"  manner  will  depend on the facts in each  case.  In
determining commercial reasonableness, a court will look to the notice given the
debtor and the method,  manner, time, place and terms of the sale. Generally,  a
sale  conducted  according  to the usual  practice  of similar  parties  selling
similar collateral will be considered reasonably conducted.

   Article 9 of the UCC  provides  that the proceeds of the sale will be applied
first  to pay the  costs  and  expenses  of the sale  and  then to  satisfy  the
indebtedness  secured  by  the  lender's  security  interest.   The  recognition
agreement,  however, generally provides that the lender's right to reimbursement
is  subject  to the  right of the  Cooperative  to  receive  sums due  under the
proprietary lease or occupancy agreement.  If there are proceeds remaining,  the
lender must account to the tenant-stockholder for the surplus.  Conversely, if a
portion of the indebtedness remains unpaid, the  tenant-stockholder is generally
responsible for the  deficiency.  See  "--Anti-Deficiency  Legislation and Other
Limitations on Lenders" below.

REPOSSESSION WITH RESPECT TO MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONTRACTS THAT ARE NOT LAND
CONTRACTS

   Repossession of  manufactured  housing is governed by state law. So long as a
manufactured  home has not become so  attached  to real  estate that it would be
treated  as a part of the real  estate  under the law of the  state  where it is
located,  repossession  of the home, if a default  occurs by the borrower,  will
generally be governed by the UCC.  Article 9 of the UCC  provides the  statutory
framework for the repossession of manufactured housing. While the UCC as adopted
by the  various  states  may vary in  certain  small  particulars,  the  general
repossession procedure established by the UCC is as follows:

    (1) Except in those few states where the debtor must  receive  notice of his
        right to cure  his  default  -typically  30 days to  bring  the  account
        current-repossession can commence

                                      -101-


<PAGE>

        immediately when a default occurs without prior notice. Repossession may
        be effected either through  self-help,  which is the peaceable  retaking
        without court order, voluntary repossession or through judicial process,
        which is the repossession pursuant to court-issued writ of replevin. The
        self-help  and/or  voluntary  repossession  methods  are  more  commonly
        employed,  and are  accomplished  simply by retaking  possession  of the
        manufactured home. In cases where the debtor objects or raises a defense
        to  repossession,  a court order must be obtained  from the  appropriate
        state  court,  and the  manufactured  home must then be  repossessed  in
        accordance  with that order.  Whether the method  employed is self-help,
        voluntary repossession or judicial repossession, the repossession can be
        accomplished  either by an actual physical  removal of the  manufactured
        home to a secure  location for  refurbishment  and resale or by removing
        the  occupants  and  their  belongings  from the  manufactured  home and
        maintaining  possession of the  manufactured  home on the location where
        the occupants  were  residing.  Various  factors may affect  whether the
        manufactured home is physically removed or left on location, such as the
        nature and term of the lease of the site on which it is located  and the
        condition of the unit. In many cases,  leaving the manufactured  home on
        location  is  preferable,  if the home is already  set up,  because  the
        expenses of retaking and  redelivery  will be saved.  However,  in those
        cases where the home is left on location, expenses for site rentals will
        usually be incurred.

    (2) Once  repossession  has been  achieved,  preparation  for the subsequent
        disposition of the manufactured  home can commence.  The disposition may
        be by public or private sale, if notice to the debtor is given,  and the
        method,  manner,  time, place and terms of the sale must be commercially
        reasonable.  The UCC and consumer  protection  laws in most states place
        restrictions on repossession sales,  including requiring prior notice to
        the debtor.

    (3) Sale  proceeds  are  to  be  applied  first  to  repossession   expenses
        --expenses incurred in retaking,  storage, preparing for sale to include
        refurbishing  costs  and  selling--  and  then  to  satisfaction  of the
        indebtedness.  While some states impose  prohibitions  or limitations on
        deficiency  judgments if the net  proceeds  from resale do not cover the
        full amount of the  indebtedness,  the deficiency may be sought from the
        debtor in the form of a deficiency judgment in those states which do not
        prohibit  or limit  judgments.  The  deficiency  judgment  is a personal
        judgment  against  the debtor  for the  shortfall.  Occasionally,  after
        resale  of  a  manufactured   home  and  payment  of  all  expenses  and
        indebtedness,  there  is a  surplus  of  funds.  In that  case,  the UCC
        requires  the  party  suing  for the  deficiency  judgment  to remit the
        surplus to the debtor.  Because the  defaulting  owner of a manufactured
        home  generally has very little  capital or income  available  following
        repossession,  a deficiency judgment may not be sought in many cases or,
        if obtained,  will be settled at a significant  discount in light of the
        defaulting owner's strained financial condition.

RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION WITH RESPECT TO RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES

   The purposes of a  foreclosure  action are to enable the mortgagee to realize
on its security and to bar the borrower, and all persons who have an interest in
the property which is subordinate to the foreclosing mortgagee,  from exercising
their  "equity of  redemption."  The doctrine of equity of  redemption  provides
that,  until the property covered by a mortgage has been sold in accordance with
a  properly  conducted  foreclosure  and  foreclosure  sale,  parties  having an
interest

                                     -102-


<PAGE>

which  is  subordinate  to that of the  foreclosing  mortgagee  may  redeem  the
property by paying the entire debt with interest.  In addition,  in some states,
when a  foreclosure  action has been  commenced,  the  redeeming  party must pay
certain costs of the foreclosure action.  Parties having an equity of redemption
must  generally be made parties and duly summoned to the  foreclosure  action in
order for their equity of redemption to be barred.

   Equity of redemption  which is a  non-statutory  right that must be exercised
prior to foreclosure  sale,  should be  distinguished  from statutory  rights of
redemption.  In  some  states,  after  sale  pursuant  to a  deed  of  trust  or
foreclosure of a mortgage, the trustor or borrower and certain foreclosed junior
lienors are given a statutory  period in which to redeem the  property  from the
foreclosure sale. In some states, redemption may occur only after payment of the
foreclosure sales price, accrued interest and expenses of foreclosure.  In other
states,  redemption may be authorized if the former borrower pays only a portion
of the sums due. The effect of a statutory  right of  redemption  is to diminish
the ability of the lender to sell the  foreclosed  property.  The  exercise of a
right of  redemption  would  defeat  the title of any  purchaser  subsequent  to
foreclosure or sale under a deed of trust. Consequently, the practical effect of
a right of  redemption is to force the lender to retain the property and pay the
expenses of  ownership  and  maintenance  of the property  until the  redemption
period has expired. In some states, there is no right to redeem property after a
trustee's sale under a deed of trust.

NOTICE OF SALE; REDEMPTION RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO MANUFACTURED HOMES

   While state laws do not usually  require  notice to be given debtors prior to
repossession,  many states do require delivery of a notice of default and of the
debtor's right to cure defaults before repossession. The law in most states also
requires that the debtor be given notice of sale prior to the resale of the home
so that the owner may redeem at or before  resale.  In  addition,  the sale must
comply with the requirements, including the notice requirements, of the UCC.

ANTI-DEFICIENCY LEGISLATION, BANKRUPTCY LAWS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON LENDERS

   States have taken a number of approaches to anti-deficiency and related
legislation:

   o  Certain  states  have  imposed  statutory  prohibitions  which  limit  the
      remedies of a  beneficiary  under a deed of trust or a  mortgagee  under a
      mortgage.

   o  In some states,  statutes limit the right of the  beneficiary or mortgagee
      to obtain a deficiency judgment against the borrower following foreclosure
      or  sale  under a deed of  trust.  A  deficiency  judgment  is a  personal
      judgment against the former borrower equal in most cases to the difference
      between the net amount  realized from the public sale of the real property
      and the amount due to the lender.

   o  Other  statutes  require  the  beneficiary  or  mortgagee  to exhaust  the
      security  afforded  under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure in an
      attempt to satisfy the full debt before bringing a personal action against
      the borrower.

   o  In certain other states,  the lender has the option of bringing a personal
      action  against the  borrower on the debt  without  first  exhausting  its
      security.  However in some of these states, the lender, following judgment
      on the personal action,  may be deemed to have elected a remedy and may be
      precluded  from   exercising   remedies  with  respect  to  the  security.
      Consequently,  the practical effect of the election requirement,  in those
      states


                                     -103-


<PAGE>

      permitting  election,  is that lenders will  usually  proceed  against the
      security  first  rather  than  bringing  a  personal  action  against  the
      borrower.

   o  Finally,  other statutory provisions limit any deficiency judgment against
      the  former  borrower  following  a  judicial  sale to the  excess  of the
      outstanding debt over the fair market value of the property at the time of
      the public sale.  The purpose of these  statutes is generally to prevent a
      beneficiary  or a mortgagee  from  obtaining a large  deficiency  judgment
      against the former  borrower as a result of low or no bids at the judicial
      sale.

   In  addition  to  anti-deficiency  and related  legislation,  numerous  other
federal and state statutory provisions,  including the Bankruptcy Code and state
laws affording relief to debtors,  may interfere with or affect the ability of a
secured  mortgage  lender to obtain  payment of a mortgage  loan,  to realize on
collateral  and/or  enforce  a  deficiency  judgment.  For  example,  under  the
Bankruptcy  Code,  virtually  all  actions,  including  foreclosure  actions and
deficiency  judgment  proceedings,  are  automatically  stayed when a bankruptcy
petition is filed,  and,  usually,  no interest or  principal  payments are made
during the course of the  bankruptcy  case.  Foreclosure  of an interest in real
property of a debtor in a case under the  Bankruptcy  Code can  typically  occur
only if the bankruptcy  court vacates the stay; an action the  bankruptcy  court
may be  reluctant  to take,  particularly  if the  debtor  has the  prospect  of
restructuring his or her debts and the mortgage  collateral is not deteriorating
in value.  The delay and the  consequences  caused by the automatic  stay can be
significant.  Also,  under the  Bankruptcy  Code,  the filing of a  petition  in
bankruptcy by or on behalf of a subordinate  lender secured by a mortgage on the
property,  may stay the senior  lender from taking  action to foreclose  out the
junior lien.

   A homeowner may file for relief under the Bankruptcy  Code under any of three
different  chapters of the Bankruptcy  Code.  Under Chapter 7, the assets of the
debtor are  liquidated and a lender secured by a lien may "bid in", i.e., bid up
to the  amount of the debt,  at the sale of the  asset.  See  "--Foreclosure  on
Mortgages"  above.  A homeowner may also file for relief under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy   Code  and   reorganize   his  or  her  debts  through  his  or  her
reorganization  plan.  Alternatively,  a  homeowner  may file for  relief  under
Chapter  13  of  the  Bankruptcy  Code  and  address  his  or  her  debts  in  a
rehabilitation  plan.  Chapter  13 is  often  referred  to as the  "wage  earner
chapter" or "consumer  chapter" because most individuals  seeking to restructure
their debts file for relief under Chapter 13 rather than under Chapter 11.

   A  reorganization  plan  under  Chapter  11 and a  rehabilitation  plan under
Chapter 13 of the Bankruptcy Code may each allow a debtor to cure a default with
respect to a mortgage loan on the debtor's residence by paying arrearages within
a reasonable time period and to deaccelerate and reinstate the original mortgage
loan payment schedule.  This cure is allowed even though the lender  accelerated
the loan and a final  judgment of  foreclosure  had been  entered in state court
provided no sale of the  property had yet  occurred,  prior to the filing of the
debtor's  petition under the Bankruptcy  Code.  Courts have approved  Chapter 11
plans that have allowed  curing of defaults  over a number of years.  In certain
circumstances,  defaults  may be cured  over a number of years  even if the full
amount  due under  the  original  loan is never  repaid,  even if the  mortgagee
objects. Under a Chapter 13 plan, curing of defaults must be accomplished within
the five year maximum term permitted for repayment plans.

   Generally,  a repayment  plan filed in a case under Chapter 13 may not modify
the claim of a mortgage  lender if the borrower  elects to retain the  property,
the  property is the  borrower's  principal  residence  and the  property is the
lender's only  collateral.  If the last payment on the


                                     -104-


<PAGE>

original  payment  schedule  of a mortgage  loan  secured  only by the  debtor's
principal  residence  is due before the final date for payment  under a debtor's
Chapter 13 plan --which date could be up to five years after the debtor  emerges
from  bankruptcy--under  a case recently  decided by an  intermediate  appellate
court,  the debtor's  rehabilitation  plan could modify the terms of the loan by
bifurcating  an  undersecured  lender's  claim into a secured  and an  unsecured
component  in the same  manner as if the  debtor  were a debtor in a case  under
Chapter 11. While this decision is contrary to a prior decision of a more senior
appellate court in another  jurisdiction,  it is possible that the  intermediate
court's decision will become the accepted interpretation in view of the language
of the applicable  statutory  provision.  If this interpretation is adopted by a
court  considering the treatment in a Chapter 13 repayment plan of a home equity
loan, the home equity loan could be  restructured as if the bankruptcy case were
under  Chapter 11 if the final  payment is due within five years of the debtor's
emergence from bankruptcy.

   In a case under  Chapter 11,  provided  certain  substantive  and  procedural
safeguards  are met, the amount and terms of a mortgage loan secured by property
of the debtor,  including  the debtor's  principal  residence,  may be modified.
Under the Bankruptcy Code, the outstanding  amount of a loan secured by the real
property may be reduced to the then-current  value of the property as determined
by the  court,  with a  corresponding  partial  reduction  of the  amount of the
lender's  security  interest,  if the value is less than the  amount  due on the
loan. This reduction will leave the lender a general unsecured  creditor for the
difference  between the value of the collateral and the  outstanding  balance of
the loan. A borrower's  unsecured  indebtedness  will typically be discharged in
full when payment of a substantially reduced amount is made.

   Other  modifications  may include a reduction in the amount of each scheduled
payment,  and/or an extension or reduction  of the final  maturity  date.  State
statutes and general principles of equity may also provide a borrower with means
to halt a  foreclosure  proceeding  or sale  and to force a  restructuring  of a
mortgage loan on terms a lender would not otherwise accept.  Because many of the
mortgage loans will have loan-to-value  ratios in excess of 100% at origination,
or the loan-to-value  ratios otherwise may exceed 100% in cases where the market
value declined subsequent to origination,  a potentially  significant portion of
the unpaid principal amount of the related mortgage loan would likely be treated
as unsecured indebtedness in a case under Chapter 11.

   In a  bankruptcy  or similar  proceeding  of a borrower,  action may be taken
seeking the recovery,  as a preferential  transfer or on other  grounds,  of any
payments  made by the  borrower  under the related  mortgage  loan.  Payments on
long-term  debt  may be  protected  from  recovery  as  preferences  if they are
payments  in the  ordinary  course of  business  made on debts  incurred  in the
ordinary  course of business or if the value of the collateral  exceeds the debt
at the time of  payment.  Whether  any  particular  payment  would be  protected
depends on the facts specific to a particular transaction.

   A trustee in bankruptcy,  in some cases, may be entitled to collect its costs
and expenses in preserving or selling the mortgaged property ahead of payment to
the lender. In certain circumstances,  subject to the court's approval, a debtor
in a case under  Chapter 11 of the  Bankruptcy  Code may have the power to grant
liens  senior to the lien of a mortgage.  Moreover,  the laws of certain  states
also  give  priority  to  certain  tax and  mechanics  liens  over the lien of a
mortgage.  Under the  Bankruptcy  Code,  if the court finds that  actions of the
mortgagee  have  been  unreasonable  and  inequitable,  the lien of the  related
mortgage may be subordinated to the claims of unsecured creditors.


                                     -105-


<PAGE>

   Various  proposals to amend the Bankruptcy  Code in ways that could adversely
affect the value of the mortgage  loans have been  considered  by Congress,  and
more proposed  legislation may be considered in the future.  No assurance can be
given that any particular proposal will or will not be enacted into law, or that
any provision so enacted will not differ materially from the proposals described
above.

   The  Code  provides  priority  to  certain  tax  liens  over  the lien of the
mortgage.  This  may  have  the  effect  of  delaying  or  interfering  with the
enforcement  of rights in respect of a defaulted  mortgage  loan.  In  addition,
substantive  requirements are imposed on mortgage lenders in connection with the
origination  and the  servicing of mortgage  loans by numerous  federal and some
state consumer protection laws. The laws include

   o  the federal Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z,

   o  Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X,

   o  Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B,

   o  Fair Credit Billing Act,

   o  Fair Credit Reporting Act,

   o  Fair Housing Act,  Housing and Community  Development Act,

   o  Home Mortgage Disclosure Act,

   o  Federal Trade Commission Act,

   o  Fair Debt Collection Practices Act,

   o  Uniform Consumer Credit Code,

   o  Consumer Credit Protection Act,

   o  Riegle Act, and

   o  related statutes and regulations.

These  federal  laws  impose  specific  statutory  liabilities  on  lenders  who
originate  mortgage loans and who fail to comply with the provisions of the law.
In some cases, this liability may affect assignees of the mortgage loans.

   FOR COOPERATIVE LOANS. Generally, Article 9 of the UCC governs foreclosure on
Cooperative  shares and the related  proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement.
Some courts have  interpreted  section 9-504 of the UCC to prohibit a deficiency
award unless the creditor establishes that the sale of the collateral, which, in
the case of a Cooperative  Loan,  would be the shares of the Cooperative and the
related   proprietary  lease  or  occupancy   agreement,   was  conducted  in  a
commercially reasonable manner.

JUNIOR MORTGAGES

   Some of the mortgage loans,  Multifamily Loans and Home Improvement Contracts
may be secured by junior mortgages or deeds of trust, which are junior to senior
mortgages or deeds of trust which are not part of the trust fund.  The rights of
the holders of  securities  as the holders of a junior deed of trust or a junior
mortgage are  subordinate  in lien priority and in payment  priority


                                     -106-


<PAGE>

to those of the holder of the senior  mortgage  or deed of trust.  These  rights
include the prior rights of the senior  mortgagee or  beneficiary to receive and
apply hazard insurance and condemnation  proceeds and, if the borrower defaults,
to cause a foreclosure on the property.  When the  foreclosure  proceedings  are
completed by the holder of the senior  mortgage or the sale pursuant to the deed
of  trust,  the  junior  mortgagee's  or  junior   beneficiary's  lien  will  be
extinguished unless the junior lienholder satisfies the defaulted senior loan or
asserts its subordinate interest in a property in foreclosure  proceedings.  See
"-- Foreclosure" in this prospectus.

   Furthermore,  the  terms  of  the  junior  mortgage  or  deed  of  trust  are
subordinate to the terms of the senior  mortgage or deed of trust. If a conflict
exists between the terms of the senior  mortgage or deed of trust and the junior
mortgage  or deed of trust,  the terms of the senior  mortgage  or deed of trust
will govern  generally.  If the borrower or trustor  fails to perform any of its
obligations,  the senior  mortgagee or beneficiary,  subject to the terms of the
senior  mortgage or deed of trust,  may have the right to perform the obligation
itself.  Generally,  all sums so expended by the mortgagee or beneficiary become
part of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage or deed of trust. To the extent
a senior mortgagee makes these  expenditures,  the  expenditures  will generally
have priority over all sums due under the junior mortgage.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

   Numerous  Federal  and state  consumer  protection  laws  impose  substantial
requirements on creditors involved in consumer finance. These laws include

   o  the federal Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z,

   o  Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X,

   o  Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B,

   o  Fair Credit Billing Act,

   o  Fair Credit Reporting Act,

   o  Fair Housing Act, Housing and Community Development Act,

   o  Home Mortgage Disclosure Act,

   o  Federal Trade Commission Act,

   o  Fair Debt Collection Practices Act,

   o  Uniform Consumer Credit Code, Consumer Credit Protection Act,

   o  Riegle Act, and

   o  related statutes and regulations.

These laws can impose  specific  statutory  liabilities on creditors who fail to
comply with their provisions and may affect the  enforceability of a residential
loan.

   Residential  loans often contain  provisions  obligating  the borrower to pay
late  charges if payments  are not timely made.  In certain  cases,  Federal and
state  law may  specifically  limit  the  amount  of late  charges  that  may be
collected.  The related prospectus supplement may specify


                                     -107-


<PAGE>

that  late  charges  will be  retained  by the  master  servicer  as  additional
servicing  compensation,  and any  inability to collect  these  amounts will not
affect payments to holders of securities.

   Courts have  imposed  general  equitable  principles  upon  repossession  and
litigation  involving  deficiency  balances.   These  equitable  principles  are
generally  designed  to  relieve a  consumer  from the legal  consequences  of a
default.

   In several cases,  consumers have asserted that the remedies provided secured
parties  under the UCC and related  laws  violate  the due  process  protections
provided under the 14th Amendment to the Constitution of the United States.  For
the most part,  courts have upheld the notice  provisions of the UCC and related
laws as  reasonable  or have  found  that the  repossession  and  resale  by the
creditor  does not  involve  sufficient  state  action to afford  constitutional
protection to consumers.

   The so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course"  Rules of the Federal Trade  Commission
have the effect of subjecting a seller,  and certain related creditors and their
assignees in a consumer  credit  transaction and any assignee of the creditor to
all claims and defenses which the debtor in the transaction could assert against
the  seller of the  goods.  Liability  under the  Holder-in-Due-Course  Rules is
subject to any applicable  limitations  implied by the Riegle Act and is limited
to the amounts paid by a debtor on the  residential  loan, and the holder of the
residential  loan may also be unable to collect  amounts  still due under  those
rules.

   If  a   residential   loan   is   subject   to   the   requirements   of  the
Holder-in-Due-Course-Rules,  the  trustee  will  be  subject  to any  claims  or
defenses that the debtor may assert against the seller.

ENFORCEABILITY OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

   Generally,  residential  loans,  except  for FHA loans and VA loans,  contain
due-on-sale clauses.  These clauses permit the lender to accelerate the maturity
of the loan if the borrower sells,  transfers,  or conveys the property  without
the prior consent of the mortgagee. The enforceability of these clauses has been
impaired in various  ways in certain  states by statute or  decisional  law. The
ability of  mortgage  lenders and their  assignees  and  transferees  to enforce
due-on-sale   clauses  was   addressed  by  the  Garn-St.   Germain   Depository
Institutions   Act  of  1982  which  was  enacted  on  October  15,  1982.  This
legislation,  subject  to certain  exceptions,  preempts  state  constitutional,
statutory and case law that prohibits the  enforcement  of due-on-sale  clauses.
The Garn-St.  Germain Act "encourages" lenders to permit assumptions of loans at
the original rate of interest or at some other rate less than the average of the
original rate and the market rate.

   MORTGAGE LOANS. The preemption  pursuant to the Garn-St.  Germain Act exempts
mortgage loans,  originated other than by federal savings and loan  associations
and federal savings banks, that were made or assumed during the period beginning
on the  date a state,  by  statute  or final  appellate  court  decision  having
statewide effect,  prohibited the exercise of due-on-sale  clauses and ending on
October 15, 1982. However,  this exception applies only to transfers of property
underlying  Window Period Loans  occurring  between October 15, 1982 and October
15, 1985 and does not restrict enforcement of a due-on-sale clause in connection
with current transfers or property underlying the Window Period Loans unless the
property  underlying a window period loan is located in Michigan,  New Mexico or
Utah.  Due-on-sale  clauses  contained in mortgage  loans  originated by federal
savings and loan  associations  or federal  savings banks are fully  enforceable
pursuant to regulations of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board,  predecessor to the
Office of Thrift  Supervision,  which  preempt  state  law  restrictions  on the
enforcement  of  due-on-


                                     -108-


<PAGE>

sale clauses.  Mortgage loans originated by these institutions are therefore not
deemed to be Window Period Loans.

   When  the  Window  Period  Loans  exemption  expired  on  October  15,  1985,
due-on-sale  clauses became generally  enforceable  except in those states whose
legislatures  exercised  their  authority  to  regulate  the  enforceability  of
due-on-sale clauses with respect to mortgage loans that were

   (1)  originated  or assumed  during the "window  period",  which ended in all
cases not later than October 15, 1982, and

   (2)  originated  by  lenders  other  than  national  banks,  federal  savings
institutions and federal credit unions.

   FHLMC took the position in its published mortgage  servicing  standards that,
out of a total of eleven "window period  states," three states  --Michigan,  New
Mexico and Utah--enacted  statutes  extending,  on various terms and for varying
periods,  prohibiting enforcement of due-on-sale clauses with respect to certain
categories of Window Period Loans. The Garn-St. Germain Act also sets forth nine
specific  instances in which a mortgage  lender covered by the Garn-St.  Germain
Act,  including federal savings and loan associations and federal savings banks,
may not exercise a due-on-sale clause, regardless of the fact that a transfer of
the property may have occurred.  These include intra-family  transfers,  certain
transfers by operation of law, leases of fewer than three years, the creation of
a junior  encumbrance and other instances where  regulations  promulgated by the
Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, successor to the Federal Home Loan
Bank Board,  prohibit the  enforcement of due-on-sale  clauses.  To date none of
these regulations have been issued.  Regulations  promulgated under the Garn-St.
Germain  Act  prohibit  the  imposition  of a  prepayment  penalty  if a loan is
accelerated pursuant to a due-on-sale clause.

   The inability to enforce a  due-on-sale  clause may result in a mortgage loan
bearing an interest  rate below the current  market rate being  assumed by a new
home buyer  rather than being paid off. As a result,  this  inability to enforce
due-on-sale clauses may have an impact on the average life of the mortgage loans
related  to a  series  and the  number  of those  mortgage  loans  which  may be
outstanding until maturity.

   TRANSFER OF MANUFACTURED  HOMES.  Generally,  Manufactured  Housing Contracts
contain provisions  prohibiting the sale or transfer of the related manufactured
homes  without  the consent of the lender on the  contract  and  permitting  the
acceleration  of the  maturity  of the  related  contracts  by the lender on the
contract if any sale or transfer  occurs that is not  consented  to. The related
prospectus  supplement may specify that the master  servicer will, to the extent
it has knowledge of this conveyance or proposed conveyance, exercise or cause to
be exercised its rights to accelerate the maturity of the related  Manufacturing
Housing  Contracts  through  enforcement of  "due-on-sale"  clauses,  subject to
applicable state law. In certain cases, the transfer may be made by a delinquent
borrower  in  order  to  avoid  a  repossession  proceeding  with  respect  to a
manufactured home.

   In the case of a  transfer  of a  manufactured  home as to which  the  master
servicer desires to accelerate the maturity of the related  Manufactured Housing
Contract,   the  master  servicer's   ability  to  do  so  will  depend  on  the
enforceability under state law of the "due-on-sale" clause. The Garn-St. Germain
Act  preempts,  subject  to  certain  exceptions  and  conditions,   state  laws


                                     -109-


<PAGE>

prohibiting  enforcement of "due-on-sale" clauses applicable to the manufactured
homes. Consequently, some states may prohibit the master servicer from enforcing
a "due-on-sale" clause in respect of certain manufactured homes.

PREPAYMENT CHARGES AND PREPAYMENTS

   Generally,  conventional mortgage loans,  Cooperative Loans, Home Improvement
Contracts and Manufactured  Housing  Contracts,  residential  owner occupied FHA
loans and VA loans may be prepaid in full or in part without penalty. Generally,
multifamily  residential  loans,  including  multifamily FHA loans,  may contain
provisions  limiting  prepayments  on  these  loans,   including

   o  prohibiting prepayment for a specified period after origination,

   o  prohibiting partial prepayments entirely or

   o  requiring  the payment of a prepayment  penalty if a prepayment in full or
      in part occurs.

   The laws of certain states may

   o  render prepayment fees unenforceable  after a mortgage loan is outstanding
      for a certain number of years, or

   o  limit the amount of any  prepayment  fee to a specified  percentage of the
      original principal amount of the mortgage loan, to a specified  percentage
      of the  outstanding  principal  balance of a mortgage  loan, or to a fixed
      number of months' interest on the prepaid amount.

In certain  states,  prepayment  fees  payable  on default or other  involuntary
acceleration  of a residential  loan may not be enforceable  against the related
borrower. Some state statutory provisions may also treat certain prepayment fees
as usurious if in excess of statutory limits.

SUBORDINATE FINANCING

   When the borrower encumbers mortgaged property with one or more junior liens,
the senior lender is subjected to additional risk.  First, the borrower may have
difficulty  servicing and repaying  multiple loans.  In addition,  if the junior
loan permits  recourse to the borrower --as junior loans often do-and the senior
loan does not,  a  borrower  may be more  likely to repay sums due on the junior
loan than those on the senior  loan.  Second,  acts of the  senior  lender  that
prejudice the junior lender or impair the junior lender's  security may create a
superior equity in favor of the junior lender. For example,  if the borrower and
the  senior  lender  agree to an  increase  in the  principal  amount  of or the
interest  rate  payable  on the  senior  loan,  the  senior  lender may lose its
priority to the extent an existing  junior  lender is harmed or the  borrower is
additionally burdened. Third, if the borrower defaults on the senior loan and/or
any junior loan or loans,  the  existence of junior  loans and actions  taken by
junior  lenders can impair the security  available to the senior  lender and can
interfere with or delay the taking of action by the senior lender. Moreover, the
bankruptcy  of a junior  lender  may  operate  to stay  foreclosure  or  similar
proceedings by the senior lender.

APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS

   Title V of the Depository Institutions  Deregulation and Monetary Control Act
of 1980, enacted in March 1980,  provides that state usury limitations shall not
apply to certain types of


                                     -110-


<PAGE>

residential  first mortgage loans  originated by certain lenders after March 31,
1980. A similar  federal  statute was in effect with  respect to mortgage  loans
made during the first three months of 1980. The statute  authorized any state to
reimpose  interest  rate  limits by  adopting,  before  April 1, 1983,  a law or
constitutional provision which expressly rejects application of the federal law.
In addition,  even where Title V is not so rejected,  any state is authorized by
the law to adopt a  provision  limiting  discount  points  or other  charges  on
mortgage  loans covered by Title V. Certain states have taken action to reimpose
interest rate limits and/or to limit discount points or other charges.

   The  depositor  believes  that a court  interpreting  Title V would hold that
mortgage  loans  related to a series  originated on or after January 1, 1980 are
subject  to  federal  preemption.  Therefore,  in a state that has not taken the
requisite  action  to  reject  application  of Title V or to  adopt a  provision
limiting  discount  points or other charges prior to origination of the mortgage
loans,  any  limitation  under  the  state's  usury  law  would not apply to the
mortgage loans.

   In any state in which application of Title V has been expressly rejected or a
provision  limiting  discount  points or other  charges is adopted,  no mortgage
loans  originated  after the date of this  state  action  will be  eligible  for
inclusion  in a trust fund if the  mortgage  loans bear  interest or provide for
discount  points or charges in excess of  permitted  levels.  No  mortgage  loan
originated  prior to January 1, 1980 will bear  interest or provide for discount
points or charges in excess of permitted levels.

ALTERNATIVE MORTGAGE INSTRUMENTS

   Adjustable rate mortgage loans originated by non-federally  chartered lenders
have historically been subject to a variety of restrictions.  These restrictions
differed from state to state, resulting in difficulties in determining whether a
particular  alternative  mortgage  instrument  originated  by a  state-chartered
lender  complied  with  applicable  law.  These   difficulties  were  simplified
substantially as a result of the enactment of Title VIII of the Garn-St. Germain
Act. Title VIII of the Garn-St.  Germain Act which provides that,  regardless of
any  state  law  to  the  contrary,

    (1) state-chartered banks may originate  "alternative mortgage instruments,"
        including adjustable rate mortgage loans, in accordance with regulations
        promulgated  by  the   Comptroller  of  the  Currency  with  respect  to
        origination of alternative mortgage instruments by national banks;

    (2) state-chartered   credit  unions  may  originate   alternative  mortgage
        instruments in accordance with  regulations  promulgated by the National
        Credit Union  Administration  with respect to origination of alternative
        mortgage instruments by federal credit unions; and

    (3) all other non-federally  chartered housing creditors,  including without
        limitation

        o   state-chartered  savings and loan associations,

        o   savings  banks  and  mutual  savings  banks and

        o   mortgage banking companies

may  originate   alternative   mortgage   instruments  in  accordance  with  the
regulations promulgated by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board,  predecessor to the
Office of  Thrift  Supervision,  with


                                     -111-


<PAGE>

respect to origination of alternative  mortgage  instruments by federal  savings
and loan associations.

Title VIII of the Garn-St.  Germain Act further  provides  that a state does not
need to apply the  provisions  of Title VIII by  adopting,  prior to October 15,
1985, a law or constitutional provision expressly rejecting the applicability of
these provisions. Certain states have done this.

ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION

   Under the federal  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and
Liability  Act, as amended,  and under  state law in certain  states,  a secured
party which takes a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure,  purchases a mortgaged property
at a  foreclosure  sale,  or operates a mortgaged  property may become liable in
certain  circumstances  for  the  costs  of  cleaning  up  hazardous  substances
regardless  of whether  they have  contaminated  the  property.  CERCLA  imposes
strict,  as  well  as  joint  and  several,  liability  on  several  classes  of
potentially  responsible parties,  including current owners and operators of the
property  who did not cause or  contribute  to the  contamination.  Furthermore,
liability  under CERCLA is not limited to the original or unamortized  principal
balance of a loan or to the value of the property  securing a loan.  Lenders may
be held liable under  CERCLA as owners or operators  unless they qualify for the
secured creditor exemption to CERCLA. This exemption exempts from the definition
of owners and operators those who, without  participating in the management of a
facility,  hold indicia of ownership primarily to protect a security interest in
the facility.

   The Asset  Conservation,  Lender Liability and Deposit  Insurance Act of 1996
amended,  among other  things,  the  provisions of CERCLA with respect to lender
liability  and the  secured  creditor  exemption.  The  Conservation  Act offers
protection  to  lenders by  defining  certain  activities  in which a lender can
engage and still have the benefit of the secured  creditor  exemption.  A lender
will be deemed to have  participated in the management of a mortgaged  property,
and will lose the secured creditor exemption, if it actually participates in the
operational  affairs of the  property  of the  borrower.  The  Conservation  Act
provides that "merely having the capacity to influence,  or unexercised right to
control"  operations does not constitute  participation in management.  A lender
will lose the  protection  of the secured  creditor  exemption  if it  exercises
decision-making  control  over  the  borrower's   environmental  compliance  and
hazardous  substance  handling and  disposal  practices,  or assumes  day-to-day
management  of  all  operational  functions  of  the  mortgaged  property.   The
Conservation Act also provides that a lender may continue to have the benefit of
the secured  creditor  exemption even if it forecloses on a mortgaged  property,
purchases it at a  foreclosure  sale or accepts a  deed-in-lieu  of  foreclosure
provided  that the lender seeks to sell the  mortgaged  property at the earliest
practicable commercially reasonable time on commercially reasonable terms.

   Other federal and state laws in certain circumstances may impose liability on
a secured party which takes a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, purchases a mortgaged
property  at a  foreclosure  sale,  or  operates a  mortgaged  property on which
contaminants  other than CERCLA  hazardous  substances  are  present,  including
petroleum,  agricultural  chemicals,  hazardous  wastes,  asbestos,  radon,  and
lead-based paint. The cleanup costs may be substantial.  It is possible that the
cleanup  costs could  become a liability  of a trust fund and reduce the amounts
otherwise  distributable  to the  holders of the related  series of  securities.
Moreover,  certain  federal  statutes  and certain  states by statute  impose an
environmental  lien for any cleanup  costs  incurred by a state on the  property
that is the subject of these types of cleanup costs. All subsequent liens on the
property generally


                                     -112-


<PAGE>

are subordinated to the environmental  lien. In some states, even prior recorded
liens are  subordinated  to  environmental  liens.  In the  latter  states,  the
security  interest of the trustee in a related  parcel of real  property that is
subject to an environmental lien could be adversely affected.

   The related  prospectus  supplement may specify that the mortgage loan seller
will  make  representations  as  to  the  material  compliance  of  the  related
residential  property with applicable  environmental  laws and regulations as of
the date of transfer  and  assignment  of the mortgage  loan to the trustee.  In
addition,  the related  agreement  may provide that the master  servicer and any
special  servicer  acting on behalf of the trustee,  may not acquire  title to a
residential  property or take over its operation  unless the master  servicer or
special  servicer has  previously  determined,  based on a report  prepared by a
person who regularly conducts environmental audits, that:

    (a) there are no circumstances  present at the residential property relating
        to substances for which some action relating to their  investigation  or
        clean-up  could be  required  or that it  would be in the best  economic
        interest  of the trust fund to take these  actions  with  respect to the
        affected residential property; and

    (b) that  the   residential   property  is  in  compliance  with  applicable
        environmental  laws or that it would be in the best economic interest of
        the trust fund to take the actions necessary to comply with these laws.

See "Description of the  Securities--Realization on Defaulted Mortgage Loans" in
this prospectus.

SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT OF 1940

   Generally,  under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of
1940,  a borrower  who enters  military  service  after the  origination  of the
borrower's  residential loan, including a borrower who was in reserve status and
is called to active duty after  origination  of the  mortgage  loan,  may not be
charged interest,  including fees and charges, above an annual rate of 6% during
the period of the borrower's active duty status, unless a court orders otherwise
upon  application  of the lender.  The Relief Act applies to  borrowers  who are
members of the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines,  National Guard, Reserves,  Coast
Guard,  and officers of the U.S. Public Health Service assigned to duty with the
military.  Because  the  Relief  Act  applies to  borrowers  who enter  military
service,  no  information  can be provided as to the number of loans that may be
affected  by the Relief  Act.  Application  of the  Relief  Act would  adversely
affect, for an indeterminate  period of time, the ability of the master servicer
to collect full amounts of interest on certain of the mortgage loans.

   Any shortfalls in interest collections  resulting from the application of the
Relief Act would  result in a  reduction  of the  amounts  distributable  to the
holders of the related series of securities,  and the prospectus  supplement may
specify  that the  shortfalls  would not be covered by advances  or, any form of
credit support  provided in connection  with the  securities.  In addition,  the
Relief Act imposes limitations that impair the ability of the master servicer to
foreclose  on  an  affected  mortgage  loan  or  enforce  rights  under  a  Home
Improvement  Contract or  Manufactured  Housing  Contract  during the borrower's
period of active  duty  status,  and,  under  certain  circumstances,  during an
additional  three month period after that period.  Thus,  if a mortgage  loan or
Home

                                     -113-


<PAGE>

Improvement Contract or Manufactured  Housing Contract goes into default,  there
may be delays and losses occasioned as a result.

                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

   The following is a general  discussion of the  anticipated  material  federal
income tax  consequences  of the  purchase,  ownership  and  disposition  of the
securities  offered by this  prospectus.  This  discussion is directed solely to
holders of  securities  that hold the  securities  as capital  assets within the
meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion does not purport to discuss
all  federal  income  tax  consequences  that may be  applicable  to  particular
categories of investors,  some of which, such as banks,  insurance companies and
foreign investors,  may be subject to special rules. Further, the authorities on
which this discussion,  and the opinion referred to below, are based are subject
to change or  differing  interpretations,  which could apply  retroactively.  In
addition to the federal income tax  consequences  described in this  prospectus,
potential  investors  should consider the state and local tax  consequences,  if
any, of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of the  securities.  See "State
and Other Tax  Consequences"  in this  prospectus.  Holders  of  securities  are
advised to consult their own tax advisors  concerning the federal,  state, local
or other tax consequences to them of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of
the securities offered under this prospectus.

   The following discussion addresses securities of four general types:

   (1)  REMIC Securities,

   (2)  Grantor Trust Securities,

   (3)  Partnership Securities, and

   (4)  Debt Securities.

The prospectus  supplement  relating to each series of securities  will indicate
which of the foregoing  treatments will apply to the series. If a REMIC election
or elections will be made for the related trust fund, the prospectus  supplement
will identify all "regular interests" and "residual interests" in the REMIC. For
purposes of this tax discussion:

    (1) references  to a  "holder  of  securities"  or a  "holder"  are  to  the
        beneficial owner of a security,

    (2) references  to "REMIC  Pool" are to an entity or portion of an entity as
        to which a REMIC election will be made and

    (3) references  to mortgage  loans  include  agency  securities  and private
        mortgage-backed  securities  as  specified  in  the  related  prospectus
        supplement.

   The following discussion is based in part on the OID Regulations, and in part
on the REMIC Provisions.  The OID Regulations do not adequately  address certain
issues  relevant to, and in some instances  provide that they are not applicable
to, debt instruments such as the securities.

REMICS

   CLASSIFICATION  OF REMICS.  When each series of REMIC  Securities  is issued,
Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft, special counsel to the depositor, will deliver an
opinion.  This opinion will


                                     -114-


<PAGE>

generally be to the effect that,  assuming compliance with all provisions of the
related pooling and servicing agreement,

    (1) the related trust fund, or each applicable  portion of the related trust
        fund, will qualify as a REMIC and

    (2) the REMIC securities offered with respect to the related trust fund will
        be considered to evidence ownership of "regular  interests" or "residual
        interests" in that REMIC within the meaning of the REMIC Provisions.

   In order for the REMIC  Pool to  qualify  as a REMIC,  there  must be ongoing
compliance on the part of the REMIC Pool with the  requirements set forth in the
Code.  The REMIC Pool must fulfill an asset test,  which  requires  that no more
than a de minimis  portion of the assets of the REMIC  Pool,  as of the close of
the third calendar month  beginning after the Startup Day and at all times after
that date, may consist of assets other than "qualified mortgages" and "permitted
investments." The REMIC Regulations  provide a safe harbor pursuant to which the
de minimis  requirement will be met if at all times the aggregate adjusted basis
of the  nonqualified  assets is less than 1% of the aggregate  adjusted basis of
all the REMIC  Pool's  assets.  An entity that fails to meet the safe harbor may
nevertheless  demonstrate  that it holds no more  than a de  minimis  amount  of
nonqualified assets. A REMIC Pool also must provide "reasonable arrangements" to
prevent its residual  interests from being held by "disqualified  organizations"
or their agents and must furnish  applicable  tax  information to transferors or
agents that violate this requirement.  The pooling and servicing  agreement with
respect to each series of REMIC  certificates  will contain  provisions  meeting
these     requirements.     See    "--Taxation    of    Owners    of    Residual
Securities--Tax-Related     Restrictions     on     Transfer     of     Residual
Securities--Disqualified Organizations" in this prospectus.

   A qualified  mortgage is any  obligation  that is  principally  secured by an
interest in real  property and that is either  transferred  to the REMIC Pool on
the Startup Day or is  purchased by the REMIC Pool within a  three-month  period
after that date  pursuant to a fixed price contact in effect on the Startup Day.
Qualified mortgages include whole mortgage loans, and,  generally,  certificates
of beneficial  interest in a grantor trust that holds mortgage loans and regular
interests in another  REMIC,  such as lower-tier  regular  interests in a tiered
REMIC. The REMIC Regulations  specify that loans secured by timeshare  interests
and shares held by a tenant stockholder in a cooperative housing corporation can
be qualified  mortgages.  A qualified mortgage includes a qualified  replacement
mortgage,  which is any  property  that would have been  treated as a  qualified
mortgage if it were transferred to the REMIC Pool on the Startup Day and that is
received either

   (i) in exchange for any qualified  mortgage within a three-month period after
that date; or

   (ii) in  exchange  for a  "defective  obligation"  within a  two-year  period
thereafter.

   A "defective obligation" includes

       (i)  a   mortgage  in  default  or  as  to which  default  is  reasonably
foreseeable;

      (ii) a mortgage as to which a customary representation or warranty made at
the time of transfer to the REMIC Pool has been breached;

     (iii) a mortgage that was fraudulently procured by the borrower; and


                                     -115-


<PAGE>

      (iv) a mortgage that was not in fact principally secured by real property,
but only if that mortgage is disposed of within 90 days of discovery.

   A mortgage loan that is  "defective"  as described in clause (iv) that is not
sold or, if within two years of the Startup  Day,  exchanged,  within 90 days of
discovery, ceases to be a qualified mortgage after the 90-day period.

   Permitted  investments  include  cash  flow  investments,  qualified  reserve
assets,  and  foreclosure  property.  A cash flow  investment is an  investment,
earning a return in the  nature of  interest,  of  amounts  received  on or with
respect to qualified  mortgages for a temporary period, not exceeding 13 months,
until the next scheduled distribution to holders of interests in the REMIC Pool.
A qualified reserve asset is any intangible property held for investment that is
part of any reasonably  required reserve maintained by the REMIC Pool to provide
for  payments  of  expenses  of the REMIC Pool or amounts  due on the regular or
residual interests if defaults occur, including delinquencies,  on the qualified
mortgages,  lower  than  expected  reinvestment  returns,   prepayment  interest
shortfalls   and  certain  other   contingencies.   The  Reserve  Fund  will  be
disqualified  if more than 30% of the gross  income from the assets in that fund
for the year is derived from the sale or other  disposition of property held for
less than three  months,  unless  required  to prevent a default on the  regular
interests caused by a default on one or more qualified mortgages. A Reserve Fund
must be reduced  "promptly and  appropriately" as payments on the mortgage loans
are received.  Foreclosure  property is real property acquired by the REMIC Pool
in  connection  with the  default or imminent  default of a qualified  mortgage.
Foreclosure  property  is  generally  not held  beyond  the  close of the  third
calendar year following the year of  acquisition,  with one extension  available
from the Internal Revenue Service.

   In addition to the foregoing  requirements,  the various interests in a REMIC
Pool also must meet certain  requirements.  All of the interests in a REMIC Pool
must be either of the following:

    (1) one or more classes of regular interests or

    (2) a single class of residual interests on which distributions, if any, are
        made pro rata.

A  regular  interest  is an  interest  in a REMIC  Pool  that is

    o   issued on the Startup Day with fixed terms,

    o   designated as a regular interest,

    o   unconditionally  entitles  the holder to receive a  specified  principal
        amount, or other similar amount, and

    o   provides that interest payments, or other similar amounts, if any, at or
        before  maturity either are payable based on a fixed rate or a qualified
        variable  rate,  or consist of a  specified,  nonvarying  portion of the
        interest payments on qualified mortgages.

This  specified  portion may consist of a fixed number of basis points,  a fixed
percentage of the total interest, or a qualified variable rate, inverse variable
rate or difference  between two fixed or qualified variable rates on some or all
of the qualified mortgages. The specified principal amount of a regular interest
that  provides  for interest  payments  consisting  of a  specified,  nonvarying
portion of interest  payments on  qualified  mortgages  may be zero.  A residual
interest is an interest  in a REMIC Pool other than a regular  interest  that is
issued on the  Startup Day and that is  designated  as a residual  interest.  An
interest in a REMIC Pool may be treated as a regular  interest


                                     -116-


<PAGE>

even if payments of principal with respect to that interest are  subordinated to
payments on other regular  interests or the residual interest in the REMIC Pool,
and are  dependent  on the  absence of defaults or  delinquencies  on  qualified
mortgages or permitted  investments,  lower than reasonably  expected returns on
permitted  investments,  unanticipated  expenses  incurred  by the REMIC Pool or
prepayment interest shortfalls.  Accordingly, the Regular Securities of a series
will  constitute  one or more  classes of regular  interests,  and the  Residual
Securities  with  respect  to that  series  will  constitute  a single  class of
residual interests with respect to each REMIC Pool.

   If an entity  electing  to be treated as a REMIC  fails to comply with one or
more of the ongoing requirements of the Code for REMIC status during any taxable
year,  the Code provides that the entity will not be treated as a REMIC for that
year and after  that  year.  In that  event,  the  entity  may be  taxable  as a
corporation under Treasury regulations, and the related REMIC Securities may not
be accorded the status or given the tax treatment described below.  Although the
Code authorizes the Treasury Department to issue regulations providing relief in
the event of an  inadvertent  termination of REMIC status,  no regulations  have
been issued. Any relief, moreover, may be accompanied by sanctions,  such as the
imposition of a corporate tax on all or a portion of the trust fund's income for
the period in which the  requirements  for REMIC status are not  satisfied.  The
agreement  pursuant to which each REMIC Pool is formed will  include  provisions
designed  to  maintain  the  trust  fund's  status  as a REMIC  under  the REMIC
Provisions.  We do not  anticipate  that the status of any trust fund as a REMIC
will be terminated.

   CHARACTERIZATION  OF INVESTMENTS IN REMIC SECURITIES.  In general,  the REMIC
Securities will be treated as "real estate assets" within the meaning of Section
856(c)(4)(A) of the Code and assets described in Section  7701(a)(19)(C)  of the
Code in the same proportion  that the assets of the REMIC Pool underlying  REMIC
Securities would be treated. Moreover, if 95% or more of the assets of the REMIC
Pool  qualify  for  either of the  foregoing  treatments  at all times  during a
calendar year, the REMIC Securities will qualify for the corresponding status in
their  entirety for that calendar  year. If the assets of the REMIC Pool include
Buydown Loans, it is possible that the percentage of assets  constituting "loans
 . . . secured by an interest in real property  which is . . .  residential  real
property" for purposes of Code Section  7701(a)(19)(C)(v)  may be required to be
reduced  by the  amount of the  related  funds  paid on those  loans.  Interest,
including  original  issue  discount,  on  the  Regular  Securities  and  income
allocated  to the class of Residual  Securities  will be interest  described  in
Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code to the extent that those securities are treated
as "real estate assets" within the meaning of Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code.

   In addition,  the Regular Securities will be "qualified mortgages" within the
meaning of Section 860G(a)(3) of the Code if transferred to another REMIC on its
Startup Day in exchange for regular or residual interests in the REMIC, and will
be  "permitted  assets"  within the  meaning of Section  860L(c) for a financial
asset securitization investment trust. The determination as to the percentage of
the REMIC  Pool's  assets that  constitute  assets  described  in the  foregoing
sections of the Code will be made with respect to each calendar quarter based on
the average adjusted basis of each category of the assets held by the REMIC Pool
during that  calendar  quarter.  The REMIC will report those  determinations  to
holders of  securities  in the manner and at the times  required  by  applicable
Treasury regulations. The SBJPA of 1996 repealed the reserve method of bad debts
of domestic  building and loan  associations  and mutual savings banks, and thus
eliminated the asset category of "qualifying real property loans" in former Code
Section  593(d) for  taxable  years  beginning  after  December  31,  1995.  The
requirements in the SBJPA of 1996 that  institutions  must "recapture" a portion
of their  existing bad debt reserves is

                                     -117-


<PAGE>


suspended if a certain  portion of their assets are  maintained in  "residential
loans" under Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v),  but only if the loans were made to
acquire,  construct or improve the related real property and not for the purpose
of refinancing.  However,  no effort will be made to identify the portion of the
mortgage loans of any series meeting this requirement,  and no representation is
made in this regard.

   The assets of the REMIC Pool will  include,  in addition  to mortgage  loans,
payments on mortgage loans held pending distribution on the REMIC Securities and
property  acquired by foreclosure  held pending sale, and may include amounts in
reserve  accounts.  It is unclear whether property  acquired by foreclosure held
pending sale and amounts in reserve  accounts  would be considered to be part of
the  mortgage  loans,  or whether that  property,  to the extent not invested in
assets  described in the foregoing  sections,  otherwise  would receive the same
treatment as the mortgage  loans for purposes of all of the foregoing  sections.
The REMIC Regulations do provide,  however, that payments on mortgage loans held
pending  distribution  are considered part of the mortgage loans for purposes of
Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code. Furthermore, foreclosure property will qualify
as "real estate assets" under Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code.

   TIERED  REMIC  STRUCTURES.  For certain  series of REMIC  Securities,  tiered
REMICs may be effected  by two or more  separate  elections  being made to treat
designated  portions of the related trust fund as REMICs for federal  income tax
purposes. When any series of REMIC Securities is issued, Cadwalader,  Wickersham
& Taft will deliver an opinion.  This  opinion  will  generally be to the effect
that, assuming compliance with all provisions of the related agreement governing
the REMIC  Securities,  the tiered  REMICs will each  qualify as a REMIC and the
REMIC Securities issued by the tiered REMICs,  respectively,  will be considered
to  evidence  ownership  of Regular  Securities  or Residual  Securities  in the
related REMIC within the meaning of the REMIC Provisions.

   Solely for purposes of determining whether the REMIC Securities will be "real
estate assets" within the meaning of Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code and "loans
secured by an interest in real  property"  under Section  7701(a)(19)(C)  of the
Code,  and  whether the income on those  securities  is  interest  described  in
Section  856(c)(3)(B)  of the Code,  the  tiered  REMICs  will be treated as one
REMIC.

TAXATION OF OWNERS OF REGULAR SECURITIES

   GENERAL. In general,  interest,  original issue discount, and market discount
on a  Regular  Security  will  be  treated  as  ordinary  income  to  a  Regular
Securityholder.  In  addition,  principal  payments on a Regular  Security  will
generally  be  treated  as a return of  capital  to the  extent  of the  Regular
Securityholder's  basis  in the  Regular  Security  allocable  thereto.  Regular
Securityholders must use the accrual method of accounting with regard to Regular
Securities, regardless of the method of accounting otherwise used by the Regular
Securityholder.

   ORIGINAL  ISSUE  DISCOUNT.  Regular  Securities  may be issued with "original
issue discount" within the meaning of Code Section 1273(a). Holders of any class
or subclass of Regular  Securities having original issue discount generally must
include  original  issue  discount  in ordinary  income for  federal  income tax
purpose as it accrues.  Original issue discount is determined in accordance with
a constant yield method that takes into account the compounding of interest,  in
advance  of the  receipt  of the cash  attributable  to  income.  The  following
discussion


                                     -118-


<PAGE>

is based in part on the OID Regulations  and in part on the legislative  history
of the 1986 Act. Regular  Securityholders should be aware, however, that the OID
Regulations do not  adequately  address  certain  issues  relevant to prepayable
securities, such as the Regular Securities. To the extent certain issues are not
addressed in the regulations,  it is anticipated that the trustee will apply the
methodology  described in the  conference  committee  report to the 1986 Act. We
cannot  assure you that the Internal  Revenue  Service will not take a different
position as to those  matters not  currently  addressed by the OID  Regulations.
Moreover,  the OID Regulations  include an anti-abuse rule allowing the Internal
Revenue Service to apply or depart from the OID  Regulations  where necessary or
appropriate  to  ensure a  reasonable  tax  result  in  light of the  applicable
statutory provisions. A tax result will not be considered unreasonable under the
anti-abuse rule in the absence of a substantial effect on the present value of a
taxpayer's  tax  liability.  Investors  are  advised  to  consult  their own tax
advisors as to the discussion in the OID Regulations and the appropriate  method
for reporting  interest and original  issue discount with respect to the Regular
Securities.

   Each Regular Security, except to the extent described below with respect to a
Non-Pro rata Security,  will be treated as a single  installment  obligation for
purposes of  determining  the original  issue  discount  includible in a Regular
Securityholder's  income.  The total  amount of  original  issue  discount  on a
Regular  Security is the excess of the "stated  redemption price at maturity" of
the  Regular  Security  over its "issue  price."  The issue  price of a class of
Regular  Securities  offered pursuant to this prospectus  generally is the first
price at which a substantial amount of a particular class is sold to the public,
excluding bond houses, brokers and underwriters.  Although unclear under the OID
Regulations,  it is anticipated that the trustee will treat the issue price of a
class as to which there is no  substantial  sale as of the issue date or that is
retained by the  depositor as the fair market value of the class as of the issue
date. The issue price of a Regular  Security also includes any amount paid by an
initial  Regular  Securityholder  for accrued  interest that relates to a period
prior  to  the  issue  date  of  the  Regular   Security,   unless  the  Regular
Securityholder  elects on its federal  income tax return to exclude  that amount
from the issue  price and to  recover  it on the first  distribution  date.  The
stated  redemption  price at maturity of a Regular  Security always includes the
original  principal  amount of the  Regular  Security,  but  generally  will not
include  distributions of interest if those distributions  constitute "qualified
stated interest."

   Under the OID Regulations, qualified stated interest generally means interest
payable at a single  fixed  rate or a  qualified  variable  rate  provided  that
interest payments are  unconditionally  payable at intervals of one year or less
during the entire term of the Regular  Security.  Because there is no penalty or
default  remedy in the case of  nonpayment of interest with respect to a Regular
Security,  it is possible  that no  interest on any class of Regular  Securities
will be treated as qualified stated interest. However, except as provided in the
following three sentences or in the related prospectus  supplement,  because the
underlying  mortgage  loans  provide  for  remedies if a default  occurs,  it is
anticipated  that the trustee  will treat  interest  with respect to the Regular
Securities as qualified  stated  interest.  Distributions of interest on Regular
Securities  with  respect  to which  deferred  interest  will  accrue,  will not
constitute qualified stated interest,  in which case the stated redemption price
at maturity of those Regular  Securities  includes all distributions of interest
as well as principal on them. Likewise,  it is anticipated that the trustee will
treat an  interest-only  class or a class on  which  interest  is  substantially
disproportionate to its principal amount --a so-called  "super-premium" class-as
having no qualified stated  interest.  Where the interval between the issue date
and the  first  distribution  date on a Regular  Security  is  shorter  than


                                     -119-


<PAGE>

the interval between subsequent distribution dates, the interest attributable to
the additional days will be included in the stated redemption price at maturity.

   Under a de minimis rule,  original issue discount on a Regular  Security will
be  considered to be zero if the original  issue  discount is less than 0.25% of
the stated  redemption price at maturity of the Regular  Security  multiplied by
the weighted average  maturity of the Regular  Security.  For this purpose,  the
weighted  average maturity of the Regular Security is computed as the sum of the
amounts  determined  by  multiplying  the number of full  years,  rounding  down
partial  years,  from the issue date until each  distribution  in  reduction  of
stated  redemption price at maturity is scheduled to be made by a fraction,  the
numerator  of which is the amount of each  distribution  included  in the stated
redemption  price at maturity of the Regular  Security  and the  denominator  of
which is the stated  redemption price at maturity of the Regular  Security.  The
conference  committee  report  to the 1986 Act  provides  that the  schedule  of
distributions should be determined in accordance with the Prepayment  Assumption
and  the  anticipated  reinvestment  rate,  if  any,  relating  to  the  Regular
Securities.  The  Prepayment  Assumption  with  respect  to a series of  Regular
Securities  will be set  forth in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  Holders
generally  must report de minimis  original issue discount pro rata as principal
payments  are  received,  and that  income  will be capital  gain if the Regular
Security is held as a capital asset. Under the OID Regulations, however, Regular
Securityholders  may elect to accrue all de minimis  original  issue discount as
well as market discount and market premium, under the constant yield method. See
"--Election to Treat All Interest Under the Constant Yield Method" below.

   A Regular  Securityholder  generally  must  include  in gross  income for any
taxable year the sum of the "daily portions",  as defined below, of the original
issue discount on the Regular Security accrued during an accrual period for each
day on which it holds the Regular  Security,  including the date of purchase but
excluding  the date of  disposition.  The trustee will treat the monthly  period
ending on the day before  each  distribution  date as the accrual  period.  With
respect to each Regular  Security,  a  calculation  will be made of the original
issue  discount that accrues  during each  successive  full accrual  period,  or
shorter period from the date of original issue,  that ends on the day before the
related  distribution  date on the Regular  Security.  The Conference  Committee
Report to the Code states that the rate of accrual of original issue discount is
intended to be based on the Prepayment  Assumption.  The original issue discount
accruing in a full accrual period would be the excess, if any, of

   (1)   the sum of:

         (a) the present value of all of the remaining  distributions to be made
      on the Regular Security as of the end of that accrual period, and

         (b) the  distributions  made on the Regular Security during the accrual
      period that are included in the Regular Security's stated redemption price
      at maturity, over

    (2) the adjusted issue price of the Regular Security at the beginning of the
        accrual period.

   The present value of the remaining distributions referred to in the preceding
sentence is calculated based on:

    (1) the yield to maturity of the Regular Security at the issue date,

    (2) events,  including actual  prepayments,  that have occurred prior to the
        end of the accrual period, and


                                     -120-


<PAGE>

    (3) the Prepayment Assumption.

   For these  purposes,  the adjusted  issue price of a Regular  Security at the
beginning of any accrual period equals the issue price of the Regular  Security,
increased by the aggregate amount of original issue discount with respect to the
Regular  Security that accrued in all prior  accrual  periods and reduced by the
amount of distributions  included in the Regular  Security's  stated  redemption
price at maturity that were made on the Regular  security in prior periods.  The
original issue discount  accruing  during any accrual  period,  as determined in
this  paragraph,  will then be  divided  by the  number of days in the period to
determine  the daily  portion of  original  issue  discount  for each day in the
period.  With respect to an initial  accrual  period shorter than a full accrual
period,  the daily  portions  of  original  issue  discount  must be  determined
according to an appropriate allocation under any reasonable method.

   Under the method  described  above,  the daily  portions  of  original  issue
discount required to be included in income by a Regular Securityholder generally
will increase to take into account  prepayments  on the Regular  Securities as a
result  of  prepayments  on  the  mortgage  loans  that  exceed  the  Prepayment
Assumption,  and generally will decrease,  but not below zero for any period, if
the  prepayments  are slower  than the  Prepayment  Assumption.  An  increase in
prepayments on the mortgage loans with respect to a series of Regular Securities
can result in both a change in the priority of principal  payments  with respect
to certain  classes of Regular  Securities and either an increase or decrease in
the daily  portions of original  issue  discount  with respect to those  Regular
Securities.

   In the case of a Non-Pro Rata Security,  we anticipate  that the trustee will
determine  the  yield  to  maturity  of  this  type  of  Security  based  on the
anticipated payment characteristics of the class as a whole under the Prepayment
Assumption.  In general,  the original issue  discount  accruing on each Non-Pro
Rata  Security in a full  accrual  period  would be its  allocable  share of the
original  issue  discount  with respect to the entire  class,  as  determined in
accordance with the preceding paragraph.  However, in the case of a distribution
in  retirement  of the  entire  unpaid  principal  balance of any  Non-Pro  Rata
Security, or portion of its unpaid principal balance:

   (1)  the  remaining  unaccrued  original  issue  discount  allocable  to  the
security, or to that portion, will accrue at the time of distribution, and

   (2) the  accrual of  original  issue  discount  allocable  to each  remaining
security of that class will be adjusted  by  reducing  the present  value of the
remaining  payments on that class and the adjusted  issue price of that class to
the extent  attributable to the portion of the unpaid principal  balance of that
security that was distributed.

   The depositor  believes that the foregoing  treatment is consistent  with the
"pro rata prepayment" rules of the OID Regulations, but with the rate of accrual
of original issue discount determined based on the Prepayment Assumption for the
class as a whole.  You are  advised  to  consult  your tax  advisors  as to this
treatment.

   ACQUISITION  PREMIUM.  A purchaser of a Regular  Security at a price  greater
than its  adjusted  issue  price but less than its  stated  redemption  price at
maturity must include in gross income the daily  portions of the original  issue
discount on the Regular Security reduced pro rata by a fraction,

   (1) the  numerator  of which is the  excess of its  purchase  price  over the
adjusted issue price and


                                     -121-


<PAGE>

   (2) the denominator of which is the excess of the remaining stated redemption
price at maturity over the adjusted issue price.

Alternatively, a subsequent purchaser may elect to treat all acquisition premium
under  the  constant  yield  method,   as  described  below  under  the  heading
"--Election to Treat All Interest Under the Constant Yield Method".

   VARIABLE RATE REGULAR SECURITIES. Regular Securities may provide for interest
based on a variable  rate.  Under the OID  Regulations,  interest  is treated as
payable at a variable rate if, generally:

   (1) the issue price does not exceed the  original  principal  balance by more
than a specified amount and

   (2) the interest  compounds or is payable at least annually at current values
of:

         (a) one or more "qualified floating rates,"

         (b) a single fixed rate and one or more qualified floating rates,

         (c) a single "objective rate," or

         (d) a  single  fixed  rate  and  a  single  objective  rate  that  is a
      "qualified inverse floating rate."

   A floating rate is a qualified  floating rate if variations can reasonably be
expected to measure  contemporaneous  variations  in the cost of newly  borrowed
funds,  where the rate is subject to a fixed  multiple that is greater that 0.65
but not more than 1.35. This floating rate may also be increased or decreased by
a fixed spread or subject to a fixed cap or floor, or a cap or floor that is not
reasonably  expected as of the issue date to affect the yield of the  instrument
significantly.  An objective rate is any rate,  other than a qualified  floating
rate,  that is  determined  using a single  fixed  formula  and that is based on
objective  financial or economic  information,  provided that the information is
not

   (1) within the control of the issuer or a related party or

   (2) unique to the circumstances of the issuer or a related party.

   A  qualified  inverse  floating  rate is a rate equal to a fixed rate minus a
qualified  floating rate that inversely reflects  contemporaneous  variations in
the cost of  newly  borrowed  funds.  An  inverse  floating  rate  that is not a
qualified  inverse  floating rate may nevertheless be an objective rate. A class
of Regular  Securities may be issued under this  prospectus that does not have a
variable  rate  under the  foregoing  rules,  for  example,  a class  that bears
different rates at different times during the period it is outstanding such that
it is  considered  significantly  "front-loaded"  or  "back-loaded"  within  the
meaning of the OID  Regulations.  It is possible  that this type of class may be
considered  to  bear  "contingent  interest"  within  the  meaning  of  the  OID
Regulations.  The OID Regulations, as they relate to the treatment of contingent
interest,  are by their terms not applicable to Regular Securities.  However, if
final  regulations  dealing  with  contingent  interest  with respect to Regular
Securities apply the same principles as the OID Regulations,  these  regulations
may lead to different  timing of income  inclusion  than would be the case under
the OID Regulations.  Furthermore, application of these principles could lead to
the  characterization  of  gain  on the  sale  of  contingent  interest  Regular
Securities  as ordinary  income.  Investors  should


                                     -122-


<PAGE>

consult their tax advisors  regarding the  appropriate  treatment of any Regular
Security  that  does  not pay  interest  at a fixed  rate  or  variable  rate as
described in this paragraph.

   Under the  REMIC  Regulations,  a  Regular  Security  bearing  the  following
interest rates will qualify as a regular interest in a REMIC:

   (1) (a) a rate that  qualifies as a variable  rate under the OID  Regulations
that is tied to current values of a variable rate, or

      (b)  the  highest,  lowest  or  average  of two or  more  variable  rates,
   including a rate based on the average cost of funds of one or more  financial
   institutions, or

      (c) a  positive  or  negative  multiple  of that  rate,  plus  or  minus a
   specified  number of basis points,  or that represents a weighted  average of
   rates on some or all of the mortgage loans,  including a rate that is subject
   to one or more caps or floors, or

   (2) one or more variable rates for one or more periods,  or one or more fixed
rates for one or more periods,  and a different  variable rate or fixed rate for
other periods.

   Accordingly, it is anticipated that the trustee will treat Regular Securities
that  qualify  as  regular  interests  under  this  rule in the same  manner  as
obligations  bearing a  variable  rate for  original  issue  discount  reporting
purposes.

   The amount of original  issue  discount  with  respect to a Regular  Security
bearing a variable  rate of interest will accrue in the manner  described  above
under  "--Original Issue Discount." The yield to maturity and future payments on
the Regular Security will generally be determined by assuming that interest will
be payable for the life of the Regular Security based on the initial rate or, if
different, the value of the applicable variable rate as of the pricing date, for
the relevant class.  Unless required  otherwise by applicable final regulations,
it is  anticipated  that the trustee will treat  variable  interest as qualified
stated   interest,   other  than  variable   interest  on  an  interest-only  or
super-premium  class,  which will be treated as  non-qualified  stated  interest
includible  in  the  stated  redemption  price  at  maturity.   Ordinary  income
reportable  for any period will be adjusted  based on subsequent  changes in the
applicable interest rate index.

   Although  unclear under the OID  Regulations,  unless  required  otherwise by
applicable final regulations,  we anticipate that the trustee will treat Regular
Securities  bearing  an  interest  rate that is a  weighted  average  of the net
interest rates on mortgage loans as having qualified stated interest,  except to
the extent that initial "teaser" rates cause sufficiently "back-loaded" interest
to create more than de minimis  original  issue  discount.  The yield on Regular
Securities  for  purposes  of  accruing   original  issue  discount  will  be  a
hypothetical  fixed  rate  based on the fixed  rates,  in the case of fixed rate
mortgage  loans,  and initial "teaser rates" followed by fully indexed rates, in
the case of adjustable  rate  mortgage  loans.  In the case of  adjustable  rate
mortgage loans,  the applicable  index used to compute  interest on the mortgage
loans in effect on the pricing date or possibly the issue date will be deemed to
be in effect  beginning  with the  period in which  the first  weighted  average
adjustment date occurring after the issue date occurs.  Adjustments will be made
in each accrual  period either  increasing or decreasing  the amount of ordinary
income  reportable  to  reflect  the  actual  Pass-Through  Rate on the  Regular
Securities.

   MARKET DISCOUNT. A purchaser of a Regular Security also may be subject to the
market  discount rules of Code Sections 1276 through 1278.  Under these sections
and the  principles  applied by the OID  Regulations  in the context of original
issue  discount,  "market  discount"  is the  amount  by which  the  purchaser's
original basis in the Regular Security:


                                     -123-


<PAGE>

   (1) is exceeded by the then-current principal amount of the Regular Security,
or

   (2) in the case of a Regular  Security  having  original issue  discount,  is
exceeded by the  adjusted  issue price of that  Regular  Security at the time of
purchase.

   Any purchaser  generally will be required to recognize ordinary income to the
extent  of  accrued  market  discount  on  Regular   Security  as  distributions
includible in the stated redemption price at maturity of the Regular  Securities
are received,  in an amount not exceeding any distribution.  Any market discount
would accrue in a manner to be provided in Treasury  regulations and should take
into account the Prepayment  Assumption.  The Conference Committee Report to the
1986 Act provides that until the regulations  are issued,  market discount would
accrue either:

   (1) on the basis of a constant interest rate, or

   (2) in the ratio of stated  interest  allocable to the relevant period to the
sum of the interest for the period plus the remaining  interest as of the end of
the period,  or in the case of a Regular  Security  issued with  original  issue
discount,  in the ratio of original  issue  discount  accrued  for the  relevant
period to the sum of the original issue discount accrued for the period plus the
remaining original issue as of the end of the period.

Any purchaser  also generally will be required to treat a portion of any gain on
a sale or exchange of the Regular  Security as ordinary  income to the extent of
the  market  discount  accrued  to the  date  of  disposition  under  one of the
foregoing  methods,  less any accrued  market  discount  previously  reported as
ordinary income as partial  distributions in reduction of the stated  redemption
price at  maturity  were  received.  Any  purchaser  will be  required  to defer
deduction  of a  portion  of the  excess  of the  interest  paid or  accrued  on
indebtedness  incurred to purchase or carry a Regular Security over the interest
distributable on that security.  The deferred portion of interest expense in any
taxable  year  generally  will not exceed the  accrued  market  discount  on the
Regular  Security for the year.  Any deferred  interest  expense is, in general,
allowed  as a  deduction  not later  than the year in which the  related  market
discount  income is  recognized  or the Regular  Security is disposed  of. As an
alternative  to the  inclusion  of market  discount  in income on the  foregoing
basis, the Regular Securityholder may elect to include market discount in income
currently  as it accrues  on all market  discount  instruments  acquired  by the
Regular  Securityholder  in that taxable year or  thereafter,  in which case the
interest  deferral rule will not apply.  See  "--Election  to Treat All Interest
Under the Constant Yield Method" below regarding an alternative  manner in which
an election may be deemed to be made.

   By analogy to the OID Regulations,  market discount with respect to a Regular
Security will be considered to be zero if the market discount is less than 0.25%
of the remaining  stated  redemption  price at maturity of the Regular  Security
multiplied by the weighted average maturity of the Regular Security,  determined
as described in the third paragraph under "--Original Issue Discount", remaining
after the date of purchase.  It appears that de minimis market discount would be
reported  in a  manner  similar  to de  minimis  original  issue  discount.  See
"--Original Issue Discount" above. Treasury regulations  implementing the market
discount  rules have not yet been issued.  Therefore  investors  should  consult
their own tax advisors  regarding  the  application  of these  rules.  Investors
should also consult Revenue  Procedure 92-67 concerning the elections to include
market  discount in income  currently and to accrue market discount on the basis
of the constant yield method.


                                     -124-


<PAGE>

   PREMIUM.  A Regular  Security  purchased at a cost greater than its remaining
stated redemption price at maturity generally is considered to be purchased at a
premium.  If the Regular  Securityholder  holds a Regular Security as a "capital
asset" within the meaning of Code Section 1221, the Regular  Securityholder  may
elect under Code  Section 171 to amortize the premium  under the constant  yield
method. This election will apply to all debt obligations acquired by the Regular
Securityholder  at a premium  held in that  taxable  year or after that  taxable
year, unless revoked with the permission of the Internal Revenue Service.  Final
Treasury  regulations  with respect to  amortization  of bond premiums do not by
their terms apply to  obligations,  such as the  Regular  Securities,  which are
prepayable  as described in Code Section  1272(a)(6).  However,  the  conference
committee report to the 1986 Act indicates a Congressional  intent that the same
rules that apply to the accrual of market  discount on  installment  obligations
will also apply to amortizing bond premium under Code Section 171 on installment
obligations  such  as  the  Regular  Securities.   It  is  unclear  whether  the
alternatives  to the constant  interest  method  described above under "--Market
Discount" are available.  Amortizable  bond premium will be treated as an offset
to interest income on a Regular Security,  rather than as a separate  deductible
item.  See  "--Election  to Treat All Interest  Under the Constant Yield Method"
below regarding an alternative manner in which the Code Section 171 election may
be deemed to be made.

   ELECTION TO TREAT ALL INTEREST UNDER THE CONSTANT YIELD METHOD. A holder of a
debt instrument such as a Regular  Security may elect to treat all interest that
accrues on the  instrument  using the constant  yield  method,  with none of the
interest being treated as qualified  stated  interest.  For purposes of applying
the constant yield method to a debt instrument subject to this election:

   (1) "interest" includes stated interest,  original issue discount, de minimis
original issue  discount,  market  discount and de minimis market  discount,  as
adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or acquisition premium and

   (2) the debt  instrument is treated as if the  instrument  were issued on the
holder's  acquisition  date  in  the  amount  of  the  holder's  adjusted  basis
immediately after acquisition.

It is unclear whether, for this purpose, the initial Prepayment Assumption would
continue  to  apply  or if a new  prepayment  assumption  as of the  date of the
holder's  acquisition  would apply. A holder generally may make this election on
an instrument by instrument  basis or for a class or group of debt  instruments.
However,  if the holder makes this  election  with respect to a debt  instrument
with amortizable  bond premium or with market discount,  the holder is deemed to
have made elections to amortize bond premium or to report market discount income
currently as it accrues under the constant yield method,  respectively,  for all
premium bonds held or market  discount  bonds acquired by the holder in the same
taxable year or thereafter.  The election is made on the holder's federal income
tax  return  for the  year in which  the  debt  instrument  is  acquired  and is
irrevocable except with the approval of the Internal Revenue Service. You should
consult your own tax advisors  regarding the advisability of making this type of
an election.

   TREATMENT  OF LOSSES.  Regular  Securityholders  will be  required  to report
income with respect to Regular  Securities on the accrual  method of accounting,
without giving effect to delays or reductions in  distributions  attributable to
defaults or delinquencies on the mortgage loans,  except to the extent it can be
established that those losses are  uncollectible.  Accordingly,  the holder of a
Regular Security,  particularly a subordinate security,  may have income, or may
incur a  diminution  in cash  flow as a  result  of a  default  or  delinquency.
However,  the holder of a Regular


                                     -125-


<PAGE>

Security may not be able to take a deduction,  subject to the discussion  below,
for the  corresponding  loss until a subsequent  taxable  year.  In this regard,
investors are cautioned that while they may generally  cease to accrue  interest
income if it  reasonably  appears that the interest will be  uncollectible,  the
Internal Revenue Service may take the position that original issue discount must
continue  to be  accrued  in  spite  of  its  uncollectibility  until  the  debt
instrument  is  disposed of in a taxable  transaction  or becomes  worthless  in
accordance with the rules of Code Section 166.

   To the  extent  the  rules  of Code  Section  166  regarding  bad  debts  are
applicable,  it appears that Regular  Securityholders  that are  corporations or
that  otherwise  hold  the  Regular  Securities  in  connection  with a trade or
business  should in general be allowed to deduct as an ordinary loss a loss with
respect to principal sustained during the taxable year on account of any Regular
Securities  becoming  wholly  or  partially  worthless.   In  general,   Regular
Securityholders that are not corporations and do not hold the Regular Securities
in  connection  with a trade or  business  should  be  allowed  to  deduct  as a
short-term capital loss any loss sustained during the taxable year on account of
a portion of any Regular  Securities  becoming  wholly  worthless.  Although the
matter is not free from doubt, the non-corporate Regular  Securityholders should
be  allowed a bad debt  deduction  at a time when the  principal  balance of the
Regular  Securities is reduced to reflect  losses  resulting from any liquidated
mortgage loans. The Internal Revenue Service,  however,  could take the position
that  non-corporate  holders  will be  allowed a bad debt  deduction  to reflect
losses only after all the mortgage  loans  remaining in the trust fund have been
liquidated or the  applicable  class of Regular  Securities  has been  otherwise
retired.  The  Internal  Revenue  Service  could also  assert that losses on the
Regular  Securities  are  deductible  based on some other  method that may defer
deductions  for all holders,  such as reducing  future  cashflow for purposes of
computing  original  issue  discount.  This  may  have the  effect  of  creating
"negative" original issue discount which would be deductible only against future
positive  original  issue  discount  or  otherwise  if the class is  terminated.
Regular  Securityholders  are urged to consult their own tax advisors  regarding
the appropriate timing,  amount and character of any loss sustained with respect
to Regular Securities.

   While losses attributable to interest previously reported as income should be
deductible as ordinary losses by both corporate and non-corporate  holders,  the
Internal  Revenue  Service may take the  position  that losses  attributable  to
accrued  original  issue  discount may only be deducted as capital losses in the
case  of  non-corporate  holders  who do not  hold  the  Regular  Securities  in
connection with a trade or business.  Special loss rules are applicable to banks
and thrift  institutions,  including rules regarding reserves for bad debts. You
are advised to consult your tax advisors  regarding  the  treatment of losses on
Regular Securities.

   SALE OR EXCHANGE OF REGULAR SECURITIES.  If a Regular Securityholder sells or
exchanges a Regular Security,  the Regular Securityholder will recognize gain or
loss  equal to the  difference,  if any,  between  the amount  received  and its
adjusted basis in the Regular Security. The adjusted basis of a Regular Security
generally will equal

    (1) the cost of the Regular Security to the seller,

    (2) increased by any original issue discount or market  discount  previously
        included  in the  seller's  gross  income  with  respect to the  Regular
        Security and


                                     -126-


<PAGE>

    (3) reduced by amounts  included in the stated  redemption price at maturity
        of the Regular Security that were previously  received by the seller, by
        any amortized premium and by any recognized losses.

   Except as  described  above with  respect to market  discount,  and except as
provided  in this  paragraph,  any  gain or loss on the  sale or  exchange  of a
Regular  Security  realized by an investor  who holds the Regular  Security as a
capital  asset will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or  short-term
depending  on whether  the  Regular  Security  has been held for the  applicable
holding period described below. Gain will be treated as ordinary income:

    (1) if a Regular  Security is held as part of a "conversion  transaction" as
        defined in Code Section 1258(c), up to the amount of interest that would
        have  accrued on the  Regular  Securityholder's  net  investment  in the
        conversion  transaction at 120% of the  appropriate  applicable  Federal
        rate  under  Code  Section  1274(d)  in effect at the time the  taxpayer
        entered  into the  transaction  minus any amount  previously  treated as
        ordinary  income with respect to any prior  disposition of property that
        was held as part of the transaction,

    (2) in the case of a non-corporate  taxpayer, to the extent the taxpayer has
        made an election under Code Section  163(d)(4) to have net capital gains
        taxed as investment income at ordinary income rates, or

    (3) to the extent that the gain does not exceed the excess, if any, of

        (a) the amount that would have been  includible  in the gross  income of
            the  holder if its yield on the  Regular  Security  were 110% of the
            applicable Federal rate as of the date of purchase, over

        (b) the amount of income actually  includible in the gross income of the
            holder with respect to the Regular Security.

   In addition,  gain or loss recognized from the sale of a Regular  Security by
certain banks or thrift  institutions will be treated as ordinary income or loss
pursuant  to Code  Section  582(c).  Capital  gains of  non-corporate  taxpayers
generally are subject to a lower maximum tax rate (20%) than ordinary  income of
those  taxpayers  (39.6%)  for capital  assets held for more than one year.  The
maximum  tax rate for  corporations  is the same with  respect to both  ordinary
income and capital gains.

TAXATION OF OWNERS OF RESIDUAL SECURITIES

   TAXATION OF REMIC INCOME.  Generally,  the "daily  portions" of REMIC taxable
income or net loss will be includible as ordinary  income or loss in determining
the federal  taxable income of holders of Residual  Securities,  and will not be
taxed  separately to the REMIC Pool.  The daily portions of REMIC taxable income
or net loss of a Residual  Holder are  determined by allocating the REMIC Pool's
taxable income or net loss for each calendar  quarter ratably to each day in the
quarter and by  allocating  each daily  portion  among the  Residual  Holders in
proportion to their respective holdings of Residual Securities in the REMIC Pool
on that day. REMIC taxable income is generally  determined in the same manner as
the taxable  income of an  individual  using the accrual  method of  accounting,
except that:

   (1) the  limitations  on  deductibility  of investment  interest  expense and
expenses for the production of income do not apply,


                                      -127


<PAGE>

   (2) all bad loans will be deductible as business bad debts, and

   (3) the limitation on the  deductibility  of interest and expenses related to
tax-exempt income will apply.

The REMIC Pool's gross income includes:

   (1) interest,  original issue discount income and market discount income,  if
any, on the mortgage loans,

   (2) reduced by amortization of any premium on the mortgage loans,

   (3) plus income from  amortization  of issue premium,  if any, on the Regular
Securities,

   (4) plus income on reinvestment of cash flows and reserve assets, and

   (5) plus any  cancellation  of  indebtedness  income if  realized  losses are
allocated to the Regular Securities.

The REMIC Pool's deductions include interest and original issue discount expense
on  the  Regular  Securities,  servicing  fees  on  the  mortgage  loans,  other
administrative  expenses of the REMIC Pool and  realized  losses on the mortgage
loans.  The  requirement  that Residual  Holders  report their pro rata share of
taxable  income or net loss of the REMIC Pool will  continue  until there are no
securities of any class of the related series outstanding.

   The taxable income  recognized by a Residual  Holder in any taxable year will
be affected  by, among other  factors,  the  relationship  between the timing of
recognition of interest,  original issue discount or market  discount  income or
amortization of premium with respect to the mortgage loans, on the one hand, and
the timing of deductions for interest,  including  original issue  discount,  or
income from  amortization  of issue  premium on the Regular  Securities,  on the
other hand.  If an interest in the mortgage  loans is acquired by the REMIC Pool
at a discount,  and one or more of the mortgage loans is prepaid, the prepayment
may be used in whole or in part to make  distributions in reduction of principal
on  the  Regular  Securities.  The  discount  on the  mortgage  loans  which  is
includible  in income may exceed the  deduction  allowed upon  distributions  on
those Regular  Securities on account of any unaccrued  original  issue  discount
relating  to those  Regular  Securities.  When more  than one  class of  Regular
Securities  distributes principal  sequentially,  this mismatching of income and
deductions is particularly likely to occur in the early years following issuance
of the Regular Securities when distributions in reduction of principal are being
made in respect of earlier  classes  of Regular  Securities  to the extent  that
those  classes  are not  issued  with  substantial  discount  or are issued at a
premium.

   If taxable  income  attributable  to a mismatching  is realized,  in general,
losses would be allowed in later years as  distributions  on the later  maturing
classes of Regular  Securities  are made.  Taxable income may also be greater in
earlier years than in later years as a result of the fact that interest  expense
deductions,  expressed as a percentage of the outstanding  principal amount of a
series  of  Regular  Securities,  may  increase  over time as  distributions  in
reduction  of  principal  are made on the  lower  yielding  classes  of  Regular
Securities.  By  contrast,  to the extent the REMIC Pool  consists of fixed rate
mortgage  loans,  interest  income with respect to any given  mortgage loan will
remain constant over time as a percentage of the outstanding principal amount of
that loan. Consequently,  Residual Holders must have sufficient other sources of
cash to pay any  federal,  state,  or local  income taxes due as a result of any
mismatching or unrelated  deductions against which to offset income,  subject to
the discussion of "excess  inclusions"  below


                                     -128-


<PAGE>

under "-- Limitations on Offset or Exemption of REMIC Income." The timing of any
mismatching of income and  deductions  described in this  paragraph,  if present
with respect to a series of securities, may have a significant adverse effect on
a Residual Holder's  after-tax rate of return. In addition,  a Residual Holder's
taxable  income during  certain  periods may exceed the income  reflected by the
Residual  Holders  for those  periods  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles.  You should consult your own accountants  concerning the
accounting treatment of your investment in Residual Securities.

   BASIS AND  LOSSES.  The  amount of any net loss of the REMIC Pool that may be
taken into  account by the Residual  Holder is limited to the adjusted  basis of
the Residual Security as of the close of the quarter,  or time of disposition of
the Residual  Security,  if earlier,  determined without taking into account the
net loss for the  quarter.  The  initial  adjusted  basis  of a  purchaser  of a
Residual  Security is the amount paid for the  Residual  Security.  The adjusted
basis  will be  increased  by the  amount of  taxable  income of the REMIC  Pool
reportable by the Residual Holder and will be decreased, but not below zero,

        (1) first, by a cash distribution from the REMIC Pool, and

        (2) second,  by the amount of loss of the REMIC Pool  reportable  by the
            Residual Holder.

Any loss that is  disallowed on account of this  limitation  may be carried over
indefinitely  with  respect  to the  Residual  Holder  as to  whom  a  loss  was
disallowed  and may be used by the  Residual  Holder  only to offset  any income
generated by the same REMIC Pool.

   A Residual Holder will not be permitted to amortize  directly the cost of its
Residual Security as an offset to its share of the taxable income of the related
REMIC Pool.  However,  the taxable  income will not include cash received by the
REMIC Pool that  represents  a recovery of the REMIC Pool's basis in its assets.
This recovery of basis by the REMIC Pool will have the effect of amortization of
the issue price of the Residual  Securities over their life. However, in view of
the possible  acceleration  of the income of Residual  Holders  described  above
under  "--Taxation  of REMIC  Income",  the  period of time over which the issue
price is  effectively  amortized  may be longer  than the  economic  life of the
Residual Securities.

   A Residual  Security  may have a negative  value if the net present  value of
anticipated tax liabilities exceeds the present value of anticipated cash flows.
The REMIC Regulations  appear to treat the issue price of a residual interest as
zero rather than a negative  amount for purposes of determining the REMIC Pool's
basis in its  assets.  The  preamble  to the REMIC  Regulations  states that the
Internal Revenue Service may provide future guidance on the proper tax treatment
of payments made by a transferor of a residual interest to induce the transferee
to acquire the interest.  Residual Holders should consult their own tax advisors
in this regard.

   Further,  to the extent that the initial adjusted basis of a Residual Holder,
other than an original  holder,  in the  Residual  Security is greater  than the
corresponding  portion of the REMIC  Pool's  basis in the  mortgage  loans,  the
Residual  Holder will not recover a portion of that basis until  termination  of
the  REMIC  Pool  unless  future  Treasury   regulations  provide  for  periodic
adjustments to the REMIC income  otherwise  reportable by the holder.  The REMIC
Regulations  currently in effect do not so provide.  See "--Treatment of Certain
Items of REMIC Income and Expense--Market Discount" below regarding the basis of
mortgage loans to the REMIC Pool and "--Sale or Exchange of a Residual Security"
below regarding possible treatment of a loss on termination of the REMIC Pool as
a capital loss.


                                     -129-


<PAGE>

   TREATMENT  OF CERTAIN  ITEMS OF REMIC  INCOME  AND  EXPENSE.  Although  it is
anticipated that the trustee will compute REMIC income and expense in accordance
with  the  Code  and  applicable  regulations,  the  authorities  regarding  the
determination  of specific  items of income and expense are subject to differing
interpretations. The depositor makes no representation as to the specific method
that will be used for  reporting  income with respect to the mortgage  loans and
expenses with respect to the Regular Securities.  Different methods could result
in  different  timing or  reporting  of taxable  income or net loss to  Residual
Holders or differences in capital gain versus ordinary income.

   ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT AND PREMIUM.  Generally,  the REMIC Pool's deductions
for original issue discount and income from  amortization  of issue premium will
be determined in the same manner as original  issue  discount  income on Regular
Securities as described above under "--Taxation of Owners of Regular  Securities
- -- Original Issue Discount" and "-- Variable Rate Regular  Securities,"  without
regard to the de minimis rule  described in this  prospectus,  and "-- Premium,"
below.

   MARKET  DISCOUNT.  The REMIC Pool will have market discount income in respect
of mortgage  loans if, in general,  the basis of the REMIC Pool in the  mortgage
loans is exceeded by their unpaid principal balances.  The REMIC Pool's basis in
the  mortgage  loans is generally  the fair market  value of the mortgage  loans
immediately  after the  transfer of the  mortgage  loans to the REMIC Pool.  The
REMIC  Regulations  provide that in the REMIC Pool's basis in the mortgage loans
is equal in the  aggregate  to the issue  prices  of all  regular  and  residual
interests in the REMIC Pool. The accrued portion of the market discount would be
recognized  currently  as an item of  ordinary  income  in a manner  similar  to
original issue discount.  Market discount income  generally should accrue in the
manner described above under "--Taxation of Owners of Regular Securities--Market
Discount."

   PREMIUM.  Generally,  if the basis of the REMIC  Pool in the  mortgage  loans
exceeds their unpaid  principal  balances,  the REMIC Pool will be considered to
have acquired the mortgage loans at a premium equal to the amount of the excess.
As stated  above,  the REMIC Pool's  basis in mortgage  loans is the fair market
value of the mortgage  loans,  based on the aggregate of the issue prices of the
regular and residual  interests in the REMIC Pool immediately after the transfer
of the mortgage loans to the REMIC Pool. In a manner analogous to the discussion
above under "--Taxation of Owners of Regular Securities--Premium," a person that
holds a mortgage loan as a capital asset under Code Section 1221 may elect under
Code  Section  171 to  amortize  premium  on  mortgage  loans  originated  after
September  27, 1985 under the constant  yield method.  Amortizable  bond premium
will be treated as an offset to interest  income on the mortgage  loans,  rather
than as a separate deduction item. Because substantially all of the borrowers on
the mortgage loans are expected to be individuals,  Code Section 171 will not be
available for premium on mortgage loans  originated on or prior to September 27,
1985.  Premium  with  respect  to those  mortgage  loans  may be  deductible  in
accordance  with a  reasonable  method  regularly  employed by the holder of the
mortgage loans.  The allocation of a premium pro rata among  principal  payments
should be considered a reasonable method.  However, the Internal Revenue Service
may argue that a premium  should be  allocated  in a different  manner,  such as
allocating the premium entirely to the final payment of principal.

   LIMITATIONS  ON OFFSET OR EXEMPTION OF REMIC INCOME.  A portion or all of the
REMIC taxable income  includible in determining the federal income tax liability
of a  Residual  Holder  will be  subject to  special  treatment.  That  portion,
referred to as the "excess  inclusion,"  is equal to


                                      -130


<PAGE>

the excess of REMIC  taxable  income for the  calendar  quarter  allocable  to a
Residual Security over the daily accruals for each quarterly period of:

   (1) 120% of the long-term  applicable Federal rate that would have applied to
the Residual Security if it were a debt instrument on the Startup Day under Code
Section 1274(d), multiplied by

   (2) the  adjusted  issue price of the Residual  Security at the  beginning of
each quarterly period.

   For this  purpose,  the  adjusted  issue price of a Residual  Security at the
beginning  of a quarter is the issue price of the  Residual  Security,  plus the
amount of the daily accruals of REMIC income described in this paragraph for all
prior quarters, decreased by any distributions made with respect to the Residual
Security  prior to the  beginning of each  quarterly  period.  Accordingly,  the
portion  of the REMIC  Pool's  taxable  income  that will be  treated  as excess
inclusions will be a larger portion of income as the adjusted issue price of the
Residual Securities diminishes.

   The portion of a Residual  Holder's  REMIC taxable  income  consisting of the
excess inclusions generally may not be offset by other deductions, including net
operating loss  carryforwards,  on the Residual  Holder's return.  However,  net
operating  loss  carryovers are  determined  without regard to excess  inclusion
income. Further, if the Residual Holder is an organization subject to the tax on
unrelated  business  income  imposed by Code Section 511, the Residual  Holder's
excess  inclusions will be treated as unrelated  business taxable income of that
Residual  Holder for purposes of Code Section  511. In addition,  REMIC  taxable
income is subject to 30% withholding tax with respect to certain persons who are
not U.S.  Persons and the portion of the REMIC taxable  income  attributable  to
excess  inclusions is not eligible for any reduction in the rate of  withholding
tax, by treaty or otherwise.  See  "--Taxation of Certain  Foreign  Investors --
Residual  Securities"  below.  Finally,  if a real estate  investment trust or a
regulated  investment  company owns a Residual  Security,  a portion,  allocated
under  Treasury  regulations  yet to be issued,  of dividends,  paid by the real
estate investment trust or regulated investment company

    (1) could not be offset by net operating losses of its shareholders,

    (2) would  constitute  unrelated  business  taxable  income  for  tax-exempt
        shareholders, and

    (3) would be ineligible for reduction of withholding to certain  persons who
        are not U.S. Persons.

The  SBJPA of 1996 has  eliminated  the  special  rule  permitting  Section  593
institutions -- "thrift  institutions"  -- to use net operating losses and other
allowable  deductions  to offset their  excess  inclusion  income from  Residual
Securities  that  have  "significant  value"  within  the  meaning  of the REMIC
Regulations. The elimination of this special rule is effective for taxable years
beginning  after December 31, 1995,  except with respect to Residual  securities
continuously held by a thrift institution since November 1, 1995.

   In  addition,  the SBJPA of 1996  provides  three rules for  determining  the
effect of excess  inclusions  on the  alternative  minimum  taxable  income of a
Residual Holder. First, alternative minimum taxable income for a Residual Holder
is determined without regard to the special rule,  discussed above, that taxable
income  cannot be less than  excess  inclusions.  Second,  a  Residual  Holder's
alternative  minimum  taxable  income for a taxable year cannot be less than the
excess inclusions for the year. Third, the amount of any alternative minimum tax
net  operating  loss


                                     -131-


<PAGE>

deduction must be computed without regard to any excess inclusions.  These rules
are effective  for taxable years  beginning  after  December 31, 1986,  unless a
Residual  Holder elects to have the rules apply only to taxable years  beginning
after August 20, 1996.

   TAX-RELATED RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF RESIDUAL SECURITIES.  Disqualified
Organizations.  If any legal or beneficial interest in a Residual Security is
transferred to a Disqualified Organization, a tax would be imposed in an
amount equal to the product of:

   (1) the present value of the total anticipated excess inclusions with respect
to a Residual Security for periods after the transfer and

   (2) the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to corporations.

   The REMIC  Regulations  provide that the  anticipated  excess  inclusions are
based on actual prepayment  experience to the date of the transfer and projected
payments based on the Prepayment  Assumption.  The present value rate equals the
applicable  Federal  rate  under  Code  Section  1274(d)  as of the  date of the
transfer  for a term  ending  with the last  calendar  quarter  in which  excess
inclusions  are  expected  to accrue.  This rate is  applied to the  anticipated
excess inclusions from the end of the remaining  calendar quarters in which they
arise to the date of the transfer.  This tax  generally  would be imposed on the
transferor of the Residual Security,  except that where a transfer is through an
agent,  including a broker,  nominee,  or other  middleman,  for a  Disqualified
Organization,  the tax  would  instead  be  imposed  on the  agent.  However,  a
transferor of a Residual  Security would in no event be liable for this tax with
respect to a transfer if the transferee furnished to the transferor an affidavit
stating that the  transferee is not a Disqualified  Organization  and, as of the
time of the transfer,  the  transferor  does not have actual  knowledge that the
affidavit is false.  The tax also may be waived by the Internal  Revenue Service
if the Disqualified  Organization promptly disposes of the Residual Security and
the  transferor  pays  income tax at the  highest  corporate  rate on the excess
inclusion  for  the  period  the  Residual  Security  is  actually  held  by the
Disqualified Organization.

   In addition, if a "Pass-Through  Entity," as defined in the second succeeding
paragraph,  has excess  inclusion  income  with  respect to a Residual  Security
during a taxable year and a Disqualified Organization is the record holder of an
equity  interest in that  entity,  then a tax is imposed on that entity equal to
the product of:

   (1) the amount of excess inclusions that are allocable to the interest in the
Pass-Through  Entity during the period that interest is held by the Disqualified
Organization, and

   (2) the highest marginal federal corporate income tax rate. That tax would be
deductible  from the ordinary  gross income of the  Pass-Through  Entity for the
taxable year.

The  Pass-Through  Entity  would not be  liable  for the tax if it  received  an
affidavit from the record holder that it is not a Disqualified  Organization  or
stating the holder's taxpayer  identification  number and, during the period the
person is the record holder of the Residual  Security,  the Pass-Through  Entity
does not have actual knowledge that the affidavit is false.

   For taxable  years  beginning  on or after  January 1, 1998,  if an "electing
large partnership," as defined in the immediately succeeding paragraph,  holds a
Residual  Security,  all interests in the electing large partnership are treated
as held by  Disqualified  Organizations  for  purposes  of the tax  imposed on a
Pass-Through  Entity by Section  860E(c) of the Code.  An exception to this tax,
otherwise   available  to  a  Pass-Through  Entity  that  is  furnished  certain
affidavits  by record  holders


                                     -132-


<PAGE>

of interests in the entity and that does not know the affidavits  are false,  is
not available to an electing large partnership.

   For these purposes,

   (1)  "Disqualified  Organization"  means  the  United  States,  any  state or
political subdivision of the United States or any state, any foreign government,
any  international  organization,  any agency or  instrumentality  of any of the
foregoing. However, the term does not include

         (a) an instrumentality if all of its activities are subject to tax
      and a majority of its board of directors is not selected by the
      governmental entity,

         (b)  any  cooperative   organization   furnishing  electric  energy  or
      providing telephone service or persons in rural areas as described in Code
      Section 1381(a)(2)(C), and

         (c) any organization,  other than a farmers'  cooperative  described in
      Code Section 531, that is exempt from  taxation  under the Code unless the
      organization is subject to the tax on unrelated business income imposed by
      Code Section 511;

   (2) "Pass-Through Entity" means any regulated investment company, real estate
investment trust,  common trust fund,  partnership,  trust or estate and certain
corporations  operating  on a  cooperative  basis.  Except as may be provided in
Treasury regulations, any person holding an interest in a Pass-Through Entity as
a nominee  for  another  will,  with  respect to the  interest,  be treated as a
Pass-Through Entity; and

   (3) an "electing large  partnership"  means any partnership  having more than
100  members  during  the  preceding  tax  year,   other  than  certain  service
partnerships  and  commodity  pools,  which elects to apply  certain  simplified
reporting provisions under the Code.

   The applicable  agreement with respect to a series will provide that no legal
or beneficial  interest in a Residual  Security may be transferred or registered
unless:

   (1)  the proposed  transferee  furnished to the transferor and the trustee an
        affidavit providing its taxpayer  identification number and stating that
        the transferee is the beneficial  owner of the Residual  Security and is
        not a  Disqualified  Organization  and is not  purchasing  the  Residual
        Security on behalf of a  Disqualified  Organization,  i.e., as a broker,
        nominee or middleman of the Disqualified Organization; and

   (2)  the  transferor  provides a statement  in writing to the trustee that it
        has no actual knowledge that the affidavit is false.

   Moreover,  the related agreement will provide that any attempted or purported
transfer in violation of these transfer  restrictions  will be null and void and
will vest no rights in any purported  transferee.  Each  Residual  Security with
respect  to a  series  will  bear a  legend  referring  to the  restrictions  on
transfer.  Each Residual Holder will be deemed to have agreed, as a condition of
ownership of a Residual  Security,  to any  amendments to the related  agreement
required  under the Code or applicable  Treasury  regulations  to effectuate the
foregoing  restrictions.  Information  necessary to compute an applicable excise
tax must be  furnished  to the Internal  Revenue  Service and to the  requesting
party within 60 days of the request, and the depositor or the trustee may charge
a fee for computing and providing this information.

   NONECONOMIC RESIDUAL INTERESTS. The REMIC Regulations would disregard certain
transfers of Residual Securities, in which case the transferor would continue to
be treated as the owner of


                                     -133-


<PAGE>

the  Residual  Securities  and thus would  continue  to be subject to tax on its
allocable  portion  of the  net  income  of the  REMIC  Pool.  Under  the  REMIC
Regulations,  a transfer of a "noneconomic residual interest," as defined in the
following  sentence,  to a Residual Holder,  other than a Residual Holder who is
not a U.S.  Person,  is  disregarded  for all federal  income tax  purposes if a
significant  purpose of the transferor is to impede the assessment or collection
of tax. A residual  interest in a REMIC,  including a residual  interest  with a
positive value at issuance,  is a "noneconomic residual interest" unless, at the
time of the transfer:

   (1)  the present value of the expected future  distributions  on the residual
        interest  at  least  equals  the  product  of the  present  value of the
        anticipated  excess inclusions and the highest corporate income tax rate
        in effect for the year in which the transfer occurs, and

   (2)  the  transferor  reasonably  expects  that the  transferee  will receive
        distributions  from the REMIC at or after the time at which taxes accrue
        on the anticipated  excess inclusions in an amount sufficient to satisfy
        the accrued taxes on each excess inclusion.

   The anticipated  excess  inclusions and the present value rate are determined
in the same manner as set forth above under "--Disqualified  Organizations." The
REMIC Regulations explain that a significant purpose to impede the assessment or
collection of tax exists if the transferor,  at the time of the transfer, either
knew or should have known that the  transferee  would be  unwilling or unable to
pay taxes due on its share of the taxable  income of the REMIC. A safe harbor is
provided if:

    (1) the transferor

        (a) conducted,  at the time of the transfer, a reasonable  investigation
            of the financial condition of the transferee,

        (b) found that the transferee  historically  paid its debts as they came
            due, and

        (c) found no significant  evidence to indicate that the transferee would
            not continue to pay its debts as they came due in the future, and

    (2) the transferee represents to the transferor that it understands that, as
        the holder of the  non-economic  residual  interest,  the transferee may
        incur  liabilities in excess of any cash flows generated by the interest
        and that the transferee intends to pay taxes associated with holding the
        residual interest as they become due.

   The  agreement  with  respect to each series of  Securities  will require the
transferee  of a Residual  Security to certify to the  matters in the  preceding
sentence  as  part  of  the   affidavit   described   above  under  the  heading
"--Disqualified Organizations."

   FOREIGN  INVESTORS.  The REMIC  Regulations  provide  that the  transfer of a
Residual Security that has "tax avoidance  potential" to a "foreign person" will
be disregarded for all federal tax purposes. This rule appears intended to apply
to a transferee who is not a U.S.  Person,  unless that  transferee's  income is
effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United
States. A Residual Security is deemed to have tax avoidance potential unless, at
the time of the transfer:

   (1) the future value of expected distributions equals at least 30% of the
anticipated excess inclusions after the transfer, and


                                     -134-


<PAGE>

   (2) the  transferor  reasonably  expects  that the  transferee  will  receive
sufficient  distributions  from the REMIC Pool at or after the time at which the
excess  inclusions  accrue and prior to the end of the next  succeeding  taxable
year for the accumulated withholding tax liability to be paid.

   If the non-U.S. Person transfers the Residual Security back to a U.S. Person,
the transfer will be disregarded and the foreign  transferor will continue to be
treated as the owner unless  arrangements are made so that the transfer does not
have the  effect of  allowing  the  transferor  to avoid tax on  accrued  excess
inclusions.

   The prospectus  supplement relating to the securities of a series may provide
that a Residual  Security may not be purchased by or  transferred  to any person
that is not a U.S.  Person or may describe the  circumstances  and  restrictions
pursuant to which a transfer may be made.

   SALE OR  EXCHANGE  OF A  RESIDUAL  SECURITY.  If the  sale or  exchange  of a
Residual Security occurs,  the Residual Holder will recognize gain or loss equal
to the excess,  if any,  of the amount  realized  over the  adjusted  basis,  as
described above under  "--Taxation of Owners of Residual  Securities--Basis  and
Losses," of a Residual Holder in a Residual  Security at the time of the sale or
exchange.  In addition to  reporting  the  taxable  income of the REMIC Pool,  a
Residual   Holder  will  have  taxable  income  to  the  extent  that  any  cash
distribution  to it from the  REMIC  Pool  exceeds  the  adjusted  basis on that
distribution  date.  Income will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of
the Residual Holder's Residual Security. As a result, if the Residual Holder has
an adjusted  basis in its Residual  Security  remaining when its interest in the
REMIC Pool terminates,  and if it holds the Residual Security as a capital asset
under Code Section 1221,  then it will  recognize a capital loss at that time in
the amount of the remaining adjusted basis.

   Any gain on the sale of a  Residual  Security  will be  treated  as  ordinary
income

   (1) if a Residual  Security is held as part of a "conversion  transaction" as
defined in Code Section  1258(c),  up to the amount of interest  that would have
accrued on the Residual Holder's net investment in the conversion transaction at
120% of the  appropriate  applicable  Federal  rate in  effect  at the  time the
taxpayer  entered into the transaction  minus any amount  previously  treated as
ordinary income with respect to any prior  disposition of property that was held
as a part of the transaction or

   (2) in the case of a non-corporate  taxpayer, to the extent that taxpayer has
made an election under Code Section 163(d)(4) to have net capital gains taxed as
investment income at ordinary income rates.

In addition,  gain or loss  recognized  from the sale of a Residual  Security by
certain banks or thrift  institutions will be treated as ordinary income or loss
pursuant to Code Section 582(c).

   The  Conference  Committee  Report to the 1986 Act provides  that,  except as
provided in Treasury  regulations yet to be issued,  the wash sale rules of Code
Section 1091 will apply to dispositions of Residual Securities.  These wash sale
rules will apply where the seller of the  Residual  Security,  during the period
beginning six months before the sale or disposition of the Residual Security and
ending  six  months  after the sale or  disposition  of the  Residual  Security,
acquires,  or enters into any other  transaction that results in the application
of Code Section  1091,  any residual  interest in any REMIC or any interest in a
"taxable  mortgage pool," such as a non-REMIC owner trust,  that is economically
comparable to a Residual Security.

   MARK TO MARKET  REGULATIONS.  On December  24,  1996,  the  Internal  Revenue
Service issued final mark to market  regulations under Code Section 475 relating
to the requirement that a


                                     -135-


<PAGE>

securities  dealer mark to market  securities  held for sale to customers.  This
mark to market requirement applies to all securities of a dealer,  except to the
extent  that the  dealer has  specifically  identified  a  security  as held for
investment.  The mark to market  regulations  provide that, for purposes of this
mark to market requirement, a Residual security is not treated as a security and
thus may not be marked to market.  The mark to market  regulations  apply to all
Residual Securities acquired on or after January 4, 1995.

TAXES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON THE REMIC POOL

   PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS.  Income from certain transactions by the REMIC Pool,
called prohibited transactions, will not be part of the calculation of income or
loss  includible  in the federal  income tax returns of  Residual  Holders,  but
rather will be taxed directly to the REMIC Pool at a 100% rate.
Prohibited transactions generally include:

    (1) the disposition of a qualified mortgage other than for:

        (a) substitution  within two years of the Startup  Day for a  defective,
            including  a  defaulted,   obligation,  or  repurchase  in  lieu  of
            substitution  of a defective,  including a defaulted,  obligation at
            any time, or for any qualified  mortgage  within three months of the
            Startup Day,

        (b) foreclosure, default, or imminent default of a qualified mortgage,

        (c) bankruptcy or insolvency of the REMIC Pool, or

        (d) a qualified (complete) liquidation,

    (2) the receipt of income from assets that are not the type of  mortgages or
        investments that the REMIC Pool is permitted to hold,

    (3) the receipt of compensation for services, or

    (4) the receipt of gain from disposition of cash flow investments other than
        pursuant to a qualified liquidation.

   Regardless of clauses (1) and (4) above,  it is not a prohibited  transaction
to sell REMIC Pool  property  to  prevent a default on Regular  Securities  as a
result of a default on  qualified  mortgages or to  facilitate  a clean-up  call
- --generally,  an optional  termination to save administrative costs when no more
than a small percentage of the securities is outstanding.  The REMIC Regulations
indicate that the  modification of a mortgage loan generally will not be treated
as a disposition if it is occasioned by

    (1) a default or reasonably foreseeable default,

    (2) an assumption of the mortgage loan,

    (3) the waiver of a due-on-sale or due-on-encumbrance clause, or

    (4) the  conversion of an interest rate by a borrower  pursuant to the terms
        of a convertible adjustable rate mortgage loan.

   CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE REMIC POOL AFTER THE STARTUP DAY. In general,  the REMIC
Pool  will be  subject  to a tax at a 100%  rate on the  value  of any  property
contributed to the REMIC Pool after the Startup Day. Exceptions are provided for
cash contributions to the REMIC Pool

    (1) during the three months following the Startup Day,


                                     -136-


<PAGE>

    (2) made to a qualified Reserve Fund by a Residual Holder,

    (3) in the nature of a guarantee,

    (4) made to facilitate a qualified liquidation or clean-up call, and

    (5) as otherwise  permitted in Treasury  regulations yet to be issued. We do
not anticipate that there will be any  contributions to the REMIC Pool after the
Startup Day.

   NET  INCOME  FROM  FORECLOSURE  PROPERTY.  The REMIC  Pool will be subject of
federal income tax at the highest corporate rate on "net income from foreclosure
property,"  determined  by  reference  to the rules  applicable  to real  estate
investment trusts.  Generally,  property acquired by deed in lieu of foreclosure
would be treated as "foreclosure property" until the close of the third calendar
year following the year of acquisition,  with a possible  extension.  Net income
from  foreclosure  property  generally means gain from the sale of a foreclosure
property that is inventory  property and gross income from foreclosure  property
other  than  qualifying  rents and other  qualifying  income  for a real  estate
investment trust. We do not anticipate that the REMIC Pool will have any taxable
net income from foreclosure property.

   LIQUIDATION  OF THE REMIC  POOL.  If a REMIC Pool  adopts a plan of  complete
liquidation,  within the meaning of Code Section 860F(a)(4)(A)(i),  which may be
accomplished by designating in the REMIC Pool's final tax return a date on which
the adoption is deemed to occur,  and sells all of its assets,  other than cash,
within a 90-day  period  beginning  on that  date,  the  REMIC  Pool will not be
subject to the prohibited transaction rules on the sale of its assets,  provided
that the REMIC  Pool  credits  or  distributes  in  liquidation  all of the sale
proceeds plus its cash, other than amounts  retained to meet claims,  to holders
of Regular Securities and Residual Holders within the 90-day period.

   ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS. The REMIC Pool will be required to maintain its books
on a calendar  year basis and to file  federal  income tax  returns  for federal
income  tax  purposes  in a manner  similar to a  partnership.  The form for the
income tax return is Form 1066,  U.S. Real Estate  Mortgage  Investment  Conduit
Income  Tax  Return.  The  trustee  will be  required  to sign the REMIC  Pool's
returns.  Treasury  regulations  provide  that,  except  where there is a single
Residual  Holder for an entire  taxable year,  the REMIC Pool will be subject to
the procedural and administrative  rules of the Code applicable to partnerships,
including the  determination  by the Internal Revenue Service of any adjustments
to, among other things, items of REMIC income, gain, loss, deduction,  or credit
in a unified administrative proceeding. The master servicer will be obligated to
act as "tax matters person", as defined in applicable Treasury regulations, with
respect to the REMIC Pool as agent of the  Residual  Holder  holding the largest
percentage  interest  in the  Residual  Securities.  If the  Code or  applicable
Treasury  regulations  do not permit the master  servicer  to act as tax matters
person in its capacity as agent of the Residual  Holder,  the Residual Holder or
the other person specified pursuant to Treasury  regulations will be required to
act as tax matters person.

   LIMITATIONS  ON  DEDUCTION  OF  CERTAIN  EXPENSES.  An  investor  who  is  an
individual,  estate,  or trust  will be subject to  limitation  with  respect to
certain  itemized  deductions  described  in Code Section 67, to the extent that
these itemized deductions,  in the aggregate, do not exceed 2% of the investor's
adjusted  gross  income.  In addition,  Code Section 68 provides  that  itemized
deductions otherwise allowable for a taxable year of an individual taxpayer will
be reduced by the lesser of:


                                     -137-


<PAGE>

   (1) 3% of the excess,  if any, of adjusted  gross  income over  $126,600  for
1999,  $63,300 in the case of a married  individual filing a separate return, as
adjusted for inflation for subsequent years, or

   (2) 80% of the amount of  itemized  deductions  otherwise  allowable  for the
year.

   In the case of a REMIC Pool,  these  deductions may include  deductions under
Code Section 212 for the Servicing Fee and all administrative and other expenses
relating to the REMIC Pool, or any similar expenses  allocated to the REMIC Pool
with respect to a regular  interest it holds in another REMIC.  These  investors
who  hold  REMIC  Securities  either  directly  or  indirectly  through  certain
Pass-Through  Entities  may have their pro rata share of expenses  allocated  to
them  as  additional  gross  income,  but  may be  subject  to a  limitation  on
deductions.  In addition,  these expenses are not deductible at all for purposes
of computing the  alternative  minimum tax, and may cause investors of this type
to be  subject to  significant  additional  tax  liability.  Temporary  Treasury
regulations provide that the additional gross income and corresponding amount of
expenses  generally  are to be  allocated  entirely  to the  holders of Residual
Securities  in the  case of a REMIC  Pool  that  would  not  qualify  as a fixed
investment  trust in the absence of a REMIC election.  However,  this additional
gross income and limitation on deductions will apply to the allocable portion of
these expenses to holders of Regular Securities,  as well as holders of Residual
Securities,  where Regular  Securities are issued in a manner that is similar to
pass-through  certificates in a fixed  investment  trust.  Generally,  all these
expenses will be allocable to the Residual Securities. In general, the allocable
portion  will be  determined  based on the ratio that a REMIC  Holder's  income,
determined  on a daily  basis,  bears to the  income of all  holders  of Regular
Securities  and Residual  Securities  with respect to a REMIC Pool. As a result,
individuals,  estates or trusts  holding REMIC  Securities,  either  directly or
indirectly  through a grantor  trust,  partnership,  S  corporation,  REMIC,  or
certain  other  Pass-Through  Entities  described  in  the  foregoing  temporary
Treasury  regulations,  may have taxable income in excess of the interest income
at the pass-through rate on Regular Securities that are issued in a single class
or otherwise  consistently  with fixed  investment  trust status or in excess of
cash distributions for the related period on Residual Securities.

TAXATION OF CERTAIN FOREIGN INVESTORS

   REGULAR SECURITIES. Interest, including original issue discount,
distributable to Regular Securityholders who are non-resident aliens, foreign
corporations, or other non-U.S. Persons, will be considered "portfolio
interest" and, therefore, generally will not be subject to 30% United States
withholding tax, provided that the non-U.S. Person:

   (1) is not a  "10-percent  shareholder"  within the  meaning of Code  Section
871(h)(3)(B)  or a  controlled  foreign  corporation  described  in Code Section
881(c)(3)(C), and

   (2) provides the  trustee,  or the person who would  otherwise be required to
withhold tax from the  distributions  under Code  Section 1441 or 1442,  with an
appropriate  statement,  signed  under  penalties  of perjury,  identifying  the
beneficial owner and stating,  among other things,  that the beneficial owner of
the Regular Security is a non-U.S. Person.

   If the signed statement,  or any other required  statement,  is not provided,
30%  withholding  will  apply  unless  reduced  or  eliminated  pursuant  to  an
applicable  tax  treaty  or unless  the  interest  on the  Regular  Security  is
effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United
States by the non-U.S.  Person. In the latter case, the non-U.S.  Person will be
subject


                                      138


<PAGE>

to United States federal income tax at regular rates. Investors who are non-U.S.
Persons  should  consult  their own tax  advisors  regarding  the  specific  tax
consequences to them of owning a Regular Security.

   The IRS recently issued final New Regulations which would provide alternative
methods  of  satisfying  the  beneficial  ownership  certification   requirement
described above. The New Regulations will be effective January 1, 2001,  current
withholding  certificates  will remain  valid until the earlier of December  31,
2000, or the date of expiration of the certificate  under the rules as currently
in effect. The New Regulations would require,  in the case of Regular Securities
held by a foreign partnership, that:

   (1) the certification described above be provided by the partners rather than
by the foreign partnership and

   (2) the partnership  provide certain  information,  including a United States
taxpayer identification number.

   A look-through rule would apply in the case of tiered partnerships.  Non-U.S.
Persons should consult their own tax advisors  concerning the application of the
certification requirements in the New Regulations.

   RESIDUAL  SECURITIES.  The  Conference  Committee  Report  to  the  1986  Act
indicates  that  amounts  paid to  Residual  Holders  who are  non-U.S.  Persons
generally should be treated as interest for purposes of the 30%, or lower treaty
rate, United States  withholding tax. Treasury  regulations  provide that amount
distributed to Residual Holders may qualify as "portfolio interest",  subject to
the conditions  described in "Regular  Securities" above, but only to the extent
that:

   (1) the mortgage loans were issued after July 18, 1984 and

   (2) the trust fund or  segregated  pool of assets in that trust  fund,  as to
which a separate  REMIC  election will be made,  to which the Residual  Security
relates,  consists of obligations issued in "registered form" within the meaning
of Code Section 163(f)(1).

   Generally, mortgage loans will not be, but regular interests in another REMIC
Pool will be,  considered  obligations  issued in registered form.  Furthermore,
Residual  Holders will not be entitled to any exemption from the 30% withholding
tax, or lower treaty rate to the extent of that portion of REMIC taxable  income
that  constitutes an "excess  inclusion."  See "--Taxation of Owners of Residual
Securities--Limitations  on  Offset  or  Exemption  of  REMIC  Income"  in  this
prospectus. If the amounts paid to Residual Holders who are non-U.S. Persons are
effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United
States by non-U.S. Persons, 30% or lower treaty rate withholding will not apply.
Instead,  the amounts  paid to the  non-U.S.  Persons  will be subject to United
States  federal  income  tax at  regular  rates.  If 30% or  lower  treaty  rate
withholding  is applicable,  those amounts  generally will be taken into account
for purposes of withholding only when paid or otherwise distributed, or when the
Residual  security  is disposed  of,  under rules  similar to  withholding  upon
disposition  of  debt  instruments  that  have  original  issue  discount.   See
"--Tax-Related   Restrictions   on  Transfer  of  Residual   Securities--Foreign
Investors"  above  concerning  the  disregard of certain  transfers  having "tax
avoidance  potential."  Investors who are non-U.S.  Persons should consult their
own tax  advisors  regarding  the specific  tax  consequences  to them of owning
Residual Securities.


                                      -139


<PAGE>

   BACKUP  WITHHOLDING.  Distributions  made  on  the  Regular  Securities,  and
proceeds from the sale of the Regular  Securities to or through certain brokers,
may be subject to a "backup"  withholding  tax under Code Section 3406 of 31% on
"reportable  payments."  Reportable  payments  include  interest  distributions,
original   issue   discount,   and,  under  certain   circumstances,   principal
distributions,  unless the Regular Holder complies with certain reporting and/or
certification  procedures.   These  reporting  and/or  certification  procedures
include the provision of its taxpayer  identification number to the trustee, its
agent or the broker who effected the sale of the Regular Security, or the holder
is otherwise an exempt  recipient under  applicable  provisions of the Code. Any
amounts to be withheld  from  distribution  on the Regular  Securities  would be
refunded  by the  Internal  Revenue  Service or allowed as a credit  against the
Regular Holder's  federal income tax liability.  The New Regulations will change
certain  of the rules  relating  to  certain  presumptions  currently  available
relating to information reporting and backup withholding.  Non-U.S.  Persons are
urged to contact  their own tax advisors  regarding the  application  to them of
backup withholding and information reporting.

   REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.  Reports of accrued interest, original issue discount
and information necessary to compute the accrual of market discount will be made
annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to individuals, estates, non-exempt
and non-charitable  trusts, and partnerships who are either holders of record of
Regular  Securities or beneficial  owners who own Regular  Securities  through a
broker or middleman as nominee.  All brokers,  nominees and all other non-exempt
holders  of  record  of  Regular   Securities,   including

   o corporations,

   o non-calendar year taxpayers,

   o securities or commodities dealers,

   o real estate investment trusts,

   o investment companies,

   o common trust funds,

   o thrift institutions and

   o charitable trusts,

may request  information for any calendar  quarter by telephone or in writing by
contacting the person  designated in Internal  Revenue  Service  Publication 938
with  respect to a  particular  series of Regular  Securities.  Holders  through
nominees must request information from the nominee.

   The Internal  Revenue  Service's  Form 1066 has an  accompanying  Schedule Q,
Quarterly  Notice to Residual  Interest  Holders of REMIC Taxable  Income or Net
Loss Allocation.

   Treasury  regulations  require that Schedule Q be furnished by the REMIC Pool
to each  Residual  Holder  by the end of the month  following  the close of each
calendar  quarter --41 days after the end of a quarter under  proposed  Treasury
regulations--  in which the REMIC  Pool is in  existence.  Treasury  regulations
require  that, in addition to the foregoing  requirements,  information  must be
furnished quarterly to Residual Holders,  furnished annually, if applicable,  to
holders of Regular  Securities,  and filed  annually  with the Internal  Revenue
Service   concerning   Code  Section  67  expenses   as,  as   described   under
"--Limitations  on  Deduction  of  Certain  Expenses"  above,  allocable  to the
holders.  Furthermore,  under the  regulations,  information  must


                                     -140-


<PAGE>

be furnished  quarterly to Residual  Holders,  furnished  annually to holders of
Regular  Securities,  and  filed  annually  with the  Internal  Revenue  Service
concerning the percentage of the REMIC Pool's assets meeting the qualified asset
tests  described  above  under   "--Characterization  of  Investments  in  REMIC
Securities."

GRANTOR TRUST FUNDS

   CLASSIFICATION OF GRANTOR TRUST FUNDS. With respect to each series of Grantor
Trust  Securities,  Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft will deliver an opinion.  The
opinion will be to the effect that,  assuming  compliance with all provisions of
the applicable agreement, the related Grantor Trust Fund will be classified as a
grantor  trust under  subpart E, part I of subchapter J of the Code and not as a
partnership,  an association  taxable as a corporation,  or a "taxable  mortgage
pool" within the meaning of Code Section 7701(i).  Accordingly, each holder of a
Grantor Trust Security  generally will be treated as the beneficial  owner of an
undivided interest in the mortgage loans included in the Grantor Trust Fund.

STANDARD SECURITIES

   GENERAL.  Where there is no Retained  Interest  with  respect to the mortgage
loans underlying the securities of a series,  and where these securities are not
designated as "Stripped  Securities," the holder of each security in the series,
referred to in this Prospectus as "Standard  Securities," will be treated as the
owner of a pro  rata  undivided  interest  in the  ordinary  income  and  corpus
portions of the Grantor Trust Fund  represented by its Standard  Security.  As a
result,  the holder of these  securities will be considered the beneficial owner
of a pro rata undivided  interest in each of the mortgage loans,  subject to the
discussion below under  "--Recharacterization  of Servicing Fees."  Accordingly,
the holder of a Standard  Security  of a  particular  series will be required to
report on its federal income tax return,  in accordance with the holder's method
of  accounting,  its pro rata share of the entire income from the mortgage loans
represented by its Standard Security, including

    (1) interest at the coupon rate on the mortgage loans,

    (2) original issue discount, if any,

    (3) prepayment fees,

    (4) assumption fees, and

    (5) late payment charges received by the servicer.

   A holder of  securities  generally  will be able to  deduct  its share of the
servicing  fee and all  administrative  and other  expenses of the trust fund in
accordance  with  its  method  of  accounting,  provided  that the  amounts  are
reasonable  compensation  for  services  rendered  to that  Grantor  Trust Fund.
However,  investors who are  individuals,  estates or trusts who own securities,
either directly or indirectly  through certain  pass-through  entities,  will be
subject to limitation with respect to certain itemized  deductions  described in
Code Section 67,  including  deductions under Code Section 212 for the servicing
fee and all  administrative and other expenses of the Grantor Trust Fund, to the
extent that the  deductions,  in the aggregate,  do not exceed two percent of an
investor's  adjusted  gross income.  In addition,  Code Section 68 provides that
itemized  deductions  otherwise  allowable  for a taxable year of an  individual
taxpayer will be reduced by the lesser of:


                                     -141-


<PAGE>

   (1) 3% of the excess, if any, of adjusted gross income over $126,600 for 1999
$63,300 in the case of a married  individual  filing a separate return,  in each
case, as adjusted for inflation in subsequent years, or

   (2) 80% of the amount of itemized  deductions  otherwise  allowable  for that
year.

As a result,  investors  holding  Standard  Securities,  directly or  indirectly
through a Pass-Through  Entity,  may have aggregate  taxable income in excess of
the aggregate amount of cash received on that security.

   Securities with respect to interest at the  pass-through  rate or as discount
income  on  those  Standard  Securities.  In  addition,  the  expenses  are  not
deductible at all for purposes of computing the alternative minimum tax, and may
cause the  investors  to be subject to  significant  additional  tax  liability.
Moreover,  where there is Retained  Interest with respect to the mortgage  loans
underlying a series of securities  or where the servicing  fees are in excess of
reasonable  servicing  compensation,  the  transaction  will be  subject  to the
application of the "stripped  bond" and "stripped  coupon" rules of the Code, as
described  below under  "--Stripped  Securities"  and  "--Recharacterization  of
Servicing Fees," respectively.

   TAX STATUS. Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft has advised the depositor that:

      1. A Standard Security owned by a "domestic building and loan association"
   within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section  7701(a)(19)  will be  considered  to
   represent  "loans.  . . secured by an interest in real property which is. . .
   residential   real   property"   within   the   meaning   of   Code   Section
   7701(a)(19)(C)(v),  provided  that the real  property  securing  the mortgage
   loans  represented by that Standard Security is of the type described in that
   section of the Code.

      2. A Standard  Security  owned by a real estate  investment  trust will be
   considered  to  represent  "real  estate  assets"  within the meaning of Code
   Section  856(c)(4)(A)  to the extent that the assets of the  related  Grantor
   Trust Fund consist of qualified assets. Interest income on the assets will be
   considered "interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property" to
   that extent within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(3)(B).

      3. A Standard Security owned by a REMIC will be considered to represent an
   "obligation,   including  any  participation  or  certificate  of  beneficial
   ownership in the REMIC,  which is principally  secured by an interest in real
   property" within the meaning of Code Section 860G(a)(3)(A) to the extent that
   the assets of the related Grantor Trust Fund consist of "qualified mortgages"
   within the meaning of Code Section 860G(a)(3).

      4.  A  Standard  Security  owned  by  a  "financial  asset  securitization
   investment  trust"  within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section  860L(a)  will be
   considered to represent "permitted assets" within the meaning of Code Section
   860L(c) to the extent that the assets of related  Grantor  Trust Fund consist
   of "debt  instruments" or other  permitted  assets within the meaning of Code
   Section 860L(c).

      An issue arises as to whether Buydown Loans may be  characterized in their
   entirety  under  the  Code  provisions  cited  in  clauses  1  and  2 of  the
   immediately  preceding  paragraph  or whether the amount  qualifying  for the
   treatment  must be  reduced  by the  amount of the  Buydown  Funds.  There is
   indirect authority supporting treatment of an investment in a Buydown Loan as
   entirely  secured  by real  property  if the  fair  market  value of the real
   property  securing the loan exceeds the  principal  amount of the loan at the
   time of issuance  or  acquisition,  as the case may be. We cannot  assure you
   that the treatment  described  above is


                                     -142-


<PAGE>

    proper. Accordingly, we urge you to consult your own tax advisors concerning
    the effects of these arrangements on the characterization of your investment
    for federal income tax purposes.

   PREMIUM AND  DISCOUNT.  We advise you to consult with your tax advisors as to
the federal  income tax treatment of premium and discount  arising either at the
time of initial issuance of Standard Securities or subsequent acquisition.

   PREMIUM.  The treatment of premium  incurred at the time of the purchase of a
Standard  Security  will  be  determined  generally  as  described  above  under
"--Taxation of Owners of Residual Securities --Premium".

   ORIGINAL  ISSUE  DISCOUNT.  The original issue discount rules of Code Section
1271 through 1275 will be  applicable to a holder's  interest in those  mortgage
loans as to which the conditions for the  application of those sections are met.
Rules  regarding  periodic  inclusion  of  original  issue  discount  income are
applicable to mortgages of corporations originated after May 27, 1969, mortgages
of noncorporate  borrowers,  other than  individuals,  originated  after July 1,
1982, and mortgages of individuals originated after March 2, 1984. Under the OID
Regulations, an original issue discount could arise by the charging of points by
the  originator  of the  mortgages in an amount  greater  than the  statutory de
minimis exception, including a payment of points that is currently deductible by
the borrower under  applicable Code provisions or, under certain  circumstances,
by  the  presence  of  "teaser"  rates  on the  mortgage  loans.  See  "Stripped
Securities" below regarding original issue discount on Stripped Securities.

   Original issue  discount  generally must be reported as ordinary gross income
as it accrues  under a constant  interest  method  that takes into  account  the
compounding  of  interest,  in advance of the cash  attributable  to the income.
Unless indicated otherwise in the related prospectus  supplement,  no prepayment
assumption  will be assumed for purposes of the accrual.  However,  Code Section
1272  provides  for a  reduction  in  the  amount  of  original  issue  discount
includible  in the  income  of a  holder  of an  obligation  that  acquires  the
obligation  after its initial  issuance at a price  greater  than the sum of the
original issue price and the previously  accrued  original issue discount,  less
prior  payments of principal.  Accordingly,  if the mortgage loans acquired by a
holder of securities are purchased at a price equal to the then unpaid principal
amount of those mortgage loans,  no original issue discount  attributable to the
difference  between the issue price and the original  principal  amount of those
mortgage loans, i.e., points, will be includible by the related holder.

   MARKET  DISCOUNT.  Holders of  securities  also will be subject to the market
discount  rules to the  extent  that the  conditions  for  application  of those
sections are met.  Market  discount on the mortgage loans will be determined and
will be reported as ordinary  income  generally  in the manner  described  above
under "REMICs -- Taxation of Owners of Regular  Securities -- Market  Discount,"
except that the ratable  accrual  methods  described in those  sections will not
apply.  Rather, the holder will accrue market discount pro rata over the life of
the mortgage  loans,  unless the constant  yield method is elected.  The related
prospectus  supplement will specify what, if any, prepayment  assumption will be
assumed for purposes of accrual.

   RECHARACTERIZATION  OF  SERVICING  FEES.  If the  servicing  fees  paid  to a
servicer were deemed to exceed reasonable servicing compensation,  the amount of
excess would represent  neither income nor a deduction to holders of securities.
In this regard,  there are no  authoritative  guidelines  for federal income tax
purposes as to either the maximum amount of servicing  compensation  that


                                      -143-


<PAGE>

may be considered  reasonable in the context of this or similar  transactions or
whether,  in the case of Standard  Securities,  the  reasonableness of servicing
compensation  should be determined on a weighted average or loan-by-loan  basis.
If a  loan-by-loan  basis is  appropriate,  the  likelihood  that the applicable
amount would exceed reasonable servicing compensation as to some of the mortgage
loans would be increased.  Internal  Revenue Service  guidance  indicates that a
servicing fee in excess of reasonable  compensation  --"excess servicing"-- will
cause the mortgage  loans to be treated  under the "stripped  bond" rules.  This
guidance  provides  safe  harbors  for  servicing  deemed to be  reasonable  and
requires  taxpayers to demonstrate that the value of servicing fees in excess of
these applicable amounts is not greater than the value of the services provided.

   Accordingly, if the Internal Revenue Service's approach is upheld, a Servicer
who  receives  a  servicing  fee in excess of those  amounts  would be viewed as
retaining  an ownership  interest in a portion of the  interest  payments on the
mortgage  loans.  Under  the  rules of Code  Section  1286,  the  separation  of
ownership  of the right to receive  some or all of the  interest  payments on an
obligation  from the right to receive some or all of the  principal  payments on
the  obligation  would result in treatment of those  mortgage loans as "stripped
coupons" and "stripped  bonds."  Subject to the de minimis rule discussed  below
under  "Stripped  Securities,"  each stripped  bond or stripped  coupon could be
considered for this purpose as a non-interest  bearing  obligation issued on the
date of issue of the Standard Securities,  and the original issue discount rules
of the Code would  apply to the  holder of those  securities.  While  holders of
securities would still be treated as owners of beneficial interests in a grantor
trust for federal  income tax purposes,  the corpus of the trust could be viewed
as  excluding  the  portion  of the  mortgage  loans the  ownership  of which is
attributed  to the  servicer,  or as including  the portion as a second class of
equitable interest. Applicable Treasury regulations treat an arrangement of this
type as a fixed investment trust,  since the multiple classes of trust interests
should be treated as merely  facilitating direct investments in the trust assets
and the  existence of multiple  classes of ownership  interests is incidental to
that purpose. In general, a  recharacterization  should not have any significant
effect on the  timing or amount of income  reported  by a holder of  securities,
except  that  the  income  reported  by a cash  method  holder  may be  slightly
accelerated.  See "--Stripped Securities" below for a further description of the
federal income tax treatment of stripped bonds and stripped coupons.

   SALE OR EXCHANGE OF STANDARD SECURITIES.  If a sale or exchange of a Standard
Security occurs, a holder of securities will recognize gain or loss equal to the
difference  between the amount  realized on the sale and its aggregate  adjusted
basis in the mortgage  loans and other assets  represented  by the security.  In
general,  the  aggregate  adjusted  basis will equal the  holder's  cost for the
Standard Security, exclusive of accrued interest, increased by the amount of any
income  previously  reported with respect to the Standard Security and decreased
by the amount of any losses  previously  reported  with  respect to the Standard
Security  and the  amount  of any  distributions  other  than  accrued  interest
received on those  securities.  Except as provided  above with respect to market
discount on any mortgage loans,  and except for certain  financial  institutions
subject to the  provisions of Code Section  582(c),  any gain or loss  generally
would be capital  gain or loss if the  Standard  Security  was held as a capital
asset.  However,  gain on the sale of a  Standard  Security  will be  treated as
ordinary income:

   (1) if a Standard  Security is held as part of a "conversion  transaction" as
defined in Code Section  1258(c),  up to the amount of interest  that would have
accrued on the holder's net investment in the conversion  transaction at 120% of
the  appropriate  applicable  Federal  rate in


                                     -144-


<PAGE>

effect at the time the taxpayer  entered into the  transaction  minus any amount
previously  treated as ordinary income with respect to any prior  disposition of
property that was held as part of that transaction or

   (2) in the case of a non-corporate  taxpayer,  to the extent the taxpayer has
made an election under Code Section 163(d)(4) to have net capital gains taxed as
investment income at ordinary income rates.

   Capital  gains of  noncorporate  taxpayers  generally  are subject to a lower
maximum tax rate (20%) than ordinary income of the taxpayers (39.6%) for capital
assets held for more than one year. The maximum tax rate for corporations is the
same with respect to both ordinary income and capital gains.

STRIPPED SECURITIES

   GENERAL.  Pursuant to Code Section 1286,  the  separation of ownership of the
right to receive some or all of the  principal  payments on an  obligation  from
ownership of the right to receive some or all of the interest  payments  results
in the  creation of  "stripped  bonds" with  respect to  principal  payments and
"stripped  coupons"  with  respect to interest  payments.  For  purposes of this
discussion,  securities  that are  subject to those rules will be referred to as
"Stripped Securities." The securities will be subject to those rules if:

   (1) the Depositor or any of its  affiliates  retains,  for its own account or
for  purposes of resale,  in the form of Retained  Interest,  or  otherwise,  an
ownership interest in a portion of the payments on the mortgage loans,

   (2) the depositor or any of its  affiliates is treated as having an ownership
interest  in the  mortgage  loans to the extent it is paid or retains  servicing
compensation  in an amount greater than reasonable  consideration  for servicing
the  mortgage  loans  (see  "--Standard   Securities  --  Recharacterization  of
Servicing Fees"), and

   (3) a class of  securities  are issued in two or more  classes or  subclasses
representing the right to non-pro-rata percentages of the interest and principal
payments on the mortgage loans.

   In  general,  a holder  of a  Stripped  Security  will be  considered  to own
"stripped  bonds" with  respect to its pro rata share of all or a portion of the
principal  payments on each mortgage loan and/or "stripped coupons" with respect
to its pro rata  share of all or a  portion  of the  interest  payments  on each
mortgage  loan,  including  the  Stripped  Security's  allocable  share  of  the
servicing  fees paid to a  servicer,  to the extent  that  those fees  represent
reasonable  compensation for services  rendered.  See the discussion above under
"--Standard Securities--Recharacterization of Servicing Fees." Although not free
from doubt,  for purposes of reporting  to holders of Stripped  Securities,  the
servicing  fees will be  allocated  to the  classes of  Stripped  Securities  in
proportion  to the  distributions  to the  classes  for the  related  period  or
periods.  The holder of a Stripped  Security  generally  will be  entitled  to a
deduction each year in respect of the servicing  fees, as described  above under
"--Standard  Securities--General,"  subject to the limitation  described in that
section.

   Code Section 1286 treats a stripped bond or a stripped coupon generally as an
obligation issued on the date that the stripped interest is purchased.  Although
the  treatment  of Stripped  Securities  for federal  income tax purposes is not
clear in certain  respects,  particularly  where


                                     -145-


<PAGE>

Stripped  Securities  are issued  with  respect to a  mortgage  pool  containing
variable-rate mortgage loans, the depositor has been advised by counsel that:

   (1) the Grantor  Trust Fund will be treated as a grantor  trust under subpart
E, Part I of  subchapter  J of the Code and not as an  association  taxable as a
corporation  or a "taxable  mortgage  pool"  within the meaning of Code  Section
7701(i), and

   (2)  each  Stripped  Security  should  be  treated  as a  single  installment
obligation for purposes of calculating  original issue discount and gain or loss
on disposition.

   This treatment is based on the  interrelationship  of Code Section 1286, Code
Sections 1272 through  1275,  and the OID  Regulations.  Although it is possible
that  computations  with respect to Stripped  Securities could be made in one of
the ways described below under "--Possible  Alternative  Characterizations," the
OID Regulations state, in general, that two or more debt instruments issued by a
single issuer to a single investor in a single  transaction should be treated as
a single debt instrument. Accordingly, for original issue discount purposes, all
payments on any Stripped  Securities  should be aggregated and treated as though
they  were made on a single  debt  instrument.  The  applicable  agreement  will
require that the trustee make and report all computations  described below using
this aggregate approach, unless substantial legal authority requires otherwise.

   Furthermore,  Treasury  regulations  provide  for  treatment  of  a  Stripped
Security  as a single debt  instrument  issued on the date it is  purchased  for
purposes of calculating  any original issue discount.  In addition,  under those
regulations,  a Stripped  Security  that  represents a right to payments of both
interest  and  principal  may be viewed  either as issued  with  original  issue
discount or market discount,  as described below, at a de minimis original issue
discount,  or,  presumably,  at a premium.  This  treatment  indicates  that the
interest  component  of a  Stripped  Security  of this type  would be treated as
qualified  stated  interest  under the OID  Regulations,  assuming  it is not an
interest-only or super-premium  Stripped  Security.  Further,  these regulations
provide that the  purchaser of a Stripped  Security  will be required to account
for any  discount as market  discount  rather than  original  issue  discount if
either:

   (1) the initial discount with respect to the Stripped Security was treated as
zero under the de minimis rule, or

   (2) no more than 100  basis  points in  excess  of  reasonable  servicing  is
stripped off the related mortgage loans. Any market discount would be reportable
as described  above under  "--Taxation  of Owners of Regular  Securities--Market
Discount,"  without regard to the de minimis rule described in this  prospectus,
assuming that a prepayment assumption is employed in that computation.

   STATUS OF STRIPPED  SECURITIES.  No  specific  legal  authority  exists as to
whether  the  character  of the  Stripped  Securities,  for  federal  income tax
purposes,  will be the same as that of the mortgage loans. Although the issue is
not free from doubt,  counsel has advised the depositor that Stripped Securities
owned by applicable holders should be considered to represent

   (1) "real estate assets" within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(4)(A),

   (2) "obligation[s].  . . principally secured by an interest in real property"
within the meaning of Code Section 860G(a)(3)(A), and


                                     -146-


<PAGE>

   (3) "loans.  . . secured by an interest in real property"  within the meaning
of Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v).

Interest  including  original issue  discount  income  attributable  to Stripped
Securities should be considered to represent "interest on obligations secured by
mortgages on real  property"  within the meaning of Code  Section  856(c)(3)(B),
provided  that in each case the mortgage  loans and  interest on those  mortgage
loans qualify for this tax treatment.  The  application of these Code provisions
to Buydown Loans is uncertain. See "--Standard Securities -- Tax Status" above.

   TAXATION OF STRIPPED SECURITIES. Original Issue Discount. Except as described
above under  "General,"  each Stripped  Security will be considered to have been
issued at an original issue  discount for federal income tax purposes.  Original
issue discount with respect to a Stripped  Security must be included in ordinary
income as it accrues, in accordance with a constant yield method that takes into
account the  compounding  of interest,  which may be prior to the receipt of the
cash  attributable to that income.  Based in part on the issue discount required
to be included  in the income of a holder of a Stripped  Security in any taxable
year likely will be computed  generally as described above under  "--Taxation of
Owner of Regular  Securities -- Original  Issue  Discount" and "-- Variable Rate
Regular Securities." However, with the apparent exception of a Stripped Security
qualifying  as a  market  discount  obligation  as  described  above  under  "--
General," the issue price of a Stripped Security will be the purchase price paid
by each holder of the Stripped Security. The stated redemption price at maturity
will  include the  aggregate  amount of the  payments to be made on the Stripped
Security  to  the  holder  of  securities,   presumably   under  the  Prepayment
Assumption, other than qualified stated interest.

   If the  mortgage  loans  prepay at a rate  either  faster or slower than that
under the  Prepayment  Assumption,  a holder's  recognition  of  original  issue
discount  will be  either  accelerated  or  decelerated  and the  amount  of the
original issue discount will be either  increased or decreased  depending on the
relative  interests in principal and interest on each mortgage loan  represented
by the holder's Stripped Security.  While the matter is not free from doubt, the
holder of a Stripped  Security  should be  entitled  in the year that it becomes
certain,  assuming  no further  prepayments,  that the holder will not recover a
portion of its  adjusted  basis in that  Stripped  Security to recognize a loss,
which may be a capital loss, equal to that portion of unrecoverable basis.

   As an alternative to the method described above, the fact that some or all of
the interest  payments with respect to the Stripped  Securities will not be made
if the mortgage  loans are prepaid could lead to the  interpretation  that those
interest  payments are  "contingent"  within the meaning of the OID Regulations.
The OID Regulations, as they relate to the treatment of contingent interest, are
by their terms not  applicable  to  prepayable  securities  such as the Stripped
Securities.  However, if final regulations dealing with contingent interest with
respect  to the  Stripped  Securities  apply  the  same  principles  as the  OID
Regulations,  those regulations may lead to different timing of income inclusion
that would be the case under the OID  Regulations.  Furthermore,  application of
those  principles  could  lead to the  characterization  of gain on the  sale of
contingent  interest  Stripped  Securities as ordinary income.  Investors should
consult their tax advisors  regarding the  appropriate tax treatment of Stripped
Securities.

   SALE OR  EXCHANGE  OF  STRIPPED  SECURITIES.  Sale or  exchange of a Stripped
Security  prior  to its  maturity  will  result  in gain or  loss  equal  to the
difference,  if any, between the amount received and the holder's adjusted basis
in that Stripped  Security,  as described  above under  "--Taxation of Owners of
Regular  Securities  -- Sale or Exchange of Regular  Securities."  To the extent
that a


                                     -147-


<PAGE>

subsequent  purchaser's  purchase price is exceeded by the remaining payments on
the Stripped  Securities,  the subsequent purchaser will be required for federal
income tax purposes to accrue and report the excess as if it were original issue
discount in the manner described above. It is not clear for this purpose whether
the  assumed  prepayment  rate  that is to be used in the  case of a  holder  of
securities other than an original holder of securities  should be the Prepayment
Assumption  or a new rate based on the  circumstances  at the date of subsequent
purchase.

   PURCHASE  OF MORE THAN ONE CLASS OF  STRIPPED  SECURITIES.  When an  investor
purchases more than one class of Stripped  Securities,  it is currently  unclear
whether  for federal  income tax  purposes  the  classes of Stripped  Securities
should be treated  separately or aggregated for purposes of the rules  described
above.

   POSSIBLE ALTERNATIVE CHARACTERIZATION. The characterizations of the
Stripped Securities discussed above are not the only possible interpretations
of the applicable Code provisions. For example, the holder of securities may
be treated as the owner of:

   (1) one installment obligation consisting of the Stripped Security's pro rata
share of the payments  attributable  to principal  on each  mortgage  loan and a
second installment  obligation  consisting of the respective Stripped Security's
pro rata share of the payments attributable to interest on each mortgage loan,

   (2) as many  stripped  bonds  or  stripped  coupons  as there  are  scheduled
payments of principal and/or interest on each mortgage loan, or

   (3) a separate  installment  obligation for each mortgage loan,  representing
the Stripped  Security's pro rata share of payments of principal and/or interest
to be made with respect to that Stripped Security.

   Alternatively,  the holder of one or more classes of Stripped  Securities may
be  treated as the owner of a pro rata  fractional  undivided  interest  in each
mortgage loan to the extent that the related  Stripped  Security,  or classes of
Stripped  Securities  in the  aggregate,  represent the same pro rata portion of
principal  and interest on each mortgage  loan,  and a stripped bond or stripped
coupon,  as the case may be, treated as an installment  obligation or contingent
payment obligation, as to the remainder. Treasury regulations regarding original
issue discount on stripped  obligations make the foregoing  interpretations less
likely to be applicable.  The preamble to these regulations states that they are
premised on the  assumption  that an  aggregation  approach is  appropriate  for
determining  whether  original  issue  discount  on a stripped  bond or stripped
coupon is de minimis, and solicits comments on appropriate rules for aggregating
stripped bonds and stripped coupons under Code Section 1286.

   Because of these possible varying  characterizations  of Stripped  Securities
and  the  resultant  differing  treatment  of  income  recognition,  holders  of
securities  are urged to consult  their own tax  advisors  regarding  the proper
treatment of Stripped Securities for federal income tax purposes.

   REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS  AND BACKUP  WITHHOLDING.  The trustee will  furnish,
within a reasonable  time after the end of each calendar year, to each holder of
securities at any time during that calendar year,  information,  prepared on the
basis described  above, as is necessary to enable the holder of those securities
to prepare its federal  income tax  returns.  The  information  will include the
amount of original  issue discount  accrued on securities  held by persons other
than holders of securities  exempted from the reporting  requirements.  However,
the amount required to be reported by the trustee may not be equal to the proper
amount of original issue


                                     -148-


<PAGE>

discount  required to be reported as taxable  income by a holder of  securities,
other than an original  holder of securities  that purchased at the issue price.
In particular,  in the case of Stripped Securities,  the reporting will be based
on a representative  initial offering price of each class of Stripped Securities
or some price as set forth in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  The trustee
will also file original issue  discount  information  with the Internal  Revenue
Service.  If a  holder  of  securities  fails to  supply  an  accurate  taxpayer
identification  number or if the  Secretary  of the Treasury  determines  that a
holder of securities has not reported all interest and dividend  income required
to be shown on his federal  income tax  return,  31% backup  withholding  may be
required  in  respect of any  reportable  payments,  as  described  above  under
"--REMICs--Backup Withholding."

   TAXATION  OF  CERTAIN  FOREIGN  INVESTORS.  To the  extent  that  a  security
evidences  ownership  in  mortgage  loans that are issued on or before  July 18,
1984,  interest  or  original  issue  discount  paid by the person  required  to
withhold  tax under Code  Section 1441 or 1442 to  nonresident  aliens,  foreign
corporations,  or other non-U.S. Persons generally will be subject to 30% United
States  withholding tax, or any lower rate as may be provided for interest by an
applicable tax treaty.  Accrued original issue discount recognized by the holder
of  securities  on the sale or exchange of that security also will be subject to
federal income tax at the same rate.

   Treasury regulations provide that interest or original issue discount paid by
the trustee or other withholding agent to a non-U.S. Person evidencing ownership
interest  in  mortgage  loans  issued  after  July 18,  1984 will be  "portfolio
interest"  and will be treated in the manner,  and these persons will be subject
to   the   same    certification    requirements,    described    above    under
"--REMICs--Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors--Regular Securities."

PARTNERSHIP TRUST FUNDS

   CLASSIFICATION  OF  PARTNERSHIP  TRUST FUNDS.  With respect to each series of
Partnership  Securities or Debt Securities,  Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft will
deliver its opinion that the trust fund will not be a taxable  mortgage  pool or
an  association,  or publicly traded  partnership,  taxable as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes.  This opinion will be based on the assumption  that
the terms of the  applicable  agreement and related  documents  will be complied
with,  and on  counsel's  conclusion  that the nature of the income of the trust
fund will exempt it from the rule that certain publicly traded  partnerships are
taxable as corporations.

   CHARACTERIZATION OF INVESTMENTS IN PARTNERSHIP SECURITIES AND DEBT
SECURITIES. For federal income tax purposes:

   (1) Partnership Securities and Debt Securities held by a thrift
institution taxed as a domestic building and loan association will not
constitute "loans . . . secured by an interest in real property which is . .
 . residential real property" within the meaning of Code Section
7701(a)(19)(C)(v) and

   (2) interest on Debt Securities held by a real estate  investment  trust will
not be treated as "interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property
or  on  interests  in  real  property"   within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section
856(c)(3)(B),  and Debt Securities held by a real estate  investment  trust will
not  constitute  "real  estate  assets"  within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section
856(c)(4)(A).  However,  Partnership Securities held by a real estate investment
trust will qualify  under those  sections  based on the real estate  investments
trust's proportionate interest in the assets of the Partnership Trust Fund based
on capital accounts.


                                     -149-


<PAGE>

   TAXATION OF DEBT HOLDER OF  SECURITIES.  Treatment of the Debt  Securities as
Indebtedness. The Depositor will agree, and the holders of securities will agree
by their purchase of Debt  Securities,  to treat the Debt Securities as debt for
federal income tax purposes.  No  regulations,  published  rulings,  or judicial
decisions  exist  that  discuss  the  characterization  for  federal  income tax
purposes of securities with terms substantially the same as the Debt Securities.
However, with respect to each series of Debt Securities,  Cadwalader, Wickersham
& Taft will deliver its opinion that the Debt  Securities  will be classified as
indebtedness for federal income tax purposes.  The discussion below assumes this
characterization of the Debt Securities is correct.

   If, contrary to the opinion of counsel,  the IRS  successfully  asserted that
the Debt  Securities  were not debt for federal  income tax  purposes,  the Debt
Securities might be treated as equity  interests in the Partnership  Trust Fund.
As a result,  the timing and amount of income  allocable  to holders of the Debt
Securities may be different than as described in the following paragraph.

   Debt  Securities  generally  will be subject to the same rules of taxation as
Regular Securities issued by a REMIC, as described above, except that:

   (1) income reportable on Debt Securities is not required to be reported under
the accrual method unless the holder otherwise uses the accrual method and

   (2) the special rule  treating a portion of the gain on sale or exchange of a
Regular  Security as ordinary  income is inapplicable  to Debt  Securities.  See
"--Taxation of Owners of Regular Securities" above.

TAXATION OF OWNERS OF PARTNERSHIP SECURITIES

   TREATMENT OF THE  PARTNERSHIP  TRUST FUND AS A  PARTNERSHIP.  The  prospectus
supplement  may  specify  that the  Depositor  will  agree,  and the  holders of
securities will agree by their purchase of securities,  to treat the Partnership
Trust Fund:

   (1) as a partnership for purposes of federal and state income tax,  franchise
tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part by income, with the assets of
the  partnership  being the  assets  held by the  Partnership  Trust  Fund,  the
partners of the  Partnership  being the  holders of  securities,  including  the
depositor, and the Debt Securities, if any, being debt of the partnership or

   (2) if a single beneficial owner owns all of the Partnership  Securities in a
trust fund,  the trust fund will be ignored for federal  income tax purposes and
the assets and Debt  Securities  of the trust fund will be treated as assets and
indebtedness of this beneficial owner.

   A variety of alternative characterizations are possible. For example, because
one or more of the  classes of  Partnership  Securities  have  certain  features
characteristic  of debt, the Partnership  Securities might be considered debt of
the depositor or the  Partnership  Trust Fund. A  characterization  of this type
would not result in materially adverse tax consequences to holders of securities
as compared to the consequences from treatment of the Partnership  Securities as
equity in a partnership,  described below. The following discussion assumes that
the Partnership Securities represent equity interests in a partnership.

   PARTNERSHIP TAXATION.  As a partnership,  the Partnership Trust Fund will not
be subject to federal  income tax.  Rather,  each holder of  securities  will be
required to  separately  take into  account  each  holder's  allocated  share of
income, gains, losses,  deductions and credits of the Partnership Trust Fund. We
anticipate  that the Partnership  Trust Fund's income will consist  primarily of
interest earned on the mortgage  loans,  including  appropriate  adjustments for
market


                                     -150-


<PAGE>

discount,  original  issue discount and bond premium,  as described  above under
"--Standard Securities--General," and "--Premium and Discount" and any gain upon
collection  or  disposition  of mortgage  loans.  The  Partnership  Trust Fund's
deductions will consist  primarily of interest accruing with respect to the Debt
Securities,  servicing and other fees, and losses or deductions  upon collection
or disposition of Debt Securities.

   The tax items of a  partnership  are  allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code,  Treasury  regulations and the partnership  agreement,  i.e., the
applicable governing agreement and related documents.  The partnership agreement
will  provide,  in general,  that the holders of  securities  will be  allocated
taxable  income of the  Partnership  Trust Fund for each Due Period equal to the
sum of:

   (1) the interest  that accrues on the  Partnership  Securities  in accordance
with  their  terms  for the  Due  Period,  including  interest  accruing  at the
applicable  pass-through  rate for the  applicable  Due Period and  interest  on
amounts previously due on the Partnership Securities but not yet distributed;

   (2) any  Partnership  Trust  Fund  income  attributable  to  discount  on the
mortgage  loans that  corresponds  to any excess of the principal  amount of the
Partnership Securities over their initial issue price; and

   (3) any other amounts of income  payable to the holders of securities for the
applicable Due Period.

   That allocation will be reduced by any amortization by the Partnership  Trust
Fund of premium on mortgage  loans that  corresponds  to any excess of the issue
price of  Partnership  Securities  over their  principal  amount.  All remaining
taxable  income or net loss of the  Partnership  Trust Fund will be allocated to
the depositor.  Based on the economic arrangement of the parties,  this approach
for  allocating  Partnership  Trust  Fund  income  should be  permissible  under
applicable  Treasury  regulations.  No assurance can be given that the IRS would
not require a greater amount of income to be allocated to securities.  Moreover,
even under the foregoing  method of  allocation,  holders of  securities  may be
allocated  income  equal to the entire  pass-through  rate plus the other  items
described  above even  though the trust fund might not have  sufficient  cash to
make current cash distributions of that amount. Thus, cash basis holders will in
effect be  required  to report  income from the  Partnership  Securities  on the
accrual  basis  and  holders  of  securities  may  become  liable  for  taxes on
Partnership  Trust  Fund  income  even if they have not  received  cash from the
Partnership Trust Fund to pay these taxes.

   All of the  taxable  income  allocated  to a holder of  securities  that is a
pension,  profit-sharing  or employee benefit plan or other  tax-exempt  entity,
including an individual  retirement account, will constitute "unrelated business
taxable income" generally taxable to a holder under the Code.

   A share of expenses of the  Partnership  Trust  Fund,  including  fees of the
master servicer but not interest expense, allocable to an individual,  estate or
trust holder of securities would be miscellaneous itemized deductions subject to
the  limitations  described  above under " -- Standard  Securities  -- General."
Accordingly,  these deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or
in part and might  result  in the  holder of the  securities  being  taxed on an
amount of income that  exceeds the amount of cash  actually  distributed  to the
holder of the securities over the life of the Partnership Trust Fund.


                                     -151-


<PAGE>

   Discount  income or premium  amortization  with respect to each mortgage loan
would be  calculated  in a manner  similar to the  description  above  under "--
Standard  Securities  -- General" and "-- Premium and  Discount."  Regardless of
that  description,  it is intended that the Partnership Trust Fund will make all
tax calculations  relating to income and allocations to holders of securities on
an aggregate  basis with respect to all mortgage  loans held by the  Partnership
Trust Fund rather  than on a mortgage  loan-by-mortgage  loan basis.  If the IRS
required  calculations  to be  made  separately  for  each  mortgage  loan,  the
Partnership  Trust Fund might be required to incur  additional  expense,  but we
believe  that  there  would  not be a  material  adverse  effect on  holders  of
securities.

   DISCOUNT AND PREMIUM. The prospectus supplement may provide that the mortgage
loans  will  have  been  issued  with  original  discount.  However,  it is  not
anticipated  that the mortgage  loans will have been issued with original  issue
discount and,  therefore,  the  Partnership  Trust Fund should not have original
issue discount income. However, the purchase price paid by the Partnership Trust
Fund for the mortgage loans may be greater or less than the remaining  principal
balance of the mortgage loans at the time of purchase. If so, the mortgage loans
will have  been  acquired  at a premium  or  discount,  as the case may be.  See
"--Standard  Securities--Premium and Discount" in this prospectus. As previously
indicated  above,  the Partnership  Trust Fund will make this  calculation on an
aggregate   basis,  but  might  be  required  to  recompute  it  on  a  mortgage
loan-by-mortgage loan basis.

   If the  Partnership  Trust  Fund  acquires  the  mortgage  loans  at a market
discount  or  premium,  the  Partnership  Trust Fund will  elect to include  any
discount in income  currently as it accrues over the life of the mortgage  loans
or to offset any premium  against  interest  income on the  mortgage  loans.  As
indicated  above, a portion of any market discount  income or premium  deduction
may be allocated to holders of securities.

   SECTION 708 TERMINATION. Under Section 708 of the Code, the Partnership Trust
Fund will be deemed to terminate for federal  income tax purposes if 50% or more
of the capital and profits  interests in the Partnership  Trust Fund are sold or
exchanged  within a 12-month  period.  A termination  of this type would cause a
deemed  contribution  of the  assets of a  Partnership  Trust  Fund  --the  "old
partnership"--  to a new  Partnership  Trust Fund --the "new  partnership"--  in
exchange  for  interests  in  the  new  partnership.  The  interests  in  a  new
Partnership  Trust Fund would be deemed  distributed  to the partners of the old
partnership in liquidation of the old partnership,  which would not constitute a
sale or  exchange.  The  Partnership  Trust  Fund will not comply  with  certain
technical requirements that might apply when a constructive  termination occurs.
As a result,  the Partnership Trust Fund may be subject to certain tax penalties
and may  incur  additional  expenses  if it is  required  to comply  with  those
requirements.  Furthermore,  the  Partnership  Trust  Fund  might not be able to
comply due to lack of data.

   DISPOSITION OF SECURITIES. Generally, capital gain or loss will be recognized
on a sale of Partnership Securities in an amount equal to the difference between
the amount  realized and the seller's  tax basis in the  Partnership  Securities
sold. A holder's tax basis in a Partnership  Security will  generally  equal the
holder's cost increased by the holder's  share of Partnership  Trust Fund income
(includible in income) and decreased by any distributions  received with respect
to a Partnership  Security.  In addition,  both the tax basis in the Partnership
Securities  and the amount  realized on a sale of a Partnership  Security  would
include the holder's share of the Debt  Securities and other  liabilities of the
Partnership Trust Fund. A holder acquiring  Partnership  Securities at different
prices may be required to maintain a single aggregate  adjusted tax basis in


                                     -152-


<PAGE>

the  Partnership  Securities.  If a sale  or  other  disposition  of some of the
Partnership  Securities occurs, the holder may be required to allocate a portion
of the  aggregate  tax basis to the  Partnership  Securities  sold,  rather than
maintaining  a separate tax basis in each  Partnership  Security for purposes of
computing gain or loss on a sale of that Partnership Security.

   Any gain on the sale of a Partnership  Security  attributable to the holder's
share of  unrecognized  accrued  market  discount  on the  mortgage  loans would
generally  be  treated as  ordinary  income to the holder and would give rise to
special tax reporting  requirements.  The Partnership Trust Fund does not expect
to have any other  assets  that  would give rise to  similar  special  reporting
considerations.  Thus,  to  avoid  those  special  reporting  requirements,  the
Partnership  Trust Fund will elect to include  market  discount  in income as it
accrues.

   If a holder of  securities  is required to recognize  an aggregate  amount of
income,  not including  income  attributable to disallowed  itemized  deductions
described  above,  over the life of the Partnership  Securities that exceeds the
aggregate cash distributions  with respect to those securities,  the excess will
generally  give  rise to a capital  loss if the  retirement  of the  Partnership
Securities occurs.

   ALLOCATIONS BETWEEN TRANSFERORS AND TRANSFEREES.  In general, the Partnership
Trust Fund's  taxable  income and losses will be determined  each Due Period and
the tax items for a particular Due Period will be apportioned  among the holders
of securities in proportion to the principal  amount of  Partnership  Securities
owned by them as of the close of the last day of the related  Due  Period.  As a
result, a holder  purchasing  Partnership  Securities may be allocated tax items
attributable to periods before the actual transaction, which will affect its tax
liability and tax basis.

   The use of this  Due  Period  convention  may not be  permitted  by  existing
regulations.  If a Due Period  convention  is not  allowed,  or only  applies to
transfers of less than all of the partner's  interest,  taxable income or losses
of the  Partnership  Trust  Fund  might be  reallocated  among  the  holders  of
securities.  The depositor  will be authorized to revise the  Partnership  Trust
Fund's method of allocation between  transferors and transferees to conform to a
method permitted by future regulations.

   SECTION 731  DISTRIBUTIONS.  In the case of any  distribution  to a holder of
securities,  no gain will be  recognized  to that  holder of  securities  to the
extent that the amount of any money  distributed  with respect to that  holder's
security  exceeds the adjusted basis of that holder's  interest in the security.
To the  extent  that the  amount  of money  distributed  exceeds  that  holder's
adjusted  basis,  gain  will  be  currently  recognized.  In  the  case  of  any
distribution to a holder of securities,  no loss will be recognized  except if a
distribution  in liquidation  of a holder's  interest  occurs.  Any gain or loss
recognized by a holder of securities will be capital gain or loss.

   SECTION  754  ELECTION.  If a holder  of  securities  sells  its  Partnership
Securities at a profit or loss, the purchasing  holder of securities will have a
higher or lower basis,  as applicable,  in the  Partnership  Securities than the
selling holder of securities had. The tax basis of the Partnership  Trust Fund's
assets  would not be adjusted to reflect  that higher or lower basis  unless the
Partnership  Trust Fund were to file an election  under Section 754 of the Code.
In order to avoid the  administrative  complexities  that would be  involved  in
keeping accurate  accounting records, as well as potentially onerous information
reporting requirements,  the Partnership Trust Fund will not make that election.
As a result, holders of securities might be allocated a greater or lesser


                                     -153-


<PAGE>

amount of Partnership Trust Fund income than would be appropriate based on their
own purchase price for Partnership Securities.

   ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS. The trustee is required to keep or have kept complete
and accurate books of the  Partnership  Trust Fund. The books will be maintained
for financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year
of the Partnership Trust Fund will be the calendar year. The trustee will file a
partnership  information  return on IRS Form 1065 with the IRS for each  taxable
year of the Partnership Trust Fund and will report each holder's allocable share
of items of Partnership  Trust Fund income and expense to holders and the IRS on
Schedule K-1. The trustee will provide the Schedule K-1  information to nominees
that fail to provide the Partnership  Trust Fund with the information  statement
described  below and those nominees will be required to forward the  information
to the beneficial owners of the Partnership Securities.  Generally, holders must
file tax returns that are consistent  with the  information  return filed by the
Partnership Trust Fund or be subject to penalties unless the holder notifies the
IRS of all inconsistencies.

   Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds Partnership  Securities
as a nominee  at any time  during a calendar  year is  required  to furnish  the
Partnership Trust Fund with a statement  containing  certain  information on the
nominee,  the beneficial  owners and the  Partnership  Securities so held.  This
information includes:

    (1) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the nominee and

    (2) as to each beneficial owner:

         (x) the name, address and identification number of the beneficial
      owner,

         (y) whether the beneficial owner is a U.S. Person, a tax-exempt  entity
      or a foreign  government,  an  international  organization,  or any wholly
      owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing, and

         (z)  certain  information  on  Partnership  Securities  that were held,
      bought or sold on behalf of the beneficial owner throughout the year.

   In  addition,  brokers  and  financial  institutions  that  hold  Partnership
Securities  through a nominee are  required  to furnish  directly to the trustee
information as to themselves and their  ownership of Partnership  Securities.  A
clearing agency registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not required
to furnish any information statement of this type to the Partnership Trust Fund.
The information referred to above for any calendar year must be furnished to the
Partnership Trust Fund on or before the following January 31. Nominees,  brokers
and financial  institutions that fail to provide the Partnership Trust Fund with
the information described above may be subject to penalties.

   The person  specified in the applicable  agreement as the tax matters partner
will be responsible  for  representing  the holders of securities in any dispute
with the IRS. The Code provides for administrative  examination of a partnership
as if the  partnership  were a separate and distinct  taxpayer.  Generally,  the
statute of limitations for  partnership  items does not expire until three years
after the date on which the partnership information return is filed. Any adverse
determination  following an audit of the return of the Partnership Trust Fund by
the appropriate  taxing authorities could result in an adjustment of the returns
of the holders of  securities,  and,  under certain  circumstances,  a holder of
securities may be precluded from separately  litigating a proposed adjustment to
the items of the Partnership  Trust Fund. An adjustment  could also result


                                     -154-


<PAGE>

in an audit of a holder's  returns and  adjustments  of items not related to the
income and losses of the Partnership Trust Fund.

   TAX  CONSEQUENCES TO FOREIGN  HOLDERS OF SECURITIES.  It is not clear whether
the  Partnership  Trust  Fund  would be  considered  to be engaged in a trade or
business in the United  States for  purposes of federal  withholding  taxes with
respect to  non-U.S.  Persons.  This is so because  there is no clear  authority
dealing with that issue under facts substantially  similar to those described in
this  prospectus.  However,  for  taxable  years  of a  Partnership  Trust  Fund
commencing on or after January 1, 1998, securityholders who are non-U.S. Persons
would in any event not be  treated  as  engaged  in a trade or  business  in the
United States if holding the security, or other investing or trading in stock or
securities  for  the  holder's  own  account,   is  the  only  activity  of  the
securityholder  within the United States and the  securityholder is not a dealer
in  securities.   Accordingly,  the  securityholders  will  not  be  subject  to
withholding  tax  pursuant  to  Section  1446 of the Code,  at a rate of 35% for
non-U.S.  Persons  that are  taxable  as  corporations  and  39.6% for all other
foreign holders. The prospectus supplement relating to an applicable series will
describe  whether an  exception  to the 30%  United  States  withholding  tax on
interest may apply to securityholders.

   BACKUP  WITHHOLDING.  Distributions  made on the  Partnership  Securities and
proceeds  from the  sale of the  Partnership  Securities  will be  subject  to a
"backup"  withholding tax of 31% if, in general,  the holder of securities fails
to comply with certain identification procedures, unless the holder is an exempt
recipient under applicable provisions of the Code.

   THE  FEDERAL  TAX  DISCUSSIONS  SET FORTH  ABOVE  ARE  INCLUDED  FOR  GENERAL
INFORMATION  ONLY  AND MAY NOT BE  APPLICABLE  DEPENDING  ON A  SECURITYHOLDER'S
PARTICULAR  TAX  SITUATION.  PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS  SHOULD  CONSULT  THEIR TAX
ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP
AND  DISPOSITION  OF REMIC  SECURITIES,  GRANTOR TRUST  SECURITIES,  PARTNERSHIP
SECURITIES  AND DEBT  SECURITIES,  INCLUDING THE TAX  CONSEQUENCES  UNDER STATE,
LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL
OR OTHER TAX LAWS.


                                     -155-


<PAGE>

                        STATE AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES

   In addition  to the federal  income tax  consequences  described  in "Federal
Income Tax Consequences" in this prospectus, potential investors should consider
the  state  and  local  tax  consequences  of the  acquisition,  ownership,  and
disposition of the securities  offered under this prospectus.  State tax law may
differ substantially from the corresponding  federal tax law, and the discussion
above does not  purport to  describe  any aspect of the tax laws of any state or
other jurisdiction.  Therefore,  prospective  investors should consult their own
tax advisors with respect to the various tax  consequences of investments in the
securities offered under this prospectus.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

   Title I of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code impose certain  requirements on
Plans and on persons  who are  fiduciaries  with  respect to the Plans.  Certain
employee benefit plans,  such as governmental  plans as defined in Section 3(32)
of ERISA,  and, if no election has been made under  Section  410(d) of the Code,
church plans as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA,  are not subject to the ERISA
requirements discussed in this prospectus.  Accordingly, assets of the plans may
be invested in securities without regard to the ERISA  considerations  described
below, subject to the provisions of applicable federal, state and local law. Any
plan which is  qualified  and exempt from  taxation  under  Sections  401(a) and
501(a) of the Code, however, is subject to the prohibited  transaction rules set
forth in Section 503 of the Code.

   In addition to the imposition of general  fiduciary  requirements,  including
those of investment  prudence and  diversification  and the  requirement  that a
Plan's  investment be made in accordance with the documents  governing the Plan,
Section 406(a) of ERISA and Section 4975(c)(1)(A),  (B), (C) and (D) of the Code
prohibit a broad range of  transactions  involving  assets of a Plan and persons
who have certain  specified  relationships  to the Plan.  In  addition,  Section
406(b) of ERISA and Section  4975(c)(1)(E)  and (F) of the Code  impose  certain
prohibitions  on Parties in Interest  who are  fiduciaries  with  respect to the
Plan.  Certain Parties in Interest that participate in a prohibited  transaction
may be subject to a penalty  imposed under Section  502(i) of ERISA or an excise
tax  pursuant to Sections  4975(a)  and (b) of the Code,  unless a statutory  or
administrative exemption is available.

   Certain  transactions  involving  a trust fund might be deemed to  constitute
prohibited transactions under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code with respect to
a Plan that purchases  securities if the residential  loans,  agency securities,
mortgage securities and other assets included in the trust fund are deemed to be
assets of the Plan. The U.S. Department of Labor has promulgated  regulations at
29 C.F.R.  ss.  2510.3-101  defining  the term "plan  assets"  for  purposes  of
applying  the  general  fiduciary  responsibility  provisions  of ERISA  and the
prohibited   transaction   provisions  of  ERISA  and  the  Code.   Under  these
regulations,  generally,  when a Plan  acquires an equity  interest in an entity
such as a trust fund. The Plan's assets include the investment in the entity and
an undivided  interest in each of the  underlying  assets of the entity,  unless
certain exceptions not applicable here apply, or unless the equity participation
in the entity by "Benefit Plan Investors" is not significant.  For this purpose,
in general, equity participation is considered  "significant" on any date if 25%
or more of the value of any class of equity  interests is held by "Benefit  Plan
Investors."  "Benefit Plan  Investors"  include Plans,  as well as any "employee
benefit  plan," as  defined in Section  3(3) of ERISA,  which is not  subject to
Title I of ERISA,  such as  governmental  plans,  as defined in Section 3(32) of
ERISA,  and church plans,  as


                                     -156-


<PAGE>

defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA, which have not made an election under Section
410(d) of the Code, and any entity whose  underlying  assets include plan assets
by reason of a Plan's investment in the entity. Because of the factual nature of
certain of the rules set forth in these  regulations,  neither Plans nor persons
investing  plan  assets  should  acquire or hold  securities  in reliance ON the
availability of any exception under the regulations.

   In addition,  the regulations  provide that the term "equity  interest" means
any  interest  in an  entity  other  than an  instrument  which  is  treated  as
indebtedness  under  applicable  local law and which has no "substantial  equity
features." If notes of a particular  series are deemed to be indebtedness  under
applicable  local law without any  substantial  equity  features,  an  investing
Plan's assets would include notes of this type,  but would not, by reason of the
purchase,  include the  underlying  assets of the related  trust fund.  However,
without  regard to whether notes of this type are treated as an equity  interest
for these  purposes,  the purchase or holding of notes by or on behalf of a Plan
could  be  considered  to  result  in a  prohibited  transaction.  A  prohibited
transaction may result if the Issuer, the holder of an Equity Certificate or any
of their respective affiliates is or becomes a Party in Interest with respect to
the Plan, or if the depositor,  the master  servicer,  any  sub-servicer  or any
trustee has investment authority with respect to the assets of the Plan.

   Any  person  who  has  discretionary  authority  or  control  respecting  the
management or disposition of plan assets, and any person who provides investment
advice with  respect to the assets for a fee, is a  fiduciary  of the  investing
Plan. If the residential loans, agency securities, mortgage securities and other
assets  included  in a  trust  fund  constitute  plan  assets,  then  any  party
exercising  management or discretionary  control regarding those assets, such as
the master servicer or any sub-servicer,  may be deemed to be a Plan "fiduciary"
subject to the fiduciary  requirements  of ERISA and the prohibited  transaction
provisions  of  ERISA  and the Code  with  respect  to the  investing  Plan.  In
addition,  if the assets included in a trust fund  constitute  plan assets,  the
purchase or holding of  securities  by a Plan,  as well as the  operation of the
related trust fund,  may  constitute or involve a prohibited  transaction  under
ERISA and the Code.

   Some of the  transactions  involving  the  securities  that  might  otherwise
constitute  prohibited  transactions  under ERISA or the Code might  qualify for
relief  from the  prohibited  transaction  rules  under  certain  administrative
exemptions,  which may be  individual  or class  exemptions.  The United  States
Department  of Labor  issued an  individual  exemption,  Prohibited  Transaction
Exemption 90-36, referred to as the "Exemption," on June 25, 1990 to PaineWebber
Incorporated.  The  Exemption  generally  exempts  from the  application  of the
prohibited  transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA, and the excise taxes
and civil penalties imposed on the prohibited  transactions  pursuant to Section
4975(a) and (b) of the Code and Section 502(i) of ERISA,  certain  transactions,
among others,  relating to the servicing and operation of mortgage pools and the
purchase, sale and holding of pass-through certificates,  such as a senior class
of  certificates,   underwritten  by  an  underwriter,   provided  that  certain
conditions  set forth in the  Exemption  are  satisfied.  For  purposes  of this
Section "ERISA Considerations," the term "underwriter" shall include:

   (1) PaineWebber Incorporated,

   (2) any person  directly or indirectly,  through one or more  intermediaries,
controlling, controlled by or under common control with PaineWebber Incorporated
and


                                     -157-


<PAGE>

   (3) any member of the  underwriting  syndicate  or  selling  group of which a
person  described  in (a) or (b) is a manager or  co-manager  with  respect to a
class of certificates.

   The Exemption sets forth six general conditions which must be satisfied for a
transaction  involving  the  purchase,  sale and holding of  certificates  to be
eligible for exemptive relief under the Exemption:

   (1) the  acquisition of  certificates  by a Plan must be on terms that are at
least as favorable to the Plan as they would be in an  arm's-length  transaction
with an unrelated party;

   (2)  the  Exemption  only  applies  to  certificates  evidencing  rights  and
interests not  subordinated  to the rights and interests  evidenced by the other
certificates of the same series;

   (3) the  certificates at the time of acquisition by the Plan must be rated in
one of the three highest generic rating  categories by Standard & Poor's Ratings
Services, Moody's Investors Service, Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit
Rating Co. or Fitch IBCA, Inc.;

   (4) the trustee cannot be an affiliate of any other member of the "restricted
group." The "restricted group" consists of any underwriter,  the depositor,  the
trustee,  the master servicer,  any sub-servicer,  the obligor on credit support
and any borrower with respect to assets of the trust fund constituting more than
5% of the  aggregate  unamortized  principal  balance of the assets of the trust
fund in the  related  trust  fund  as of the  date of  initial  issuance  of the
certificates;

   (5) (a) the sum of all payments  made to and  retained by the  underwriter(s)
must  represent  not more than  reasonable  compensation  for  underwriting  the
certificates;

      (b) the sum of all payments made to and retained by the depositor pursuant
   to the  assignment  of the assets of the trust fund to the related trust fund
   must represent not more than the fair market value of those obligations; and

      (c) the sum of all payments  made to and  retained by the master  servicer
   and any sub-servicer must represent not more than reasonable compensation for
   that person's services and reimbursement of that person's reasonable expenses
   in connection with those services;

   (6) the  investing  Plan must be an  accredited  investor  as defined in Rule
501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

   The  Exemption   also  requires  that  the  trust  fund  meet  the  following
requirements:

   (1) the trust fund must  consist  solely of assets of the type that have been
included in other investment pools;

   (2)  certificates  evidencing  interests in such other  investment pools must
have been  rated in one of the three  highest  categories  of one of  Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services,  Moody's Investors Service,  Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit
Rating Co. or Fitch IBCA, Inc. for at least one year prior to the acquisition of
certificates by or on behalf of a Plan or with plan assets; and

   (3)  certificates  evidencing  interests in those other investment pools must
have been purchased by investors other than Plans for at least one year prior to
any acquisition of certificates by or on behalf of a Plan or with plan assets.

   A fiduciary of a Plan  contemplating  purchasing a certificate  must make its
own determination  that the general conditions set forth above will be satisfied
with respect to its


                                     -158-


<PAGE>

certificate.  However,  to the extent that  certificates  are  subordinate,  the
Exemption will not apply to an investment by a Plan. In addition,  the Exemption
will not apply to an investment by a Plan during a Funding Period unless certain
additional  conditions  specified  in  the  related  prospectus  supplement  are
satisfied.  Furthermore, any certificates representing a beneficial ownership in
unsecured obligations will not satisfy the general conditions of the Exemption.

   If the general  conditions of the Exemption are satisfied,  the Exemption may
provide an exemption from the restrictions imposed by Sections 406(a) and 407(a)
of ERISA, as well as the excise taxes imposed by Sections 4975(a) and (b) of the
Code by reason of Section  4975(c) of the Code, in connection with the direct or
indirect sale, exchange, transfer, holding or the direct or indirect acquisition
or disposition in the secondary  market of  certificates by Plans.  However,  no
exemption is provided from the restrictions of Sections 406(a)(1)(E),  406(a)(2)
and 407 of ERISA for the acquisition or holding of a certificate on behalf of an
"Excluded  Plan"  by any  person  who has  discretionary  authority  or  renders
investment  advice  with  respect  to the  assets of the  "Excluded  Plan."  For
purposes of the certificates, an Excluded Plan is a Plan sponsored by any member
of the Restricted Group.

   If certain  specific  conditions  of the Exemption  are also  satisfied,  the
Exemption  may provide an exemption  from the  restrictions  imposed by Sections
406(b)(1) and (b)(2) of ERISA and the taxes imposed by Section  4975(c)(1)(E) of
the Code in connection with:

   (1) the direct or indirect sale,  exchange or transfer of certificates in the
initial  issuance of  certificates  between  PaineWebber or an underwriter and a
Plan when the  person who has  discretionary  authority  or  renders  investment
advice with respect to the investment of Plan assets in the certificates is

      (a) a borrower with  respect to 5% or less of the fair market value of the
          assets of the trust fund or

      (b) an affiliate of that person,

   (2) the direct or indirect acquisition or disposition in the secondary market
of certificates by a Plan and

   (3) the holding of certificates by a Plan.

   Further, if certain specific  conditions of the Exemption are satisfied,  the
Exemption  may provide an exemption  from the  restrictions  imposed by Sections
406(a),  406(b) and 407(a) of ERISA,  and the taxes imposed by Sections  4975(a)
and (b) of the Code by reason of Section 4975(c) of the Code for transactions in
connection  with the  servicing,  management  and operation of the related trust
fund.  The  depositor  expects that the  specific  conditions  of the  Exemption
required for this purpose  will be satisfied  with respect to the  certificates.
Satisfaction   of  these   conditions   would  provide  an  exemption  from  the
restrictions  imposed by Sections 406(a) and (b) of ERISA, as well as the excise
taxes  imposed  by  Sections  4975(a)  and (b) of the Code by reason of  Section
4975(c)  of the  Code,  for  transactions  in  connection  with  the  servicing,
management  and operation of the related  trust fund,  provided that the general
conditions of the Exemption are satisfied.

   The Exemption also may provide an exemption from the restrictions  imposed by
Sections 406(a) and 407(a) of ERISA,  and the taxes imposed by Sections  4975(a)
and (b) of the Code by reason of Section 4975(c) of the Code if the restrictions
are deemed to otherwise apply merely


                                     -159-


<PAGE>

   (1) because a person is deemed to be a Party in Interest  with  respect to an
investing Plan,

   (2)   by virtue of providing services to the Plan, or

   (3) by virtue of having certain  specified  relationships to a person of that
type, solely as a result of the Plan's ownership of certificates.

   Before purchasing a certificate, a fiduciary of a Plan should itself confirm:

   (1) that the certificates constitute "certificates" for purposes of the
Exemption and

   (2)  that  the  specific  and  general   conditions   and  other   applicable
requirements  set forth in the  Exemption  would be  satisfied.  In  addition to
making its own  determination  as to the  availability  of the exemptive  relief
provided  in the  Exemption,  the Plan  fiduciary  should  consider  its general
fiduciary  obligations  under  ERISA in  determining  whether  to  purchase  any
certificates on behalf of a Plan.

   In addition to the  Exemption,  a Plan fiduciary or other investor using plan
assets should consider the availability of certain class  exemptions  granted by
the U.S.  Department of Labor.  These class  exemptions  may provide relief from
certain of the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the related excise
tax provisions of the Code, including

   (1) PTCE 83-1,  regarding  transactions  involving  mortgage pool  investment
trusts;

   (2) PTCE 84-14, regarding transactions effected by a "qualified  professional
asset manager";

   (3) PTCE 90-1,  regarding  transactions by insurance  company pooled separate
accounts;

   (4) PTCE 91-38, regarding investments by bank collective investment funds;

   (5) PTCE 95-60, regarding transactions by insurance company general accounts;
and

   (6)  PTCE  96-23,  regarding  transactions  effected  by an  "in-house  asset
manager."

   In addition to any exemption  that may be available  under PTCE 95-60 for the
purchase,  sale and holding of the  securities by an insurance  company  general
account,  the Small  Business  Job  Protection  Act of 1996 added a new  Section
401(c) to ERISA.  This new section  provides  certain  exemptive relief from the
provisions of Part 4 of Title I of ERISA,  including the prohibited  transaction
provisions, and Section 4975 of the Code for transactions involving an insurance
company  general  account.  Pursuant  to  Section  401(c)  of  ERISA,  the  U.S.
Department  of Labor was  required  to issue  final  regulations  no later  than
December  31,  1997.  These final  regulations  are to provide  guidance for the
purpose of  determining,  in cases  where  insurance  policies  supported  by an
insurer's  general  account  are  issued to or for the  benefit  of a Plan on or
before December 31, 1998,  which general account assets  constitute plan assets.
Section  401(c) of ERISA  generally  provides  that,  until the date which is 18
months after the 401(c)  regulations become final, no person shall be subject to
liability  under Part 4 of Title I of ERISA and Section  4975 of the Code on the
basis  of a claim  that the  assets  of an  insurance  company  general  account
constitute plan assets, unless:

   (1) as otherwise provided by the Secretary of Labor in the 401(c) regulations
to prevent avoidance of the regulations or

   (2) an action is brought by the  Secretary  of Labor for certain  breaches of
fiduciary  duty which  would also  constitute  a  violation  of federal or state
criminal law.


                                     -160-


<PAGE>

Any assets of an insurance  company  general  account  which  support  insurance
policies  issued  to a Plan  after  December  31,  1998 or issued to Plans on or
before  December 31, 1998 for which the  insurance  company does not comply with
the 401(c)  regulations  may be treated as plan  assets.  In  addition,  because
Section 401(c) does not relate to insurance company separate accounts,  separate
account  assets are still  treated as plan  assets of any Plan  invested  in the
separate account.  Insurance  companies  contemplating the investment of general
account  assets in the  securities  should consult with their legal counsel with
respect to the  applicability of Section 401(c) of ERISA,  including the general
account's  ability to continue to hold the securities after the date which is 18
months after the date the 401(c)  regulations  become  final.  The United States
Department of Labor proposed the regulations on December 22, 1997, but they have
not yet been finalized.

   Any plan  fiduciary  which  proposes to cause a Plan to  purchase  securities
should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential  applicability  of
ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code to that  investment and the  availability  of
the Exemption or any class  exemption in  connection  with that  investment.  We
cannot assure you that the Exemption or any other  individual or class exemption
will apply with respect to any particular Plan that acquires or holds securities
or, even if all of the conditions  specified in the Exemption or class exemption
were satisfied, that the exemption would apply to all transactions involving the
trust fund. The prospectus supplement with respect to a series of securities may
contain additional information regarding the application of the Exemption or any
other exemption with respect to the securities offered.

                                LEGAL INVESTMENT

   The prospectus  supplement relating to each series of securities will specify
which, if any, of the classes of securities offered constitute "mortgage related
securities"  for  purposes  of SMMEA.  Any class of  securities  offered by this
prospectus and by the related prospectus  supplement that is not initially rated
in one of the two highest  rating  categories  by at least one rating  agency or
that  represents  an interest in a trust fund that includes  junior  residential
loans will not constitute  "mortgage related  securities" for purposes of SMMEA.
The appropriate characterization of those securities not qualifying as "mortgage
related securities" -- "non-SMMEA  securities" -- under various legal investment
restrictions, and thus the ability of investors subject to these restrictions to
purchase  these   securities,   may  be  subject  to  significant   interpretive
uncertainties.  Accordingly,  investors whose investment authority is subject to
legal restrictions  should consult their own legal advisors to determine whether
and to what extent the non-SMMEA  securities  constitute  legal  investments for
them.

   Classes of  securities  qualifying  as  "mortgage  related  securities"  will
constitute legal investments for persons,  trusts,  corporations,  partnerships,
associations,  business trusts and business entities, including, but not limited
to,

   (1)   state-chartered savings banks,

   (2) commercial banks, savings and loan associations and insurance companies,

   (3) as well as trustees and state  government  employee  retirement  systems,
created  pursuant to or existing  under the laws of the United  States or of any
state,  including  the District of Columbia and Puerto  Rico,  whose  authorized
investments  are  subject to state  regulation  to the same extent  that,  under
applicable law, obligations issued by or guaranteed as to principal and


                                     -161-


<PAGE>

interest  by  the  United States or  any agency or instrumentality of the United
States constitute legal investments for these types of entities.

Pursuant  to SMMEA,  a number of states  enacted  legislation,  on or before the
October 3, 1991  cutoff for these  legislative  enactments,  limiting to varying
extents the ability of certain entities, in particular,  insurance companies, to
invest in "mortgage  related  securities"  secured by liens on  residential,  or
mixed  residential  and  commercial  properties,  in most cases by requiring the
affected  investors  to rely  solely  ON  existing  state  law,  and not  SMMEA.
Accordingly,  the  investors  affected  by  this  type  of  legislation  will be
authorized to invest in securities  qualifying as "mortgage related  securities"
only to the extent provided in the legislation.

   SMMEA also  amended the legal  investment  authority  of  federally-chartered
depository institutions as follows:

   (1) federal  savings and loan  associations  and  federal  savings  banks may
invest in, sell or  otherwise  deal in  "mortgage  related  securities"  without
limitation as to the percentage of their assets  represented by these  "mortgage
related securities", federal credit unions may invest in these "mortgage related
securities", and

   (2) national banks may purchase these "mortgage related securities" for their
own account without regard to the limitations generally applicable to investment
securities set forth in 12 U.S.C. ss. 24 (Seventh),

subject in each case to regulations the applicable federal regulatory  authority
may prescribe. In this connection, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
amended 12 C.F.R.  Part 1 to authorize  national  banks to purchase and sell for
their own account,  without  limitation as to a percentage of the bank's capital
and surplus (but subject to  compliance  with  certain  general  standards in 12
C.F.R.  ss. 1.5  concerning  "safety  and  soundness"  and  retention  of credit
information),  certain "Type IV securities,"  defined in 12 C.F.R. ss. 1.2(l) to
include  certain  "residential  mortgage-related  securities."  As  so  defined,
"residential  mortgage-related  security"  means,  in relevant  part,  "mortgage
related  security"  within  the  meaning of SMMEA.  The  National  Credit  Union
Administration  has adopted rules,  codified at 12 C.F.R. Part 703, which permit
federal credit unions to invest in "mortgage  related  securities" under certain
limited  circumstances,  other than stripped  mortgage  related  securities  and
residual interests in mortgage related  securities,  unless the credit union has
obtained  written  approval  from the National  Credit Union  Administration  to
participate  in the  "investment  pilot  program"  described  in 12  C.F.R.  ss.
703.140.  The  Office of Thrift  Supervision  has  issued  Thrift  Bulletin  13a
(December 1, 1998), "Management of Interest Rate Risk, Investment Securities and
Derivatives  Activities," which thrift institutions  subject to the jurisdiction
of the Office of Thrift  Supervision  should  consider  before  investing in the
securities.

   All  depository  institutions  considering  an investment  in the  securities
should review the  "Supervisory  Policy  Statement on Investment  Securities and
End-User  Derivatives  Activities"  -- the  "1998  policy  statement"  -- of the
Federal Financial  Institutions  Examination Council,  which has been adopted by
the Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System,  the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation,  the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift
Supervision   effective  May  26,  1998,  and  by  the  National   Credit  Union
Administration,  effective October 1, 1998. The 1998 policy statement sets forth
general guidelines which depository  institutions must follow in managing risks,
including market, credit, liquidity, operational (transaction), and legal risks,
applicable to all securities,  including  mortgage  pass-through  securities and
mortgage-


                                     -162-


<PAGE>

derivative products, used for investment purposes. Institutions whose investment
activities  are subject to  regulation  by federal or state  authorities  should
review rules,  policies and guidelines  adopted from time to time by federal and
state  authorities  before  purchasing  any  securities.   A  review  should  be
conducted, as certain series or classes may be deemed unsuitable investments, or
may otherwise be  restricted,  under these rules,  policies or guidelines and in
certain instances irrespective of SMMEA.

   The foregoing does not take into consideration the applicability of statutes,
rules,  regulations,   orders,  guidelines  or  agreements  generally  governing
investments made by a particular investor, including, but not limited to,

    (1) "prudent investor" provisions,

    (2) percentage-of-assets limits,

    (3) provisions which may restrict or prohibit investment in securities which
        are not "interest bearing" or "income paying," and,

    (4) with regard to any  securities  issued in  book-entry  form,  provisions
        which may  restrict  or prohibit  investments  in  securities  which are
        issued in book-entry form.

   Except as to the status of certain classes of securities as "mortgage related
securities," no representation is made as to the proper  characterization of the
securities  for legal  investment  purposes,  financial  institution  regulatory
purposes,  or other  purposes,  or as to the ability of particular  investors to
purchase  securities  under  applicable  legal  investment   restrictions.   The
uncertainties   described  above,  and  any  unfavorable  future  determinations
concerning legal investment or financial institution regulatory  characteristics
of the securities, may adversely affect the liquidity of the securities.

   Accordingly,  all investors whose investment  activities are subject to legal
investment laws and regulations,  regulatory  capital  requirements or review by
regulatory authorities should consult their own legal advisors in determining

    (1) whether and to what extent the securities  constitute legal  investments
        or are subject to investment, capital or other restrictions and,

    (2) if  applicable,  whether SMMEA has been  overridden in any  jurisdiction
        relevant to the investor.

                              PLANS OF DISTRIBUTION

   The  securities  offered by this  prospectus  and by the  supplements to this
prospectus will be offered in series.  The distribution of the securities may be
effected  from time to time in one or more  transactions,  including  negotiated
transactions,  at a fixed  public  offering  price or at  varying  prices  to be
determined  at the time of sale or at the  time of  commitment  for a sale.  The
related  prospectus  supplement  will  specify  whether the  securities  will be
distributed  in a  firm  commitment  underwriting,  subject  to  the  terms  and
conditions of the underwriting agreement, by PaineWebber  Incorporated acting as
underwriter with other underwriters,  if any, named in the related  underwriting
agreement.  If it is a firm  commitment  underwriting,  the  related  prospectus
supplement may also specify that the  underwriters  will not be obligated to pay
for any  securities  agreed to be purchased by  purchasers  pursuant to purchase
agreements  acceptable  to the  depositor.  In  connection  with the sale of the
securities,  underwriters  may receive  compensation


                                     -163-


<PAGE>

from  the  depositor  or  from  purchasers  of the  securities  in the  form  of
discounts,  concessions or commissions.  The related prospectus  supplement will
describe any compensation paid by the depositor to the underwriters.

   Alternatively,  the  related  prospectus  supplement  may  specify  that  the
securities  will be distributed by PaineWebber  acting as agent or in some cases
as principal  with respect to securities  which it has  previously  purchased or
agreed to  purchase.  If  PaineWebber  acts as agent in the sale of  securities,
PaineWebber  will  receive a selling  commission  with respect to each series of
securities,  depending on market  conditions,  expressed as a percentage  of the
aggregate  principal balance of the related  residential loans as of the Cut-Off
Date. The exact  percentage  for each series of securities  will be disclosed in
the related  prospectus  supplement.  To the extent that  PaineWebber  elects to
purchase  securities as  principal,  PaineWebber  may realize  losses or profits
based ON the  difference  between its purchase  price and the sales  price.  The
prospectus  supplement  with  respect to any series  offered  other than through
underwriters will contain  information  regarding the nature of the offering and
any  agreements  to be entered  into between the  depositor  and  purchasers  of
securities of the related series.

   The depositor will indemnify  PaineWebber  Incorporated  and any underwriters
against certain civil  liabilities,  including  liabilities under the Securities
Act of 1933, or will contribute to payments PaineWebber and any underwriters may
be required to make in respect of any liability.

   The related  prospectus  supplement  relating to  securities  of a particular
series  offered by this  prospectus  will specify  whether the  depositor or any
other person or persons specified in the prospectus supplement may purchase some
or all of the securities from the underwriter or underwriters or other person or
persons  specified  in  the  related  prospectus  supplement.  A  purchaser  may
thereafter from time to time offer and sell, pursuant to this prospectus and the
related  prospectus  supplement,  some or all of the  securities  so  purchased,
directly,  through one or more  underwriters to be designated at the time of the
offering of these  securities,  through dealers acting as agent and/or principal
or in any other manner as may be specified in the related prospectus supplement.
The related  offering may be restricted  in the manner  specified in the related
prospectus supplement. The related transactions may be effected at market prices
prevailing  at the time of sale, at  negotiated  prices or at fixed prices.  Any
underwriters  and  dealers  participating  in the  purchaser's  offering  of the
related  securities  may  receive  compensation  in  the  form  of  underwriting
discounts or  commissions  from a purchaser and dealers may receive  commissions
from the investors  purchasing  the related  securities for whom they may act as
agent.  The discounts or  commissions  will not exceed those  customary in those
types of transactions involved. Any dealer that participates in the distribution
of the  related  securities  may be deemed  to be an  "underwriter"  within  the
meaning of the Securities Act of 1933. Any commissions and discounts received by
a dealer and any profit on the resale or the  securities by that dealer might be
deemed to be underwriting  discounts and commissions under the Securities Act of
1933.

   In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  PaineWebber  Incorporated  and  the
depositor,  or their affiliates,  may engage in various securities and financing
transactions.  These financing  transactions  include  repurchase  agreements to
provide interim financing of the depositor's  residential loans pending the sale
of  residential  loans  or  interests  in  residential   loans,   including  the
securities.


                                     -164-


<PAGE>

   The  depositor  anticipates  that the  securities  will be sold  primarily to
institutional  investors.  Purchasers of  securities,  including  dealers,  may,
depending on the facts and circumstances of the related purchases,  be deemed to
be "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection
with  reoffers and sales by them of  securities.  Holders of  securities  should
consult with their legal advisors in this regard prior to any reoffer or sale.

   As to each series of securities,  only those classes rated in one of the four
highest  rating  categories  by any  rating  agency  will  be  offered  by  this
prospectus.  Any unrated class may be initially  retained by the depositor,  and
may be sold by the depositor at any time to one or more institutional investors.

              INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

   With respect to each series of securities  offered by this prospectus,  there
are incorporated in this prospectus and in the related prospectus  supplement by
reference all documents and reports filed or caused to be filed by the depositor
pursuant to Section 13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934,  prior  to the  termination  of the  offering  of the  related  series  of
securities,  that relate  specifically to the related series of securities.  The
depositor will provide or cause to be provided  without charge to each person to
whom this  prospectus  and a  related  prospectus  supplement  is  delivered  in
connection with the offering of one or more classes of series of securities,  if
written  or oral  request of any  person is made,  a copy of any or all  reports
incorporated in this prospectus by reference.  The depositor will be required to
provide  these  reports  only to the  extent  reports  relate  to one or more of
classes of the related  series of  securities,  other than the exhibits to these
documents,  unless these exhibits are specifically  incorporated by reference in
these documents.  Requests should be directed in writing to PaineWebber Mortgage
Acceptance  Corporation  IV, 1285  Avenue of the  Americas,  New York,  New York
10019, Attention: General Counsel, or by telephone at (212) 713-2000.

   The depositor filed a registration  statement relating to the securities with
the  SEC.  This  prospectus  is  part  of the  registration  statement,  but the
registration statement includes additional information.

   Copies  of  the  registration  statement  may be  obtained  from  the  Public
Reference Section of the Commission,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, if payment of the
prescribed  charges  is made,  or may be  examined  free of  charge at the SEC's
offices,  450 Fifth  Street  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549 or at the  regional
offices of the Commission located at Suite 1300, 7 World Trade Center, New York,
New York  10048  and Suite  1400,  Citicorp  Center,  500 West  Madison  Street,
Chicago,  Illinois  60661-2511.  The SEC also maintains a site on the World Wide
Web at  "http://www.sec.gov"  at  which  you can  view and  download  copies  of
reports,   proxy  and  information   statements  and  other   information  filed
electronically through the Electronic Data Gathering,  Analysis and Retrieval --
EDGAR -- system. The depositor filed the registration  statement,  including all
exhibits to the registration  statement,  through the EDGAR system and therefore
these materials  should be available by logging onto the SEC's Web site. The SEC
maintains computer terminals providing access to the EDGAR system at each of the
offices referred to above.


                                     -165-


<PAGE>

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

   The  validity of the  securities  and certain  federal  income tax matters in
connection  with  the  securities  will  be  passed  on  for  the  depositor  by
Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft, New York, New York.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   A new trust fund will be formed with respect to each series of securities and
no trust  fund will  engage in any  business  activities  or have any  assets or
obligations  prior  to  the  issuance  of  the  related  series  of  securities.
Accordingly,  no  financial  statements  with  respect to any trust fund will be
included in this prospectus or in the related prospectus supplement.

                                     RATING

   It will be a  condition  to the  issuance  of the  securities  of each series
offered by this  prospectus and by the related  prospectus  supplement that they
shall  have  been  rated in one of the four  highest  rating  categories  by the
nationally  recognized  statistical  rating agency or agencies  specified in the
related prospectus supplement.

   Any rating would be based on, among other  things,  the adequacy of the value
of the assets of the trust fund and any credit  enhancement  with respect to the
related class. A rating will reflect the specified  Rating  Agency's  assessment
solely of the  likelihood  that holders of a class of  securities of the related
class will receive payments to which holders of securities are entitled by their
terms. The rating will not constitute

   (1)   an  assessment of the  likelihood  that  principal  prepayments  on the
         related residential loans will be made,

   (2)   the degree  to which  the rate of  prepayments  might differ from  that
         originally anticipated or

   (3)   the  likelihood   of  early  optional  termination  of  the  series  of
         securities.  The  rating  should  not  be  deemed  a  recommendation to
         purchase,  hold  or  sell securities,  inasmuch  as it does not address
         market price or  suitability for a particular investor.

The rating will not address the  possibility  that prepayment at higher or lower
rates than  anticipated  by an investor may cause the  investor to  experience a
lower than  anticipated  yield.  The rating  will not  address  that an investor
purchasing a security at a significant  premium might fail to recoup its initial
investment under certain prepayment scenarios.

   We cannot  assure  you that any  rating  will  remain in effect for any given
period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the rating
agency in the future if in its judgment  circumstances in the future so warrant.
A rating may be lowered or  withdrawn  due to any erosion in the adequacy of the
value of the assets of the trust fund or any credit  enhancement with respect to
a series.  The rating  might also be lowered or withdrawn  among other  reasons,
because of an adverse  change in the  financial  or other  condition of a credit
enhancement  provider  or a  change  in the  rating  of the  credit  enhancement
provider's long term debt.

   The amount, type and nature of credit enhancement,  if any,  established with
respect to a series of  securities  will be  determined on the basis of criteria
established  by each rating agency rating classes of the related  series.  These
criteria  are  sometimes  based on an  actuarial  analysis  of


                                     -166-


<PAGE>

the behavior of mortgage  loans in a larger  group.  The  foregoing  analysis is
often the basis on which  each  rating  agency  determines  the amount of credit
enhancement  required with respect to each class.  We cannot assure you that the
historical data supporting any actuarial analysis will accurately reflect future
experience. In addition, we cannot assure you that the data derived from a large
pool of mortgage loans accurately predicts the delinquency,  foreclosure or loss
experience of any  particular  pool of residential  loans.  We cannot assure you
that values of any residential  properties have remained or will remain at their
levels on the respective dates of origination of the related residential loans.

   If the residential  real estate markets should  experience an overall decline
in property  values and the  outstanding  principal  balances of the residential
loans in a  particular  trust fund and any  secondary  financing  on the related
residential  properties  become  equal  to or  greater  than  the  value  of the
residential  properties,  the rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and losses
could be higher than those now  generally  experienced  in the mortgage  lending
industry. In addition, adverse economic conditions,  which may or may not affect
real property  values,  may affect the timely  payment by borrowers of scheduled
payments of principal and interest on the residential  loans.  Accordingly,  the
rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures and losses with respect to any trust fund
may be  affected.  To the  extent  that these  losses are not  covered by credit
enhancement, these losses will be borne, at least in part, by the holders of one
or more classes of the security of the related series.


                                     -167-


<PAGE>

                                GLOSSARY OF TERMS

   "ACCRUAL  SECURITIES"  are one or more classes of securities  with respect to
which accrued  interest will not be distributed  but rather will be added to the
security  principal  balance of the securities on each distribution date for the
period described in the related prospectus supplement.

   "ACCRUED  SECURITY  INTEREST" is the interest  accruing  with respect to each
class of securities  related to a series,  in an amount equal to interest on the
outstanding  security  principal  balance,  or notional  amount with  respect to
interest-only  securities,  immediately  prior to the distribution  date, at the
applicable  security  interest rate, for a period of time  corresponding  to the
intervals between the distribution dates for the series.

   "AVAILABLE  DISTRIBUTION  AMOUNT" is the amount which will be  available  for
distribution on the securities of each series on each  distribution  date as may
be specified in the related prospectus supplement and generally includes:

      (1) the total amount of all cash on deposit in the related  Trust  Account
   as of a determination  date specified in the related  prospectus  supplement,
   exclusive of amounts payable on future distribution dates and amounts payable
   to the master servicer, any applicable  sub-servicer,  the trustee or another
   person as expenses of the trust fund;

      (2) any  principal  and/or  interest  advances  made with respect to the
   distribution date, if applicable;

      (3) any principal and/or interest payments made by the master servicer out
   of its  servicing  fee in  respect  of  interest  shortfalls  resulting  from
   principal prepayments, if applicable; and

      (4) all net  income  received  in  connection  with the  operation  of any
   residential  property acquired on behalf of the holders of securities through
   deed in lieu of foreclosure or repossession, if applicable.

   "AVAILABLE SUBORDINATION AMOUNT" is an amount equal to the difference
between

   (1) the  applicable  percentage  amount of the  aggregate  initial  principal
balance of the  residential  loans in the related trust fund as specified in the
related prospectus supplement and

   (2) the  amounts  paid to the holders of senior  securities  that but for the
subordination  provisions  would have been payable to the holders of subordinate
securities.

   "BANKRUPTCY BOND" is a bond insuring residential loans which covers

      (1) certain losses resulting from

         (a) an extension of the maturity of a residential loan, or

         (b) a reduction by the bankruptcy court of the principal balance of
      or the interest rate on a residential loan, and

      (2) the unpaid interest on the amount of a principal  reduction during the
   pendency of a proceeding  under the United States  Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C.
   Sections 101 et seq.


                                     -168-


<PAGE>

   "BUYDOWN FUNDS" are funds paid on the related Buydown Loans.

   "BUYDOWN LOANS" are residential loans subject to temporary buydown plans. The
monthly  payments  made by the  borrower in the early years of the Buydown  Loan
will be less than the  scheduled  payments on the Buydown Loan.  Generally,  the
borrower  under a Buydown Loan will be eligible for a reduced  interest  rate on
the loan.

   "CASH FLOW VALUE" is the security  principal balance of the securities of the
related  series which,  based on certain  assumptions,  including the assumption
that no defaults  occur on the assets of the trust  fund,  can be  supported  by
either:

      (1) the future  scheduled  payments on the assets of the trust fund,  with
   the interest on the assets adjusted to the Net Interest Rate;

      (2) the  proceeds  of the  prepayment  of the  assets of the  trust  fund,
   together with reinvestment  earnings on the assets of the trust fund, if any,
   at the applicable Assumed Reinvestment Rate; or

      (3)  amounts  available  to be  withdrawn  from any  Reserve  Fund for the
   series, as further specified in the related prospectus supplement relating to
   a series of securities.

   "CERCLA" is the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act, as amended.

   "COLLATERAL VALUE" is

   (1) with respect to a residential property or cooperative unit, it is the
lesser of:

        (a) the  appraised  value  determined  in an  appraisal  obtained by the
    originator at origination of the loan; and

        (b) the sales price of the property.

   (2) with respect to residential property securing a Refinance Loan, it is the
appraised  value  of the  residential  property  determined  at the  time of the
origination of the Refinance Loan.

   "CONSERVATION  ACT" is the Asset  Conservation,  Lender Liability and Deposit
Insurance Act of 1996, as amended.

   "CODE" is  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

   "COOPERATIVE" is a private  cooperative  housing  corporation,  the shares of
which secure Cooperative Loans.

   "COOPERATIVE  LOANS" are loans  secured  primarily by shares in a Cooperative
which with the related  proprietary lease or occupancy agreement give the owners
the right to occupy a particular dwelling unit in the Cooperative.

   "CUT-OFF  DATE" is the date  specified in the related  prospectus  supplement
which  generally   represents  the  first  date  after  which  payments  on  the
residential loans in a pool will begin to be paid to the trust.


                                     -169-


<PAGE>

   "DEBT   SECURITIES"  are  securities   which  represent   indebtedness  of  a
Partnership Trust Fund for federal income tax purposes.

   "DEPOSIT PERIOD" is the period specified in the related prospectus supplement
which is generally the period  commencing on the day following the determination
date  immediately  preceding  the related  determination  date and ending on the
related determination date.

   "DEFINITIVE  SECURITY"  is a  physical  certificate  representing  a security
issued in the name of the beneficial owner of the security rather than DTC.

   "DUE PERIOD" is the period of time specified in the related prospectus
supplement.

   "EQUITY  CERTIFICATES"  are  certificates,  with respect to a series of notes
where the issuer is an owner trust,  issued under an owner trust agreement which
evidence the equity ownership of the related trust.

   "FHA INSURANCE" is insurance issued by the FHA to insure residential loans as
authorized  under  the  United  States  Housing  Act of 1934,  as  amended.  The
residential  loans will be insured  under  various FHA  programs  including  the
standard FHA 203(b)  program to finance the  acquisition  of one- to four-family
housing units, the FHA 245 graduated  payment mortgage program and the FHA Title
I Program.

   "FHLMC CERTIFICATES" are mortgage participation certificates issued by the
FHLMC.

   "FINANCIAL  INTERMEDIARY"  is an entity that  maintains the Security  Owner's
account  and  records the  Security  Owner's  ownership  of  securities  on that
account.

   "FNMA CERTIFICATES" are guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities issued
by the FNMA.

   "GARN-ST. GERMAIN ACT" is the Garn-St. Germain Depository Institutions Act
of 1982, enacted on October 15, 1982.

   "GNMA CERTIFICATES" are fully modified pass-through mortgage-backed
certificates guaranteed by the GNMA.

   "GRANTOR TRUST  SECURITIES"  are securities  which  represent  interests in a
grantor trust as to which no REMIC election will be made.

   "HOME EQUITY LOANS" are one- to  four-family  first or junior lien closed end
home equity loans for property  improvement,  debt  consolidation or home equity
purposes.

   "HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS" are home improvement installment sales contracts
and installment  loan agreements  which may be unsecured or secured by a lien on
the  related  mortgaged  property  or a  manufactured  home.  This  lien  may be
subordinated to one or more senior liens on the related mortgaged property.

   "INSURANCE INSTRUMENT" is any Primary Hazard Insurance Policy or Primary
Credit Insurance Policy.

   "INSURANCE PROCEEDS" are all proceeds of any Primary Credit Insurance Policy,
any FHA Insurance,  any VA Guarantee, any Bankruptcy Bond and any Pool Insurance
Policy,  minus proceeds that represent  reimbursement  of the master  servicer's
costs and  expenses  incurred in  connection  with  presenting  claims under the
related insurance policies.

   "LAND  CONTRACTS"  are  Manufactured  Housing  Contracts  that are secured by
mortgages on the related mortgaged property.


                                      170


<PAGE>

   "LIQUIDATION  PROCEEDS" are cash proceeds  received by  foreclosure,  eminent
domain,  condemnation  or  otherwise,  excluding any proceeds from any insurance
policies  along with the net  proceeds  on a monthly  basis with  respect to any
properties  acquired for the benefit of the security  holders by deed in lieu of
foreclosure or repossession.

   "LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIO" is the ratio at a given time, expressed as a percentage
of the then outstanding  principal balance of the residential loan, plus, in the
case of a mortgage  loan secured by a junior  lien,  the  outstanding  principal
balance of the related  senior  liens,  to the  Collateral  Value of the related
residential property.

   "LOCKOUT  PERIOD" is a period after the  origination  of certain  residential
loans during which  prepayments are entirely  prohibited or require payment of a
prepayment penalty if a prepayment in full or in part occurs.

   "MANUFACTURED  HOUSING CONTRACTS" are manufactured  housing conditional sales
contracts and installment loan agreements which may be secured by a lien on:

      (1) new or used manufactured homes;

      (2) the real property and any  improvements on the real property which may
   include  the  related  manufactured  home if  deemed  to be part of the  real
   property under applicable state law; or

      (3) in certain cases, a new or used  manufactured home which is not deemed
   to be a part of the related real property under applicable state law.

   "MULTIFAMILY  LOANS" are mortgage  loans  secured by first or junior liens on
multifamily residential properties consisting of five or more dwelling units.

   "NET  INTEREST  RATE"  with  respect  to any  residential  loan  is the  rate
specified in the related  prospectus  supplement which is generally the interest
rate on the  residential  loan  minus  the sum of the fee  rate  payable  to the
servicer and the trustee and Retained Interest Rate with respect to any mortgage
loan.

   "NON-PRO  RATA  SECURITY"  is  a  Regular  Security  on  which  principal  is
distributed in a single installment or by lots of specified principal amounts if
requested by a holder of securities or by random lot.

   "OID  REGULATIONS"  are  sections  1271-1273  and  1275 of the  Code  and the
Treasury  regulations  issued  under  those  sections  that set  forth the rules
governing original issue discount.

   "PARTNERSHIP SECURITIES" are securities which represent interests in a
Partnership Trust Fund.

   "PARTNERSHIP  TRUST  Fund" is a trust fund which is treated as a  partnership
or, if owned by a single  beneficial  owner,  ignored  for  federal  income  tax
purposes.

   "PARTICIPANTS" are participating organizations through which a Security Owner
can hold its book-entry security.

   "PLANS"  are  retirement   plans  and  other   employee   benefit  plans  and
arrangements,  including individual  retirement accounts and annuities and Keogh
plans,  which are subject to ERISA,  and bank  collective  investment  funds and
insurance company general and separate accounts in which the plans,  accounts or
arrangements are invested.


                                     -171-


<PAGE>

   "POOL INSURANCE POLICY" is an insurance policy, which provides coverage in an
amount equal to a percentage, specified in the related prospectus supplement, of
the aggregate  principal  balance of the residential  loans on the Cut-Off Date,
subject to any limitations specified in the related prospectus supplement.

   "PREPAYMENT  ASSUMPTION"  is the assumed rate of  prepayment  of the mortgage
loans as set forth in the related prospectus supplement.

   "PREPAYMENT  PERIOD" is a period that may be  particularly  specified  in the
related prospectus supplement which may commence on:

      (1) the  first day of the  preceding  calendar  month  with  respect  to
   securities that have monthly distribution dates, or

      (2)  the  first  day of the  month  in  which  the  immediately  preceding
   distribution date occurred with respect to securities with distribution dates
   that occur less  frequently  than  monthly,  or the first day of the month in
   which the Cut-Off Date occurred with respect to the first Prepayment Period;

   and will end in both cases on the last day of the preceding calendar month.

   "PRIMARY CREDIT INSURANCE  POLICY" is an insurance policy which covers losses
on  residential  loans up to an amount  equal to the  excess of the  outstanding
principal  balance of a  defaulted  residential  loan,  plus  accrued and unpaid
interest on the  related  defaulted  residential  loan and  designated  approved
expenses,  over a specified  percentage of the  Collateral  Value of the related
residential property.

   "PRIMARY  HAZARD  INSURANCE  POLICY" is an insurance  policy  which  provides
coverage on residential  loans of the standard form of fire and hazard insurance
policy with extended  coverage  customary in the state in which the  residential
property is located.

   "PTCE" is the Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption.

   "QUALIFIED  INSURER" is a private mortgage  guaranty  insurance  company duly
qualified under  applicable  laws and approved as an insurer by FHLMC,  FNMA, or
any successor entity, which has a claims-paying ability acceptable to the rating
agency or agencies.

   "REALIZED  LOSS" is the amount of loss  realized on a  defaulted  residential
loan that is finally liquidated. This amount generally equals the portion of the
unpaid principal  balance  remaining after  application of all principal amounts
recovered,  net of amounts  reimbursable  to the  master  servicer  for  related
expenses.  With respect to  residential  loans for which the principal  balances
were  reduced in  connection  with  bankruptcy  proceedings,  the amount of that
reduction.

   "REFINANCE LOANS" are loans made to refinance existing loans or loans made to
a borrower who was a tenant in a building prior to its conversion to cooperative
ownership.

   "REGULAR  SECURITIES" are securities  which constitute one or more classes of
regular interests with respect to each REMIC Pool.

   "REGULAR SECURITYHOLDER" is a holder of a Regular Security.

   "RELIEF ACT" is the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, as
amended.


                                     -172-


<PAGE>

   "REMIC  POOL"  is an  entity  or  portion  of an  entity  as to which a REMIC
election will be made.

   "REMIC PROVISIONS" are Sections 860A through 860G of the Code.

   "REMIC  REGULATIONS"  are the REMIC  Provisions and the Treasury  regulations
issued under the REMIC provisions.

   "REMIC SECURITIES" are securities which represent  interests in a trust fund,
or a portion of a trust fund,  that the trustee  will elect to have treated as a
REMIC under the REMIC Provisions of the Code.

   "RESIDUAL  SECURITIES" are Securities which constitute one or more classes of
residual interests with respect to each REMIC Pool.

   "RESERVE  FUND" is an account  which  includes  a  combination  of  specified
amounts of cash, a combination of one or more irrevocable  letters of credit, or
one  or  more  United  States  government  securities  and  other  high  quality
investments,  or any  other  instrument  satisfactory  to the  rating  agency or
agencies,  which  will be  applied  and  maintained  in the manner and under the
conditions   specified  in  the  prospectus   supplement.   In  addition  or  in
alternative,  an account funded through application of a portion of the interest
payment  on each  mortgage  loan or of all or a  portion  of  amounts  otherwise
payable on the subordinate securities.

   "RESTRICTED  GROUP" consist of any underwriter,  the depositor,  the trustee,
the master  servicer,  any  subservicer,  the obligor on credit  support and any
borrower with respect to assets of the trust fund  constituting  more than 5% of
the aggregate  unamortized  principal balance of the assets of the trust fund as
of the date of initial issuance of the certificates.

   "RETAINED  INTEREST" are interest  payments  relating to  residential  loans,
including any mortgage  securities,  or agency securities  included in the trust
fund  which  are  retained  by  the  depositor,  any of  its  affiliates  or its
predecessor in interest.

   "RETAINED  INTEREST RATE" is the rate at which interest  payments relating to
residential  loans,  including  any  mortgage  securities  or agency  securities
retained by the Depositor,  any of it affiliates or its predecessor in interest,
are calculated.

   "SECURITY  REGISTER" is a record where  exchanges or transfers of  securities
are registered by the Security Registrar.

   "SECURITY REGISTRAR" is one who registers exchanges or transfers of
securities in the Security Register.

   "SECURITY OWNER" is a person who has beneficial ownership interests in a
security.

   "SBJPA OF 1996" is the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996.

   "SMMEA" is the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984, as
amended.

   "STARTUP DAY" is the date the REMIC securities are issued.

   "STRIPPED  AGENCY  SECURITIES" are GNMA  Certificates,  FNMA  Certificates or
FHLMC Certificates issued in the form of certificates which represent:


                                     -173-


<PAGE>

      (1) undivided   interests  in  all  or  part  of  either  the  principal
   distributions,   but  not  the  interest  distributions,  or  the  interest
   distributions, but not the principal distributions, of the certificates; or

      (2)  interests  in some  specified  portion of the  principal  or interest
   distributions,  but not all distributions,  on an underlying pool of mortgage
   loans or other GNMA Certificates, FNMA Certificates or FHLMC Certificates.

   "TITLE V" is Title V of the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary
Control Act of 1980, enacted in March 1980.

   "TRUST  ACCOUNTS"  are one or more  accounts  included  in  each  trust  fund
established and maintained on behalf of the holders of securities into which the
master  servicer or the trustee  will be required  to,  deposit all payments and
collections  received or advanced  with  respect to assets of the related  trust
fund. A Trust Account may be maintained as an interest bearing or a non-interest
bearing  account,  or funds held in the Trust Account may be invested in certain
short-term high-quality obligations

   "UNAFFILIATED SELLERS" are sellers of residential loans to the depositor that
are not affiliated with the depositor.

   "U.S. PERSON" is

        (1) A citizen or resident of the United States,

        (2) a corporation or partnership or other entity created or organized in
    or under the laws of the United  States,  any State of the United  States or
    the District of Columbia,  unless,  in the case of a  partnership,  Treasury
    regulations are adopted that provide otherwise, including any entity treated
    as a corporation or partnership for federal income tax purposes,

        (3) an estate that is subject to U.S.  federal  income tax regardless of
    the source of its income, or

        (4) a trust if a court  within  the  United  States is able to  exercise
    primary  supervision over the  administration of that trust, and one or more
    U.S. Persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of that
    trust or, to the extent provided in applicable Treasury regulations, certain
    trusts in existence  on August 20,  1996,  which are eligible to elect to be
    treated as U.S. Persons.

   "VA  GUARANTEE"  is a  guarantee  of  residential  loans by the VA under  the
Serviceman's Readjustment of 1944, as amended.



<PAGE>

===========================================  ===================================

YOU SHOULD RELY ON THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ATTACHED
PROSPECTUS. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE
TO PROVIDE YOU WITH DIFFERENT INFORMATION.

WE ARE NOT OFFERING THESE CERTIFICATES IN
ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER IS NOT PERMITTED.


           TABLE OF CONTENTS

         PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

Summary.............................S-6
Risk Factors.......................S-16
Forward-Looking Statements.........S-25
Defined Terms......................S-26
Description of the Loans...........S-26
The Transferor and the Servicer....S-37
Prepayment and Yield
  Considerations...................S-44
Description of the Offered                     $235,000,000 (APPROXIMATE)
  Certificates.....................S-55
Servicing of the Loans.............S-65
The Trustee........................S-75                  [LOGO]
The Certificate Insurance Policy...S-77
The Certificate Insurer............S-79              NEW SOUTH HOME
Certain Federal Income Tax                         EQUITY TRUST 1999-2
  Consequences.....................S-82
ERISA Considerations...............S-85             HOME EQUITY ASSET
Legal Investment...................S-88           BACKED CERTIFICATES,
Use of Proceeds....................S-88               SERIES 1999-2
Underwriting.......................S-88
Experts............................S-90            PAINEWEBBER MORTGAGE
Ratings............................S-90                 ACCEPTANCE
Legal Matters......................S-91               CORPORATION IV
Glossary of Terms..................S-92                 (DEPOSITOR)

                                                     NEW SOUTH FEDERAL
               PROSPECTUS                              SAVINGS BANK
                                    Page         (TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER)
                                    ----                [MBIA LOGO]
Prospectus Supplement or Current Report
on Form 8-K...........................3    -------------------------------------
Summary of Terms......................6           PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Risk Factors.........................16    -------------------------------------
The Trust Funds......................26
Use of Proceeds......................40         PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED
Yield Considerations.................40       FIRST UNION SECURITIES, INC.
Maturity and Prepayment
  Considerations.....................42
The Depositor........................45
Residential Loans....................45
Description of the Securities........47             NOVEMBER 24, 1999
Description of Primary Insurance
Coverage.............................79
Description of Credit Support........84
Certain Legal Aspects of Residential
Loans................................91
Federal Income Tax Consequences.....114
State and Other Tax Consequences....156
ERISA Considerations................156
Legal Investment....................161
Plans of Distribution...............163
Incorporation of Certain Information by
Reference...........................165
Legal Matters.......................166
Financial Information...............166
Rating..............................166
Glossary of Terms...................168

DEALERS WILL BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS OF THESE
CERTIFICATES AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR
UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.  IN
ADDITION, ALL DEALERS SELLING THESE
CERTIFICATES WILL DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS UNTIL
FEBRUARY 22, 2000.

===========================================  ===================================


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission